Calendar 2003 - 2005 - College of New Caledonia

NewCaledonia

COLLEGE OF

Calendar

PRINCE GEORGEBritish Columbia

2003–2005

OFFICIAL VERSIONThe online version of the College of New Caledonia Calendar is the official version. In the event ofa conflict between the printed version and the online version, the online version will prevail.

DISCLAIMERAll fees and charges were under review at the time of publication and may change throughout thelife of this Calendar.

DECLARATION OF WAIVERThe Calendar of the College of New Caledonia appears online at www.cnc.bc.ca. It lists the fullrange of university transfer, career/technical, trades, applied and upgrading programmes offeredfor 2003–2005. The information presented in this Calendar is accurate as of January 31, 2003.

The College reserves the right to revise the statements and offerings made in this Calendar as dictated by events, and without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the College of NewCaledonia reserves the right to implement changes as required, including the cancellation oradjustment of programmes and courses, changes in organizational structure, regulations, services, and fees.

The College of New Caledonia expressly denies responsibility or liability to any person or personswho may suffer loss or may be otherwise adversely affected by any modification to the informa-tion herein. We attempt to keep this Calendar current, however, please check with the Office ofAdmissions, Registration and Records for any updates before registering. The statements in thisCalendar are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College ofNew Caledonia.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTSPublished by the Public Relations and Student Information Department, College of New Caledonia.

The assistance of all staff, faculty, and administration in the preparation of this Calendar is gratefully acknowledged.

Calendar design and layout by Jordan Bacon, Media Services, College of New Caledonia.

PHOTO CREDITSAll photographs by Book Buksa, Media Services, College of New Caledonia and Stuart Berry.

THE FINE PRINT

WELCOME TO CNC 3

Message from the President 3

The College Board 3

Mission Statement 3

Introduction to CNC 4

Coat of Arms 4

Campus Profiles 4

Community and Continuing Education 6

Co-operative Education 7

Distributed Learning Initiatives 9

Student Election Information for Education Council and the College Board 9

College Programmes 10

ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 12

ADMISSIONS, REGISTRATION AND RECORDS 20

FEE INFORMATION 30

FINANCIAL AID AND STUDENT AWARDS 34

APPEALS, COMPLAINTS & DISCIPLINE 38

REGULATIONS 42

SERVICES AND FACILITIES 43

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION 49

CONTENTS

PROGRAMMESBusiness and Management Programmes 52

College Foundations Programmes 72

Health Sciences Programmes 80

Social Services Programmes 100

Technology Programmes 107

Trades Programmes 134

University Credit Programmes 141

COLLEGE STAFF 165

GLOSSARY 172

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION / RE-ADMISSION 174

THREE-YEAR CALENDAR 177

PRINCE GEORGE CAMPUS MAP 178

INDEX 179

TELEPHONE DIRECTORY 182

2 / Welcome to CNC 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

The College of New Caledonia continues its focus on student success. This is being achieved byfostering a learning centred environment, where students, faculty, administration, and operationsstaff are all committed to delivering a comprehensive range of programmes and services support-ed, when appropriate, by the latest technology.

The College is constantly improving the range of services available to students. In the 2002–03academic year the Employment and Cooperative Education Centre was opened. This service is toassist graduating students to find employment in an increasingly competitive environment. Thisservice will link and promote graduating students with prospective employers.

Also, increasingly the College is becoming more international in scope! Only a few years ago it was an infrequent occurrence to encounter a student from another country on our campus. In the 2003–04 academic year it is anticipated there will be in excess of 150 international students from over 14 countries. While these students benefit and appreciate the programmesand services at CNC, our College and the general community benefit from the global dimensionthese students represent.

So a warm welcome to new and returning students.

Dr. Terence A. WeningerPresident

3

THE COLLEGE BOARD Art Robin, Chair

Harris Johnsen, Vice-Chair, Prince George

Deborah Quick, Vice-Chair, Regions

Amy Bartlett, McBride

Peter Baird, Prince George

Stephen Reynolds, Prince George

Rosalind Thorn, Prince George

Sandy Whitwham, Prince George

Scott Fougère, Faculty Representative

Sheryl Noel, Operations Staff Representative

Joshua Bredo, Student Representative

Cindy Wildeman, Student Representative

Bill Farr, Education Council Chair

Marleen Madill, Administration Representative

Terence A. Weninger, President

Sylvia Fowler, Board Secretary

WelcomeTO CNC

MISSION STATEMENT “The College of New Caledonia provides access to lifelong learning and facilitates the achieve-ment of personal and educational goals.”

INTRODUCTION TO CNCThe College of New Caledonia has been aninstitution of “first choice” for students of BC’sCentral Interior since 1969. As one of 22community colleges in the province, CNC consists of five campuses, serving a regionspanning 117,500 square kilometers with apopulation of approximately 145,000.

The past 34 years have seen the College growfrom a fledgling institution housed in aportable building adjacent to Prince GeorgeSecondary School, to a larger, modern facilitywith campuses in Prince George, Burns Lake,Mackenzie, Quesnel, and Vanderhoof.Dedicated to the pursuit of excellence in edu-cation, and to the provision of an intellectuallychallenging environment, CNC offers a widerange of university credit, technical, vocational,and general interest programmes. Educationalopportunities are further enhanced with theoperation of CNC’s Co-operative EducationProgramme.

COAT OF ARMS

The College received its Coat of Arms in anhistoric joint ceremony with the City of PrinceGeorge in 1996.

Coats of Arms are grants of honour from theCrown. Symbols used in the design representunique features of the College and its region.Elements from an earlier College “crest” forman important part of this new design.

Shield of ArmsThe “Y” in the Shield represents the confluenceof the Fraser and Nechako Rivers at Prince

George, where the College was first estab-lished. On the “Y” are five Cross Crosslets,taken from the Coat of Arms of Simon Fraser—the explorer who gave the region its earlyname of New Caledonia, later adopted by theCollege. The number Five honours the origi-nal School Districts which helped to establishthe College and also represents the five maincampuses of the College today. At the top ofthe Shield is an Open Book, a traditionalsymbol of learning.

Crest (above the shield)A closed Helmet means the wearer is “readyfor battle.” Above the Helmet is a goldCoronet or crown, a link to the royally-named City of Prince George. The Coronet isrimmed with Pine Cones, representing theforests of the region. At the top is a Beaver,an animal associated with diligence and in anhistorical context, symbolic of the early furtrade of the region and its native heritage.

SupportersOn either side of the Shield are Supporters,chosen from animals indigenous to the region.On the left is a Bear wearing a blue collarand pendant disc on which is displayed aPair of Dividers, representing Design andTechnical Studies. On the right is a Fox, wear-ing a disc on which is displayed a Lamp ofLearning.

College ColoursBlue (“loyalty and achievement”) and Gold(“prosperity”).

Motto“Toujours la Vérité” (The Truth Always).The motto is in French, in recognition of thebilingual nature of our country.

Badge and FlagBoth the Badge and Flaghave a Cross Crosslet,taken from the Shield. TheCross Crosslet is surrounded

by a golden sun orSun in Splendour.This represents thelight of learning. Italso associates theCollege with the Province of British Columbia,which has a Sun in Splendour on its Coat ofArms.

CAMPUS PROFILES

PRINCE GEORGE

The Prince George Campus expansion official-ly opened to students in September 1997. Thenew look has received great feedback from students, staff, and community users.

The Prince George Campus offers the fullrange of College programmes. For furtherinformation, contact:

Office of Admissions, Registration and RecordsCollege of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8CanadaTelephone: (250) 562-2131, local 8671-800-371-8111Fax: (250) 561-5861E-mail: [email protected]: www.cnc.bc.ca

LAKES DISTRICT

The Lakes District Campus, established in1976, is centred in Burns Lake and serves alarge geographical area of approximately30,000 km and a population of 7,000.Programmes and courses are offered through-out the region from Fort Babine in the extremenorthwest section to the boundary ofTweedsmuir Park in the south. In addition to


Burns Lake, there are offices in Granisle, Topley,and the area south of Francois Lake (Southside).

This campus is recognized for its student-centred approach and the programmes andservices designed for Fetal Alcohol SpectrumDisorder (FASD). Offerings at this campusinclude Applied Business Technology (ABT),Business Management, College and CareerPreparation, Focus, Social Services pro-grammes, and University Credit. The campusalso designs and delivers programmes in con-junction with First Nations organizations, com-munity agencies and groups, industries, andbusinesses to meet the educational and train-ing needs of the Lakes District. There are over5,000 course registrations annually in variousprogramme areas. The campus is housed in alarge, renovated facility with a daycare for stu-dents, staff, and members of the community.

Lakes District Programme Profile

• Applied Business Technology (ABT)

• College and Career Preparation

• Early Intervention Services

• Family Centre/Parenting Skills/FamilyIssues

• FASD Prevention/Intervention/Employment Training/Restorative Justiceand Crime Prevention

• Full-Time Vocational/Trades/CareerProgrammes

• Job Readiness/Supported Work Placement

• Social Services programmes

• University Credit

• Vocational courses

For further information, contact:

College of New Caledonia Lakes District Campus545 Highway 16Box 5000Burns Lake, BC VOJ 1E0CanadaTelephone: (250) 692-1700Fax: (250) 692-1750

MACKENZIE

The Mackenzie Campus of the College of NewCaledonia serves the academic and trainingneeds of a population of approximately 5,200and provides educational opportunities inMackenzie and surrounding areas. The commu-nity services the largest timber supply area inthe province and the forest industry serves asthe primary economic catalyst for the region.

The campus in Mackenzie consists of 11,287square feet in the Evergreen Mall and includesstorefront administrative offices on the mainfloor and nine classrooms of varying sizes,including an 850 square foot seminar roomavailable to community groups. The MackenzieCampus provides community access to fourcomputer labs equipped with current softwareand high-speed Internet access.

To encourage further learning opportunities,the Mackenzie Campus works in cooperationwith local industry to provide a variety oftraining and professional services on site—whether in the mills or in remote forestcamps. In addition, the campus collaborateswith the local First Nations of Kwadacha, TsayKeh, and McLeod Lake to ensure access to relevant educational opportunities.

The Mackenzie Campus has two full-time pro-grammes. Applied Business Technology (ABT)trains people on automated office systems foremployment in today’s business, government,and industry offices. Learners receive compre-hensive training, enabling them to successfullycompete for a variety of office positions.

The College and Career Preparation (CCP) programme is for people wishing to upgrademath, English, and computer skills. CCP pre-pares learners to enter a variety of employ-ment and academic programmes at the post-secondary level. To best meet the needs oflearners, flexible intake, self-paced learning,and instructor-facilitated classes are availableduring the day and in the evening.

As well, the Mackenzie Campus offers a vari-ety of part-time business management, univer-sity transfer, vocational, and general interestcourses in response to community requests.

To meet community needs and trends, theMackenzie Campus partners training with thecommunity and with industry. Increasedopportunities are available through ourDistance Learning Centre where unlimited possibilities for learning can be attained in a supported environment.

Community needs are assessed when deter-mining further programme offerings at theMackenzie Campus. English LanguageServices for Adults, Forest Recreation/Silviculture Entrepreneur Training, and SocialService Worker programmes are currentlyoffered both at the Mackenzie Campus and inKwadacha First Nation.

In addition, Mackenzie Campus hosts theMackenzie Employment and Career Centre, anemployment assistance service for both unem-ployed individuals and employers. HumanResources Development Canada sponsors thisservice. Employment and education advisorsassist and support clients in achieving theirpersonalized employment and educationalgoals. To ensure client success, the Centre iswell equipped with computers and Internetaccess, extensive job search and career decision-making tools, as well as a job boardthat is updated daily. Services are free and confidential.

The strength of the Mackenzie Campus is inour ability to develop and deliver programmesto specific target audiences while focusing onthe needs of our community of learners.

For further information, please contact:

College of New CaledoniaMackenzie Campus540 Mackenzie BoulevardPO Box 2110Mackenzie, BC V0J 2C0CanadaTelephone: (250) 997-7200Fax: (250) 997-3779E-mail: [email protected]

NECHAKO

CNC Nechako serves 12 communities of vary-ing size in an area extending from TaklaLanding to the north, Stoney Creek to thesouth, Bednesti to the east, and Endako to the west. CNC Nechako has two office loca-tions: Vanderhoof (100 km from PrinceGeorge) and Fort St. James (164 km fromPrince George).

One of the ways people try to come to termswith their changing worlds is to “go back toschool.” Education is the most common tool

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Welcome to CNC / 5

sought by people and communities wanting toachieve a measure of control over their envi-ronment. The challenge before CNC Nechakois to assist people and communities to imag-ine what is possible and articulate their educa-tional needs in light of their visions for thefuture. CNC Nechako’s mandate is to provideeducational opportunities that enable peopleto upgrade existing skills, catch up on newtechnology, begin new careers, start new busi-nesses, and thereby take a place in the world.

CNC Vanderhoof, on Hospital Road, is housed in a large, comfortable building which over-looks the community of Vanderhoof and thespectacular Nechako River. The facility affordsmany classrooms, a resource centre, adminis-tration offices, and the Nechako Career Centre.A satellite CNC office with a small computerlab is located at 366 Stuart Drive in Fort St.James.

In response to community needs, CNCNechako designs and delivers a variety ofspecialized programmes. These programmes,in addition to our regularly offered AppliedBusiness Technology programme, may includeEarly Childhood Education, Forest Technology,Forestry Preparation, and Home Support/Resident Care. In response to the time con-straints of adult learners, a wide variety ofpart-time and/or short-term courses are avail-able with weekend and evening instructionand include credit, vocational, general interest,and direct purchase courses.

For further information, contact:

College of New Caledonia—NechakoRR #2Vanderhoof, BC V0J 3A0CanadaTelephone: (250) 567-3200Fax: (250) 567-3217E-mail: [email protected]

QUESNEL

The Quesnel Campus of the College of NewCaledonia serves a population of approximately25,000 in the Quesnel, Wells/Barkerville,Nazko/Kluskus, and Alexandria communities.The campus is located in the Rigsby Building in

downtown Quesnel, and CNC shares facilitiesand partners in programme offerings with theUniversity of Northern British Columbia to servethis region. The campus includes 11 classrooms(including a computer lab and a science lab) aswell as a library and student service facilitiesand administrative and staff offices.

The Quesnel Campus offers several full-timeprogrammes on a regular basis and other full-and part-time programmes on a special fund-ed or cost recovery basis. Annually offeredprogrammes include:

• College and Career Preparation

• Job Education Training (JET)

• Social Service Worker Certificate

• University Credit: Arts and Sciences

The College and Career Preparation Depart-ment at the Quesnel Campus offers a fullrange of adult basic education courses leadingto certificate and diploma levels. The SocialService Worker Programme trains paraprofes-sionals to work in a wide range of communityand social services agencies. University Creditcourses are offered toward an Associate ofArts degree in close collaboration with UNBCcourse offerings in the region.

A broad range of student services are avail-able at the Quesnel Campus. These includecounselling and academic advising servicesand disability support services.

Part-time credit and non-credit courses areoffered in Quesnel and are developed and/orscheduled depending upon communitydemand.

For more specific information on programmes,courses, services, and schedules at theQuesnel Campus, request a copy of the CNCQuesnel Calendar or contact:

College of New CaledoniaQuesnel Campus488 McLean StreetQuesnel, BC V2J 2P2CanadaTelephone: (250) 991-7500Fax: (250) 991-7502

VALEMOUNT LEARNING CENTRE

The College of New Caledonia and theValemount Learning Centre work together toprovide a variety of educational programmesand services to the community. The ValemountLearning Centre delivers courses that have acommunity service focus such as First Aid,FoodSafe, SuperHost, and many general interestcourses as well. The College delivers both full-and part-time credit and vocational programmesand courses such as Northern OutdoorRecreation and Ecotourism, Effective Com-munications (ENGL 195), and Leadership inEcotourism (ECOT 154). Both organizationsshare the same facility and can be reached at 1-888-690-4422.

COMMUNITY &CONTINUINGEDUCATION• Community Education

• Continuing Education

• First Nations Education Support Services

• Parternships and Projects

COMMUNITY EDUCATION

The College works with government and community partners to provide a number oftransitional and employment-oriented trainingservices to specific student groups, includingpeople who are unemployed. These servicesinclude career vocational assessment and deci-sion-making programmes, access and supportservices for students entering CNC, skills specific training in fields such as forestry,security, and hospitality, as well as longer-term career skills and upgrading programmes.

CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Continuing Education Department deliverspublic courses on a regular basis in addition to working with industry and professionalgroups on custom training. A detailedcourse calendar is published once ayear in September. The online calendaris updated regularly with currentcourse offerings. Individual course and complete calendar downloads areavailable on our website. To receive acalendar or request specific coursedetails call (250) 561-5801 or check our website at www.cnc.bc.ca/ce/


The department can assist employers, employee groups, and professional associa-tions in conducting needs assessments anddeveloping customized educational and train-ing programmes. In addition to delivery ofprogrammes, specific resources and facilitiesmay be coordinated to facilitate specific needs. For further information please call(250) 561-5846 or check our website atwww.cnc.bc.ca/ce/

PROJECTS AND PARTNERSHIPS

The Community & Continuing EducationDivision works with community partners andthe College’s academic divisions to identifyand address emerging educational needs.Whether it’s assisting with the development of an entrepreneurial incubator concept, thestart-up of the Northern Outdoor Recreation and Ecotourism Certificate Programme inValemount, undertaking labour marketresearch on e-commerce, or conducting work-place skills assessments, the Division isinvolved. If you’re interested in a partnershipwith the College or require assistance in get-ting your educational project moving, call(250) 561-5846.

FIRST NATIONS EDUCATIONSUPPORT SERVICES

CNC works closely with its Aboriginal partnersthroughout the region. Through the FirstNations Education Support Services office anddrop-in centre, students can receive informa-tion on entering college, choosing careerpaths, and accessing funding to attend school.They can provide and receive peer tutoringand academic support to be successful, coun-selling and peer support, and participate incultural and academic activities. FNESS staffalso provide a cultural link for other CNCinstructors and programmes integrating First Nations studies and learning into theirclasses. FNESS is a joint initiative of theCollege and the Carrier Sekani Tribal Council.CNC also works with CSTC, the Prince GeorgeNative Friendship Centre, and other Aboriginalorganizations to develop and deliver appropri-ate transition and support programmes andsupport services for Aboriginal people attend-ing the College.

For further information please call (250) 562-2131, local 460.

CO-OPERATIVEEDUCATION

STATEMENT OFPURPOSE

The purpose of Co-operativeEducation is to deliver quality service to stu-dents, employers, and the community throughprogrammes that prepare and assist studentsto transition to their careers.

Co-operative Education integrates academicand on-campus courses with career-oriented,paid work experience.

A student who graduates from a Co-operativeEducation programme with career-relatedexperience, employment contacts, and references is much better prepared to enter thework force.

Each programme offering a Co-op optionincludes a mandatory number of work terms.The work terms may be completed in fourways:

1. Co-op programmes must have a mini-mum of three academic terms, and the lengthof each academic term and work term will beapproximately equal in weeks.

2. Co-op internship programmes mustplace the work term portion of the programmeafter 50 percent of the programme’s academicportion has been completed.

3. Co-op international programmesmust provide between eight and 12 months ofwork term experience while the student simul-taneously completes the equivalent of a full-time academic term.

4. Co-op parallel programmes must provide for year-round work experience. Theparallel work/academic term must not exceedeight months, which would be equivalent to atypical full-time work and academic term. Theconcurrent work term must consist of 15–20hours a week. Students must be visited everythree to four months.

The following programmes currently offer stu-dents the opportunity to integrate work experi-ence with their academic studies:

• Accounting and Finance Diploma

• Computer Information Systems Diploma

• Engineering Design Technology Diploma

• Geographic Information Systems AdvancedDiploma

All work placement opportunities are subjectto College approval and are monitored by theCo-operative Education Co-ordinator. Studentsmust apply for the Co-operative EducationOption and must be hired by a participatingemployer. Students registered in a Co-opera-tive Education programme include the follow-ing work terms in their programmes:

• Co-op 150First work term—all Co-op programmes

• Co-op 250Second work term—all Co-op programmesexcept GIS

• Co-op 298Third work term—Technologies andBusiness

• Co-op 299Fourth work term—optional and as scheduled

Work terms typically consist of 13 to 16weeks of full-time employment. The numberof work terms varies depending on the programme of study. Work term schedules foreach programme are outlined below.

Co-op services are available year-round toassist programme participants. The Co-operative Education Co-ordinator is located inthe Employment and Co-operativeEducation Centre, Room 1–734.

Co-op offers employment skills courses to helpprepare students for their work placements.The programme also provides information andassistance with résumé preparation, interviewtechniques, and job search strategies.

TRANSFERABLE WORK TERMS

Co-operative Education work terms successful-ly completed at a British Columbia post-secondary institution will be eligible for trans-fer credit if they meet the following criteria:

a) the student must be accepted into theCollege of New Caledonia Co-op programme;

b) the programme in which the workterm(s) was/were undertaken is provinciallyapproved under the Co-operative EducationFund of British Columbia;

c) the work term is officially recognized,i.e., noted on the transcripts, by the institutionwhere the work term originated;

d) the work term(s) was/were granted forexperience in the same discipline into whichthe student is transferring.


Regardless of the number of work termsaccepted, students will be required to com-plete at least 50% of the required work termsin the programme into which they are transferring. Acceptance into a co-op

programme at one institution does not guar-antee acceptance in the College of NewCaledonia’s Co-op programme. Application fortransfer of work terms must be made to Co-operative Education prior to undertaking

any additional work terms at the College ofNew Caledonia.

For further information, please call (250) 561-5806.


ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Co-op 250 and Semester 3 may be taken in reverse sequence.

Fall

Semester 1

Semester 3

Semester 4

Winter

Semester 2

Co-op 250

Summer

Co-op 150

Co-op 298

COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Fall

Semester 1

Semester 3

Co-op 299

Winter

Semester 2

Co-op 250

Semester 4

Summer

Co-op 150

Co-op 298

ENGINEERING DESIGN TECHNOLOGY

Fall

Academic 1

Co-op 250

Academic 4

Winter

Academic 2

Academic 3

Spring

Co-op 150

Co-op 298

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Winter

Semester 1

Summer

Co-op 150

Fall

Semester 2

WORK TERM SCHEDULES

DISTRIBUTEDLEARNINGINITIATIVESAccess to all students is an important part ofthe CNC mandate. Distributed learning pro-vides options to support this, including onlinecourses and correspondence. Educational tech-nologies such as Web CT support both class-room and distance learning by taking learningbeyond the fixed time and place of classroomwalls. Interaction between students andinstructors can occur in real-time, such as onthe telephone or by computer conferencing, ordelayed time through the use of e-mail andthe Internet. This means that more and morecourses are available to learners in their homecommunity, supported by College and commu-nity resources.

The Distributed Learning logo beside coursedescriptions indicates in this Calendar that thecourse may also be available for distancelearning. Contact the CNC campus nearest youor www.cnc.bc.ca/dl for more information.

STUDENT ELECTIONINFORMATION FOREDUCATION COUNCILAND THE COLLEGEBOARDThe following information is taken from theCollege of New Caledonia EducationCouncil Handbook.

“Rules for the election are intended to be inaccordance with the College and InstituteAct amended by Bill 22.

The rules and regulations shall guide electionsto fill vacancies in the following positions:

• Board: One faculty—three-year term, onesupport staff—three-year term, two students—one-year term

• Education Council: Ten faculty—two-yearterm, two support staff—two-year term, fourstudents—one-year term

1. Election—Dates and Notice

a) Students

Election Dates—Normally, elections to theCollege Board and Education Council shall beconducted in the Fall term.

2. Eligibility to Vote and Serve

c) Students—In order to be eligible to voteand serve on the College Board or EducationCouncil, a student must be registered and ingood standing in a course or programme(excluding CE or contract courses or pro-grammes) at the time of the election.

3. Nominations

a) Number of Nominations

iii) Students—all nominations of candi-dates for membership on the College Board orEducation Council shall be signed by not lessthan five (5) students entitled to vote in theparticular election along with the name andsignature of the candidate.

c) Nomination Paper—All nomination formsmust be submitted to the Registrar’s officewithin the time nominations are open. Thesignature of the candidate will indicate anintention to stand for election, as well as indi-cating ability and intent to fulfil the term.

d) Election to College Board

iii) Students—Two students shall be elect-ed at large by all eligible students.

Meeting Dates

Education Council meetings are held monthlyfrom September to June on a Tuesday at 3:00pm in the Board Room. College Board meet-ings are held six times a year from Septemberto June.”



BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENTSTUDIES

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONDIPLOMAS

• Accounting and Finance*• Business Administration• Computer Information Systems*• Hospitality Administration• Marketing and Management• Management

BUSINESS MANAGEMENTCERTIFICATES

• Business Administration• Computer Information Systems• Financial Planning and Investment• Hospitality Operations Certificate• Management Studies• Northern Outdoor Recreation and

Ecotourism Certificate

APPLIED BUSINESSTECHNOLOGY

• Administrative Assistant

COURSES FOR PROFESSIONALCERTIFICATION

• Canadian Institute of Bookkeeping• Canadian Securities Institute• Certified General Accountants of BC• Institute of Canadian Bankers• Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC• Institute of Traffic and Transportation• Purchasing Management Association• Society of Management Accountants of BC

COLLEGEFOUNDATIONS PROGRAMMES• Adult Special Education Programmes:

TARGET / Job Education and Training• College and Career Preparation• Culinary Arts• Early Childhood Education• English as a Second Language

HEALTH SCIENCES• Dental Assisting• Dental Hygiene• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant• Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate

Nursing• Practical Nursing

TECHNOLOGIES• Advanced Common Core Electronics

Technician• Computer/Network Electronics Technician• Drafting Technician• Engineering Design Technology*• Forest Resource Technology• Geographic Information Systems

Technology*• Natural Resources Field Assistant• Wildland and Recreation Environmental

Studies• Wood Processing and Engineering

Technology• Wood Processing Technician• Writing and New Media Technologies

SOCIAL SERVICES• Social Services Training:

Developmental DisabilitiesSocial Service WorkerPre-UNBC BSWTeaching Assistant

TRADES

ENTRY LEVEL PROGRAMMES

• Automotive Mechanical Repair• Carpentry• Commercial Transport Mechanical Repair• Electrical• Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair• Millwright/Machinist

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES

• Culinary Arts Programme• Power Engineering• Welding

PROVINCIAL APPRENTICESHIPPROGRAMMES

• Automotive Mechanical Repair• Carpentry• Electrical• Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair• Millwright• Welding

*Denotes availability of Co-operative Education programmes

VOCATIONALTECHNICALCAREER

College Programmes


ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES• Anthropology • History• Criminology • Human Kinetics • Industrial (Physical Education)

Relations • Mathematics• Economics • Philosophy• English • Psychology• Fine Arts • Social Services• First Nations • Sociology

Studies • Women’s Studies• Geography

APPLIED SCIENCE• Bio-Resource Engineering• Chemical Engineering• Civil Engineering• Design and Computer Aided Engineering• Electrical Engineering• Engineering Manufacturing and Business

Management• Environmental Engineering• Medical Laboratory Science• Metallurgical Engineering• Mining and Mineral Process Engineering• Ocean Engineering

COMMERCE ANDBUSINESSADMINISTRATION• Accounting and

Management Information Systems• Commerce and Economics• Commerce and Law

• Computer Science• Finance• Industrial Administration• Industrial Relations Management• Marketing• Transportation and Utilities• Urban Land Economics

AGRICULTURALSCIENCE• Agricultural Economics• Agricultural Mechanics• Animal Science• Food Science• Plant Science• Poultry Science• Soil Science

PROGRAMMES FORADMISSION TO PROFESSIONALSCHOOLS• Architecture • Law• Chiropractic • Medical Laboratory

Medicine Technology• Criminology • Medicine• Dental Hygiene • Pharmaceutical • Dentistry Science• Education • Rehabilitation• Engineering Medicine• Forestry • Social Work• Home Economics • Wood Products• Human Kinetics Processing

(Physical Education)

SCIENCE• Astronomy • Geography• Biochemistry • Mathematics• Biology • Microbiology• Biophysics • Oceanography• Chemical Physics • Pharmacology• Chemistry • Physics• Computer Science • Physiology• Forest Science • Wood Sciences

UNIVERSITY CREDITCAREER PATHS

College Programmes

Revised May 13, 2004. Changes to the printedCollege of New Caledonia 2003–2005 Calendar areindicated in red, underlined type.

12

2003–2004 ACADEMIC SCHEDULE

2003 SCHEDULE

May 19Victoria Day• College closed

June 7Convocation

June 27Last day of classes• Career Technical Centre

July 1Canada Day• College closed

August 4BC Day• College closed

August 5Classes start• Culinary Arts Level I

August 18Classes start• Developmental Disabilities

August 25Classes start• Applied Business Technology• Forest Resource Technology (first year only)

August 27Classes start• College and Career Preparation• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

September 1Labour Day• College closed

September 2General student orientation

Classes start• ESL• Evening classes• Practical Nursing• Trades

September 3Classes start• Semester programmes (see October 31)• Career Technical Centre• Dental programmes• Early Childhood Education• Nursing (Northern Collaborative

Baccalaureate)• TARGET and JET

September 15Applications will be accepted for Spring 2004and Fall 2004 terms

October 13Thanksgiving Day• College closed

October 31Late application date for limited enroll-ment programmes beginning in theSpring term (January). Applicationsreceived after this date will be processedas space permits.

Late application date for UniversityTransfer and Business Administrationprogrammes beginning in Spring term(January). Applications received afterthis date will be processed as space permits.

November 3Classes start• Culinary Arts Level II

November 11Remembrance Day• College closed

November 24–December 12Clinical• Practical Nursing

December 2Fall Awards Ceremony

December 3Last day of classes• Semester programmes

December 4First day of exams• Semester programmes

December 5Last day of classes• Dental programmes• Developmental Disabilities

December 8First day of exams• Dental programmes

AcademicSCHEDULE

December 12Last day of exams• Semester programmes• Dental programmes• Early Childhood Education

Last day of classes• ESL• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

December 15Christmas break starts• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant• Majority of programmes

December 16Last day of exams• ESL

December 19Last day of exams• Applied Business Technology• College and Career Preparation• TARGET and Job Education Training

December 22Christmas break starts• Culinary Arts• Trades

December 25 & 26Christmas and Boxing Day• College closed

2004 SCHEDULE

January 1New Year’s Day• College closed

January 5Classes start• Semester programmes• Applied Business Technology• Business: The Next Generation• College and Career Preparation• Culinary Arts• Dental Programmes• Early Childhood Education• ESL• Home Support/Resident Care• Nursing (NCBNP)• Practical Nursing• TARGET and JET• Trades

January 12Classes start• Developmental Disabilities

January 26Classes start• Northern Outdoor Recreation and

Ecotourism

January 30Classes end• Career Technical Centre

January 31Application deadline for UT packages.

February 2Classes start• Culinary Arts Level III

February 2–6Exams start• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

Mid-February/early MarchCareer Fair• Non-teaching day (date to be determined)

February 16Study break starts (February 16–20)• Semester programmes• College and Career Preparation• Dental programmes• ESL

March 1Study break starts (March 1–5)• Early Childhood Education• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

March 8–April 16Clinical• Practical Nursing

March 15Study break (March 15–19)(break to coincide with School District 57)• Applied Business Technology• JET and TARGET

March 31Late application date for all programmes.Applications received after this date willbe processed as space permits.

April 2Last day of classes• Dental Assisting

April 5–9First day of exams• Dental Assisting

April 6Spring Awards Ceremony

April 9 & 12Good Friday and Easter Monday• College closed

April 12–30Practicum• Dental Assisting

April 16Last day of classes• Dental Hygiene

April 19Exams start• Dental Hygiene

April 19–23Study break• Practical Nursing

April 21Last day of classes• Semester programmes• Social Services

April 22Exams start• Semester programmes

April 23Last day of exams• Dental Hygiene

Last day of classes• ESL

April 27Last day of exams• ESL

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Academic Schedule / 13

14 / Academic Schedule 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

April 30Last day of exams• Semester programmes

Last day of classes• Developmental Disabilities

May 3First day of exams• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

May 3–June 4Intersession• NURS 220• Dental Assisting• Dental Hygiene

May 7Last day of classes• Applied Business Technology• College and Career Preparation

May 10First day of classes• ESL summer semester

May 14Last day of classes• Culinary Arts

May 21Last day of classes• Engineering Design Technology


May 28Last day of classes• Early Childhood Education• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant• TARGET and JET

May 29Convocation

June 7–24Practicum• Dental Assisting

June 25Last day of classes• Dental Assisting

June 28–July 30Clinical• Practical Nursing

July 31–September 3Practicum• Practical Nursing

August 20Last day of classes• ESL

August 24Last day of exams• ESL

2003–2004 SEMESTERPROGRAMMESNote: All programme dates subject tochange. Students should confirm entrydate well in advance of proposed registration.

• Business Administration

• Dental Studies

• Nursing—Northern CollaborativeBaccalaureate Programme

• Practical Nursing

• Social Services

• Technology Programmes

• University Transfer

ORIENTATION

• September 2, 2003

FALL SEMESTER

• September 2–December 12, 2003

• First-year Forest Technology:August 25, 2003—December 3, 2003

EXAMS

• Semester Programmes:December 4–12, 2003

• Dental Hygiene and Dental Assisting:December 8–12, 2003

CHRISTMAS BREAK

• December 15, 2003–January 4, 2004

SPRING SEMESTER

• January 5, 2004–April 30, 2004

• Dental Assisting:January 5, 2004–April 2, 2004

• Practical Nursing:January 5, 2004–April 16, 2004

EXAMS

• Dental Assisting:April 5–9, 2004

• Dental Hygiene:April 19–23, 2004

• Semester Programmes:April 22–30, 2004

STUDY BREAK

• February 16–20, 2004

• Practical Nursing: April 19–23, 2004


2003–2004 COLLEGE AND CAREER PREPARATION AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMMES

Start Christmas Study EndProgramme Intake Orientation Date Break Break Date

Applied Business Fall August 25/03 August 25/03 December 22/03– March 15–19/04 May 7/04Technology January 4/04

*Automotive Fall #1 September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A January 30/04Entry Level January 4/04

Training Spring #2 February 9/04 February 9/04 N/A N/A June 25/04

*Carpentry Fall #1 September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A February 6/04Entry Level January 4/04

Training Spring #2 February 9/04 February 9/04 N/A N/A July 2/04

College and Fall August 27/03 August 27/03 December 22/03– N/A December 19/03Career January 4/04

Preparation Spring January 5/04 January 5/04 N/A February 16–20/04 May 7/04

*Commercial Transport Spring February 9/04 February 9/04 N/A N/A June 25/04Mechanic Entry Level

Culinary Arts Fall August 5/03 August 5/03 December 22/03– N/A May 14/04Programme January 4/04

Dental Fall September 2/03 September 3/03 December 15/03– February 16–20/04 June 25/04Assisting January 4/04

Early Childhood Fall September 2/03 September 3/03 December 15/03– March 1–5/04 May 28/04Education January 4/04

*Electrical Fall #1 September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A January 30/04Entry Level January 4/04


*Heavy Duty Entry Fall #1 September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A January 30/04Level Training January 4/04

Home Support/ Fall September 2/03 August 27/03 December 15/03– March 1–5/04 June 4/04Resident Care Attendant January 4/04

Job Education Fall September 2/03 September 3/03 December 22/03– March 15–19/04 May 28/04and Training January 4/04

*Millwright/ Fall #1 September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A February 13/04Machinist January 4/04Entry Level Spring #2 February 16/04 February 16/04 N/A N/A July 16/04

Power Fall September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A June 18/04Engineering January 4/04

TARGET Fall September 2/03 September 3/03 December 22/03– March 15–19/04 May 28/04January 4/04

Welding Fall September 2/03 September 2/03 December 22/03– N/A June 18/04January 4/04

*Some of the start dates for entry level Trades programmes may have to be changed; please consult the CNC website at www.cnc.bc.ca or verify with the Counselling and Advising Centre.

2004–2005 ACADEMIC SCHEDULE

2004 SCHEDULE

May 10Classes start• ESL


May 29Convocation

June 25Last day of classes• Career Technical Centre

July 1Canada Day• College closed

August 2BC Day• College closed

August 3Classes start• Culinary Arts Level I

August 16Classes start• Developmental Disabilities

August 20Classes end• ESL

August 23Classes start• Applied Business Technology


August 25Classes start• College and Career Preparation

August 30Classes start• Forest Resource Technology (first year only)• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

September 6Labour Day• College closed

September 7General student orientation

Classes start• ESL• Evening classes• Practical Nursing• Trades

September 8Classes start• Semester programmes (see October 31)• Career Technical Centre• Dental programmes• Early Childhood Education• Nursing (Northern Collaborative

Baccalaureate)• TARGET and JET

October 11Thanksgiving Day• College closed

October 31Late application date for limited enroll-ment programmes beginning in theSpring term (January). Applicationsreceived after this date will be processedas space permits.

Late application date for UniversityTransfer and Business Administrationprogrammes beginning in Spring term(January). Applications received afterthis date will be processed as space permits.

November 1Classes start• Culinary Arts Level II

November 11Remembrance Day• College closed

November 29–December 17Clinical• Practical Nursing

December 4Last day of classes• Development Disabilities

December 7Fall Awards Ceremony

December 8Last day of classes• Semester programmes

December 9First day of exams• Semester programmes

December 10Last day of classes• Dental programmes

December 13First day of exams• Dental programmes

December 15Last day of classes• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

December 16Christmas break starts• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

December 17Last day of exams• Applied Business Technology• College and Career Preparation• Dental programmes• Early Childhood Education• Semester programmes• ESL

Last day of classes• TARGET and Job Education and Training

December 20Christmas break starts• Culinary Arts• Majority of programmes• Trades

December 25–28Christmas and Boxing Day• College closed


2005 SCHEDULE

January 3New Year’s Day• College closed

January 4Classes start• Culinary Arts• Dental programmes• ESL• Home Support/Resident Care• Nursing (NCBNP)• Practical Nursing• Trades

January 10Classes start• Semester programmes• Applied Business Technology• Business: The Next Generation• College and Career Preparation• Developmental Disabilities• Early Childhood Education• TARGET and JET

January 24Classes start• Northern Outdoor Recreation and

Ecotourism

January 28Classes end• Career Technical Centre

January 31Application deadline for UT packages.

Classes start• Culinary Arts Level III

February 7–11Exams start• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

Mid-February/early MarchCareer Fair• Non-teaching day (date to be determined)

February 21Study break starts (February 21–25)• Semester programmes• College and Career Preparation• Dental programmes• ESL• Job Education and Training

March 4Last day of classes• Practical Nursing

March 7Study break starts (March 7–11)• Early Childhood Education• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

March 7–April 15Clinical• Practical Nursing

March 21Study break (March 21–25)(break to coincide with School District 57)• Applied Business Technology• TARGET

March 25 & 28Good Friday and Easter Monday• College closed

March 31Late application date for all programmes.Applications received after this date willbe processed as space permits.

April 1Last day of classes• Dental Assisting

April 4–8Exams• Dental Assisting

April 5Spring Awards Ceremony

April 11–29Practicum• Dental Assisting

April 15Last day of classes• Dental Hygiene

April 18Exams start• Dental Hygiene

April 18–22Study break• Practical Nursing

April 20Last day of classes• Semester programmes• Social Services

April 21Exams start• Semester programmes

April 22Last day of exams• Dental Hygiene

April 22Last day of classes• ESL

April 25Practical Nursing Semester III

April 26Last day of exams• ESL

April 25-May 27Intersession• Nursing 220

April 29Last day of exams• Semester programmes

April 30Last day of classes• Developmental Disabilities

May 2First day of exams• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

May 2–June 3Intersession• Dental Assisting• Dental Hygiene

May 6Last day of classes• Applied Business Technology• College and Career Preparation



May 9Classes start• ESL (Summer Semester)

May 13Last day of classes• Culinary Arts


May 27Last day of classes• Early Childhood Education• Engineering Design Technology• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant• TARGET and Job Education and Training

May 28Convocation

June 6–23Practicum• Dental Assisting

June 24Last day of classes• Dental Assisting• Practical Nursing

June 27–July 29Clinical• Practical Nursing

August 1–September 2Practicum• Practical Nursing

August 19Classes end• ESL


2004–2005 SEMESTERPROGRAMMES

Note: All programme dates subject tochange. Students should confirm entrydate well in advance of proposed registration.


• Dental Studies

• Nursing—Northern CollaborativeBaccalaureate Programme


• Social Services

• Technology programmes

• University Transfer

ORIENTATION

• September 7, 2004

FALL SEMESTER

• September 7, 2004–December 17, 2004

• First-year Forest Technology:August 30, 2004–December 17, 2004

EXAMS

• December 9–17, 2004

• Dental Hygiene and Dental Assisting:December 13–17, 2004

CHRISTMAS BREAK

• December 20, 2004–January 9, 2005

SPRING SEMESTER

• January 10, 2005–April 29, 2005

• Dental Assisting:January 4, 2005–April 1, 2005

• Practical Nursing:January 4, 2005–April 15, 2005

EXAMS

• Dental Assisting:April 4–8, 2005

• Dental Hygiene:April 18–22, 2005

• Semester programmes:April 21–29, 2005

STUDY BREAK

• February 21–25, 2005

• Practical Nursing: April 18–22, 2005


2004–2005 COLLEGE AND CAREER PREPARATION AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMMES

Start Christmas Study EndProgramme Intake Orientation Date Break Break Date

Applied Business Fall August 23/04 August 23/04 December 20/04– March 21–25/05 May 6/05Technology January 10/05

*Automotive Fall #1 September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A February 4/05Entry Level January 3/05


*Carpentry Fall #1 September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A February 11/05Entry Level January 3/05

Training Spring #2 February 14/05 February 14/05 N/A N/A July 8/05

College and Fall September 1/04 September 1/04 December 20/04– N/A December 17/04Career January 10/05

Preparation Spring January 10/05 January 10/05 N/A February 21–25/05 May 13/05

*Commercial Transport Spring February 14/05 February 14/05 N/A N/A June 30/05Mechanic Entry Level

Culinary Arts Fall August 3/04 August 3/04 December 20/04– N/A May 13/05Programme January 4/05

Dental Fall September 7/04 September 8/04 December 20/04– February 21–25/05 June 24/05Assisting January 4/05

Early Childhood Fall September 7/04 September 8/04 December 20/04– March 7–11/05 May 27/05Education January 10/05

*Electrical Fall #1 September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A February 4/05Entry Level January 3/05


*Heavy Duty Entry Fall #1 September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A February 4/05Level Training January 3/05

Home Support/ Fall September 7/04 August 30/04 December 15/04– March 7–11/05 May 27/05Resident Care Attendant January 4/05

Job Education Fall September 7/04 September 8/04 December 20/04– February 21–25/05 May 27/05and Training January 10/05

*Millwright/ Fall #1 September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A February 18/05Machinist January 3/05Entry Level Spring #2 February 21/05 February 21/05 N/A N/A July 22/05

Power Fall September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A June 24/05Engineering January 3/05

TARGET Fall September 7/04 September 8/04 December 20/04– March 21–25/05 May 27/05January 10/05

Welding Fall September 7/04 September 7/04 December 20/04– N/A June 24/05January 3/05

*Some of the start dates for entry level Trades programmes may have to be changed; please consult the CNC website atwww.cnc.bc.ca or verify with the Counselling and Advising Centre.

Revised May 13, 2004. Changes to the printed College of New Caledonia 2003–2005 Calendar are indicated in red, underlined type.

20

ADMISSIONREQUIREMENTSThe College of New Caledonia, as a compre-hensive community college, provides access tolifelong learning.

Eligibility for admission is based on satisfyingcitizenship, age, and academic requirements.Specific programme or course prerequisitesmust be met in addition to any general admis-sion requirements. In cases where applicantsmay not meet the specific admission require-ments for a desired programme, the Collegeoffers a broad range of developmental pro-grammes which lead to the qualifications necessary for specific programme entry.

1. General Admission

In all cases, specific programme admissionrequirements or course prerequisites takeprecedence over general admission require-ments and should be checked at the time ofapplication.

While many programmes at the College donot require Grade 12 or equivalent, and stu-dents are encouraged to examine specific pro-gramme or course requirements for moreinformation, the following qualifications aregenerally accepted where Grade 12 or equiva-lent is listed as a requirement for admission:

a) students who have graduated from aBC secondary school or have a BC AdultGraduation Diploma;

b) students who have completed the GEDmeet the general admission requirements forGrade 12 or equivalent, but are subject to spe-cific programme or course requirements;

c) students who have completed theAdult Basic Education (ABE) AdvancedCertificate meet general admission require-

ments for Grade 12 or equivalent, but are sub-ject to specific programme or course require-ments. To qualify for this admission status,students must have completed English 045;Math 044 or 045; one of Chemistry 045,Biology 045 or Physics 045; and one othercourse such as an additional science at the045 level, Computer Studies 045, orCanadian Studies 045. Option also includes alanguage, science, social science, or computer-ized science at the advanced level or higher;

d) students who have completed theSenior Alternate Education (SAE) with English12 and who are 18 years and over meet gen-eral admission requirements for Grade 12 orequivalent, but are subject to specific pro-gramme or course requirements. To qualify forthis admission status, students must havecompleted English 11; English 12; SocialStudies 11; one of Mathematics 11, Intro-ductory Mathematics 11, Mathematics 11A, orApplications of Mathematics 11; and one ofBiology 11, Chemistry 11, Physics 11, EarthScience 11, or Science and Technology 11.

At this time, Senior Alternate Education hasnot been articulated for specific programmerequirements admission. Students requestingadmission using Senior Alternate Educationmust receive specific programme approval.

2. Citizenship and ImmigrationRequirements

The College of New Caledonia accepts applica-tions for admission from prospective studentsonly if they:

a) are citizens of Canada, or

b) hold status granted by Employmentand Immigration Canada as PermanentResidents (landed immigrants), proof of whichmust be submitted, or

c) hold a valid Student Authorizationissued by Immigration Canada, proof of whichmust be submitted. Students applying underthis section are specifically referred to the sec-tions of this calendar dealing with Internation-al Students and International Student Fees.

3. Age Requirements

In general, students must be at least 19 yearsof age or turn 19 during their first year ofstudy. Specific programme requirements, suchas in the case of College and Career Prepara-tion (formerly ABE), take precedence over thegeneral age requirement. Persons under theage of 18 years can be admitted and arereferred to the Special Admission.

4. Special Admission

In addition to meeting General Admissionrequirements, many students may gain entryto the College through other avenues:

a) students without Grade 12 who aredeficient by no more than two courses or eightcredits for BC secondary school graduation,but do have English 12, English 045, orequivalent may be admitted as having Grade12 or equivalent, but are subject to specificprogramme or course requirements.

b) students who are at least 19 years ofage on the first day of the term for whichadmission is sought and have been out of theregular school system for at least one yearmay gain entry as Mature Students. Studentswishing to be considered for admission toCollege programmes as a Mature Studentmust consult with a CNC counsellor, or in thecase of regional campuses, an appropriatecounsellor, administrator, or instructor, beforesubmitting an application. Individual courseprerequisites listed for the programme orcourse being applied for must be met or

Admissions, REGISTRATION

& RECORDS

exempted by the appropriate department/programme.

c) students who are under 18 years ofage may be granted special admission to aprogramme or course upon the written recom-mendation of a College of New Caledoniacounsellor and upon the authorization of thespecific programme Division Dean. Such stu-dents will generally have an outstanding aca-demic record and will complete Grade 11 inthe year in which they are applying for admis-sion. They will also require the authorizationof the appropriate secondary school principaland will be admitted as Early Entry students.The College of New Caledonia reserves theright to determine whether an under-aged student will be permitted to register.

d) students without specific programmeor course prerequisites may be granted per-mission to enter a programme or course uponthe written recommendation of a College ofNew Caledonia counsellor and the instructorwith the signed authorization of the appropri-ate Dean.

e) a student wishing to be considered foradmission to College programmes as a HomeEducated Student must consult with a CNCcounsellor, or in the case of regional cam-puses, an appropriate counsellor, administra-tor, or instructor before submitting an applica-tion. Individual course prerequisites listed forthe programme or course being applied formust be met.

Note: The College of New Caledoniareserves the right to limit admission tothose applicants who, in the opinion ofthe College, possess the requisite capabil-ities for success.

APPLICATIONPROCEDURES

1. New Students

a) Obtain an Application for Admissionform by writing to or contacting:

Office of Admissions, Registration and RecordsCollege of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8CanadaTelephone: (250) 562-2131, local 867 or (250) 561-5800Toll-free 1-800-371-8111

Application forms may also be obtainedfrom the College’s website at www.cnc.bc.caor at any of the College’s regional campuses.

b) For programmes beginning inSeptember of the following year, students mayapply any time after September 15th. Submitthe completed application as early as possible(seats are limited in many programmes) alongwith the $15.00 application fee and officialsecondary or post-secondary school tran-scripts. Secondary school students may initial-ly submit an official verification of SecondarySchool Subjects, and subsequently completetheir application by forwarding official tran-scripts as soon as they become available.Applicants are not officially accepted or placedon programme waiting lists until transcripts orsecondary school status statements arereceived by the College. Applications receivedbefore March 31st for Fall entry into limitedenrollment programmes will receive priorityprocessing. Applications received before March31st for Fall entry into open enrollment pro-grammes will receive priority processing.

c) Applications received after March 31stfor Fall entry into limited enrollment pro-grammes are considered late. If the pro-gramme applied for is oversubscribed at theMarch 31st deadline, applications and appli-cation fees after that date will be returned tothe applicant. Applications and fees will continue to be accepted until programme commencement if seats are still available.

Limited enrollment programmes whichbecome oversubscribed after March 31st willbe deemed closed by Admissions. Applica-tions and fees submitted after the programmeis closed will be returned to the applicant.

Applications received after March 31st forFall entry into open enrollment programmesare considered late and will be processed sub-ject to course availability.

d) Advise the Admissions office of anychange of name, address, or telephone num-ber. Unless requested otherwise, all correspon-dence will be sent to the applicant’s perma-nent home address.

e) Applicants will be notified by mail oftheir admission to the College. Detailed regis-tration information, including the date andtime for registration, will be specified in thePermission to Register letter.

2. Former Students

Students returning without interruption totheir programme of study need not complete

an application form. They will automaticallybe issued a Permission to Register letter.Students returning after an interruption of oneor more semesters or trimesters must com-plete and submit an application along with$15 application fee as early as possible.

3. Documents Required

Applicants are required to submit the follow-ing documents with their applications.

a) Transcripts (i.e., signed and sealed):

Official transcripts for all secondary and/orpost-secondary education or training must besubmitted with the Application for Admission.

Applicants who have completed post-secondary courses in other institutions andwho request Advance Credit must submit anofficial transcript for evaluation.

Applicants from outside Canada, andwhose documents are not in English, mustprovide a notarized translation.

Applicants who are currently attendingsecondary school may initially submit an offi-cial verification of secondary school subjects atthe midpoint of the final semester or term andsubsequently complete their application byforwarding official transcripts as soon as theybecome available.

Applications will not be considered com-plete until all transcripts are received. Studentswho are unable to submit transcripts shouldcontact the Admissions office or the College ofNew Caledonia Counselling Department.

b) Documents for Specific Programmes:

Some programmes have specific documentrequirements and these should be checked atthe time of application.

4. Change of Programme

As entry qualifications vary between pro-grammes, a student who wishes to change hisor her programme of studies must submit anew application along with a $15 applicationfee to the Office of the Registrar. This willensure that the student is adequately qualified,is classified properly, and receives appropriateregistration information and other materials.

5. Protection of Privacy and Access to Information

The College of New Caledonia gathers andmaintains information for the purposes ofadmission, registration, and other fundamen-

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Admissions, Registration and Records / 21

tal activities related to being a member of theCollege of New Caledonia community andattending a public post-secondary institutionin the province of British Columbia. In signingan application for admission, all applicants areadvised that both the information they provideand any other information placed into the stu-dent record will be protected and used in com-pliance with the BC Freedom of Informa-tion and Privacy Protection Act (1992).See also Confidentiality of Student Records(Page 26).

6. Personal Education Number

Student personal information contained on theapplication form will be used to verify yourPersonal Education Number (PEN) or assignone to you. The main uses of the PEN will befor measuring participation in post-secondaryeducation and for student registration pur-poses. As well, the PEN will be used for pro-gramme research and evaluation but any per-sonal information disclosed for these purposeswill be in non-identifiable form. These useshave been reviewed and approved by theInformation and Privacy Commissioner.Students are required to supply this informa-tion to complete their registration in coursesor programmes at CNC. If you have any ques-tions about the use of the PEN, please contactthe Freedom of Information (FOI) coordinatorat CNC.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES

After applications are finalized, eligible appli-cants will be processed for admission. Formost programmes starting in the Fall, theselection process normally begins May 1st forSeptember intakes. (For additional informationrefer to specific programme descriptions.)

LIMITED ENROLLMENTPROGRAMMES

For limited capacity College programmes, stu-dents may be admitted on a selective basis.Eligible applicants must meet specific educa-tional and general programme prerequisitesand are evaluated to assess their potential forsuccess in the programme. Applicants to over-subscribed programmes will be acceptedbased on the Student Selection Proceduresdescribed below.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

Applicants who have been accepted for admis-sion to the College must register on the dateand at the time specified in the Permission to

Register Letter. Students are advised to selecttheir courses in consultation with a Collegecounsellor prior to the registration period. The registration is complete once all fees have been paid. Students who obtain sponsor-ship from an outside agency must presentwritten confirmation of sponsorship prior toregistration.

a) Late Registration: Students who donot register at the time specified in their noticeof admission must register by the tenthinstructional day following the beginning ofclasses. A late registration fee of $10.00 percourse will be levied. Students with extenuat-ing circumstances are advised to contact theRegistrar.

b) Change in Registration: Studentswanting to modify their registered courses areadvised to consult with a College counsellor.All course and section changes require Collegeapproval and will only be permitted duringthe ADD/DROP periods specified at the timeof registration.

c) Identification Cards: Student identi-fication cards are issued by the Admissions,Registration and Records Office upon full pay-ment of fees. Replacement cards can beobtained from the Office of Admissions,Registration and Records for a fee of $5.00.

STUDENT SELECTIONPROCEDURES

On April 24th, all programmes (with theexception of Dental Hygiene) will be reviewed,and at this date it will be established whethera programme is over- or undersubscribed.Specific admissions procedures for DentalHygiene and Early Childhood Education arenoted under section 3 and 4 of this policy.

1. For limited enrollment programmes thatare not oversubscribed, selections will bemade as follows:

a) Applicants who meet admissionrequirements will be accepted on April 24th or thereafter until the programme is fully subscribed.

b) Where possible, registrations will beconducted by mail.

c) All applicants must demonstrate thatthey have completed or are in the process ofcompleting admission requirements for theprogramme for which they have applied.Applicants who have not completed theadmission requirements or have not demon-strated that they are in the process of com-

pleting the necessary requirements will not be considered.

d) All applicants who are selected in theinitial acceptance process and who are sent anotice of acceptance will be required to submita $100.00 refundable deposit. (Deposit isrefundable up to final fee date.) If the depositis not received in the Registrar’s Office by thedeposit deadline date, the applicant will losehis/her seat.

e) All remaining fees to be paid not laterthan the normal programme registration date.

f) All acceptances are conditional pend-ing proof that the admission criteria have beensatisfied.

2. For limited enrollment programmes thatare deemed to be oversubscribed, selectionswill be made as follows:

a) On May 1st, 50% of all acceptableapplicants for these programmes will beselected by the appropriate Dean and/or his orher selection committee. Selection criteria formost programmes have been published underthe programme area in this calendar. Selectioncriteria are available at the divisional level andstudents are encouraged to review these crite-ria and respond to them if they wish toincrease their chances of acceptance.

b) Following those selections, the admis-sion of the remaining 50% of acceptableapplicants will be determined randomly. Morespecifically, all remaining, acceptable appli-cants will be identified by number. TheAdmissions Officer, in consultation with theRegistrar, will be responsible for randomlyselecting the remainder of the applicants.

c) All applicants must demonstrate thatthey have completed or are in the process ofcompleting admission requirements for the pro-gramme for which they have applied. Appli-cants who have not completed the admissionrequirements or have not demonstrated thatthey are in the process of completing the neces-sary requirements will not be considered.

d) All applicants who are selected in theinitial acceptance process and who are sent anotice of acceptance will be required to submita $100.00 refundable deposit. (Deposit isrefundable up to final fee date.)

If the deposit is not received in theRegistrar’s Office by the deposit deadelinedate the applicant will lose his/her seat.


22 / Admissions, Registration and Records 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

f) All acceptances are conditional pend-ing proof that admission criteria have beensatisfied.

3. For the Dental Hygiene Programme,the following procedure will apply asapproved by the CNC Board:

a) On May 22nd, 50% of all acceptableapplicants for this programme will be selectedby the appropriate Dean and/or his or herselection committee. Selection criteria for thisprogramme has been published under theprogramme area in this calendar. Selection cri-teria is available at the divisional level andstudents are encouraged to review this criteriaand respond to it if they wish to increase theirchances of acceptance.

b) Following those selections, the admis-sion of the remaining 50% of acceptableapplicants will be determined randomly. Morespecifically, all remaining, acceptable appli-cants will be identified by number. TheAdmissions Officer, in consultation with theRegistrar, will be responsible for randomlyselecting the remainder of the applicants.

c) Applicants who have not completedthe admission requirements and who have notsubmitted official transcripts on or before May22nd will not be considered.

d) All applicants who are selected in theinitial acceptance process and who are sent anotice of acceptance, will be required to sub-mit a $100.00 refundable deposit.

If the deposit is not received in theRegistrar’s Office by the deposit deadline date,the applicant will lose his/her seat.


f) All acceptances are conditional pend-ing proof that admission criteria have beensatisfied.

4. For the Early Childhood EducationProgramme, the following procedure willapply as approved by the CNC Board:

a) On May 1st, all eligible applicants forthis programme will be selected by the appro-priate Dean and/or his or her selection com-mittee. Selection criteria are published underthe Early Childhood Education section of thiscalendar. Students are encouraged to reviewthese criteria and respond to them if they wishto increase their chances of acceptance.

b) All eligible applicants must demon-strate that they have completed or are in theprocess of completing admission requirements

for the programme. Applicants who have notcompleted the admission requirements orhave not demonstrated that they are in theprocess of completing the necessary require-ments will not be considered.

c) All applicants who are selected in theinitial acceptance process and who are sent anotice of acceptance will be required to submita $100.00 refundable deposit. (Deposit isrefundable up to final fee date.)

If the deposit is not received in theRegistrar’s Office by the deposit deadline date,the applicant will lose his/her seat.

d) All remaining fees to be paid not laterthan the normal programme registration date.

e) All acceptances are conditional pend-ing proof that admission criteria have beensatisfied.

ADVANCED STANDINGStudents who have completed post-secondarycourses in other institutions may be givenadvanced standing for those courses at CNC.

Unassigned credit will be granted on a course-by-course basis in consultation with the pro-gramme in which the credits apply.

The College does maintain a list of acceptablesubstitute or equivalent courses for those list-ed as necessary under the AdmissionRequirements for each programme. Studentsare advised to ask the Admissions Office orCounselling and Academic Advising to deter-mine acceptable substitutes or equivalents. Inthose cases where a determination has notalready been made, the student may request areview of course(s) they wish to use as equiv-alents or substitutes. Once determinationshave been made on new requests, these willbe added to the list maintained by theAdmissions Office.

In addition, students who have completedAdvanced Placement or International Baccalau-reate courses may receive exemption or credit.Students are advised to consult with a counsel-lor well before classes begin, and to obtain awritten acceptance of their advanced standing.

Specific advanced standing for dental pro-grammes is outlined in the dental studies section.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAMME

Transfer credit may be granted to studentswho complete Advanced PlacementProgramme examinations with a grade of 4 or5 as determined by the College EntranceExamination Board.

Potential transfer credits include:

Advanced CNCPlacement Course Recognition

Biology BIO 103/104 (6)Calculus A B MATH 100/101 (6)Chemistry CHEM 113/114 (6)English ENGL (3)History HIST (3)Physics PHYS 105/106 (6)

INTERNATIONALBACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME

Transfer credit may be granted to studentswho complete International BaccalaureateProgramme courses with a standing of 6 orgreater as outlined below:

International CNCBaccalaureate Course Recognition

Biology BIO 103/104 (6)Chemistry CHEM 113/114 (6)English—Lang. A ENG (3)Geography GEOG (3)Mathematics MATH 100/101 (6)Physics PHYS 105/106 (6)

AUDIT STATUSStudents may audit courses under the follow-ing conditions:

1. The class has a vacancy. Students takingthe course for credit are given priority on classlists.

2. The student must request audit status atthe time of registration.

3. Students may change, with writtenapproval from the instructor, from regular toaudit status prior to 40% completion of acourse. Specific dates for each term are avail-able from the Registrar’s Office or theCounselling and Academic Advising Centre.After this date, approval from the instructorand Dean is required.

4. Credit is not awarded for audited courses.

5. The student must pay the regular fee foraudited courses.


6. Audited courses are not considered part ofthe student’s official work load.

CERTIFICATE/DIPLOMA/DEGREEAPPLICATIONStudents anticipating completion of their cer-tificate, diploma, or degree programme arerequired to apply to the Office of Admissions,Registration and Records to receive their cer-tificate, diploma, or degree. Students areencouraged to apply during their final termand will be considered pending final grades.

Certificates

Certificates are official CNC qualificationswhich are awarded to recognize academicstudies which generally take one year to complete. The following programmes awardofficial College of New Caledonia certificates:

• Applied Business Technology:- Administrative Assistant

• Business Management:- Business Administration- Computer Information Systems- Financial Planning and Investment- Hospitality Operations- Management Studies

• College and Career Preparation:- Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced

• Community Health Representative(Nechako)

• Culinary Arts

• Dental Assisting

• Drafting Technician

• Early Childhood Education (Basic)

• Early Childhood Education (Post-Basic)

• Electronics Common Core

• Entry Level Trades:- Automotive Mechanical Repair- Carpentry- Commercial Transport Mechanical Repair- Electrical- Heavy Duty Mechanical Repair- Millwright/Machinist

• Hand Falling (Mackenzie)

• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

• Natural Resources Field Assistant

• Northern Outdoor Recreation andEcotourism (Valemount)

• Power Engineering (4th Class)


• Social Services Worker Programmes:- Developmental Disabilities- Social Service Worker- Teaching Assistant

• Welding (“C” Level)

• Wildland and Recreation EnvironmentalStudies

• Wood Processing Technician

Diplomas

Diplomas are official CNC qualifications whichare awarded to recognize academic studieswhich generally take two years to complete.The following programmes award officialCollege of New Caledonia diplomas:

• BC Adult Graduation Diploma

• Business Administration:- Accounting and Finance- Computer Information Systems- Hospitality Administration- Marketing and Management- Management

• Dental Hygiene

• Electronics Engineering Technology

• Engineering Design Technology

• Forest Resource Technology

• Geographic Information Systems

• Social Services Programmes:- Pre UNBC BSW- Social Service Worker

• University Credit:- Criminology- Human Kinetics

• Wood Processing and EngineeringTechnology

• Writing and New Media Technologies

Degrees (Associate)

Associate Degrees are official CNC qualifica-tions which recognize two full years ofUniversity Credit study and which meet thespecific requirements of the degree. Specificrequirements are listed under the UniversityCredit section of this calendar.

• University Credit:

- Arts- Science

Degree

• Nursing (in collaboration with UNBC)

CONVOCATIONStudents who have completed or will be com-pleting their requirements for a certificate,diploma, or associate degree and studentswho have accumulated 60 or more credithours are eligible to take part in theConvocation ceremony held each spring.Students will receive a “Certificate ofAchievement” at the ceremony. To attend, stu-dents are required to complete an “Applicationto Attend the Convocation Ceremony.” Theseforms are available after April 1 from theAdmissions, Registration and Records office,Counselling and Advising Department, Library,Student Association, or through the Deans.Students are encouraged to attend this cele-bration of their achievement.

PRIOR LEARNINGASSESSMENTMany adults have college level knowledge orskills gained through their work and/or lifetraining. Prior Learning Assessment (PLA)allows students to demonstrate this knowl-edge. The College of New Caledonia maygrant credit for a course(s) towards a certificateor diploma for this learning if it fulfills the pro-gramme requirements.

Prior Learning Assessment is the assessmentof knowledge, skills, and attitudes acquiredthrough life skills, work, and study not previ-ously associated with conventional collegecredit. PLA measures and evaluates what hasbeen learned, regardless of the source oflearning, and translates this into course credittowards a certificate or diploma.

The maximum number of credits that can beawarded through the prior learning assess-ment process is 50% of the number requiredto complete the programme.

CRITERIA

1. Applicants requesting PLA must be admit-ted to the programme for which they are seek-ing credit before PLA will proceed. If the appli-cant has been admitted and enrolled in a


programme and wishes to challenge a coursein which he/she is registered, application mustbe made within three weeks following thecommencement of the course.

The PLA fee is equivalent to the course tuitionfee for which credit is being sought. If credit isgranted, the course tuition fee will be refund-ed. The PLA fee is non-refundable.Where there is no course fee established, e.g.,CCP, a PLA fee of $110 will apply.

2. Learning must be measurable. Credit willbe awarded only for learning and not for theexperience itself.

3. Credit will be awarded only for prior learn-ing that is considered to be college level andis consistent with College of New Caledoniaofferings.

4. The learning must have a theoretical andan applied component where applicable. Inthe latter, the student must demonstrate theintegration of theory and practice.

5. The learning must be relevant to the cur-rent course objectives.

6. The determination of competency and ofcredit to be awarded will be made by appro-priate subject matter and academic experts.

7. Students seeking PLA credit for experien-tial learning must demonstrate attainment ofcourse objectives using one or more of the following methods:

a) the development of a portfolio

b) demonstration of a particular skill

c) performance testing

d) challenge exam

e) structured interview

f) submission of assignments

FEES

The PLA fee will be equivalent to the coursetuition fee in effect at the time of assessment.The PLA fee is non-refundable. Where there isno course fee established, a fee of $110 willapply.

GRADE ASSIGNMENT

If credit is awarded, a “PL” (PLA) grade will beassigned to the course and will appear on thestudent’s permanent record. While credit isawarded, the “PL” grade is not calculated intothe student’s GPA.

The College’s grade appeal process will beapplied to any appeal on Prior Learningassessment.

Important: Students should be aware thatuniversities or colleges may not grant transfercredit for courses completed through PriorLearning Assessment. Students are responsi-ble for determining whether the university orcollege to which they intend to transfer willgrant transfer credit. CNC is not responsiblefor ensuring that licensing bodies accept PLAcredit.

Students who would like more information onPrior Learning Assessment or who feel theyare ready to begin the process should contactthe Dean of the Division.

CREDIT HOURSOne credit hour usually represents one hourper week of classroom lectures. Most coursesinclude three credit hours. As such, theyrequire three hours of lecture per week,together with required study in laboratories,seminars, or tutorials. To achieve full-time sta-tus a student is normally enrolled in ten ormore credit hours of courses eachsemester/trimester.

GENERAL STUDIESAWARDThe General Studies Award is an unofficialrecognition which is available to students whohave accumulated 60 credit hours of generalstudies at the College but who do not have theappropriate combination of credits to qualifyfor an official College certificate, diploma, orassociate degree. As this is an unofficial recog-nition, students may apply credits that havebeen used to earn this award to qualify forofficial College qualifications at a later date.

GRADING SYSTEMAlphabetic symbols are used to report aca-demic achievement. Each grade is assigned anumerical grade point used in determining thegrade point average. Grade points are calculat-ed by multiplying the credit hours of thecourse by the numerical equivalent of the let-ter grade. Grade point averages are calculatedby dividing the total number of grade pointsby the total number of credit hours and are

reported on each statement of grades. Thecumulative grade point average is reported onthe transcript.

Letter Grade Grade Points

A+ Excellent Performance 4.33A 4.00A- 3.67

B+ Good Performance 3.33B 3.00B- 2.67

C+ Satisfactory Performance 2.33C The lowest standing on which to 2.00

base further study in a discipline unless specifically noted in a course description.

C- 1.67

D Marginal Performance 1.00

F Unsatisfactory Performance (Fail) 0.00

N A student who completes no 0.00assignments for grading and who fails to officially withdraw from thecourse or programme of studies.

S Successful achievement of NC*determined learning requirements in a competency-based course.

U Unsuccessful achievement of NC*determined learning requirements in a competency-based course.

I Incomplete. Grade and credit NC*withheld until all requirements of the course have been met. Students must complete all required work with-in 4 weeks from the last day of semester term and within 3 weeks from the last day of trimester term or an “F” grade will be assigned.

CS Continuing Status. Student may NC*continue in the same level. This grade may be used only once percourse. Applicable to CCP (formerly)ABE) Fundamental Level students only.

AUD Audit Status. No credit granted. NC*

W A “W” grade will be assigned to NC*students completing the with-drawal procedure within the time limits specified in the calendar.

AG Students who have completed a NC*modified programme. An annotated report is available.

TER This letter grade signifies that the NC*student was terminated from the applicable course(s) and requires the permission of the Divisional Dean to re-enroll.

PL A PL grade will be assigned to NC*students who have successfully


received credit for that coursethrough the PLA process

*NC: Not included in the calculation ofthe grade point average (GPA)

Grading Scales

Majority of programmes

A+ 90–100%A 85–89.9%A- 80–84.9%

B+ 76–79.9%B 72–75.9%B- 68–71.9%

C+ 64–67.9%C 60–63.9%C- 55–59.9%

D 50–54.9%

F 0–49.9%

Applied Business Technology, Culinary ArtsProgrammes, and Dental Studies

A+ 95–100%A 90–94.9%

B+ 85–89.9%B 80–84.9%

C+ 75–79.9%C 70–74.9%F 0–69.9%

Competency Based Courses

A 90–100%

B+ 85–89.9%B 76–84.9%

C+ 70–75.9%C 63–69.9%

D 55–62.9%

F 0–54.9%

Grading System

Prior to August 31, 1994 the following gradesystem was applied to courses:

For DiplomaGrade Percent Nursing, Dental,Points Conversion & Culinary Arts

Programmes

A 4.00 88–100% 90–100%

B+ 3.50 81–87% 85–89%B 3.00 74–80% 80–84%

C+ 2.50 67–73% 75–79%C 2.00 60–66% 70–74%

D 1.00 50–59% N/A

F 0.00 0–49% 0–69%

Grade Point Average (GPA)Calculation

The GPA is calculated by multiplying thegrade points earned by the number of credits,and then dividing the result by the number ofcredit hours taken. Example:

Credit Letter Grade Grade PointsHours Grade Points Credit Hours

3 A 4 123 B 3 94 C 2 82 D 1 23 F 0 0

15 31

GPA: 31 ÷ 15 = 2.07

Statement of Grades

At the end of each semester/trimester, or atthe end of a programme, a Statement ofGrades is made available to each studentenrolled in a course for credit. All obligationsrelating to fees, library books or fines, rentals,loans, etc. must be met before any statementof grades, transcript, certificate, diploma, orassociate degree will be released.

Repeating a Course

Courses may be repeated for the purpose ofraising grades. Students who intend to trans-fer to another educational institution shouldbe aware that other institutions may re-calculate grade point average (GPA) in accor-dance with its own policies on admission.

Confidentiality of Student Records

The College of New Caledonia treats all stu-dent records with confidentiality. Only thoseadministrators, faculty, and staff who have aneed to view them as part of their normalduties will be permitted access to studentrecords. All employees are expected to respectthe confidentiality of the student informationwith which they work.

Disclosure of information from student files isauthorized only in response to:

a) A written request and presentation ofphoto identification from a student for infor-mation from his/her record;

b) A written request from a student torelease information contained in their file with

the exception of documents submitted in sup-port of their application or for transfer creditevaluation;

c) The Ministry of Advanced Educationrequest for information for the purpose of sta-tistical analysis or research provided that con-fidentiality is assured;

d) Government departments where theCollege is required by law to provide therequested information, and;

e) A valid court order, search warrant,subpoena, summons, or a request by a lawenforcement agency.

Note: Confidentiality is also covered onpage 21, Protection of Privacy andAccess to Information.

GRADUATIONHONOURSAny student in a programme where GPAs arecalculated, such as University Transfer andCareer Technical, who has a cumulative GPA of3.50 or better at the time of graduation will beconsidered to have Graduated With Honours.

Any student in a programme where GPAs arenot calculated, such as Vocational or Collegeand Career Preparation (formerly ABE), willreceive graduation honours upon recommen-dation of the faculty and dean.

All students who have graduated with honours will have this noted on their tran-scripts and their diplomas.

PRESIDENT’S LISTThe College annually recognizes students onthe basis of academic achievement in the formof inclusion of their name on the President’sList. Inclusion on the President’s List is gov-erned by the following regulations.

1a. Eligibility—Full Time

All University Credit and Career Technical stu-dents who complete an academic year and whohave maintained a full-time enrollment statusin every trimester or semester of the year.

All Vocational or College and Career Prepara-tion (formerly ABE) students who have com-pleted a full-time programme of at least fourmonths’ duration between August 1st andJuly 31st of any year.


Credits or course work recognized throughPrior Learning Assessment is eligible towardsPresident’s List qualification.

1b.Eligibility—Part Time

All University Credit and Career Technical students who have not maintained full-timestatus but who reach either 30 or 60 creditsduring the course of the academic year.

All Vocational and College and Career Prepara-tion (formerly ABE) students who have notmaintained full-time status but who completea certification for a programme of at least fourmonths’ duration at any time between August1st and July 31st of any year.

Credits or course work recognized throughPrior Learning Assessment is eligible towardsPresident’s List qualification.

2. Criteria

Students in programmes where GPAs are cal-culated, such as University Credit and CareerTechnical, must have an overall GPA of 3.50or higher for the academic year. Part-time students must have an overall GPA of 3.50 orhigher at the point where they complete 30 or60 credits.

Students in programmes where GPAs are notcalculated, such as College and Career Prepa-ration (formerly ABE) and Vocational, can beincluded on the President’s List upon the rec-ommendation of the faculty and Dean uponcompletion of a programme of at least fourmonths’ duration. These recommendationswill generally recognize the top 10–15% ofeligible students or those with an “A- to B+” orbetter standing where appropriate.

3. Recognition

Students who earn a place on the annualPresident’s List will receive the followingforms of recognition for their achievement:

• letter of congratulations signed by thePresident;

• publication of their names in local news-papers if they are from the College region,in a Prince George newspaper for all students, and in the College student news-paper for all students;

• annual posting of their names on a CollegeHonours Wall;

• notation on their transcripts that they haveearned a spot on the President’s List for theyear in question.

Note: Any student not wishing to be con-

sidered for inclusion on the President’sList should inform the Registrar.

TRANSCRIPTSAn official transcript of a student’s academicrecord will, on written request of the student,be mailed directly to the institution indicatedin the request or given to the student in asealed envelope bearing the inscription“Official transcript enclosed. Invalid if seal broken on envelope.” Requests from third parties must be accompanied by a signedauthorization from the student.

Official transcripts will not be released to youor on your behalf if financial or other obliga-tions to the College are outstanding.

Transcript requests should be made at least10 days before the document is required. Feesfor transcripts are $5.35 per copy (GST includ-ed) and are payable in advance.

Under the Freedom of Information andProtection of Privacy legislation in theprovince of BC, the College of New Caledoniacannot accept transcript requests without thestudent’s signature. Parents or partners wanting to order or pick up transcripts for astudent must have that student’s signedauthorization specifically requesting therelease and must include the name of the person who will be acting for them.

ORDERING TRANSCRIPTS

Transcripts may be ordered in one of threeways:

1. In person: Requests may be made at thePrince George Campus.

2. By mail: Written requests should bemailed to:

College of New CaledoniaAdmissions & Registration Office3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8

3. By fax: Requests by fax should be sent to(250) 561-5861.

The following information is required to com-plete transcript transaction:

1. Full name of the student requesting thetranscript. Include your maiden name if this isapplicable.

2. Student number (or birth date if you can’tremember your number).

3. The number of copies required.

4. The full address of where you would likethe transcript(s) sent.

5. Your signature. We cannot process yourrequest without this.

METHODS OF PAYMENT

1. Cash and Interac debit card: In person only

2. Cheque or money order: In person or bymail

3. Visa or MasterCard: In person, by mail, orby fax. (Please include your full Visa orMasterCard number and expiry date.)

TRANSFER OF CREDITS

TRANSFER TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS

In order to verify the transferability of creditstaken at CNC, students planning to transfer toanother institution should consult the calendarof that institution as well as the BritishColumbia Transfer Guide published by the BCCouncil on Admissions and Transfer and avail-able in the CNC Counselling and AcademicAdvising Department or online at:

www.bccat.bc.ca

CNC counsellors will assist students in select-ing transferable courses; however, the finalresponsibility for course selection rests withthe student as transfer agreements are contin-uously being negotiated and changed.

TRANSFER FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS

A student who has completed courses at otherpost-secondary institutions may request thatthese credits be transferred to the College ofNew Caledonia. An official transcript from eachinstitution at which the courses were takenmust accompany the request. Only courses inwhich a minimum grade of “D” or equivalentwas earned will be considered for transfercredit. Courses transferred from other post-secondary institutions are not included in thecalculation of grade point average at theCollege of New Caledonia.

Any student planning to transfer to a universi-ty or other post-secondary institution shouldbe aware that transfer credits granted by the


College of New Caledonia are not binding onanother post-secondary institution.

WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE ORPROGRAMMEStudents wishing to withdraw from a courseor programme must do so officially by com-pleting a withdrawal form available fromAdmissions, Registration and Records or theCounselling and Advising Centre.

If no official withdrawal form has been submit-ted to the Admissions Office, a grade of “N”(grade point = 0) will be assigned to the stu-dent’s course record. A student who does notcomplete formal withdrawal procedures willcontinue to be liable for all assessed fees.

In all cases of course or programme with-drawals, students are encouraged to consultwith instructors and the Counselling andAdvising Centre to determine whether theremight be alternatives to withdrawal.

2003–04 REFUND/WITHDRAWAL DATES

WITHDRAWAL DATES

A student may withdraw, without academicpenalty, up to completion of 60% of thecourse or programme.

After this date, students who withdraw will beassigned an “F” grade (grade point = 0)unless the withdrawal is approved by a dean,regional manager, or counsellor.

SEMESTER PROGRAMMES (All programmes except Collegeand Career Preparation, CulinaryArts, and Trades)

Fall 2003(Semester starts September 2, 2003)

September 11, 2003• Last day to withdraw and receive a 60%

tuition refund.

September 12, 2003• Last day to add courses without the

appropriate instructor’s and divisiondean’s signature.


tuition refund. After this date no refundavailable.

October 10, 2003• Last day to change enrollment to audit sta-

tus with written approval from the instruc-tor. After this date, approval from theinstructor and division dean is required.

October 31, 2003• Last day to withdraw without academic

penalty. After this date, students withdraw-ing will receive an “F” grade.

Spring 2004(Semester starts January 5, 2004)

January 13, 2004• Last day to withdraw and receive a 60%

tuition refund.

January 16, 2004• Last day to add courses without the




February 13, 2004• Last day to change enrollment to to audit

status with written approval from theinstructor. After this date, approval fromthe instructor and division dean isrequired.

March 5, 2004• Last day to withdraw without academic


COLLEGE AND CAREER PREP(Formerly ABE)

Fall 2003(Classes start August 27, 2003)


tus with instructor’s signature. After thisdate, approval from the instructor and divi-sion dean is required.

October 31, 2003• Last day to withdraw without academic


Spring 2004(Classes start January 5, 2004

February 20, 2004• Last day to change enrollment to audit sta-


March 12, 2004• Last date to withdraw without academic


2004–05 REFUND/WITHDRAWAL DATES

WITHDRAWAL DATES

A student may withdraw, without academicpenalty, up to completion of 60% of thecourse or programme.

After this date, students who withdraw will beassigned an “F” grade (grade point = 0)unless the withdrawal is approved by a dean,regional manager, or counsellor.

SEMESTER PROGRAMMES (All programmes except Collegeand Career Preparation, CulinaryArts, and Trades)

Fall 2004(Semester starts September 7, 2004)


tuition refund.

September 17, 2004• Last day to add courses without the





tus with written approval from the instruc-tor. After this date, approval from theinstructor and division dean is required.

November 5, 2004• Last day to withdraw without academic



Spring 2005(Semester starts January 10, 2005)


tuition refund.

January 21, 2005• Last day to add courses without the




February 18, 2005• Last day to change enrollment to to audit

status with written approval from theinstructor. After this date, approval fromthe instructor and division dean isrequired.

March 11, 2005• Last day to withdraw without academic


COLLEGE AND CAREER PREP(Formerly ABE)

Fall 2004(Classes start September 1, 2004)

October 15 2004• Last day to change enrollment to audit sta-


November 5, 2004• Last day to withdraw without academic


Spring 2005(Classes start January 10, 2005)

February 25, 2005• Last day to change enrollment to audit sta-


March 18, 2005• Last date to withdraw without academic


CRIMINAL RECORDSSEARCHESGiven the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants to programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches; one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Solicitor General.

Students must have completed the CriminalRecords Search process in order to be consid-ered admissible to the programme. The resultof a Criminal Records Search which identi-fies relevant criminal convictions mayprevent a student from entering into apracticum or clinical setting. Students whocannot enter the practicum or clinical compo-nent of the programme cannot graduate fromthe programme. Students may be unableto obtain registration or a license topractice and may be unable to obtainemployment in their chosen field. It istherefore imperative that students withcriminal records provide documenta-tion regarding the timing and nature ofthe offense(s) and, where possible, seeka pardon.

Criminal Records Searches are required for thefollowing programmes:

• College Foundations programmes:Early Childhood Education

• Health Science programmes:Dental AssistingDental HygieneHome Support/Resident Care AttendantNursingPractical Nurse

• Social Services programmes:Developmental Disabilities CertificateSocial Service Worker CertificateSocial Service Worker DiplomaTeaching Assistant Certificate

Criminal Record Reviews under the CriminalRecords Review Act are required for the fol-lowing programmes:

• Developmental Disabilities

• Early Childhood Education

• Nursing


• Social Service Worker Certificate

• Social Service Worker Diploma

• Teaching Assistant

Effective October 1, 2002, there is a new feeof $20 for each consent form submitted for acriminal record check, and all consent formsmust be in the new format and include pay-ment.

All relevant information is available on the fol-lowing website:

www.gov.bc.ca/pssg


Revised October 14, 2004. Changes to theprinted College of New Caledonia 2003–2005Calendar are indicated in red, underlined type.

30

Fees listed below are those establishedfor the 2004–05 academic year. All feesand charges were under review at thetime of publication and may changethroughout the life of this Calendar.

SEMESTERPROGRAMMES• Advanced Common Core Electronics

Technician


• Computer Information Systems

• Computer/Network Electronics Technician


• Dental Hygiene

• Electronics Engineering Technology (first year)

• Electronics Technology Bridge



• Geographic Information SystemsTechnology

• Hospitality Administration

• Bachelor of Science in Nursing

• Social Services Training

• University Credit

• Wildland Recreation and EnvironmentalStudies

• Wood Technology

• Writing and New Media Technologies

All fees are payable at the time of registration.Fees are charged by course based on lectureplus lab contact hours.

The programme fee consists of:

• Tuition $215.51 per course(Standard lecture—45 hours)

• Lab Fees $105.44 per course(Standard lab—45 hours)

• Student Association $7.50 per course($30.00 per

semester max.)

• Canadian Federation $1.80 per courseof Students ($7.20 maximum)

• Registration Fee $15.00 per semester

• Student Building Fund $10.00 per year

• Daycare Subsidy Fee $2.50 per year

• Newspaper Fee $2.50 per semester(effective January 1, 2005)

• Computer Account $40.00 per yearApplication Fee (see Note)

Note:

1. Courses not offered in standard format will have their fees pro-rated.

2. Maximum total lecture and lab feesfor the following courses are $1295 persemester:

• Computer/Network Electronics Technician




• Wood Technology Programmes

3. An additional FOR 299 ExtendedField Trip fee will be charged to Forest

Resource Technology students in the 4thsemester. The fee will range between$300 and $400 depending on the num-ber of field trip participants.

4. There is no maximum fee level for aUniversity Credit programme.

5. Second-year Forest Technology students will be expected to cover theirown costs of approximately $100 for a multi-day field trip to the RobsonValley.

6. First-year Forestry students who donot have a Level 1 first aid certificate orwho presently hold a ticket which expiresprior to graduation of the two-year coursewill be required to attend a one-day certi-fication course scheduled at a specifiedtraining facility. The cost will be approxi-mately $60.00 and will be paid directlyto the training facility.

7. Computer accounts are required forstudents who use computers in class andare optional for other students. For moredetails, see the Computer AccountApplication Form available in theAdmissions Office.

CALCULATION OF COURSE FEES

Individual course fees include both lecture feesand lab fees (if applicable), and are calculatedby the following formula:

[Duration (in weeks)] x [contact hours per week]x [$ per contact hour]

Fee INFORMATION

COMPUTER ACCOUNTAPPLICATION FEEThe College provides computer accounts toany student who has a current CNC ID num-ber and provides written proof of this (CNC IDCard or Registration Form with ID Number).Students must fill out a Computer AccountApplication Form to apply for an account.There is a $40.00 fee for the account. The feeis tax-deductible and non-refundable. Theaccount is active for one year (365 days) fromthe date of set up. Accounts are required forstudents who use computers in class andoptional for other students. For more details,see the Computer Account Application Form,available in the Admissions Office.

CONTINUINGEDUCATION REFUND POLICYA full refund of fees will be given if:

1. A course is cancelled by the College, or

2. A student withdraws from a course/programme one or more days prior to theadvertised course registration deadline.

No refund of fees will be given if a studentcancels their enrollment on or after the adver-tised course registration deadline.

Note:

1. The registration deadline date for allContinuing Education courses is oneweek prior to the course start date unlessotherwise stated.

2. Registrations are welcome after theadvertised course deadline, based on seatavailability.

3. Non-attendance does not constitute aformal withdrawal.

4. The original receipt is required whenrequesting a refund.

GYMNASIUM USER FEESGymnasium user fees are for registered CNCstudents and staff. Outside users include non-CNC students and other community members.

• Weight Room, Courts, and Gymnasium use:$30.00/semesterOutside users: $150.00/semester

• Weight Room only: $20.00/semesterDrop in rate: $5.00/visitOutside users: $100.00/semester

• Courts only (includes equipment use):$20.00/semesterDrop in rate: $7.50/visitOutside users: $100.00/semester

• Aerobics/fitness classes: cost recovery

• Equipment rental:Semester equipment use: $5.00/semesterRacquets: $1.00/useSquash/racquetballs: $0.50/useEyeguards: $0.50/useShuttles: $0.50/use

For gymnasium bookings, call (250) 561-5803for rates and availability.

INTERNATIONALSTUDENT FEESIn keeping with the Ministry of AdvancedEducation, Training and Technology policy onTuition Fees for International Studies at BCColleges and Institutes, the following fees areset at a rate which covers all direct costs andoverhead.

TUITION (subject to change)

• CCP $3800/semester (Cdn)

• English Language $3800/semester (Cdn)Training

• Other programmes $760/course (Cdn)

• Trades—contact the International Educationdepartment for information

If a student’s status changes after the first dayof classes in a semester (e.g., changes fromstudent authorization to landed immigrant) thechange in tuition fees will occur the followingsemester. Students will be required to showproof of the status change.

The College of New Caledonia reservesthe right to change fees without notice.

All fees must be paid a minimum of six weeksprior to the first day of classes (new students)or at the time of registration (continuing students).

ADDITIONAL FEES

International Students will also be leviedStudent Association and other applicable feesin addition to tuition. International Studentsare also responsible for such expenses as text-books, housing, food and transportation costs,as well as required medical insurance.

REFUND POLICY FORINTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

The College’s tuition refund policy forInternational Students is as follows:

• a 50% refund, if a student withdraws fromthe College prior to the commencement ofclasses

• a 25% refund, if a student withdraws fromthe College during the first or second weekof classes

• no refund after the second week of classes

• Student Activity Fees are not refundable.

There is a $100.00 (Cdn) administrative feeon all refunds. Students who are unable toobtain a student authorization will be entitledto a full refund minus any administrative fees.

SENIOR CITIZEN FEESIt is CNC policy to waive tuition, identificationcard, registration, and Student Association feesfor senior citizens (over the age of 65). Thisexemption applies to all credit courses andnon-credit courses provided that the tuition feeis not required to cost-recover the course.

SERVICE FEES ANDOTHER CHARGES• Application Fee: $15.00 per programme

• Registration Fee: $15.00 per term

• Transcripts: $5.00 per copy

• Faxing documents: $10.00

• External typing tests: $25.00

• Rush service—Official Transcripts: $20.00

• EMAT (English & Math Achievement Test):$5.00

• College and Career Preparation (formerlyABE) Placement Test: $5.00

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Fee Information / 31

32 / Fee Information 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

• Late Registration Fee: $10.00 per course

• ID Replacement: $5.00

• Calendar: $5.00 (pickup); $8.00 (mail)

• Prior Learning Assessment: PLA fee equivalent to course tuition

SPONSOREDSTUDENT FEESA number of agencies, such as HumanResources Development Canada (HRDC),sponsor students by purchasing spaces insome programmes or by paying tuition fees.Students who have been admitted as spon-sored students are required to pay StudentAssociation and other fees not covered by thesponsorship and must present written confir-mation of sponsorship prior to registration.

TUITION REFUNDPOLICYFees are totally refunded when a course orprogramme is cancelled. Once full fees havebeen paid and a student withdraws from acourse or programme, fees are refunded asfollows:

a) The $100.00 tuition deposit will befully refunded if a student withdraws beforethe final fee payment deadline.

b) A refund of 60% is granted if a student withdraws before the end of the firstweek of classes, or prior to 7% completion ofa course in a programme/course which is lessthan four months in duration.

c) A refund of 40% will be granted if a student withdraws before the end of the second week of classes, or prior to 14% completion of a course in a programme/course which is less than four months in duration.

c) Special consideration is given formedical withdrawal. Withdrawals for medicalor personal reasons must be accompanied bya letter from the doctor and have the signedrecommendation of a counsellor and theapproval of the Director, Student Services.

If a student withdraws more than two weeksafter classes start, or after 14% completion ofcourses in a programme of less than fourmonths in duration, no refund will begranted. Students enrolled in English 155and/or Math 155 who complete the pro-gramme in less than 15 weeks will have theirtuition fees refunded on a pro-rata basis.

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Fee Information / 33

FEE INFORMATION FOR VOCATIONAL AND OTHER PROGRAMMESThe following are 2004/2005 fees and are subject to change.

Student LabProgramme Tuition Association Registration Fees Other Total

Applied $1295.00 $30.00 $15.00 $1340.00Business Technology (per semester) (per semester) (per semester)

maximum

Centre for Student Success $188.22 $15.00Courses (per course) (per session)

College and Career No tuition fee $7.50 $15.00 VariablePreparation (per course)

Co-operative Education $431.78 $15.00 $446.78(per Co-op term) (per Co-op term)

Culinary $2742.90 $62.50 $45.00 Students are required $2850.40Arts to purchase their

own uniforms

Early Childhood $1295.00 $30.00 $15.00 VariableEducation (per semester) (per semester)

maximum maximum

English as a Second Language variable $7.50 $15.00(6-month programme) (per course) per course

Entry Level Trades $1338.00 $31.25 $15.00 $200.00 tool $1584.25(5-month programme) ($6.25/month) deposit (refundable)

Home Support/ $2408.40 $56.25 $15.00 $2479.65Resident Care Attendant ($6.25/month)

Power $2676.00 $62.50 $15.00 $2753.50Engineering ($6.25 month)

Trades Apprentice $75.00/week $15.00

Welding Variable Variable $15.00 VariableLevel A & B ($300.00/month) ($6.25 month) (per programme)extensions (Not applied to extensions)

Welding $3000.00 $62.50 $15.00 $200.00 tool $3277.50Level C Beginner ($6.25 month) deposit

Full-time (refundable)

Note: Totals do not include the following fees:

• $40.00 Computer Account Application Fee

• The following Student Association fees:

- $10.00 Annual Student Association Building Fund Fee

- $2.50 Annual Daycare Fee

- Canadian Federation of Students Fees ($1.80 per course or month).

- Newspaper Fee ($2.50 per semester or term), effective January 1, 2005


34

SCHOLARSHIPS,AWARDS, ANDBURSARIESThe College of New Caledonia offers scholar-ships, awards, and bursaries to recognize aca-demic achievement and to provide financialassistance to those in need who maintain sat-isfactory academic status. The Financial AidCatalogue, available after September 1 at theFinancial Aid and Student Awards Office (located in the main entrance building on theground floor) and the regional campuses, pro-vides complete information on all financialawards. Below is a listing of awards currentlyadministered by CNC; information with regardto other awards from external agencies is alsoavailable.

Award recipients are expected to attend the award presentation cere-monies held regularly, in the Fall andSpring, to receive their awards. Failure toattend without a legitimate excuse may resultin the withdrawal of the scholarship, award,or bursary.

ANNUAL AWARDS

FALL AWARDSDeadline: September 30

Aizlewood Endowment Bursaries

Auxiliary to Prince George Regional HospitalEndowment Bursary

BC Gas Scholarship

BC Lung Association Bursary

Canfor Corporation Computer InformationSystems Scholarship

Central Interior Logging AssociationScholarship

CNC Endowment Gourmet Dinner Scholarship

CNC Forestry Society Bursary

Don Flynn Endowment University TransferForestry Scholarship

Elks and Royal Purple Endowment Bursaries

FEAT, the Foundation for Education andAdvancement in Technology Bursary

Finning Ltd. Business Administration Bursary

FMC of Canada Ltd. Endowment Scholarships

Human Resource Management AssociationBursary

Husky Oil Scholarship

Industrial Forestry Service Ltd. AnnualScholarship

Industrial Forestry Service Ltd. Annual Bursary

Institute of Chartered Accountants of BCBursary

Knights of Columbus, Council 8927 Bursary

Laureen Ens Endowment Scholarship

Logging Seminar Steering CommitteeEndowment Scholarships

Marilyn Comeau Memorial EndowmentBursary

Michelle Lamarche-Swift Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial EndowmentBursaries—Dental Hygiene

Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial EndowmentBursary—Nursing

Northern Forest Products AssociationScholarship

Northern Institute for Resource StudiesEndowment Bursaries

Northern Institute for Resource StudiesEndowment Scholarships

Northland Chrysler Automotive Bursary

Novak Bros. Contracting Ltd. EndowmentBursary

Novak Bros. Contracting Ltd. EndowmentScholarship

Pacific Regeneration Technologies SilvicultureScholarship

PG, Cariboo and Central InteriorTransportation Club Scholarship

Prince George Chapter IODE NorthernCollaborative Baccalaureate NursingBursary

Prince George Chapter IODE Pre-UNBCBachelor of Social Work Bursary

PG and District Dental Society Bursary forDental Hygiene

PG Savings Credit Union EndowmentScholarships

Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada, Local 9 Bursaries

Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada, Local 29 Endowment Bursaries

Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund forStudent Aid Bursaries

Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund forStudent Aid Scholarships

Rotary Club of Prince George EndowmentScholarships

Royal Bank Endowment Scholarship

Financial Aid AWARDS

& STUDENT

Sam Ketcham, Phil Bodman MemorialBursaries

Weldwood of Canada Ltd. Bursaries

SPRING AWARDSDeadline: January 31

Adult Basic Education Association of BCScholarship

Ann McQuaid Endowment Scholarship

Anthony Karpicius Memorial EndowmentForestry Scholarships

Arthur and Cora Buchi Memorial EndowmentBursary

BC Hydro Endowment Scholarship

Bob Martin Endowment Trades Scholarship

Canadian Association of EquipmentDistributors BC Chapter Heavy DutyMechanics Endowment Scholarship

Canadian Federation of University Women—Prince George—Janet E. King MemorialEndowment Bursary

Canadian Hospital Engineering Society BC Chapter Endowment Scholarship

Canfor Corporation Forest ResourceTechnology Scholarship

Canfor Corporation Scholarship

Certified General Accountants Association ofBC Scholarship

City of Prince George Endowment Bursary

CNC Endowment Co-operative EducationBursaries

CNC Endowment Bursaries—Full-time PrinceGeorge Students

CNC Endowment Bursaries—Part-time PrinceGeorge Students

CNC Endowment Gourmet DinnerScholarships

CNC Endowment Scholarship for College andCareer Preparation—English LanguageTraining

CNC Endowment Scholarship for EngineeringDesign Technology

CNC Endowment Scholarship for HealthSciences

CNC Endowment Scholarship for SocialServices and Early Childhood Education

CNC Endowment Scholarship for OfficeAdministration

CNC Endowment Scholarship for TradesTraining

CNC Faculty Association Scholarships

CNC Forestry Society Bursary

CNC Student Association EndowmentBursaries

CNC Student Association EndowmentScholarships

CNC Woodlot Endowment Bursaries

College and Career Preparation Bursaries

Credit Union Foundation Bursaries

Cris Hallett Memorial Endowment Bursary

David Sali Memorial Bursary

Don Flynn Endowment Forest ResourceTechnology Scholarship

Dr. John De Rosario Memorial EndowmentBursary

Dr. Nalini Murthy Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Dustin Lee Bullock Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Duz Cho Logging Ltd. Endowment ForestryScholarship

Ed Berry Memorial Endowment Bursary

E.G. (Robbie) Robertson Bursary

Finning International Inc. Forest ResourceTechnology Bursary

FMC of Canada Ltd. Endowment Scholarship

Forest Expo Endowment Bursaries

Forest Expo Endowment Scholarship

Fraser Fort George Regional District Bursary

Guru Gobind Singh Temple Scholarship

Hans Allgaier Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Heather Sadler Jenkins Scholarship

Howie Toane Memorial Endowment Bursary

HSBC Bank of Canada EndowmentScholarship

Janet Peters Memorial Endowment Bursary

Janet Peters Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Jean Humphreys Memorial EndowmentBursary

Jean May Memorial Endowment Bursary

Jeanette Beaulieu Memorial Scholarship

Jim Damiano Memorial EndowmentScholarship

Kevin St. Dennis Memorial EndowmentBursary

Knights of Columbus, Council 8927 Bursaries

KPMG Chartered Accountants EndowmentBursary in Memory of Travis Todd Klose

KPMG Chartered Accountants EndowmentScholarship

Lakeland Mills Ltd. Endowment Bursary

Lakeland Mills Ltd. Endowment Scholarship

Leann Marie Sweet Memorial EndowmentBursary

Lion’s Quest Endowment Bursary

Lloyd Anderson/Steve Burgess EndowmentTrades Scholarship

Mike Reid Northern Studies EndowmentScholarship

Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial EndowmentBursaries—Dental Assisting

Nancy Anne Tarrant Memorial EndowmentBursary—Nursing

Northern Institute for Resource StudiesEndowment Bursaries

Northern Institute for Resource StudiesEndowment Scholarships

Northern Interior Cruising CommitteeScholarship

Northern Interior Food Safe Council Along withthe Restaurant and Food ServicesAssociation of British Columbia Northernand Central Branch Endowment Bursary

Northern Silviculture Endowment Scholarship

Northland Chrysler Automotive Bursary

PEO Sisterhood Bursaries

PG Alzheimer’s Society Bursary

PG Branch of the Association of ProfessionalEngineers and Geoscientists of the Provinceof BC Endowment Bursary

PG Business and Professional Women’s ClubBursary

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Financial Aid & Student Awards / 35

March 12, 2003

PG Business and Professional Women’s ClubDisabled Student Bursary

PG Chapter of IAAP (International Associationfor Administrative Professionals)Endowment Bursary

PG Chartered Accountants AssociationScholarship

PG Cougars Hockey Club Endowment Bursary

PG District Certified Dental Assistant SocietyBursary

PG and District Dental Society Bursary forDental Assisting

PG Savings Credit Union Endowment AthleticBursaries

PG Savings Credit Union Endowment AthleticScholarships

PG Savings Credit Union EndowmentScholarships

Pulp, Paper & Woodworkers of Canada Local 29 Bursaries

Ray Small Memorial Endowment Scholarship

RCMP Prince George Subdivision CommercialCrime Section Endowment Bursary

Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund forStudent Aid Bursaries

Real Estate Foundation Endowment Fund forStudent Aid Scholarships

Robert Fulton Memorial Scholarship

Sadie Merrick Memorial Endowment Bursary

Society of Vocational Instructors of BC (CNC Chapter) Bursary

Spruce City Lion’s Club Endowment Bursary

Stanley Klimek Sr. Memorial EndowmentBursary

Stu and Diana Berry Endowment Bursary

Timberline Forest Inventory ConsultantsScholarship

Tyler Urquhart Memorial Endowment Bursary

Women’s Equality Bursary

AWARDSMiscellaneous Deadlines

Donor Application Deadline

Association of BC Professional Foresters Endowment Natural Resources Studies Scholarship April 30

Canadian Federation of University Women—Prince George—University Transfer Endowment Scholarship April 30

Canadian National Scholarships for Women October 15

Canfor Corporation University TransferScholarship April 30

Certified General Accountants Academic Excellence Scholarship April 30

Certified Management Accountant Society of BC Scholarship April 30

CNC Endowment Admission Bursaries May 31

CNC Endowment Bursary—Full-time Regional Students February 27

CNC Endowment Bursaries—Part-time Regional Students February 27

CNC Endowment Entrance Scholarships December 1

CNC Forest Resource Technology Recruitment Scholarship Open

CNC Recruitment Scholarships May 15

CNC Recruitment Scholarships forIndependent Schools May 15

CNC Retention Scholarships April 15

Developmental Disabilities PracticumScholarship October 30 & March 30

Don Flynn Endowment Forest Resource Technology Scholarship April 30

Don Flynn Endowment University Transfer Forestry Scholarship April 30

Dr. Hu Stephen Memorial Endowment Bursaries May 31

Dunkley Lumber Ltd. Endowment—Quesnel Campus Bursary February 27

Dunkley Lumber Ltd. Endowment—Quesnel Campus Scholarship February 27

George D. Brown Memorial January 31 orBursary June 30 or September 30

Lionel Lamoureaux Memorial Bursary February 27

Mackenzie Campus Employment Bursary February 27

Mackenzie Community Endowment Bursary February 27

Martina Johnnie College and Career Preparation Memorial Bursary February 27

Martina Johnnie Memorial Endowment Bursary February 27

Nechako Community Endowment Bursary February 27

PG Home Builders Association Endowment Scholarship Open

Quesnel Campus—CNC—Quesnel StudentsCouncil Bursaries (Full-time) February 27

Quesnel Campus—CNC—Quesnel StudentsCouncil Bursaries (Part-time) February 27

Quesnel Campus—CNC—Vending Machine Bursary February 27

Robson Valley Community Endowment Bursary February 27

Rod Eckland Memorial Endowment Bursary May 15

Rotary Club of Mackenzie Bursary February 27

Rotary Club of Prince George Endowment Bursaries April 30

Rotary Club of Vanderhoof Endowment Office AdministrationProgramme Bursary February 27

Russell Kenneth Dillabough Memorial Scholarship April 30

Seleen Denluck Memorial Endowment Scholarship Open

CNC FUNDRAISING SOCIETY

Scholarships and bursaries are made possiblethrough the generous support of our com-munity. The CNC Fundraising Society workswith the community to solicit scholarship andbursary funds.

You can help students to pursue their educa-tional goals by contributing to the scholarshipand bursary programme. For further informa-tion, please contact the CNC Fundraising Society at (250) 561-5857 or visit:

www.cnc.bc.ca/fundraising

36 / Financial Aid & Student Awards 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Financial Aid & Student Awards / 37

STUDENT LOANSThe Financial Aid Catalogue is the most com-prehensive source of information on studentloans. Students are advised to submit theirloan applications well in advance of their pro-gramme start date to allow for processing,which can take up to six weeks. The BritishColumbia Student Assistance Programme(BCSAP) was established to supplement finan-cial resources for post-secondary education.Awards are provided to students based on cal-culated financial need. The Ministry ofAdvanced Education establishes financial needfrom the information provided in the studentloan application. BCSAP allows for a modeststudent lifestyle and does have a ceiling onthe level of available assistance.

REQUIREMENTS FOR LOAN ASSISTANCE

To be eligible for a BC Student AssistanceProgram loan, a student must:

1. Be a Canadian citizen or a landed immi-grant and a permanent resident of BritishColumbia twelve months before startingschool

2. Possess a valid social insurance number

3. Maintain a specified course load in a full-time programme for credit at an eligible post-secondary institution and work towards a cer-tificate, diploma, or degree

4. Establish financial need by a standardBCSAP assessment of total costs, less studentresources

5. Complete an application from the FinancialAid Office at the College of New Caledonia, tobe forwarded to the Ministry of AdvancedEducation

6. Accept responsibility to read the informa-tion on all documents upon acceptance ofBCSAP funds

7. Inform the bank or National Student LoanCentre of any changes and provide proof ofongoing full-time student status

Default on payments of student loans bearsserious consequences. If you encounter diffi-culties contact your bank or the NationalStudent Loan Centre or the CNC Financial AidOffice for information.

English 155 and Math 155 are not eligible to be included in the course loadrequirement for student loan programmes.

Further explanation of programmecourse loads may be provided by theFinancial Aid and Student Awards Office.

ADULT BASIC EDUCATIONSTUDENT ASSISTANCEPROGRAM

The Adult Basic Education Student AssistanceProgram (ABESAP) provides funding for:

• Basic literacy

• Academic upgrading

• English as a Second Language

• Pre-vocational Adult Special Education

The ABESAP program is given to studentsdemonstrating a lack of financial resources.Upon acceptance into a programme anappointment with the Financial Aid Officer isrequired to complete an application to deter-mine financial need.

CANADA STUDY GRANTSPROGRAM

The Canada Study Grants (CSG) Program forHigh Need Part-time (HNPT) students isdesigned to assist single parents who areunable to meet the eligibility requirements ofthe full-time student loans programme.Students must be taking course(s) on a part-time basis in any post-secondary programmeoffered at CNC to be eligible for assistance.College and Career Preparation (formerly AdultBasic Education) courses are not eligible forfunding from this Program. An appointmentwith the Financial Aid Officer is required.

The procedures and policies for BCSAP,ABESAPor CSG are determined by thefederal and provincial governments. TheCollege of New Caledonia has no controlof the policies or the upper limit of fundsawarded.

EMERGENCY LOANS

The College of New Caledonia offers limitedemergency loan assistance to studentsencountering major unexpected expenseswhile attending school. It is assumed that thestudent has exhausted all other resources offinancial assistance before coming to theFinancial Aid and Student Awards Office. Anapplication to and discussion with theFinancial Aid Officer is required before anysuch assistance can be provided. Students arerequired to sign a promissory note; which is acommitment to repay the interest-free loan onor before a specified date agreeable to theCollege. A 24-hour waiting period is neces-sary for the processing of the loan. Allarrangements for repayment of the loan mustbe made with the Financial Aid Officer and beapproved by the Financial ServicesDepartment of the College.

38

GRADE APPEALSA student may request reconsideration of finalcourse grades under the Grade Appeals proce-dure. Problems regarding all other gradesshould be discussed with the instructor shortlyafter the grade is issued. Grounds for appealinclude prejudicial or capricious grading by theinstructor or clerical error. The appeal must beof sufficient substance to warrant a change tothe grade if the appeal is successful.

1. The student must initiate the appealprocess within thirty (30) calendar days fol-lowing the receipt of the final grade by dis-cussing the matter with the instructor.

2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorilyresolved with the instructor, the student maypursue the appeal by forwarding a writtenoutline of the appeal to the instructor’s Dean.If the Dean is the instructor, or if the Dean ordesignate is absent, the written appeal shouldbe forwarded to the Vice-President, Academic.The appeal must specify the course, theinstructor, the evidence upon which the appealis based, and the resolution being sought.

3. Failing resolution with the Dean or desig-nate, the student may pursue the appeal byforwarding it to the Vice-President, Academicwho will verify that the appeal process hasbeen properly adhered to, and will submit theappeal to the Grade Appeal Committee. Ingeneral, fourteen (14) calendar days will beallowed for the appeal to progress from theinstructor to the Vice-President, Academic.

Within seven (7) days following receipt of theappeal, the Grade Appeal Committee willreview the appeal, and will conduct hearingswith the instructor and the appellant. Whenreviewing the appeal, the Committee mayrequest additional written submissions. Whenconducting its hearings, the Committee willgenerally schedule the student for the first

interview, and the instructor for the second.Joint interviews may be conducted if deemedappropriate by the Committee and if accept-able to both the student and the instructor.The student and the instructor both have theright to proxy representation at the interview,and may be accompanied by one additionalperson. If further clarification is required, thecommittee may interview, jointly or individual-ly, the student and the instructor.

The Committee will pursue all avenues appro-priate to the resolution of the appeal. If a con-sensus is reached, the Committee will submit,to the instructor, a report outlining recom-mended action and its rationale. If the instruc-tor does not support the recommendation, theCommittee will then forward the report to theVice-President, Academic for final decision. TheCommittee will never recommend that a lowergrade be assigned. If the Committee cannotreach a consensus, it will prepare a report out-lining the issues involved and will forward it tothe Vice-President, Academic for decision.

CLINICAL PRACTICE—APPEAL PROCEDURE

A student who feels that he or she may havebeen unfairly treated in the evaluation ofprogress in the clinical component of the pro-gramme may lodge an appeal of the final gradeusing the Clinical Practice Appeal Procedure.Clinical grade appeals are only allowed in caseswhere either a failure or an unsatisfactory finalevaluation has been received.

1. Upon receipt of an unsatisfactory grade orfinal evaluation, as set by the programme, thestudent should attempt informal resolution bydiscussing the assigned grade or evaluationwith the clinical instructor. If informal resolu-tion cannot be reached at this stage the stu-dent must initiate the appeal process normallywithin seven calendar days following receiptof the final clinical grade.

2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorilyresolved with the instructor, the student pur-sues the appeal by forwarding a written out-line of the appeal to the Dean. If the Dean isthe instructor, or if the Dean or designate isabsent, the written appeal should be forward-ed to the Vice-President, Academic. The appealmust specify the course, the instructor, theissues upon which the appeal is based, andthe resolution being sought.

3. Failing resolution with the Dean or desig-nate, the student pursues the appeal by for-warding it to the Vice-President, Academicwho will verify that the appeal process hasbeen properly adhered to, and who will sub-mit the appeal to the Clinical Grade appealCommittee.

4. The clinical grade appeal committee willinclude:

• Chairperson—Director of Student Services(permanent appointment)

• Two students from the programme(appointed annually)

• Two faculty from the Health ScienceDivision, one of whom must be from theprogramme area (whenever possible, thefaculty member from the programme areashould not have been involved with previ-ous clinical evaluations of the student)

• One clinical practitioner employed in a clini-cal setting outside the College (appointedannually)

The Dean will assist the Chairperson in con-vening the Clinical Grade Appeal Committee byidentifying possible participants. When con-ducting the hearing, the Committee generallywill encourage joint interviews with the stu-dent and instructor present; although separatemeetings may be scheduled if circumstanceswarrant. The student and the instructor may be

Appeals, COMPLAINTS

& DISCIPLINE

accompanied by one additional person. If fur-ther clarification is required, the committeemay interview, jointly or individually, the stu-dent and the instructor. When reviewing theappeal, the Committee may request additionalwritten submissions as appropriate.

If consensus is reached, the committee willsubmit a report outlining recommended actionand the rationale to the Vice-President,Academic. If the committee cannot reach con-sensus, they will prepare a report outliningthe issues involved and will forward this tothe Vice-President, Academic. The Vice-President, Academic makes the final decisionand forwards this information to the student,the instructor, and the Dean.

Normally 14 calendar days will be allowed for the appeal to progress from the letter tothe Dean to the final decision of the Vice-President, Academic.

REWRITING FINALEXAMINATIONS

If the grade of a final examination results in afailing grade for the course, a student mayapply to rewrite his or her final examination if:

• he/she has written the final examination inthe course and

• the final examination is worth 40% ormore of the final course grade and

• he/she has received a passing average inall other work in the course.

Only one rewrite of a final examination is per-mitted in any one course to a maximum ofthree rewrites per academic year.

The rewrite examination will be structured asper the final examination outlined in thecourse description.

The maximum final grade for the course, aftersuccessful completion of the rewrite examina-tion, will be the minimum passing gradeallowed to proceed to the next level course.

The rewrite of the final examination will nor-mally be within 15 working days followingthe last day of the examination week.

A fee of $50.00 will be charged for each rewrite.

In those circumstances where programmes aregoverned by external bodies, the policies/pro-cedures of those external bodies will prevail.

If the student meets these criteria, he/she shouldadvise the Dean/Regional Manager who willmake the appropriate arrangements and applyto the Registrar to rewrite.

ACADEMIC HONESTYStudents at the College of New Caledonia areexpected to conduct themselves honourablyand maturely in pursuit of their academicgoals. Students are expected to be honest andforthright in their endeavours. Academicintegrity is both highly valued and expected.

Academic misconduct includes, but is not lim-ited to, cheating and plagiarism.

1. Cheating includes, but is not limited to, astudent or group of students, using orattempting to use unauthorized aids, assis-tance, materials, or methods in tests, assign-ments, projects, presentations, labs, examina-tions or any other evaluation method used.

2. Plagiarism is the presentation of anotherperson’s work or source’s work, words, orideas as if they were one’s own. It rangesfrom an entire assignment which is not thestudent’s own work to specific passages with-in an assignment which is not the student’sown work taken from any source withoutacknowledgement. Students are responsi-ble for ensuring that they understandand follow the principles of properdocumentation and scholarship.

If it is determined by an instructor that a stu-dent has cheated and/or plagiarized, theCollege will proceed with discipline in the fol-lowing manner:

1. For most first offences, a grade of zero willbe assigned for the affected assignment, test,paper, project, lab, etc.;

2. For most second offences, a failing gradewill be assigned in the affected course;

3. Depending on the circumstances surround-ing the first or second offence, a more severelevel of discipline may be imposed by theCollege, including denial of admission or re-admission;

4. Where deemed appropriate in the circum-stances, for any third offence the matter must bereferred to the Vice President, Academic for theassignment of discipline, which may includesuspension or termination from the College.

Sanctions imposed for academic misconductother than those involving denial of admissionor re-admission, suspension, or terminationwill be made by the appropriate faculty mem-ber in consultation with the appropriate Deanor Regional Manager. Students will beinformed in writing, outlining the reasons forthe sanction, the penalty imposed, the right toappeal, and the procedures for an appeal.

In those cases where denial of admission orre-admission, suspension, or termination isnot the sanction imposed, students mayappeal to the Vice President, Academic withinfive working days of the receipt of the sanc-tion. The Vice President, Academic will under-take appropriate review procedures to explorethe appeal. The decision of the Vice PresidentAcademic shall be final.

In those cases where the sanction imposedinvolves denial of admission or re-admission,suspension, or termination, students will beinformed in writing, outlining the reasons forthe sanction, the penalty imposed, the right toappeal, and procedure for appeal. Studentsdenied admission, re-admission, suspended,or terminated have the right to appeal throughthe Suspension or Termination Appeal process.

Before being considered for re-admission, students who have been denied admission or re-admission, suspended, or terminatedindefinitely for academic misconduct musthave the prior written approval of the VicePresident, Academic. If a student were to bere-admitted, the Vice President, Academic may impose such restrictions and conditionsas are deemed necessary to ensure appropri-ate academic conduct.

PERSONAL MISCONDUCTCollege students are expected to conductthemselves honourably and maturely andshow respect for the College, students, andemployees. Personal misconduct includes, butis not limited to, damage to property, assaulton individuals, threatening and dangerousbehaviour, misrepresentation, disruptivebehaviour, or verbal or non-verbal harass-ment. Offences covered by the Criminal Codeof Canada shall be dealt with through thecourts of law. Sanctions or payment for per-sonal misconduct may include a warning,restitution through work or payment, denial ofadmission or re-admission, forfeiture ofCollege financial aid, mandatory mediation orcounselling, and suspension or termination.

1. Damage to property includes, but isnot limited to, behaviour leading to vandalismof College, staff, or student property.

2. Assault on individuals and threaten-ing and dangerous behaviour includes,but is not limited to, assault, subjecting orthreatening to subject any student or employ-ee to physical, mental, or emotional harm,

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Appeals, Complaints & Discipline / 39

injury, indignity, harassment, written or spo-ken abuse, physical intimidation of any stu-dent or employee and action that deliberatelyendangers students or employees. As appro-priate, the Sexual Harassment or PersonalHarassment procedures may be followed asalternatives to this procedure.

3. Misrepresentation includes, but is notlimited to, the fraudulent representation ofinformation and the falsification of documentsand academic records. Also, included in mis-representation is the impersonation of others.

4. Disruptive behaviour includes, but isnot limited to, speech or action that seriouslydetracts from the task at hand, speech oraction that is not part of a learning processthat creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimi-dation, ridicule, or anxiety among other stu-dents or employees, action that impedes thedelivery of College services, action that abusesCollege property and services by using themfor unauthorized purposes, excessive orunreasonable demands for attention or specialtreatment from faculty or staff to the detrimentof other students, or hindrance of other’s workby failure to complete one’s own work.

Formal complaints about a student’s behav-iour as outlined above and pertaining to per-sonal misconduct shall be made to theDirector, Student Services or the appropriateRegional Manager. The Director, StudentServices or Regional Manager may at thispoint, undertake such measures as deemedappropriate to resolve the complaint informal-ly. Such measures may include the use of bothinternal and external resources. If informalmeasures are unsuccessful, or if the Director,Student Services or Regional Manager feel thecomplaint is of sufficient merit in the firstinstance an immediate sanction may beimposed. Such sanctions may include, but arenot limited to, a written warning, a personalconduct/performance contract, personal mis-conduct probation, restriction through work orpayment, denial of access to specific Collegeareas, facilities or services, forfeiture of Collegefinancial aid, mandatory mediation or coun-selling, denial of admission or re-admissionand suspension or termination.

Sanctions imposed for personal misconductshall be transmitted to the student in writing,outlining the sanction being imposed, the rea-sons for the sanction, the right to appeal, andthe procedure for appeal. With the exceptionsof sanctions involving the denial of admissionor re-admission, suspension, or termination,the student has the right to appeal the sanc-tion to the Vice-President, Academic within five

(5) working days of the receipt of the sanction.The Vice-President, Academic will undertakeappropriate review procedures to explore theappeal. The decision of the Vice President,Academic shall be final. For those cases wherethe sanction involves the denial of admissionor re-admission, suspension or termination,the student has the right to appeal the sanc-tion through the Suspension or TerminationAppeal procedure. Students who have beendenied admission or re-admission, suspendedor terminated for personal misconduct, musthave the prior written approval of thePresident before being considered for re-admission. The President may impose suchrestrictions and conditions as are deemedappropriate to ensure appropriate personalconduct if a student were to be re-admitted.

The above procedure is not intended to inter-fere with an instructor’s right to impose nor-mal classroom discipline for disruptive behav-iour to ensure the orderly conduct of classes inan environment conducive to learning. Aninstructor who feels that normal classroomdiscipline has not been effective has recourseto the Academic Misconduct Procedure.

The above procedure is not intended to inter-fere with an administrator’s right to imposesanctions for personal misconduct, where thissanction is seen as detrimental to the opera-tions of a College facility, area, or service. Suchsanctions may include, but are not limited to,the restriction of access or denial of accessand service. The Personal Misconduct proce-dure is available to any College employee whowishes to make a formal complaint about per-sonal misconduct on the part of a student.

Students who are the subject of the CollegeStudent Misconduct Policy must be providedwith the opportunity of a personal interviewwith the person authorized to impose thesanction, prior to any sanction being imposed.During this interview the student will have theopportunity to present arguments/interpreta-tions as to the circumstances that gave rise tothe sanction and as to the severity of the sanc-tion being considered. The exception to thiswill be in those cases where the continuedpresence of the student on campus may posea safety hazard to others. Under those circum-stances immediate action may be taken with-out the interview.

A student who has received a sanction relatedto a specific facility, area or service, mayappeal to the Director, Student Services withinfive (5) working days of the receipt of thesanction. The Director, Student Services willundertake appropriate review procedures to

explore the appeal. The decision of theDirector, Student Services shall be final.

SUSPENSION OR TERMINATIONAPPEALA student may be denied admission or re-admission, suspended, or terminated from theCollege for disciplinary reasons such asAcademic or Personal Misconduct for a speci-fied period or indefinitely. A student who hasbeen denied admission or re-admission, sus-pended or terminated from the College andwho feels the decision is unjust has the rightto appeal the decision.

1. The student must initiate the appealprocess within two (2) working days of thereceipt of the sanction by notifying thePresident of his or her intention to appeal.This notification must be in writing.

2. The President will establish an ad hocSuspension or Termination Appeal Committeeto hear the appeal within five (5) working daysof receipt of the student’s notification. This com-mittee will consist of one (1) Student named bythe Student Association, one (1) Counsellornamed by the Director, Student Services, one (1) Faculty Member named by the Vice-President, Academic, and one (1) Administratornamed by the President. The President willname the Chair of the Committee.

3. The ad hoc Suspension or TerminationAppeal Committee will conduct hearings with-in five (5) working days of the establishmentof the Committee. The Committee will inter-view and do such other research as it feelsnecessary to fully explore the appeal.

4. The Chair of the ad hoc Suspension orTermination Appeal Committee will advise thePresident within two (2) working days of theCommittee’s recommendation. The Presidentwill review the recommendation and make afinal judgement on the appeal.

5. If the student finds the final judgement tobe unsatisfactory, he or she may appeal to theCollege Board. The College Board will ensurethat the proper procedures have been followedand may recommend a review if such has notbeen the case.

ACADEMIC PROBATION

40 / Appeals, Complaints & Discipline 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

AND DISMISSAL

PROGRAMMES WHERE GRADEPOINT AVERAGE APPLIES

A student registered in any number of credithours who receives less than a 1.0 Grade PointAverage (GPA) in a term will be placed on pro-bation in the next term or when the studentnext registers. A student placed on probation-ary status will be required to see a counsellorto discuss his/her academic progress.

To have probationary status removed a stu-dent must obtain a GPA of 1.0 or greater atthe end of the probationary term.

If a student’s GPA is below 1.0 at the end ofthe probationary term, the student will be pro-hibited from re-registering in the same pro-gramme in the next term. Probationary statuscontinues upon registering in an alternate programme.

A student who achieves a GPA of less than1.0 in more than two consecutive terms willbe required to withdraw from the College forone term.

In the case of dismissal on the basis of failureto meet the requirements of academic proba-tion, the appropriate Dean or RegionalManager may dismiss the student.

CREDIT PROGRAMMES WHEREGRADE POINT AVERAGE DOESNOT APPLY

In programmes where Grade Point Average(GPA) does not apply, a student whose per-formance is at an unsatisfactory level may beplaced on probation for a specified period. Ifhis/her performance continues to be unsatis-factory beyond a specified period, the studentmay be suspended from the programme.

Re-admission will be subject to programmepolicy. Where specific divisional policies existfor students on Academic Probation, these willsupercede the general policy.

In the case of dismissal on the basis of failureto meet the requirements of academic proba-tion, the appropriate Dean or RegionalManager may dismiss the student.

APPEAL

Students dismissed for failure to meet therequirements of academic probation mayappeal to the Vice-President, Academic withintwo (2) working days of the receipt of the dis-missal notice. This appeal must be in writing.

The Vice-President, Academic will undertakeappropriate review procedures to explore theappeal. The decision of the Vice-President,Academic shall be final. Students dismissedfor failure to meet the requirements of aca-demic probation do not have recourse to theSuspension or Termination Appeal process.

HUMAN RIGHTSAll members of the College community havethe responsibility to respect the rights of oth-ers. The College does not condone and willnot tolerate discrimination or harassment,which undermines the dignity, self-esteem, orproductivity of any student or employee.

The College considers any form of harassmentor discrimination of any member of theCollege community to be a serious violation ofthat individual’s fundamental rights.Complaints of harassment or discriminationmust pertain to College-related activities.

Harassment is a form of discrimination thatadversely affects the recipient on one or moreof the prohibited grounds under the BCHuman Rights Code: age, race, colour,ancestry, place of origin, political belief,religion, marital status, physical ormental disability, sex, sexual orienta-tion, and in the case of employment,unrelated criminal convictions.

Any student who perceives that s/he mayhave been harassed has recourse to the fol-lowing steps:

• Attempt to address her/his problem directlywith the individual concerned or consultwith a counsellor, a supervisor, HumanResources, or a Student Association representative.

• If the complainant is uncomfortable doingso, or if the complainant is unsuccessfuldealing directly with the respondent, s/hemay take the complaint to the HumanResources Director who acts as the HumanRights Officer.

• The Human Resources Director will listen tothe complainant’s concerns to understandthe origins of the problem, the current situ-ation, and the impact on the complainant.The Human Resources Director, with thecomplainant, will review the Human RightsPolicy and the options available foraddressing a concern.

STUDENT COMPLAINTPROCEDUREAny student who perceives that he or she mayhave been unjustly treated regarding theapplication of a College policy or procedure, orregarding the action of a College employee,may seek recourse.

Matters that are not academic in nature maybe brought to the attention of appropriateCollege officials through Counselling andAcademic Advising Services or the appropriateRegional Manager. Complaints such as mis-conduct, incompetence, discrimination, orother inappropriate behaviour by any Collegeemployee can be considered.

1. The student must first attempt to resolvethe issue with the College employee on aninformal basis within thirty (30) calendar daysfollowing the incident.

2. If the matter cannot be satisfactorilyresolved, the student may pursue the com-plaint by forwarding a written outline of theappeal through Counselling and AcademicAdvising Services or the appropriate RegionalManager or the appropriate administrator.

3. If the complaint cannot be resolved by theadministrator, the complaint may be forward-ed to the President.

4. Complaints will be resolved by thePresident based on recommendations provid-ed by an ad hoc committee comprised of one(1) Student appointed by the StudentAssociation, one (1) Faculty Member namedby the Vice- President, Academic, one (1)Counsellor named by the President, and one(1) Administrator named by the President.

5. If either party involved disputes the finaljudgement of the President, he or she mayappeal to the College Board. The CollegeBoard will ensure that the proper procedureshave been followed and may recommend areview if such has not been the case.

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Appeals, Complaints & Discipline / 41

Revised May 13, 2004. Changes to the printedCollege of New Caledonia 2003–2005 Calendarare indicated in red, underlined type.

42

ATTENDANCEStudents attending the College with the assis-tance of a sponsoring agency or group shouldbe aware that many of these agencies andgroups have attendance requirements whichgo beyond those enforced by the College. It is the students’ responsibility to befully aware of any such policies thatmay apply to them. The College of NewCaledonia bears no responsibility for anysanctions or penalties that may be imposed bysponsoring agencies or groups that may resultdue to a lack of attendance. College of NewCaledonia attendance policies, where appro-priate, are listed under specific divisionaldescriptions.

CLEAN AIR POLICYThe College of New Caledonia, in an effort topromote the physical health and the intellectu-al well-being of its constituent members andin accordance with WCB guidelines, prohibitssmoking in all College facilities except in des-ignated areas.

WORKERS’ COMPENSATIONBOARD COVERAGEEffective January 1, 1994, Provincial Workers’Compensation Board coverage was extendedto all students while participating in the“practicum” component of all programmesoffered by the provincial colleges and insti-tutes regardless of the source of funding forthe programmes.

A practicum is defined as:

• an integral component of a programmewhich is required for programme comple-tion and certification;

• unpaid and supervised work experiencewhich takes place at the host employer’spremises or place of business.

The Workers’ Compensation Board coveragedoes not extend to work places establishedspecifically for the purpose of experientialtraining that is established within a pro-gramme by an institution.

Effective September 1, 1994, ProvincialWorkers’ Compensation Board coverage onlycovers student apprentices while attending theclassroom/lab/shop instruction for the techni-cal training component of an ApprenticeshipProgramme. This coverage will no longer bein place for non-apprentice students in anyother programmes.

Regulations

March 12, 2003

43

ATHLETICS ANDRECREATIONThe College is a member of the BC Colleges’Athletics Association (BCCAA) and is presentlyparticipating in men’s and women’s volleyballon an intercollegiate level. All students regis-tered in three or more 3-credit courses, or infull-time Vocational or College and CareerPreparation (formerly ABE) programmes, areeligible to try out for the intercollegiateKodiaks’ teams.

The Athletics and Recreation department offersa full range of scheduled intramural sports.Basketball, racquetball, soccer, softball,squash, tennis, and volleyball are a few of thesports offered. Fitness classes are offered fromSeptember to April, and clinics are held inweight lifting, racquetball, and squashthroughout the academic year. Recreationalactivities of a non-competitive nature are alsoheld. The Athletics and Recreation departmentwill assist students in establishing or offeringmost types of recreational activities.

The College has a large gymnasium, one racquetball and one squash court, and a weight training facility available to all stu-dents. Equipment, services, and facilities arealso available to the public. The gym andwashrooms are wheelchair accessible to all,with the showers and change rooms wheel-chair accessible to some. The weight roomlocated on level 2 is accessible to studentswith mobility problems from the upper hall.Further information regarding the gym may beobtained by calling (250) 561-5803.

SPORT ACADEMY

The College of New Caledonia Sport Academyis a programme for elite athletes and isdesigned to offer the opportunity to pursue a

high performance athletic career and post-secondary education. The programme involvesassistance with academic scheduling and exposure to sport science resources. For moreinformation, and an application, contact the programme coordinator at (250) 562-2131,local 292.

CENTRE FOR STUDENT SUCCESS

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

• To provide a foundation of basic skills inEnglish and study skills to the studentbody; these courses are designed to meetthe basic requirements in English for vari-ous disciplines

• To provide a testing centre for studentswho miss regular test dates

• To provide a drop-in centre for studying

• To provide essay critiques as staffing permits

• To provide noon-hour seminars designedfor student enrichment

• To provide Student Success 800 courses

• To provide customized academic seminars forindividual departments as staffing permits

• To provide support and encouragement toall students

• To provide access to various learning mate-rials held in the CSS library, e.g., books,videos, and audiotapes.

The goal of the Centre for Student Success is tohelp all college students be more successful intheir studies and to provide assistance in a

variety of ways. For some students who havebeen identified as having weaknesses inEnglish, the Centre provides remediation. Manyothers take advantage of the Centre’s Englishcourses to brush up on their skills to better pre-pare them for their career choice course work.

Academic Success Seminars which deal withspecific study and learning skills are offeredperiodically throughout the semester. Theseseminars are available to all College students.For more information on these seminars, callthe Centre at (250) 562-2131, local 384.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Placement Testing: All students entering CareerTechnical programmes and certain Vocationalprogrammes must take the English and MathAchievement Test (EMAT) prior to their firstsemester. The results of this test are used toassess and prescribe upgrading requirementsfor those students whose English and/or mathskills are weak. Students falling below the cri-teria for the programme in which they areenrolled may be required to take developmen-tal courses. The EMAT is administered approxi-mately once a month. For more informationcontact the Centre For Student Success (PrinceGeorge); Admissions, Registration, andRecords; or any regional campus office.

Students who are not required to take theEMAT, or who scored above the criteria haveequal access to the Centre’s resources and areencouraged to make use of the many servicesand seminars that the Centre offers.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGL 155Developmental EnglishBased on the results of the EMAT and therequirements of the programme in which theyare enrolled, students will be assigned a

Services& FACILITIES

course of study which is drawn from the fol-lowing components:

Developmental and College ReadingA self-paced course for students who are weakin reading, designed to help students acquirethe basic reading skills needed to handle college-level material. Skills covered aredesigned to improve comprehension and critical analysis skills.

Basic Study SkillsThis course is designed to help the studentdevelop a systematic method of studying.Skills demonstrated include study reading, lis-tening to lectures, note taking, time manage-ment, review techniques, and exam writing.

WritingThis course is designed to help the studentacquire the basic skills of writing. Students areassigned work on punctuation and grammar.Structure and style are practiced and then areincorporated into organized paragraphs andessays.

SpellingThis course helps the student to apply basicspelling rules and to spell commonly mis-spelled words.

ENGL 855Developmental Component EnglishThe individual student programme will consistof components drawn from the English 155programme.

Student Success 800This credit course is strongly recommendedfor all students who wish to improve theirlearning skills. It is appropriate for those stu-dents who feel they need help as well asthose who are already successful but wish tobe more so. Students who have been awayfrom “formal” learning for any length of timewill find it of great value.

This course teaches the skills and attitudesrequired to be successful as a student. It givesthe newest and most efficient techniques fordealing with time, memory, reading, note-taking, and tests. It also deals with a varietyof topics such as creativity, relationships,health, resources, and career planning. It pro-vides tools and techniques for students tobecome better organized and attain maximumsuccess in school, business, and social life.

Corequisite: It is recommended that studentsbe enrolled in at least one other academiccourse.

2 CR

COLLEGE OF NEW CALEDONIASTUDENTS’ASSOCIATIONThe College of New Caledonia Students’Association is comprised of all students regis-tered in credit courses at the College. Member-ship in the Students’ Association begins atregistration upon payment of the membershipfees and ceases at the end of the last term ofregistered study.

At the campus level, the Students’ Associationadvocates for the rights and interests of itsmembers within the College and the localcommunity, as well as offering various ser-vices such as locker rental, photocopying, fax-ing, and social events. As a member of theStudents’ Association, you are also a memberof the Canadian Federation of Students, analliance of over 70 college and university stu-dent associations from across Canada. TheStudents’ Association addresses studentissues at the provincial and national levelsthrough the Federation.

The activities, services, and work of theStudents’ Association are co-ordinated by anExecutive Committee comprised of elected representatives. Elections for the ExecutiveCommittee takes place during the springsemester. All members of the Students’Association are eligible, and encouraged, torun for office and vote in the elections. Aswell, the Students’ Association holds anAnnual General Meeting each year.

For further information about your Students’Association and how you can get involved,please visit the Association Office at Room1–201 by the cafeteria or call (250) 562-7415or (250) 562-2131, local 365.

COLLEGE STOREThe College Store, located off the Atrium, stocksall required course-related texts and materials.The store also stocks reference materials andgeneral interest books. Upon request, the storealso places special orders on book titles. Inaddition to textbooks, the store sells a widevariety of sundry supplies and College crestedsportswear, glassware, and gift items.

Refund policy: In order to process a refund,the College Store requires the original receipt(always keep your receipts) and that the item

you are returning is in the condition that youpurchased it (i.e., no marks or damage, origi-nal packaging, no missing pieces, etc.).

Refund deadlines: Textbooks are refundableup to two weeks after the beginning of thesemester. Custom courseware is not refund-able due to Canadian Copyright law. All com-puter disks and CDs are non-refundable. Allother merchandise within two weeks of thedate of purchase, with receipt. If you pay bycheque, allow ten days for bank clearance.

Hours of operation are from Monday toThursday, 0830 to 1630, and Friday, 0830to 1600. To accommodate students, eveninghours are extended at peak periods. Summerhours, effective May 1st to August 31st, areMonday to Thursday, 0800 to 1600, andFriday, 0830 to 1600. To accommodate stu-dents, evening hours are extended at peakperiods. Looking forward to serving you!

Contact the College Store at (250) 561-5808.

COMPUTERFACILITIESThe College has many computer labs accessi-ble to students. The labs contain microcomput-ers, laser printers, overhead projectors, andare fully networked using the Novell,Windows NT/2000, and UNIX operating sys-tems. The individual workstations runWindows 95/98/NT/2000/XP.

1. Internet Lab 2–315The lab is accessible at all times to all stu-dents who have an active user account. It isused principally to access the Internet.

2. General Purpose Labs (GPL/GPL2) 2–307 and 2–312Offering a wide variety of software applica-tions, these labs are used primarily byComputer Information Systems.

3. Microcomputer Lab (MCL) 2–316This lab is primarily used by EngineeringDesign while offering general access to all students.

4. Word Processing Labs (WPL/MPL) 2–309 and 2–310Offering various word processing and busi-ness software applications, these labs areused primarily by Business programmes.

5. Network Lab (NET) 2–311This lab is set up to teach and demonstratethe Novell, NT/2000, and UNIX operating

44 / Services & Facilities 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

systems. Included are workstations runningWindows 95/98/NT/2000/XP. This lab isopen access at all times.

6. Macintosh Lab (MAC) 2–313This lab provides access to several softwareapplications, including word processing, desk-top publishing, graphic design, spreadsheet,draw, and accounting programmes.

7. Technologies Lab (TEC) 2–319This lab is primarily used by the GeographicInformation Systems (GIS) programme usingthe applications Arc Info and ArcView.

8. Open Access Lab (OAL) 2–314This lab is open access at all times. The soft-ware used is a combination of program prod-ucts used in all the other labs. This lab is notconnected to the Internet.

9. Trades Lab 2–816This lab is primarily used by the TradesDepartment, using general purpose pro-gramme products and specific programmeslike Mitchell on Demand, Master Cam, andAuto Sketch.

10. Other Lab FacilitiesThere are microcomputer facilities available as part of other specific labs: Biology, Centrefor Student Success, Chemistry, Forestry,Geography, Human Kinetics, Math, Physics,and Psychology.

11. Public Access Area—Library (2–717, 2–718)There are a variety of microcomputers andprinters connected to the College network locat-ed in the public access areas in the Library.These are accessible to all students duringLibrary hours. Users have access to a variety ofapplications software and to the Internet.

The regional campuses are also equipped withcomputer labs. Common word processing andbusiness applications software are available inall regional lab facilities.

Access to the Internet is available in mostCollege lab facilities. The College is connectedto the Internet with a 100-megabyte fibreoptic feed. All users of computer facilities musthave an authorized user account and pass-word.

In case of problems encountered contact a faculty member, security, or Computer ServicesHelp Desk at (250) 561-5812 or e-mail theHelp Desk ([email protected]).

All of the computer facilities are available to allstudents during posted hours except duringscheduled class time.

COUNSELLING ANDACADEMIC ADVISINGThe Counselling and Academic AdvisingDepartment provides a comprehensive coun-selling and advising service to assist studentsand prospective students in successfully achieving their objectives. Professional coun-sellors and academic advisors can provideassistance in dealing with educational, career,and personal concerns. Individuals are encour-aged to consult with a counsellor when:

• Entering college;

• Establishing career and life goals;

• Encountering barriers to personal and academic success;

• Transferring to another post-secondary institution;

• Entering the job market;

• Encountering personal problems and crisis;

• Requiring assistance with appeals;

• Withdrawing from courses/programmes.

Academic advising is available to assist stu-dents in:

• Planning educational programmes

• Obtaining information on career optionsand skills requirements

• Job search preparation and techniques

Anyone requiring assistance from the Coun-selling and Academic Advising Department isrequested to make an appointment by calling(250) 561-5818 or 1-800-371-8111, local818. Department hours are Monday to Friday0800 to 1600. Drop-in times are availabledaily, and evening appointments are sched-uled regularly.

The Quesnel and Lakes District Campusesoffer a part-time Counselling and AcademicAdvising Service. Contact the campus for anappointment.

DAY CAREThe demonstration daycare centre meets theneeds of children aged three years to fiveyears. The Centre offers full-time care only andis open from 0800 to 1700 September toApril except for statutory holidays. The day-care centre functions as a lab setting for theEarly Childhood Education programme and is

available to students as well as communityfamilies. The centre is staffed by qualifiedearly childhood educators. Fees are payable ona monthly basis. To obtain further information,call (250) 561-5834.

DESIGNATED PARKINGDesignated parking spaces for persons withdisabilities are located in the main parking lot(entrance off 22nd Avenue) and by the Gymentrance in the Dental parking lot. Disabledparking placards must be displayed to preventtowing from these spaces.

EMERGENCIES AND EVACUATIONPROCEDURE—LOCAL 200The College has several qualified first aidattendants on staff. In the event of any emer-gency including those requiring First Aid, callLocal 200 or pick up any of the white cour-tesy phones or use the “S” button on mostpay phones. All accidents must be reported tothe Physical Plant office (Room 2-332) within24 hours of occurrence.

The College does not have a public addresssystem that extends to the classrooms. Giventhe large number of students and classrooms,it is impossible to communicate messages,other than in emergencies. In some cases,messages may be relayed through the StudentAssociation office at (250) 562-7415 or (250) 562-2131, local 365.

The fire alarm operates in two stages; a slowintermittent ring signals a fire occurring inanother area of the College. A fast ring indi-cates a fire in the immediate area, and every-one must leave the building via the nearestexit—the elevators must not be used.

Students requiring assistance to evacuate areasked to go directly to the refuge areas locatedin the second floor foyer by the Library, thirdfloor foyer by Human Resources, and firstfloor Atrium area.

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Services & Facilities / 45

EMPLOYMENT ANDCO-OPERATIVEEDUCATION CENTRELocated on the main floor of the Prince GeorgeCampus, the Employment and Co-operativeEducation Centre delivers a full spectrum ofhigh quality, employment-related services toCNC students, graduates, and employers.

In partnership with potential employers, theCentre helps students find relevant andrewarding full-time, part-time, temporary, seasonal, and Co-op jobs.

Co-operative Education enhances a student’spotential for employment upon graduation byintegrating academic courses with career-oriented, paid work experience.

Programmes currently offering a Co-op optionare:

• Accounting and Finance

• Computer Information Systems



Please refer to “College Programmes” and therelevant programme descriptions in thisCalendar for more details about this excellentopportunity to incorporate relevant, paid workexperience into your educational plan.

Employment and Co-op Centre staff tailor theiremployment services to meet individual,employer, or programme-specific needs.

Offerings include, but are not limited to:

• Employment coaching from résumé devel-opment through post-interview strategies

• Information, application, acceptance, andjob placement coordination and monitoringfor the Co-operative Education Programme

• Electronic and on-site resource libraries

• Video library and viewing area

• Web-based and on-site job postings,résumé filing, employment search tools,and job application options

• Free photocopying and fax services foremployment-related documents

• Free Internet and printer use

• Free long-distance telephone access for jobsearch calls

• Promoting and marketing students andgraduates to employers

• Collecting résumés and coordinating inter-views at an employer’s request

• Organizing employment-related events suchas career fairs

As part of the Centre’s proactive and progres-sive vision, these services are intended toevolve in relation to changing labour marketneeds. We encourage faculty, students, andemployers to provide suggestions and feed-back around particular elements they’d like tosee included in the service or formats they feelwould best accommodate students’ schedulesand needs.

For further information, contact (250) 561-5806.

FIRST NATIONSEDUCATION SUPPORTSERVICES (FNESS)CNC works closely with its aboriginal partnersthroughout the region. Through the FirstNations Education Support Services office anddrop-in centre, students can receive informa-tion on entering college, choosing careerpaths, and accessing funding to attend school.They can provide and receive peer tutoringand academic support to be successful, counselling and peer support, and participatein cultural and academic activities. FNESS staff also provide a cultural link for other CNC instructors and programmes integratingFirst Nations studies and learning into theirclasses.

FNESS is a joint initiative of the College andthe Carrier Sekani Tribal Council. CNC alsoworks with CSTC, the Prince George NativeFriendship Centre, and other Aboriginal organ-izations to develop and deliver appropriatetransition and support programmes and sup-port services for aboriginal people attendingthe College.

FNESS coordinates a study centre for aborigi-nal students at the Prince George Campus andsupports the activities of the CNC First NationsStudents Club. For more information contact(250) 562-2131, local 460.

FOOD SERVICESFood Services is located on the first floor, andoperates from September to April, 0730 to2100 Monday to Thursday, 0730 to 1500 onFridays, and May 0730 to 1500 Monday toFriday. It offers a salad bar, short order grill,complete full hot meals, and a variety of bev-erages and fresh bakery products.

Food Services is equipped to cater to all typesof functions from small receptions and buffets,to large banquets. The professional staff canoffer advice on planning menus, and otherservices suited to the occasion. For furtherinformation on services available, contact theCafeteria Supervisor at (250) 561-5807.

HEALTH AND SAFETYThe College is committed to providing a safeand healthy environment for employees andstudents. To achieve this objective, all healthand safety regulations are enforced, unsafeconditions are promptly corrected, and safetyeducation is provided on a continuous basis.The College’s Occupational Health and SafetyCommittee meets monthly and is comprised ofemployee and management representatives.Students must comply with the Workers’ Com-pensation Board safety regulations as outlinedin the Programmes section where applicable.

INTERNATIONALEDUCATION CENTREThe staff at the International Education Centreis pleased to welcome international studentsto the College of New Caledonia. The goal ofthe Centre staff is to help international stu-dents in their adjustment to life in Canada.Services at the Centre include Homestay place-ment, assistance with registration, visa issues,medical insurance, and academic planning. Aswell the staff is available to answer questionsand provide information about life in PrinceGeorge and Canada.

For further information, contact theInternational Centre at (250) 561-5857.


LIBRARYThe Library is located in a modern facility onthe second floor of the entrance building.Open to the general public as well as to stu-dents, the Library offers a broad range ofresources including books, periodicals, news-papers, federal and provincial governmentdocuments, audio-visual materials, a computerjob bank, and other computer and Internetresources. The holdings of other libraries areavailable through the inter-library loan programme.

Assistance in locating information and inusing the Library’s resources is available fromthe staff at the Information Desk. Orientationtours are provided to groups as well as toindividuals upon request. Library patrons haveaccess to study carrels, small tables, informalreading lounges, and group study and meet-ing rooms. Photocopiers, typewriters, audio-visual equipment, computers, printers, and apublic fax machine are available.

For opening hours and information aboutservices, call (250) 561-5811.

Web address:

www.cnc.bc.ca/ and click on Library

E-Mail:

[email protected]

The College Library network extends to theregion, and there are collections at each regionalcampus. Further information may be obtainedfrom the Regional Librarian at 1-800-371-8111,local 396 or by contacting the regional campus.

MEDIA SERVICESMedia Services, located beside the Library,offers equipment, media, web, and desktoppublishing services as well as assistance toCollege students, staff, and communitygroups, businesses, and organizations.

Media Services has equipment such as flatbedscanners, slide scanners, CD burner, Zipdrives, digital cameras, and computers withdata display units attached available to students, staff, and faculty.

Graphic collections (print and electronic for-mats) are available for use by students, staff,and faculty for College-related presentations.

Media Services offers video and audio dub-bing services (in North American and interna-tional formats) in addition to loaning various

types of audio-visual equipment, includingVCR/DVD players and monitors (for on-campus use only), camcorders, digital and 35mm cameras, audio equipment, and projec-tors. (Please note that equipment bookingsmust be made in person 24 hours inadvance.)

To borrow equipment for course-related use,students will require either a current CNCstudent I.D. card or a copy of their currentcourse registration and picture I.D., as well asa Media Services Student Use Form signed bytheir course instructor. A listing of servicesand fees for students is available from MediaServices.

Direct line for all services: (250) 561-5805

100 BLOCK BUILDINGLEVEL 3 CLASSROOMSThere is a wheelchair lift connecting the3–200 and 3–100 block. To use, pick up the telephone at the lift station. For ongoinguse, please contact Facilities Services at (250) 561-5821.

RESIDENCEA 92-unit Student Residence is available onthe Prince George Campus. Each single roomhas a private outside access; most of therooms are connected to an adjacent roomthrough a shared washroom, although eightunits have private washrooms. Wheelchair-accessible rooms are available. The housingfees include heat, utilities, and basic cable-vision, while private telephone service is available through Telus. Each room isequipped with a bed, desk, chair, wardrobe,microwave, fridge, and Internet access. Anystudent registered at the College is eligible tolive in residence, although preference will begiven to full-time students with a permanentaddress outside Prince George. The rooms areassigned based on the date of receipt of appli-cation; applying early provides your bestchance of acceptance. Students should notwait for confirmation of College acceptancebefore applying for residence. Registrationpackages are available at Admissions,Registration and Records or contact theResidence Manager at (250) 561-5849. Ratesrange from $335 to $400 per month. Parkingcosts are $30 per month.

The Residence also has rooms available—fromone night to four months—from May toAugust. Group enquiries are welcome. Ratesrange from $20 per night to $400 per month.

SECURITYThe Security Department operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, including statutoryholidays. Security can be reached at (250) 561-8926 or local 200 or through safety phones located at most entrances orthe button marked “S” on most pay phones.Emergency phones are located in the parkingareas.

SAFEWALK

Security services will provide SafeWalk servic-es 24 hours a day, seven days a week, pro-vided the guard has not been called away onan emergency. To access SafeWalk services,call 561-8926 or pick up any of the whitecourtesy phones throughout the College or bypressing the “S” button on most pay phones.

SERVICES ANDFACILITIES FORSTUDENTS WITHDISABILITIESThe College provides a variety of supportservices to assist individuals with disabilitiesin attending College programmes and partici-pating in all facets of College life. These services are delivered by the College AccessInstructor and the Disability Support ServicesInstructor.

College Access Services include assistance forstudents entering the institution. LearningAssistance support is available for studentsregistered in College programmes.

Services are available from September toMay and should be requested as soon aspossible but at least six months inadvance of anticipated attendance.

Current documentation of disability is requiredto ensure that appropriate services can be pro-vided. The College also offers employmentpreparation programmes for adults with devel-opmental disabilities (refer to the programmessection, College Foundations).

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Services & Facilities / 47

SERVICES

College Access

Statement of Purpose

The purpose of College Access Services is tofacilitate the inclusion of individuals with dis-abilities into the college setting. These servicesare available to prospective students whorequire assistance in making the transitioninto the College of New Caledonia.

Prospective students are encouraged tocontact College Access at least sixmonths prior to programme start date.

Service Description: The provision of theCollege Access educational services mayinclude the following:

• assistance with admission into the College

• assistance with programme/course selection

• assessment of learning strengths and difficulties

• identification of and assistance with obtain-ing support critical to successful studentparticipation in a chosen programme

• provision of adaptive equipment throughthe Adult Services Project

• referral to external support agencies andother College resources

• entrance exam accommodations.

For further information, contact DisabilityServices at (250) 561-5848, local 248 or the Counselling and Advising Centre at (250) 561-5818.

Disability Support Services


The purpose of Disability Support Services isto ensure that all students who meet regularentrance requirements have equal access toprogrammes and services at the College ofNew Caledonia.

Disability Support services are available toregistered students with disabilities. Theseservices are in place to make College pro-grammes accessible to all community mem-bers, regardless of disability.

Services are individualized to meet specificdisability related needs. Current documenta-tion of disability is required to ensure thatappropriate services can be provided.Individuals are encouraged to contact

Disability Services at least six monthsprior to programme start date. Everyeffort will be made to accommodate individualrequests for service required, however, earlycontact is essential as some accommodationsrequire significant time to arrange.

Services are provided according to need. Theymay include:

• assistance with external funding applica-tions for services and/or equipment

• diagnostic testing for educational planning

• alternative assessment for programmeplacement

• learning strategy instruction

• instructor and community agency liaison

• provision of support services includingnotetakers, tutors, scribes, taped texts,exam accommodations, interpreters, short-term equipment loans, or other learningsupport to meet individual needs.

Disability Support Services are availablebetween September and May each year. Self-referrals, as well as instructor or counsellingreferrals, are welcome. Individuals requestinglearning assistance must be registered CNCstudents. Documentation of disability isrequired to ensure that appropriate services areidentified. There is no charge for this service.

For further information, contact theCounselling and Advising Centre at (250) 561-5818, Disability Services at (250) 561-5848, local 250. Information contact: (250) 562-2131, local 250, orTDD/TTY at (250) 561-5852.

SPECIAL RESOURCES

• Visualtek magnification system

• Speech plus calculator

• Large print computer software

• Laptop computers

• Reading Edge Reader

• Four-track tape recorder

Every effort is made to provide services asrequested, however, the range of these services is dependent upon availability ofresources.

TELEPHONESLowered public telephones are available forwheelchair users throughout the College. At each bank of public telephones, one ismarked for emergency use. White Emergencytelephones are located throughout the College,including parking lots. One telephone isequipped with an amplification device for individuals who are hearing impaired. TDDservice, for people with hearing impairments,is available through (250) 561-5852. Thistelephone is located in the Library.

TEST SUPERVISIONThe regional centres provide supervision forvarious tests required for admission to univer-sities, other institutions, or professions.Further information may be obtained from theregional campuses.

TRANSPORTATIONFull-time students with a valid student cardare eligible to receive the Prince GeorgeTransit student rate. Bus schedules are avail-able at the College Store.

VOLUNTEER ADULTLITERACY TUTORING(VALT)The Burns Lake Campus offers limited service. Please contact them directly at (250) 692-1700.

WASHROOMSMost washrooms in the main building arewheelchair accessible and are so marked.Washrooms in the Mackenzie Building are notwheelchair accessible. There is a unisex wash-room located on level I and level 2 in the mainentrance area which is wheelchair accessible.



49

The International Education department at the College of New Caledonia welcomes international students from around the worldto study at CNC. CNC offers international students a wide range of programme optionsincluding ESL, University Credit programmes,Business Management programmes, Careerand Technical programmes, and Trades programmes.

Small class sizes and strong student supportservices are some of the benefits CNC has tooffer international students. As well, a diversepopulation of students from many differentcountries ensures a truly international learningand living experience.

PROGRAMMEOPTIONSInternational students are invited to apply toany programme at the College of NewCaledonia. International students must adhereto the programme admission requirements ofeach programme as outlined in the calendar.International students will be admitted to pro-grammes for which they are qualified depend-ing on seat availability.

ESL

The College offers many levels of ESL.International students improve their Englishskills quickly in the multicultural classroomand living environment. Students in the toptwo levels of ESL may also enroll in universityor business courses. Students will be acceptedinto ESL until the programme is full. ESL isoffered during three semesters a year(September to December, January to April,May to August). Students who cannot start at

the beginning of a semester may enter at thebeginning of each month except December,April, and August, depending on seat avail-ability.

The College also offers specialized SummerStudy programmes. For information on theseprogrammes, contact the InternationalEducation department.

University Programmes

CNC offers a wide range of University Creditprogrammes in Arts and Social Sciences,Applied Sciences, Commerce and BusinessAdministration, Science, Agricultural Science,and programmes for admission to profession-al schools. International students can completetwo years of study at CNC before transferringto university. Students can combine ESL studywith University Transfer courses.

Business Management Studies

CNC offers one-year certificate and two-yeardiploma programmes in many areas of busi-ness training. Certificate and diploma pro-grammes offer business theory combined withpractical experience. Many of the courses anddiplomas transfer to various universities andand professional schools. Students may studyin the Business Management programmeswhile they are taking ESL.

Career/Technical Programmes

Programmes are offered in Career andTechnical areas such as: College and CareerPreparation (grade 12 completion), ComputerNetworking, Culinary Arts, Early ChildhoodEducation, Engineering Technology, Forestry,GIS, Hospitality, Social Services Training, andTourism, among many others. Please refer tothe CNC Calendar or website for a complete

listing of programmes and programmerequirements.

APPLICATION ANDADMISSION

APPLICATION DEADLINES FORNON-ESL PROGRAMMES

September entry: March 31

January entry: July 31

International Student applicants should applyearly to allow for reference verification, tran-script evaluation, and correspondence withimmigration authorities. International Studentswill be required to present a valid study per-mit with approval to attend a post-secondary institution in Canada for the duration of theirstudies and provide evidence of health insur-ance coverage for the duration of their studies.Applicants are cautioned that all applicationsand supporting documentation must be inEnglish or notarized translations to be considered.

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS

There is no TOEFL score required for ESL.

All other programmes require:

1. TOEFL of 550 PBT or 213 CBT or equiva-lent test.

or

2. Completion of ESL at the College of NewCaledonia with an average grade of “B”

InternationalEDUCATION

AGE AND ACADEMICREQUIREMENTS

For ESL

Students must be 17 or turn 17 during thefirst semester at CNC if the programme is lessthan six months in length. Students must pos-sess a valid study permit for programmes ofmore than six months duration.

For All Other Programmes

Students must:

• Be 18 years of age or turn 18 during thefirst semester

• Have completed high school (or equivalentof British Columbia grade 12)

• Meet all programme admission require-ments

• Possess a valid study permit

• Have a minimum TOEFL score of 550PBT/213 CBT or equivalent or have com-pleted the ESL programme at CNC with anaverage grade of “B”

Academic Standing

International students shall be subject to allacademic and disciplinary policies at theCollege of New Caledonia.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE

All international students at CNC must adhereto the programme admission requirements asoutlined in this Calendar.

International students should follow thesesteps when applying to the College of NewCaledonia:

1. Complete an International StudentApplication Form.

2. Pay a $100.00 (Cdn) non-refundableapplication fee. Application fees can be paidby registered cheque, Visa, or MasterCard.

3. Enclose a certified copy of all educationaldocuments in the original language, and acertified copy translated into English. No edu-cational documents are required for ESL studyonly.

4. Arrange to have an original copy of yourTOEFL results sent to the College of NewCaledonia. College of New Caledonia institu-tional TOEFL code is 9053. TOEFL score for allprogrammes except ESL is 550 PBT or 213CBT.

5. Send the application, official documents,and fee to the College of New Caledonia.Applications should be sent as early as possi-ble to ensure the best possibility of accept-ance.

6. If accepted, students will receive an officialLetter of Acceptance from the College.

7. After receiving the Letter of Acceptance,apply to the nearest Canadian Embassy for astudy permit.

8. Send a copy of your Study PermitApproval Letter and tuition fees for the firstsemester to the College of New Caledonia atleast six weeks before the start of classes.

9. Make arrangements with the InternationalEducation department for accommodation andairport pickup.

MEDICAL INSURANCE

All international students are required to pro-vide proof of medical insurance coverage forthe period of their study. Students who intendto study for longer than three months arerequired to apply for the BC Medical ServicesPlan. The College administers a plan that

offers comprehensive coverage at a reasonablerate for those students intending to study forthree months or less or until such time as BCMSP coverage is in place. Students will not beallowed to register without approved medicalcoverage.

FEES• CCP $3800/semester (Cdn)

• ESL $3800/semester (Cdn)

• Per course fee $760/course (Cdn)

• Specialty programmes:Please contact the International Educationdepartment for fee information

If a student’s status changes after the first dayof classes in a semester (e.g., changes fromstudy permit to landed immigrant), the changein tuition fees will occur the following semes-ter. Students will be required to show proof ofthe status change.

The College of New Caledonia reservesthe right to change fees without notice.

All fees must be paid a minimum of six weeksprior to the first day of classes (new students)or at the time of registration (continuing students).

Additional Fees

International students will also be leviedStudent Association and other applicable feesin addition to tuition. International studentsare also responsible for such expenses as text-books, housing, food, and transportation costsas well as required medical insurance.

REFUND POLICY FORINTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

The College’s refund policy for internationalstudents is as follows:

• A 50% refund if a student withdraws fromthe College before the first day of classes

• A 25% refund if a student withdraws fromthe College during the first or second weekof classes

• No refund after the second week of classes

• Student Activity fees are not refundable

• Students referred by agents are generallynot eligible for tuition refunds. Please checkwith your Education Agent for details.

50 / International Education 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

International Students Scheduled Dates

Semester Suggested Orientation Class ClassArrival Date Start Date End Date

Summer 2003 April 28, 2003 May 1, 2003 May 5, 2003 August 19, 2003

Fall 2003 August 25, 2003 August 28, 2003 September 2, 2003 December 16, 2003

Spring 2004 December 27, 2003 December 29, 2003 January 5, 2004 April 27, 2004

There is a $100.00 (Cdn) administration feeon all refunds. Students who are unable toobtain a study permit will be entitled to a fullrefund minus $100.00. Supporting documen-tation must be submitted with the request fora refund.

ACCOMMODATIONS

HOMESTAY

Many international students choose to livewith a Homestay family when they attend theCollege of New Caledonia. Homestay providesstudents with support as they learn aboutCanadian culture and their new community.The opportunity to speak English with nativeEnglish speakers and interact in a warm andcaring family environment allows students toapply the English skills they learn in theirclasses.

The College of New Caleodnia staff screen ourhost families to ensure that students have asafe and supportive Homestay. Students paytheir host families $500 per month for a pri-vate bedroom, three meals a day, and sharedbathroom and laundry facilities. The Homestayapplication fee is $150, non-refundable, andstudents are required to provide a $500 secu-rity deposit that is returned to them after theyleave Homestay, providing they have met theterms of the Homestay agreement and haveleft no damages or unpaid bills.

STUDENT RESIDENCE(DORMITORY)

Students may choose to live in the StudentResidence on campus. The 92-room Residenceprovides students with a private room, con-nected to a bathroom that is shared withanother student. Each room is furnished witha bed, desk, chair, wardrobe, microwave, andfridge. The housing fee includes heat, utilities,

and basic cable. Rates range from $335 to$400 per month. Meals are not included inthe room fee. Students are responsible forbuying and/or preparing their own meals.Students must apply early to reserve a roomin the Student Residence.

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING

Some students choose to live in apartmentsalone or with friends. Unfurnished apartmentsare available near the College and range fromapproximately $400 to $700 per month for aone- or two-bedroom unit. Students areresponsible for making their own arrange-ments for off-campus housing.

CONTRACTS FORINTERNATIONAL STUDENT GROUPSContracts for International Education pro-gramme services can be designed and negoti-ated to meet the educational needs of specificgroups of students. Tuition fees and otherfinancial arrangements are dependent on thenature of the programme.

A co-ordinator is available to provide inter-national students with assistance in pro-gramme planning, application and registra-tion, transportation, accommodation, medicalinsurance, etc.

Individuals, agents, and governments or insti-tutions are invited to submit their requests foreducational services and inquiries to:

Coordinator of International ProgrammesCollege of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8CanadaTelephone: (250) 561-5857Fax: (250) 561-5856

CONTACTINFORMATIONInternational EducationCollege of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, British Columbia V2N 1P8Canada

Telephone: 01-250-561-5857Fax: 01-250-561-5856E-mail: [email protected]: www.cnc.bc.ca

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar International Education / 51

March 12, 2003

52

DIVISIONAL CONTACTDean, Business DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5814Fax: (250) 561-5866E-mail: [email protected]

Applied Business Technology• Administrative Assistant

Business: The Next Generation

Certificates• Business Administration• Computer Information Systems• Financial Planning and Investment• Hospitality Operations• Management Studies• Northern Outdoor Recreation and

Ecotourism

Diplomas• Accounting and Finance• Computer Information Systems• Hospitality Administration• Management• Marketing and Management

APPLIED BUSINESSTECHNOLOGY


To provide the educational foundation foroffice professionals entering or re-entering theworkforce, enabling them to have a positiveimpact on the business community.

The Administrative Assistant programme con-sists of two full-time 17-week semesters and isdesigned to provide students with the neces-sary skills for entry into the work force. Theprogramme is structured for the high school

graduate or mature student with typing compe-tency but little or no office experience. Thosewho are interested in a career in the businessworld may wish to pursue this programme.

A certificate will be awarded to students whosuccessfully complete all courses in the programme.

Note: In order to proceed to the secondsemester of the Applied BusinessTechnology programme, courses in thepreceding semester must be successfullycompleted. Check prerequisites forcourses offered in each term.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

Administrative Assistant

Graduates of the Administrative AssistantProgramme find employment in business,government, and industrial offices in a widevariety of positions. Examples are junior secretaries, word processing operators, clerk-typists, and receptionists.


1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate ormature student status.

2. A keyboarding proficiency assessment. Aprerequisite minimum speed of 20 net wordsper minute or permission from the Depart-ment is required. Any necessary upgradingmay be obtained through the AppliedBusiness Technology Online KeyboardingSpeed 1, Computer Studies 020, or equiva-lent. This assessment may take the form of atranscript or a letter on institutional letterheadfrom a teacher of typing, or other typing testdocumentation—any of which is to be datedwithin the previous three years—or an assess-ment by a CNC Applied Business Technology

instructor. An assessment by a CNC AppliedBusiness Technology instructor may bearranged between February 1 and April 30 ofeach academic year. Contact your local cam-pus for regional assessment dates.

3. Applicants must take the English and MathAchievement Test (EMAT) administered by theCollege, prior to the first semester. Studentsbelow a certain level in this test will be requiredto complete work in English and/or math.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Certificates will be awarded to students whosuccessfully complete all courses in the pro-gramme. Certificates will be awarded to part-time students who successfully complete allcourses in the programme within three years.(The Applied Business Technology departmentwill be following the grading scale as outlinedin the College Calendar under “Dental Studiesand Culinary Arts Programmes”.)

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used to select one-half of the class in thefollowing order of priority:

1. Verified typing speed with preferencegiven to those with a higher documented levelof achievement.


Applications will be accepted beginning Sep-tember 15 for the following August intake.The Applied Business Technology programmesare under review and some courses maychange. Students should check with a counsel-lor in the spring.

Business &MANAGEMENT

PROGRAMMES

COMPUTER ACCOUNTS

To avoid lost time in computer labs, theCollege urges students to apply for a computeraccount and pay the technology fee prior toclasses starting.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Administrative AssistantCertificate

Semester 1 August to December (17 weeks)

B-073 Financial RecordsC-074 Business Communications IP-072 Office ProceduresW-045 Computer Keyboarding/

Document Production Levels I and II

W-073 Microcomputer ApplicationsENGL 155 Developmental English*MATH 155 Developmental Math*

*Note: Students must receive an exemptor satisfactory standing in ENGL 155and MATH 155.

Semester 2 January to May (17 weeks)A-078 Computerized BookkeepingC-075 Business Communications IIH-070 Human RelationsP-078 Office Simulations in the

Electronic OfficeW-078 Introduction to Desktop

PublishingW-042 Document Production Level IIIV-075 Work Experience

BUSINESS: THE NEXTGENERATION

ENTREPRENEURIALCERTIFICATE

General Overview

The Entrepreneurial Certificate is designed forstudents seeking a combination of academictraining with hands-on entrepreneurial experi-ence. Each year a class of twenty studentsexperience the complete business cycle byrunning an Incorporated Company while atthe same time learning how to prepare aproper business plan. At the end of the pro-gramme, all shareholders distribute the profitsthat the company has generated.

This programme may be taken on either afull- or part-time basis and is designed to pre-

pare students to successfully master the skillsand mindset of an Entrepreneur. Students par-ticipate to assemble the skills needed to oper-ate their own personal business or to improvetheir employability skills as an Intrapreneur.An Intrapreneur is someone who understandsthe complete business cycle, but works forsomeone else, rather than for herself or him-self.

Successful participants may apply for 6 creditstoward the Marketing/Management Diplomaprogramme.

The BNG component is offered once a year,running from January to April three eveningsper week, from 5:30 pm to 9:30 pm.

Programme Duration

There is no time limit on how long it maytake, but most students complete the pro-gramme in two semesters.

Admission Requirements

A College of New Caledonia application formand a BNG application form must be submit-ted to Admissions. A current résumé must besubmitted with the BNG application. Studentswill be contacted for an interview prior toacceptance to the BNG component.

Entrepreneurial Certificate

This programme consists of six requiredcourses plus one elective.

Required Courses

BNG 150 Business: the Next GenerationACC 149 Accounting Essentials for

Non-AccountantsECON 101 Introduction to EconomicsENGL 195 Effective CommunicationsLAW 294 Canadian Business LawMGT 157 Principles of Management

Electives

One elective must be chosen from any of theBusiness courses offered.

BUSINESSADMINISTRATIONCERTIFICATEPROGRAMMESThe Business Management Certificate pro-grammes are designed for students seeking to

complement their current business experiencewith academic training.

The programmes may only be taken on a part-time basis and are designed to provide maturestudents the opportunity to add accounting,computer information systems, and generaladministration courses to their skill mix.

A wide selection of courses are availableallowing students to tailor programmes totheir needs and educational background.

Courses are offered during the day andevening on a rotating basis to accommodatethose students working full-time.


Programmes vary according to a student’sinterests and requirements and are plannedon an individual basis in consultation with the Counselling and Advising Centre and theDean of Business. A student may start his/herprogramme at any time, as agreed uponbetween the student and a CNC counsellor.Courses start in September and January.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONCERTIFICATE

The programme consists of seven required courses, plus three electives.

Required Courses

ACC 151 Accounting IACC 152 Accounting IICIS 152 Introductory Computing

SystemsFIN 257 Finance IMGT 157 Principles of ManagementMGT 160 International BusinessMKT 152 Principles of Marketing

Electives

The three elective courses may be selectedfrom Accounting, CIS, Commerce, Economics,FIN 251, 252, 253, 254, 258, Law, Manage-ment, Marketing, MATH 157, or ENGL 190.

COMPUTER INFORMATIONSYSTEMS (CIS) CERTIFICATE


To prepare students for an entry level role in abusiness computing environment and providea foundation for future educational opportuni-ties.

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Business and Management Programmes / 53

The CIS Certificate is awarded to students whohave completed half the course credits neededfor a CIS Diploma. There are two approachesto a CIS Certificate.

1. Most candidates complete Year 1 of theCIS Diploma. It provides basic skills in webdevelopment, computer programming, and systems analysis as well as general businessknowledge and interpersonal and communica-tion skills. They would be capable of assistingin microcomputer information systems.

This approach is attractive to students whowish to combine CIS “cross-over” skills with aspecialty such as accounting or forestry.Students with cross-over skills would easilyadjust to, if not actually lead, technologyadvances in their specialty area. This is theapproach too, for students who need to post-pone further study towards a Diploma.

2. Candidates already possessing basic CISskills can choose courses at a more advancedlevel. Students can tailor individual pro-grammes to expand their skill base accordingto their specific needs and interests.

Students then can receive recognition formanaging their careers in the face of rapidlychanging technology and their need to updateor upgrade skills.

Both approaches are appealing to candidatesalready employed and wanting to expandtheir job prospects.

Entry requirements are the same as for the CISDiploma programme, and allow for either full-time or part-time study. Students must haveall the course prerequisites or equivalents toenroll in a course.

FINANCIAL PLANNING ANDINVESTMENT CERTIFICATE


The Financial Planning and InvestmentCertificate is intended for students who areinterested in the retail side of financial plan-ning. The programme is intended to providestudents with a comprehensive background infinancial markets, products, services, invest-ments, and analytical skills. In addition, theobjective is to equip students with the basicskills and knowledge necessary to providepersonal financial advice in such areas as taxation, investments, and estate and retire-ment planning.

The Certificate will be of interest to studentscontemplating careers in one of the fastestgrowing sectors, the financial services indus-

try. This would include exciting career oppor-tunities with banks, brokerage firms, mutualfund companies, independent financial plan-ning firms, or as self-employed financial plan-ning practitioners. Examples of positions grad-uates can expect to obtain include: personalfinancial advisor, financial planner, investmentadvisor, mutual fund investment specialist,insurance adisior, and retirement and estatespecialist.

The Financial Planning and InvestmentCertificate is also designed for the workingadult who is seeking to increase his/her busi-ness knowledge and supplement a presentcareer, or who is seeking to change careersinto the area of financial services. It is alsodirected to those who wish to become inde-pendent financial consultants in private prac-tice. It is a flexible programme, in a classroomenvironment, arranged to accommodate part-time and evening studies.

Programme Accreditation

Completion of Finance 251 and Finance 252entitles the student to receive credit for theCanadian Securities course, upon completionof the Canadian Securities Institute’s examsand assignments, which are administered bythe Institute.

Completion of Finance 253 and Finance 254entitles the student to receive credit for theProfessional Financial Planning Course, uponcompletion of the Canadian Securities Institute’sexams and assignments, which are adminis-tered by the Institute. These courses preparestudents for the Financial Planners StandardsCouncil (FPSC), Professional Proficiency Exam(PPE), leading to the Certificated FinancialPlanner (CFP) designation, and the financiallicensing exam currently under development bythe Canadian Securities Administrators.

It should be noted that students wishing totake Finance 251 and Finance 252 must initial-ly register for both courses and as a studentwith the Canadian Securities Institute. Thissame registration procedure applies to studentsregistering in Finance 253 and Finance 254.Therefore, in addition to CNC tuition fees, stu-dents are expected to pay an additional, butreduced fee levied by the Canadian SecuritiesInstitute. The fee provides each student accessto course materials, one attempt at the relevantInstitute exam at any time up to one year afterenrollment in the College’s course, and the requisite Institute assignments.

Required courses:

ACC 151 Accounting I

ACC 152 Accounting II

Any one of:

ECON 152 Canadian MacroeconomicsECON 202 Principles of Economics—

MacroeconomicsECON 102 Canadian Economic Issues

Any one of:

ECON 251 Canadian MicroeconomicsECON 201 Principles of Economics—

MicroeconomicsECON 101 Introduction to Economics

Further required courses:

FIN 251 Canadian Securities IFIN 252 Canadian Securities IIFIN 253 Professional Financial

Planning IFIN 254 Professional Financial

Planning II

HOSPITALITY OPERATIONSCERTIFICATE

Programme Outline:Hospitality Operations Certificate(Year One)

Semester I September to DecemberMKT 152 Marketing IHOSP 150 Introduction to TourismHOSP 160 Food and Beverage ServiceCIS 152 Introduction to Computing

SystemsMGT 154 Applied Interpersonal Skills

(Human Relations)

Note: Students must receive an exemp-tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 ofadmission requirements)

Semester II January to AprilENGL 195 Effective Communications IHOSP 190 Work ExperienceHOSP 170 AccommodationsHOSP 165 Beverage OperationsHOSP 168 Food and Beverage

Cost ControlHOSP 280 Hospitality Law

MANAGEMENT STUDIESCERTIFICATE

The programme consists of the followingseven required courses, plus three electives:

Required Courses

ACC 149 Accounting Essentials for Non-Accountants

54 / Business and Management Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

CIS 152 Introductory Computing SystemsCOM 222 Organizational BehaviourorMGT 262 Principles of ManagementMGT 157 Principles of ManagementMGT 160 International BusinessMGT 263 PersonnelMGT 264 Industrial Relations

Elective

The three electives may be chosen fromAccounting, CIS 160, CIS 188, Economics,ENGL 195, FIN 251, 252, 253, 254, Law,Management, or Marketing.

DIPLOMA LADDER FORBUSINESS CERTIFICATEGRADUATES


To provide a path for business certificate grad-uates to complete a diploma. The title of thediploma is a Diploma in BusinessAdministration.

Programme Outline

Students need either a Business Admini-stration Certificate or a Management StudiesCertificate plus enough additional courses tomake a total of 60 credits that also meet thefollowing requirements.

Required courses:

ENGL 195 Effective Communications IENGL 196 Effective Communications IIMATH 157 Business StatisticsMGT 154 Applied Human RelationsMKT 152 Principles of Marketing

One or more of:

FIN 257 Finance IACC 251 Intermediate Accounting IACC 255 Management Accounting I

One or more of:

MKT 281 Personal SellingMKT 276 Retailing and MerchandisingMKT 271 Consumer BehaviourMKT 272 Marketing Research Methods

One or more of:

Macro- one of ECON 102, 152, or economics: 202Micro:- one of ECON 101, 201 or economics: 251

Plus: Sufficient electives chosen fromAccounting, CIS, Economics, FIN 251, 252,

253, 254, Law, Management, or Marketing tomake up a total of at least 60 credits.

NORTHERN OUTDOORRECREATION ANDECOTOURISM CERTIFICATEPROGRAMME


To train students for careers in the growingoutdoor recreation and ecotourism industry.The programme consists of courses in guid-ing, nature interpretation, and business, aswell as in a wide range of outdoor recreationfield skills and includes or leads to a numberof industry certifications.

This one-year certificate programme preparesstudents to work as guides in fishing, rafting,canoeing, hiking, horeseback riding, snow-mobiling, and as nature interpreters, recre-ation coordinators, park information counsel-lors, and children’s camp leaders. The one-year certificate programme may lead directlyto a job, or students may wish to continuewith their education by applying their creditstoward a tourism diploma or degree.

Valemount, British Columbia

The programme is run in Valemount, whichprovides a perfect setting to experience a vari-ety of outdoor recreation activities. Valemountis nestled among the Rocky Mountains, theMonashee Range, and the Cariboo Mountains,near Mount Robson Provincial Park andJasper National Park.

Housing

The College will assist students in finding suit-able accommodation by providing studentswith a list of contacts for rooms, apartments,and houses available for rent in the community.

Clothing and Equipment

Participants will be required to provide a sub-stantial amount of personal clothing andequipment for this programme through eitherpurchase or rental. This includes clothing,backpack, sleeping bag, boots, etc. TheCollege provides group equipment such ascanoe equipment and rafting equipment. Arequired clothing and equipment list will bemailed out upon acceptance.

Fees

Tuition fees are approximately $6000 per student. Student financial support may beavailable.


In addition to the requirements listed below,students must have FoodSafe Level I prior tothe commencement of the Field Skills compo-nent of the programme.

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12, Communications 12 or Technicaland Professional Communications 12, or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate.

2. Successful completion of Accounting 11 orMath 11A or Introductory Math 11 orApplications of Math 11 or Principles of Math11 or Math 044 or Math 045.

3. Applicants may have to take the Englishand Math Achievement Test (EMAT), adminis-tered by the College, prior to attending thefirst semester. The results of the test will beused to help the student determine if theyneed to do extra work in English and/or mathin order to be successful in the programme.

4. Applicants to the Northern OutdoorRecreation and Ecotourism Programme mustprovide a work/volunteer experience résumélisting:

a) experience in tourism and/or customerservice

b) level of knowledge and interest in natural history

c) experience and level of proficiency inecotourism field activities

d) three references who have firsthandknowledge of the items listed in a), b), and c)

5. Applicants to the Northern OutdoorRecreation and Ecotourism CertificateProgramme must be in good physical condi-tion suitable to participate in moderate out-door recreation activities. A doctor’s certificateof health is required. Students must provideproof of medical coverage.

Note: Students must be a minimum of 19years of age at the course start date inorder to take the field options Rafting IIand Swiftwater Rescue Technician I.

Selection Criteria

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed on the review date, selection will


be made on the basis of the résumé submittedwith an emphasis for selection placed on therelevancy and extent of the experience intourism and/or customer service, level ofknowledge and interest in natural history, andexperience and level of proficiency in eco-tourism field activities.

Assumption of Risk Release

Due to the varying levels of risk associatedwith outdoor recreation activities, participantswill be required to sign an Assumption of Riskand Indemnifying Release form. In the case ofparticipants under the age of 19 years, theform must also be signed by a parent or legalguardian. Participants may want to seek legaladvice regarding the signing of this form.

Programme Outline:Northern Outdoor Recreation andEcotourism Certificate

Note: To graduate, students must success-fully complete all theory courses in theprogramme and four field skill electives.(Depending on demand, all electives maynot be available.)

Semester ITheory Courses:ECOT 150 Introduction to Tourism and

EcotourismECOT 151 Wilderness First Aid for

LeadersECOT 152 Interpretive Guiding SkillsECOT 154 Leadership in TourismECOT 155 Trip Planning and Emergency

Situation ManagementECOT 158 Business Communications in

TourismECOT 190 Work Experience

Field Skills Electives:ECOT 169 Camping and Food

Preparation SkillsECOT 170 Avalanche AwarenessECOT 173 Snowmobile TouringECOT 174 Freshwater Fishing IECOT 175 Rafting IECOT 178 Swiftwater Safety OperationsECOT 179 Flatwater Canoeing

Semester IITheory Courses:ECOT 160 Environmental StewardshipECOT 161 Entrepreneurship in

EcotourismECOT 165 Natural History

Field Skills Electives:ECOT 180 Dayhiking

ECOT 181 BackpackingECOT 182 Horse Guiding

For more information, contact:

College of New CaledoniaValemount CampusPO Box 789Valemount, BC V0E 2Z0CanadaTelephone: 1-888-690-4422 or (250) 566-4601Website: www.cnc.bc.ca/valemount

BUSINESSADMINISTRATIONDIPLOMAPROGRAMMESThe Business Administration Diploma pro-grammes are designed to equip students witha broad understanding of business practices,in preparation for entry-level managementtrainee and specialist positions in a variety ofinstitutions, such as manufacturing, whole-saling, retailing, financial, and service enter-prises, as well as government agencies. Inaddition, the Business Administration pro-grammes provide a solid base in preparationfor further education towards professional des-ignations. Studies focus upon the applicationof computers within business. The studentsdevelop skills through intensive hands-ontraining with industry standard equipment.The training labs are equipped with Novellnetworks and microcomputers. The instruc-tional staff maintain constant contact withindustry ensuring the student receives rele-vant, current, and practical training. Studentsinterested in furthering their business educa-tion are advised to consult the transfer guidein the Calendar, and to discuss their pro-grammes with a counsellor.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENT

Students must achieve a minimum overallgrade point average of 2.0 (“C”) based on thecourses required for graduation.

CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION

The Business diploma pro-grammes can be structured according to theCo-operative Education format, offering stu-dents the option to integrate career-orientedwork experience placements into their aca-

demic programmes. Students earn a salaryduring their work terms, and gain valuableunderstanding and experience directly relatedto their chosen field. MGT 154 is a prerequi-site for participation in Co-op. A GPA of 2.67must be maintained.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSFOR ALL DIPLOMAPROGRAMMES

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12, Communications 12 or Technicaland Professional Communications 12) or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate.

2. Successful completion of Principles ofMathematics 11 or Introductory Math 11 orApplications of Mathematics 11 or MATH 044or MATH 045.

3. Applicants are strongly recommended tohave taken, in the past five years, or have astrong working knowledge of:

• Business Computer Applications 11

• Data Processing (11 or 12)

• Information Technology 11 or 12

4. Applicants must take the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT), administeredby the College, prior to attending the firstsemester. Students below a certain level inthis test will be required to complete work inEnglish and/or math. It is strongly recom-mended that students write the EMAT earlyand that they complete any required Englishand math work prior to attending the firstsemester.

5. Applicants to the HospitalityAdministration Programme must providea work/volunteer experience résumé outliningexperience in the field or in a related educa-tional programme such as the BC TourismCareer Preparation Programme.

6. Applicants to the HospitalityAdministration Programme: Graduates ofTourism 11 and Tourism 12 courses with atleast a “C+” grade in each course and at least120 hours of relevant work experience are eli-gible for preferential admission. Applicantswho meet the criteria must apply to CNCbefore February 1 of the calendar year to qual-ify and must meet all other admission require-ments as presented in the College Calendar.Preferential admission will be limited to 12students per year. In no case will an applicantbe eligible for preferential admission after 4years from completion of Tourism 11 andTourism 12.


7. Applicants to HOSP 191: Only students having completed three Hospitalitycourses, with a minimum grade of “C” in eachcourse, and a letter of acceptance of employ-ment with hospitality companies offeringapproved internships as per the HospitalityAdministration programme can enroll in HOSP 191.

8. Applicants to the CIS Diploma programme must submit a statement out-lining computer courses already completedand the date of their completion.


Application forms are available at Admissions,Registration and Records and may be submit-ted after September 15 for entry in the follow-ing Fall. Acceptance to the programme beginsin May. All programmes begin the first weekof September. Applicants are advised to con-sult with a counsellor to enter a programme atother times of the year.

COMPUTER ACCOUNTS

To avoid lost time in computer labs, theCollege urges students to apply for a computeraccount and pay the technology fee prior toclasses starting.

PROGRAMME SCHEDULES

All diploma programmes are two years induration. Students may, in consultation with a counsellor, structure their programme over alonger period. Modified programmes are available.

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE DIPLOMA


To provide a practical accounting programmethat meets the needs of the students and thecommunity and to maximize articulation withthe professional accounting bodies.

The Accounting and Finance Diploma pro-gramme may qualify you for entry level posi-tions in public practice and private industry.Further study and work experience can lead tosuch careers as controller, treasurer, publicaccountant, and auditor. Many of the coursestaken in the Accounting and Finance Diplomaare recognized for credit by the Society ofCertified Management Accountants (CMA), theInstitute of Chartered Accountants of BC (CA),and the Certified General Accountants

Association (CGA). Block transfer is availableto UNBC.

Selection Criteria

First qualified, first served.

Programme Outline:Accounting & Finance Diploma(programme currently under review)

Semester I September to DecemberACC 151 Accounting ICIS 152 Introductory Computing

SystemsECON 101 Canadian Microeconomics

Issuesor ECON 201 Principles of Economics—

MicroeconomicsENGL 155 Developmental English*MATH 155 Developmental Math*MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/

Career Development SkillsMKT 152 Principles of Marketing

*Note: Students must receive an exemp-tion or satisfactory standing in ENGL155 and MATH 155 (refer to item 4 ofadmission requirements)

Semester II January to AprilACC 152 Accounting IICIS 160 Introduction to Systems

Analysis & DesignECON 102 Canadian Macroeconomics

or IssuesECON 202 Principles of Economics—

MacroeconomicsENGL 195 Effective Communications IMATH 157 Business Statistics

Semester III September to DecemberACC 251 Intermediate Accounting IACC 255 Management Accounting IACC 264 Simply Accounting LabENGL 196 Effective Communications IIFIN 257 Finance ILAW 294 Business Law

Semester IV January to AprilACC 252 Intermediate Accounting IIACC 256 Management Accounting IIACC 265 ACCPAC PLUS LabFIN 258 Finance IIMGT 254 Applied Group and

Leadership SkillsMGT 255 Small Business Development

COMPUTER INFORMATIONSYSTEMS DIPLOMA


To prepare students for an entry level technicalrole in a business computing environment andprovide a foundation for future educationalopportunities.

Programme Accreditation

The Computer Information Systems pro-gramme prepares students for careers in thediverse field of computer information systems.The CIS Diploma Programme focuses on theapplication of computers in business. Hands-on training takes place in modern labsequipped with networked microcomputers.Systems analysis and design, software andweb development, testing, documentation,user training, communications, and networkadministration are cornerstones of the pro-gramme. These goals are reached usingindustry standard software packages and sys-tem tools. The programme also focuses ontechnical writing and presentation, personalskills, and group dynamics.

The Computer Information Systems Diplomaprogramme has been accredited by theCanadian Information Processing Society(CIPS). The accreditation committee workswith academic institutions to ensure that edu-cational programmes prepare students for thedemands of the information systems profes-sion. Completion of an accredited programmeassists graduates in pursuing the InformationSystems Professional of Canada (ISP) desig-nation. More information about CIPS and theprofessional certification programme can beobtained at www.cips.ca or (416) 861-2477.

To contact the Computer Information Systemsprogramme, e-mail [email protected]

Selection Criteria

In the event that the Computer InformationSystems Diploma Programme is over-subscribed on the review date, the followingguidelines for the selection of students to fillhalf of the available seats will be used:

1. Math 11, MATH 044, MATH 045, orApplications of Math 11 or equivalent with agrade of “B” or better contributes 2 points

2. Successful completion of a secondary orpost-secondary computer course of at least 25hours of instruction in the last three years con-


tributes 1 point per course to a maximum of 2points.

Programme Outline:Computer Information SystemsDiploma

This programme is subject to revisions tokeep up with technology. Please checkthe department website cis.cnc.bc.ca forany pending changes. Students who planto complete the CIS programme areadvised to contact the Business Divisionoffice or CIS faculty to fill out a courseplanner to insure courses are availablewhen expected.

Semester I September to DecemberCIS 158 Business ICIS 163 Systems AnalysisCIS 175 Windows Programming ICIS 188 Web Development IMGT 154 Applied Human Relations

Semester II January to AprilCIS 159 Business IICIS 184 System ArchitectureCIS 186 Database Systems ICIS 176 Windows Programming IICIS 189 Web Development IIENGL 195 Effective Communication I

Semester III September to DecemberCIS 255 Data CommunicationsCIS 256 Training WorkshopCIS 277 Windows Programming IIICIS 282 Database Systems IIENGL 196 Effective Communication II

Semester IV January to AprilCIS 262 Information Systems ProjectCIS 265 Local Area NetworksCIS 266 Database System IIIMGT 254 Applied Group and

Leadership Skills

HOSPITALITYADMINISTRATION


To train students for careers in the hospitalityindustry. Tourism worldwide has become theworld’s largest and fastest growing industry.With the shift away from traditional resource-based industries, tourism and hospitality haveassumed a new prominence in the worldeconomy.

The Hospitality programme is designed to pro-vide training not only for people desiring toenter the hospitality industry but also for thosein the industry who wish to further their qualifi-cations for advancement. The programme con-

tains a core of relevant business courses to pro-vide a solid understanding of the fundamentalsof any business. Practical work is matched withan underpinning of pertinent theory. Studentswill be exposed to industry standard softwaretools and packages.

The certificate programme is normally com-pleted in one year, the diploma programmenormally in two years. Students may enrollpart-time, subject to seat availability. Studentsmay, in cooperation with a counsellor, set upa modified plan where they may need toaccommodate heavy commitments to develop-mental math and English, family obligations,or to part-time employment.

Selection Criteria

For the Hospitality AdministrationProgramme Diploma:

1. In those cases where more than 12 appli-cants meet the criteria for preferential admis-sion to the programme, selection will be doneon the basis of date of application. Applicantsnot selected will be placed in the generalselection pool for the balance of seats avail-able in the programme.

2. In those cases where the programme isoversubscribed on the review date, selectionwill be made on the basis of the résumé sub-mitted with an emphasis for selection placedon the relevancy and extent of the work expe-rience background provided.

Programme Outline: Hospitality AdministrationDiploma (Year Two)

Semester III September to DecemberECON 102 Economics IENGL 196 Effective Communications IIMGT 263 Human Resource ManagementHOSP 153 Hospitality Financial

AccountingHOSP 270 Accommodations II

Semester IV January to AprilMGT 254 Applied Group Dynamics

(Organizational Behaviour)HOSP 253 Hospitality Management

AccountingMKT 281 Personal Selling (Marketing II)HOSP 260 Food Production PrinciplesHOSP 265 Food Operations Management

MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA


To prepare students for careers in businesswith a focus in management.

The Management Diploma programme isdesigned for mature students seeking to buildupon their existing work experience in orderto move into management positions. Studentswith little work experience should expect junior or entry-level positions with potentialfor movement into management.

Selection Criteria


Programme Outline:Management Diploma




MicroeconomicsENGL 155 Developmental English*MATH 155 Developmental Math*MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/



Semester II January to AprilACC 152 Accounting IIENGL 195 Effective Communications ILAW 294 Business LawMGT 157 ManagementPlus one elective from list below

Semester III September to DecemberACC 255 Management Accounting IENGL 196 Effective Communications IIMGT 263 Human Resource DevelopmentPlus two electives from list below

Semester IV January to AprilMGT 264 Industrial RelationsMGT 254 Applied Group and Leadership

SkillsMGT 255 Small Business DevelopmentPlus two electives from list below

ElectivesCIS 160 Systems Analysis and Design


ECON 102 Macroeconomicsor ECON 202 Principles of Economics—

MacroeconomicsFIN 251 Canadian Securities IFIN 252 Canadian Securities IIFIN 253 Professional Financial

Planning IFIN 254 Professional Financial

Planning IIFIN 257 Finance IFIN 258 FInance IIMATH 157 Business StatisticsMGT 160 International BusinessMKT 251 Marketing ManagementMGT 256 Entrepreneurial DevelopmentMKT 271 Consumer BehaviourMKT 272 Marketing ResearchMKT 266 PromotionsMKT 276 Retailing and MerchandisingMKT 281 Personal SellingMKT 285 Internet Marketing

Potential electives under possible development:

Databases for Managers

Introduction to E-Commerce

Operations Management

MARKETING ANDMANAGEMENT DIPLOMA


To prepare students for careers in business,with a focus on marketing and managementpositions.

The Marketing and Management Diplomaprogramme provides specific career employ-ment areas including personal selling, adver-tising, sales promotion, marketing research,purchasing, product/brand management,physical distribution, public relations, and consumer affairs and protection.

Selection Criteria


Programme Outline:Marketing and ManagementDiploma




Microeconomics

ENGL 155 Developmental English*MATH 155 Developmental Math*MGT 154 Applied Interpersonal/



Semester II January to AprilACC 152 Accounting IIMATH 157 Business StatisticsENGL 195 Effective Communications IMKT 276 Retailing and MerchandisingMKT 281 Personal Selling

Semester III September to DecemberENGL 196 Effective Communications IILAW 294 Business LawMKT 251 Marketing Management

Theory & ApplicationMKT 271 Consumer BehaviourMKT 285 Internet Marketing

Semester IV January to AprilACC 255 Management Accounting IMGT 254 Applied Group and

Leadership SkillsMGT 255 Small Business DevelopmentMGT 256 Entrepreneurial DevelopmentMKT 266 Promotions

COURSEDESCRIPTIONS

A-078Computerized BookkeepingThe expectations and demands of the busi-ness world are continually in a state ofchange. In the field of accounting, employersrequire a sound understanding of accountingprinciples, as well as general computer literacyskills. In this course, the student will be taughtto transfer manual bookkeeping skills to anautomated accounting programme. On com-pletion of this course, students will be able tomaintain a set of computerized books up toyear end.

Prerequisites: Successful completion of A-070and B-070 with a “C” grade or better or B-073 with a “C” grade or better

(0,3)

ACC 149Accounting Essentials for Non-AccountantsThis course presents a broad range of account-ing-related topics of particular interest to busi-ness owners and entrepreneurs. The focus ison those things a business owner really needsto know and includes such items as govern-ment requirements for tax and payroll, finan-cial statement interpretation and analysis,bookkeeping basics, accounting systems, andinteracting effectively with your accountant.

3 CR / (3,0)

ACC 151Accounting IThis course is a study of the fundamental con-cepts and techniques of the accountingprocess in proprietorships and corporations.Students are taken through the accountingcycle. Topics include the balance sheet equa-tion, journals, adjusting entries, financialstatement preparation, and closing entries.Current and capital assets are studied indetail. Topics include cash, receivables, inven-tories, and acquisition, amortization, and dis-posal of capital assets. Current liabilities arealso discussed.

3 CR / (4,0)

ACC 152Accounting IIA continuation of the fundamental accountingconcepts and techniques introduced in ACC 151. The specific accounting areas com-menced in ACC 151 will be completed andother areas introduced. These include partner-ship accounting, bonds and notes, corporationaccounting, short- and long-term investments,share issues, and shareholders’ equity.Students will also be introduced to cash flowstatements and financial statement analysis.The lab component introduces the use of elec-tronic spreadsheet software for business andaccounting applications.

Prerequisite: ACC 151

3 CR / (3,1.5)

ACC 251Intermediate Accounting IA sound knowledge of fundamental account-ing principles is essential to deal with the con-cepts presented in this course. The emphasisis on solving problems related to the prepara-tion of financial statements. Specific financialstatement elements covered are cash, mar-ketable securities, accounts receivable, inven-tories, capital assets, and investments. Thepreparation of the Balance Sheet, Income


Statement, and Statement of RetainedEarnings is thoroughly reviewed.


3 CR / (4,0)

ACC 252Intermediate Accounting IIAn analysis of financial statement elementsstarted in ACC 251 is concluded with cover-age of current liabilities, long-term debt, andshareholder’s equity. Special topics includeleases, pensions, income tax, and financialstatement analysis. The preparation of theStatement of Changes in Financial Position isthoroughly reviewed.


3 CR / (4,0)

ACC 255Management Accounting IAn introduction to Managerial Accounting.Emphasis is placed on cost for planning andcontrol. The following topics are included: job-order and process costing, cost-volume-profitrelationships, cost behaviour, segmentedreporting, and contribution approach to cost-ing. The computer lab component utilizesspreadsheet software.

Prerequisite: ACC 152 with spreadsheet software

3 CR / (3,1.5)

ACC 256Management Accounting IIA continuation of Management Accounting I.Topics include: profit planning, standard costs,flexible budgets, control in decentralized oper-ations, pricing of products, and allocation ofservice department costs. The computer labcomponent utilizes spreadsheet software.


3 CR / (3,1.5)

ACC 268Computerized Accounting IThis course provides a practical, hands-onintroduction to Simply Accounting software.Students learn how to set up a company’sbooks, enter historical information, processcurrent transactions, and produce financialstatements.


2 CR / (0,2)

ACC 269Computerized Accounting IIThis course builds on the Simply Accountingsoftware skills learned in ACC 268. Students

continue to practice setting up a company’sbooks, processing transactions, and printingfinancial reports. In addition, students willlearn more advanced topics such as accountreconciliation, debit card sales, credit cardsales, and purchase order and sales ordergeneration to name a few. Also, they will learnto use the Inventory and the Payroll Modulesand how they fit with the other modules.

Prerequisite: ACC 264 or 268

2 CR / (0,2)

ACC 354Advanced AccountingThis course covers in depth: accounting forintercorporate investments via the Cost andEquity Method, consolidated financial state-ments at date of acquisition and subsequentyears, foreign currency transactions, andpreparing consolidated financial statementsthat include a foreign operations component.


4 CR / (4,0)

ACC 380AuditingThis course in auditing covers the main topicsof audit risk, documentation and evidence,evaluation of internal controls, sampling,transaction cycle auditing, substantive testing,EDP auditing, and legal liability.


3 CR / (3,0)

B-073Financial RecordsIn this course students will use electronic cal-culators to review business mathematics,including basic computational skills, as wellas common business applications and willstudy bookkeeping processes from journalentry to financial statements, including specialjournals, ledgers, banking and petty cash reconciliations, and payroll.

(0,5)

BNG 150Business: The Next GenerationBusiness: The Next Generation (BNG) pro-vides a unique opportunity for students toexperience supported entrepreneurial activitywhile proceeding through the entire businesscycle. BNG cycle: 1) team building and busi-ness formation; 2) business idea explorationand identification; 3) plan, prepare, and exe-cute venture; 4) business orientation andwindup. Participants of BNG go through theprocess of forming a BC Registered corpora-tion, deciding on a company name and prod-

uct, electing a board of management fromamong themselves, conducting marketresearch, developing a business plan, raisingcapital, creating and selling a product or service. At the end of the semester the company will enter voluntary liquidation, withprofits distributed among the participants.Participants can purchase the assets of thebusiness venture, such as goodwill, productdesign, and concept. Participants experiencethe true “culture” of business.

9 CR / (12)

C-074Communications IThis course introduces the student to effectivecommunication skills including mastering theprinciples of grammar, punctuation, and style;developing a comprehensive business vocabu-lary; reading rapidly and comprehending whatis read; producing error-free communicationsby proofreading and editing; learning the tech-niques for planning, organizing, and writingmessages; and listening, comprehending, andparticipating in oral communications.

(5)

C-075Communications IIThis is a continuation and expansion of C-074 Communications I. The student willwrite letters that inquire, inform, persuade,sell, and promote goodwill; write effectivereports; and produce effective résumés andeffective letters of application. In addition, thestudent will further develop oral businesscommunications skills including formalspeeches, informal talks, face-to-face conversa-tion, telephone communication, non-verbalcommunication, and introductions.

Prerequisite: C-074

(5)

CIS 152Introductory Computing SystemsThrough extensive hands-on experience, thestudent acquires skills in applying genericmicrocomputer applications to common busi-ness problems. Supporting discussionsinclude introductory theory on the types ofcomputers, hardware, software, networks,communications, and the influences of thecomputer within society.

Prerequisite: None

3 CR / (3,3)


CIS 158Business IThis is the first part of a two-course study offundamental business processes and cycles.The major business applications, their inter-relationships, control procedures, data needs,processing activities, documents, reports, andon-line dialogues are examined. Typical areasstudied are: accounting, marketing, materialsmanagement, and personnel. The terminologyand concepts of computerized applications arestressed.

Prerequisite: None

3 CR / (3,0)

CIS 159Business IIIn this second course of the two-part study offundamental business processes and cycles,the focus shifts towards the role of technologyin support of business practices.

Prerequisites: CIS 158 and 163

3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 160Introduction to Systems Analysis and DesignAn introduction to the theory and methodolo-gy of structured analysis and design of busi-ness information systems. Among the manytopics introduced are: the systems develop-ment cycle, the problem definition and evalua-tion of existing systems, characteristics ofgood system design, system control, evalua-tion of benefits and alternatives, system docu-mentation, conversion and testing, implemen-tation, follow-up, and evaluation. Throughout,human relations are emphasized as well asthe goals, methodology, and particular toolsand techniques of a top-down approach toanalysis and design of business systems.

Prerequisite: CIS 152

3 CR / (3,0)

CIS 163Systems AnalysisThis course introduces the learner to the concepts, tools, and techniques of systemsanalysis. Topics include the systems develop-ment life cycle, the role of systems analysis,information collection, feasibility, the productsof systems analysis, repository management,data modelling, and network modelling.Object oriented analysis concepts are also discussed.

3 CR / (3,1.5)

CIS 175Windows Programming IThis is an introductory course in computerprogramming. The main topics are fundamen-tal concepts of programme developmentprocess, variables and expressions, flow ofcontrol, and dealing with detail. Students gainfacility with the Interactive DevelopmentEnvironment and in using a visual, event-driven environment.

3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 176Windows Programming IIIn this second course, the focus is on code.Students learn discovery strategies for under-standing a programming language and tech-niques for using it effectively. Data structuresare introduced. Sound programming habits,clarity, and troubleshooting are emphasized.

Prerequisites: MATH 155, CIS 175

3 CR / (3,3)

3 CR / (0,3)

CIS 184Systems ArchitectureThis course provides the learner with a techni-cal understanding of computer hardware andsystem software, and how they interact tosupport modern information systems. Topicsinclude the role of hardware and software,data representation formats, structure andfunction of the CPU, primary storage, second-ary storage, communications technologies, I/Odevices, and operating system components.

3 CR / (1,2)

CIS 186Database Systems IThis course provides the learner with a con-ceptual foundation in database systems andpractical experience developing microcomputerdatabase solutions.


3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 188Web Development I NEWThrough hands-on experience, the studentacquires the skills to create, modify, and main-tain a static website. Supporting discussionsinclude server and client side scripting, webserver configurations, navigation methods,graphic handling, cascading style sheets, andother web technologies. Emphasis will be onstructure, code, reuse, testing, and low main-tenance.

3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 189Web Development II NEWThrough hands-on experience, the studentacquires the skills to develop, modify, andmaintain an interactive website. Emphasis inthis course is on providing low maintenance,interactive sites using server side scripts, codemodularization, and database manipulation.Supporting discussions include web serverconfigurations, ADO (ActiveX Data Objects),and the file access component.

Prerequisites: CIS 163 , 175, and 188

3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 255Data CommunicationsThis course introduces the student to the con-ceptual issues related to the establishment ofdata communications networks. Discussionsinclude the current and future state of thecommunication industry, hardware and soft-ware, comparison of LANs and WANs, connec-tivity, and the various models used to analyzea business network.

3 CR / (3,1)

CIS 256Training WorkshopThis course provides the learner with theknowledge, skills, and values to plan, deliver,and evaluate training workshops for computerusers. Topics include identifying trainingneeds, developing training plans, assessingcomputer tutorials, developing and usingeffective media, evaluating training, and deliv-ering effective training sessions.

Prerequisites: CIS 163, ENGL 195

3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 262Information Systems ProjectThis capstone course emphasizes teamworkand project management in building an infor-mation system from a comprehensive, “real-life” case study. Teams develop and monitortheir own work plans. Each team worksthrough the phases of the software develop-ment cycle to produce and demonstrate aworking model of the target system.

Prerequisites: CIS 189, 277, and 282

3 CR / (0,6)

CIS 265Local Area NetworksThis course provides the learner with theknowledge and skills to effectively administera network. Theoretical background on hard-ware, software, and installation are providedas well as extensive hands-on experience


using Novell Netware or similar industry standard software.


3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 266Database Systems IIIThis course provides the learner with theknowledge, skills, and values to develop on-line transaction processing and decision sup-port applications in a client/server environ-ment. Topics include the role of client/servercomputing in the enterprise, client/server com-ponents, client/server architectures, middle-ware, server issues, client development envi-ronments, distributed applications, and datawarehousing. Applications are developed pro-viding extensive hands-on experience usingindustry standard software.


3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 277Windows Programming IIIIn this course students build simple but typicalbusiness applications that are reasonablyrobust and maintainable, and use persistentdata. Topics also include several ActiveX con-trols and other object models that extend thelanguage. Testing is emphasized.


3 CR / (3,3)

CIS 282Database Systems IIThe student studies the theory of databasedesign concentrating on the relational model.Experience is gained through a series of labexercises complementing the discussion ofdefinition, design, data dictionaries, inquirytools, development, and management.


3 CR / (3,3)

ECON 101Canadian Microeconomics IssuesTopics include: an overview of economic sys-tems, the operation of markets, the organiza-tion and behaviour of producers, and anevaluation of the performance of markets.Throughout, issues related to the cost andvalue of things, and to the incentives to buyand produce, will be discussed.

3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 102Canadian Macroeconomics IssuesThis course introduces economic models thathelp a person think through issues such as

unemployment, inflation, taxation, the role ofgovernment in the macro-economy, and inter-national trade. This course is aimed at liberalarts and business diploma students who wishto become more familiar with the economicissues of the day as well as with the ways thatthe economy influences our livelihoods.

3 CR / 3,0)

ECON 201 Principles of Economics—MicroeconomicsThis course examines the market system’sinner workings, characterized by supply anddemand. Various market structures such asperfect competition and monopolies will bestudied. Time will be spent looking at ways inwhich the market system “fails”, leading todiscussions about government’s role, in cer-tain circumstances, as possible replacementfor the market system. By the end of thiscourse the student should have the ability toanalyze the impact of events on the price andproduction of goods and services.

Prerequisites: Principles of Mathematics 11 orMATH 045 or equivalent

ECON 202Principles of Economics—MacroeconomicsBeginning with the techniques for measuringimportant variables such as GDP, unemploy-ment, and the price level, the course willdevelop a model of the economy with whichvarious “shocks” can be analyzed. How thegovernment uses its spending, taxation, andcontrol of the money supply to achieve eco-nomic goals will be discussed. By the end ofthe course the student should have the abilityto analyze the macroeconomic impact of mostevents influencing the economy.


ECON 207Managerial EconomicsThis course is an application of economic theory to a variety of management and plan-ning decisions such as output maximizationand cost minimization given the constraintsfaced by the firms.

Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202

3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 210Money and BankingThis course examines banking theory andpractice in a Canadian context. Specifically, itdeals with the supply/demand for money and

credit creation, monetary policy in a central-ized banking system and in relation to inter-national finance.


3 CR / (3,0)

ECOT 150Introduction to Tourism and EcotourismThis course provides an overview of thetourism industry with an emphasis on eco-tourism. Topics include: tourism sectors; size,scope, and infrastructures; trends and currentissues; travel motivators; career opportunities;ethical issues; and the role of tourism organi-zations.

3 CR / (45 hours total)

ECOT 151Wilderness First Aid for LeadersThis course covers the management of injuriescaused by force in addition to common envi-ronmental injuries and illness such ashypothermia, frostbite, hyperthermia, anddehydration. The focus is on learning to usemedical supplies available to a preparedleader while emphasizing leadership andclient pre-trip preparation with respect to contingency planning.


ECOT 152Interpretive Guiding SkillsThis course focuses on enhancing the client’sexperience by using nature and heritage inter-pretation techniques in guiding. It covers pro-fessionalism, guest relations, and interpreta-tion techniques. Students will deliver interpre-tive presentations, lead interpretive walks,and participate in an interpretive tour.


ECOT 154Leadership in TourismThis course focuses on the leadership skillsrequired in guiding for tourism operations. Itcovers leadership styles and responsibilities,decision making, effective communications,group dynamics, and conflict resolution.


ECOT 155Trip Planning and EmergencySituation ManagementThis course covers the fundamentals of trippreparation and planning, hazard avoidance,and emergency situation management. Itincludes: navigation, environmental concerns,route plans, trip planning, identifying and


avoiding hazards, survival skills, emergencysituation management, and developingresponse plans.


ECOT 158Business Communications in EcotourismThis course deals with both written and oralcommunication skills. Topics include: writingreports and business correspondence, non-verbal communication, cultural differences incommunication patterns, making effective presentations, preparing for and chairingmeetings.


ECOT 160Environmental StewardshipThis course examines the relationshipbetween tourism, outdoor recreation, and themanagement and conservation of naturalresources. It incorporates the central conceptsof sustainability and sustainable developmentin working with communities, other resource-based industries, and with visitors to naturalresource-based areas. It includes planning andmanagement strategies to maximize benefitsand minimize impacts.


ECOT 161Entrepreneurship in EcotourismThis course covers the concepts and practicesof entrepreneurship applied to ecotourismbusinesses, including assessment, research,planning, and implementation strategies. Itincludes: creating a vision, goal setting, finan-cial and business planning, marketing,research, and business laws and regulations.

3 CR / (3,0)

ECOT 165Natural HistoryThis course provides an in-depth study of thenatural history of northern interior BritishColumbia, including flora, fauna, and geology.It includes species identification, plant identifi-cation, bird identification, forest ecology, andthe biogeoclimatic classifications of BritishColumbia. It will include research and fieldstudies.


ECOT 169Camping and Food Preparation SkillsThis course covers camp management andfood handling and preparation in an outdoorsetting. It includes: setting up, maintaining,

and breaking camp; leave-no-trace campingtechniques; nutrition; menu planning; menulists; food planning; trail food preparation;and equipment maintenance.

Prerequisite: FoodSafe


ECOT 170Avalanche Awareness IThis course provides an introduction to ava-lanche safety and detailed weather, snowpack,and avalanche observations. An emphasis willbe placed on recognizing avalanche terrain,safe travel techniques, and self-rescue. Thiscourse follows the guidelines of the CanadianAvalanche Association and is a prerequisite tothe CAA Level I course.

Prerequisite: ECOT 155


ECOT 173Snowmobile TouringThis course covers navigation, low-impacttravel, environmental ethics, route plans,group management, client care, and snow-mobile safety. It leads to BC SnowmobileFederation Operator’s Certificate. It alsoincludes maintenance procedures and minorrepairs for snowmobile engines.


Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECOT 170


ECOT 174Freshwater Fishing IThis course prepares students for work asfishing guides. It includes BC freshwater fish-ing regulations, equipment, fly fishing, spinfishing, fish identification, guest management,and client safety.


Prerequisite or Corequisite: Recreational BoatOperator certification


ECOT 175Rafting IThis course covers river rafting instruction inpreparation for the BC River Rafting Class IGuide Examination. It includes navigation,rafting equipment, maintenance, oar raftingskills, guest management, low-impact travel,and environmental ethics.



ECOT 178Swiftwater Safety OperationsThis course covers the safety skills and theoryrequired for anyone working on or near moving water. It covers river hydraulics, swimming in moving water, river crossings,and rescue in moving water. It is a prerequi-site to the Rescue 3 Canada SwiftwaterTechnician I course.

Prerequisite: ECOT 155; student must be 19years of age


ECOT 179Flatwater CanoeingThis course covers a history of canoeing,equipment construction and care, flatwaterstrokes, canoe rescue, and tandem and solopaddling. It includes navigation, low-impacttravel, route plans, group management, clientcare, and environmental ethics. Students willbe expected to meet British Columbia Recrea-tional Canoeing Association standards forAdvanced Solo Paddling (Basic Flatwater 4).



ECOT 180DayhikingThis course is for guides leading dayhikingtrips. It covers navigation, low-impact travel,route plans, group management, client care,pacing, nature interpretation in a hiking situa-tion, environmental ethics, and an introductionto helihiking.



ECOT 181BackpackingThis course is for guides leading multi-daybackpacking trips. It covers navigation, low-impact travel, route plans, group management,client care, pacing, leadership, trip planning,and record keeping.



ECOT 182Horse GuidingThis course covers low-impact travel, horsecare and ferrier skills, horse handling andsafety, packing, equipment management, andclient care.




ECOT 190Work ExperienceThis provides experiential, workplace-basedlearning opportunities. The experience buildsemployable competencies and practices theprinciples and skills learned during classroomstudy. It builds employment linkages andestablishes the foundations of an individual’semployment history.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the firstsemester of the Northern Outdoor Recreationand Ecotourism Certificate Programme


ENGL 195Effective Communications IThis course introduces students to the princi-ples and practices of written and oral commu-nications as applied in current business andcareer contexts. This course aims to help stu-dents develop an ability to write clearly andspeak effectively. Instruction will emphasizegrammar, style, and presentation as importantelements applied to a variety of writing andspeaking situations: e-mail, web analysis andsummaries, memos, letters, proposals,résumés, interviews, and instructional andpersuasive talks.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 196Effective Communications IIThis course is a discipline-based researchcourse that introduces career and technicalstudents to current research, writing, andspeaking formats and techniques as practicedin collaborative small group contexts. Studentswill learn how to do original research, how towrite in appropriate formats, and how to pres-ent oral reports, while working cooperativelyin a group. Grammar, style, and documentpresentation are stressed as important ele-ments applied to a vareity of writing andspeaking situations: topic selection, bibliogra-phies, proposals, progress reports, and visualdesign.

Prerequisite: ENGL 195

3 CR / (3,0)

FIN 251Canadian Securities IThe primary objective of this course is to intro-duce the student to the overall organizationand functioning of Canadian securities mar-kets, as well as to present the major types ofsecurities traded and techniques with which toanalyze and manage these investments. Themajor areas that are covered in detail include:characteristics and functions of stock

exchanges and capital markets, trading in list-ed securities, the underwriting process, thecorporation and their financial statements,fixed-income securities, and equity securities.

3 CR / (3,0)

FIN 252Canadian Securities IIThe primary objective of this course is to buildon the knowledge gained in FIN 251. Havingstudied the overall organization of Canadiansecurities markets and major types of securi-ties traded, the focus will be on techniqueswith which to analyze and manage theseinvestments. The major areas that are coveredinclude: mutual funds, other managed prod-ucts, segregated funds, derivative securities,fundamental, quantitative, and technicalanalysis, financial planning and taxationissues, portfolio management, and buildingthe client relationship.

Prerequisite: FIN 251

3 CR / (3,0)

FIN 253Professional Financial Planning IThe primary objective of this course is to givethe student an understanding of the steps inthe development of a financial plan. Thesesteps occur as a client is interviewed, and thenwhen goals are set, problems are identified,and a plan is written out, implemented, moni-tored, and reviewed. The major areas that arecovered in detail include: financial planningpractice, budget and savings planning, resi-dential mortgages, business law (coveringcontract and agency law, and fiduciary duty),family law (covering marriage, separation,divorce, and their financial implications), andinsurance, both general and life, as well as thebroader concept of risk management.


3 CR / (3,0)

FIN 254Professional Financial Planning IIThe primary objective of this course is to buildon the knowledge gained in FIN 253. Havingstudied the overall organization of a financialplan and various topics, the focus of thiscourse will be on further topics of financialplanning including: tax planning of individu-als, business and financial products, retire-ment planning with a special emphasis onpension plans, estate planning, investmentplanning, and a financial planning case whichprovides a sample case study and illustratesthe implementation of a financial plan.


3 CR / (3,0)

FIN 257Finance IThis course provides an introduction to therole of financial management and the environ-ment in which it operates. Topics include: thefunctions of corporate finance, foreignexchange transactions, financial mathematics(time value of money), bond valuation, short-and long-term financing instruments, securi-ties markets, individual and personal incometaxes, and financial statement analysis. Thecomputer lab will use spreadsheet softwareand the Internet for an investment portfoliosimulation and solving financial problems.


3 CR / (3,1.5)

FIN 258Finance IIThis course continues the introduction tofinancial management which was presented inFinance I. Topics include: stock valuation, netpresent value and other capital budgetingtechniques, deriving cash flow informationfrom financial statements, capital markets, riskand return, cost of capital, financial leverage,and dividend policy. The computer lab will usespreadsheet software and the Internet for aninvestment portfolio simulation and solvingfinancial problems.


3 CR / (3,1.5)

HOSP 150Introduction to TourismThis course is designed to assist students considering or committed to a career in thetourism industry. The major topics are coveredfrom an industry perspective and aretourism’s: 1) history, 2) current scope, 3) macro environmental issues, and 4) future direction.

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 153Hospitality Financial AccountingUsing hospitality industry specific termi-nology, structures, and examples, this courseintroduces students to the basic concepts andprinciples of accounting. Students will workthrough the accounting cycle. Topics include:hospitality accounting as an information sys-tem, elementary accounting theory, traditionaland hospitality specific record-keeping meth-ods, income measurement in the hospitalityindustry, the balance sheet equation, thenature of assets and liabilities in the hos-



pitality industry, and financial statementpreparation.

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 160Food and Beverage ServiceThis course focuses on the philosophy andpsychology of service as well as technicalskills or the mechanics of service. Studentswill experience a combination of service theo-ry reinforced in a controlled and practical envi-ronment where they can practice the conceptslearned. Emphasis is on the concept of cus-tomer relations from its broadest perspective,ways these impact on the customer, and theinterpersonal skills needed to manage situa-tions. Students will understand and appreciatethe areas of service that are important andcritical from a management point of view.Students have the option of taking FoodSafeLevel I for an additional $45.

3 CR / (3,3)

HOSP 165Beverage OperationsThis course is a systematic approach to bever-age operations with emphasis on manage-ment and operational controls. Students willget practical experience in preparing and serving beverages.

3 CR / (3,2)

HOSP 168Food and Beverage Cost ControlsThis course focuses on the principles and pro-cedures involved in an effective system offood, beverage, and labour controls used inthe hospitality industry. Topics include: thebasic control procedures used for food andbeverage costing, labour cost analysis, pricingmethods, internal controls, and computerapplications.

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 170Accommodations IAccommodations I is an introductory course.Topics include travel patterns affecting thelodging industry, different types of lodging,functions of the various departments within alodging operation, human resource manage-ment issues specific to hotel operations andmanagement, current trends in guest services,competitive tactics that hotels use in theirservice and amenities, service philosophy andpsychology, principles of front desk manage-ment, and relevant operational procedures.

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 190Work ExperienceThis work experience provides experiential,workplace-based learning opportunities. Theexperience builds employable competenciesand practices the principles and skills learnedduring classroom study. Internships connectthe learner with industry managers andemployees, building employment linkages andestablishing the foundations of an individual’semployment history. In a workplace environ-ment, educators can provide students withskills that are essential to their future success.

3 CR / (0,6)

HOSP 191International Work ExperienceThis course provides experiential, internation-al work-based learning opportunities. Theexperience builds employable competenciesand practices the principles and skills learnedduring classroom study. It connects the learnerwith industry managers, and employees buildlinkages and establish the foundations of anindividual’s employment history. Currently,our International Internship Approved Partnersare Disney World in Orlando, Florida andHyatt Regency in Denver, Colorado. The costsof visa and health insurance which studentsmust pay is typically $2000.

Prerequisites: Any three HOSP courses

3 CR / (0,6)

HOSP 253Hospitality Management AccountingUsing hospitality industry specific examplesand terminology, this course will assist stu-dents to understand how management withinthe industry uses accounting to make busi-ness decisions. Topics include: analysis offinancial information in the hospitality indus-try, accounting concepts, understanding andanalyzing financial statements, internal con-trol, pricing, cost management, budgeting,and working capital. In addition, students willlook at investment decisions and be intro-duced to feasibility studies.

Prerequisite: ACC 152 or HOSP 153 or COM 204

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 260Food Production PrinciplesThis course will provide a basic knowledge of food production principles. Topics includeterminology, use of equipment, recipe andmeasurement analysis, cooking terms andconcepts, safe food handling, and storage procedures. The provincial FoodSafe certificate

is offered. The course is designed to broadenstudents’ knowledge to become better man-agers by providing a hands-on experience. It introduces students to both the theoreticaland practical basis of food preparation sys-tems. They will acquire the basic skills of food preparation: classifying and preparingsoups, stocks, sauces, fish and shellfish, meat, poultry, and egg dishes.

3 CR / (0,4)

HOSP 265Food Operations ManagementThis course covers the theoretical applicationof food service management. Students developcompetencies in management practices, menumaking, purchasing, payroll systems, andmerchandising and promotional techniques.They operate a licensed food service opera-tion, rotating as manager, chef, sous chef,kitchen manager, purchasing agent, controller,steward, dining room manager, server, bar-tender, busperson, and host. Students learn toplan, organize, and cater functions throughintegrated teamwork and participation.

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 270Accommodations IIAccommodations II is a continuation ofAccommodations I. Topics include the princi-ples of professional housekeeping operations,housekeeping procedures and practices, secu-rity controls, guest safety, contingency plansfor emergencies, the role of the managementteam in the event of an emergency, energyand maintenance issues facing hospitalityoperations, and fundamentals of current hotelcomputer programmes.

Prerequisite: HOSP 170

3 CR / (3,0)

HOSP 280Hospitality LawThis course outlines Canadian law applicableto the hospitality industry, identifies areaswhere there may be potential legal problems,and discusses rights and liabilities to relation-ships within the hospitality industry. Topicsinclude constitutional law, the common law ofcontract, property law dealing with the salesof goods, methods of securing debts, humanrights, working conditions, labour relations,liquor, health and licensing, definition ofhotels and related establishments, and thesafety of guests.

3 CR / (3,0)

H-070Human RelationsAll jobs have a human relations responsibility.Accordingly, one must strive to develop inter-personal skills that will have a positive influ-ence on relationships. This course will explorestrategies and techniques to positively influ-ence an employee’s performance in an officeposition.

(2)

LAW 294Business LawThis course introduces students to fundamen-tal legal concepts, principles, and issues thatare relevant to Canadian business. It also pro-motes an understanding of how these legalconcepts and issues are applied to specificproblems in business. Topics include: an intro-duction to the Canadian legal system, the lawof torts, and the law of contract. An in-depthinvestigation is then made in specific areas ofcontract and business law, including: sale ofgoods contracts, employment contracts, thelaw of agency, corporations, secured transac-tions, the law of real property and mortgages,and negotiable instruments.

3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 157Business StatisticsThis course introduces the student to basicstatistical methods. Topics include descriptivestatistics, probability, estimation, hypothesistesting, charting, and linear regression.Applications to business are stressed.

Prerequisite: MATH 155 or exemption orequivalent

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 154Applied Human RelationsKnowing and understanding self and others iscritical to the successful management of rela-tionships within the working environment.Most challenges within the workplace stemfrom interpersonal conflicts versus the abilityto complete a task. This course will lead stu-dents through a process of self-discovery tohelp students understand where their ownperceptions and the perceptions of others orig-inate. Students will learn communication theo-ries such as Transactional Analysis andRelationship Awareness Theory. They will alsohave the opportunity for specific skill develop-ment in areas such as effective delivery ofmessages, listening techniques, systematicassertiveness, and conflict reolution.Participation in class discussions and a group

videotaped assignment are a necessary part ofthis course.

Successful completion of MGT 154 is requiredfor participation in Co-operative Education

3 CR / (2,2)

MGT 157Principles of ManagementThis course focuses on the foundations ofmanagement theory. Management is present-ed as a discipline and as a process. Thecourse introduces the key issues of manage-ment from the essential skills to managementethics. Major topic areas will include the foun-dations of planning and decision making,organizational design, managing change andinnovation, leadership, motivation, communi-cations, supervision, and control of operations.

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 160International BusinessLearners will investigate the importance ofinternational business and international tradeto Canada and the local region. They willstudy importing and exporting from the per-spective of a small or medium size business incentral British Columbia. By the end of thecourse, students should be able to construc-tively discuss an international business pro-posal in terms of its commercial merit andpracticality as a way of promoting economicgrowth and job opportunities.

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 254Applied Group and Leadership SkillsTeamwork is a vital part of organizational life.Participating effectively in teams and groupsrequires the ability to understand how groupsdevelop and to understand our own personalstyle, the styles of others, and how theseimpact the development of a group. Effectiveteams and groups require effective leaders.Students will be introduced to different leader-ship styles and discover their personal leader-ship profile. Areas covered include: stages ofgroup development, functional leadership,motivation, lines of communication, conflictresolution, and managing change. As this isan applied skills course, students are giventhe opportunity to participate in and analyze agroup experience for the semester.

Prerequisite: MGT 154 or AIS 151

3 CR / (2,2)

MGT 255Small Business DevelopmentThis course is specifically designed to providestudents with the knowledge required in start-ing up and successfully operating a smallbusiness. Topics include: business structures,location and market assessment considera-tions, business plans and methods of financ-ing, government obligations, franchising,strategic planning and control. Case studiesand simulations are used in the course.

It may be helpful to consider taking MGT 254concurrently with this course for the groupcomponent.

3 CR / (2,2)

MGT 256Entrepreneurial DevelopmentA study of entrepreneurship including the vari-ous methods and support systems required tosuccessfully launch a new venture, product, orsystem. Consideration is given to methodsrequired for both new and existing enter-prises. This course draws together the manyskills of various programmes culminating inan interdisciplinary project.

3 CR / (2,2)

MGT 262Organizational BehaviourInformation extracted from various areas ofpsychology (social, industrial/organizational)and management will be utilized to study thenature of work, people, and organizations.Topics include: leadership motivation, groupdynamics, communication, Japanese manage-ment, job design, organizational design, cul-ture and climate, organizational change,power, stress and time management, andhuman resource management/developmentissues. Organizational behaviour will beexamined through lecture, discussion, andpractical applications of learned materials.

4 CR / (4,0)

MGT 263Human Resource DevelopmentAn introduction to personnel managementincluding organization of the personnel func-tions: recruitment and selection, interviewingand counselling, job descriptions and evalua-tion, compensation and salary administration,management development and performanceappraisal, training and manpower planning,safety and occupational health. The courseplaces particular emphasis on the practicalapplication of personnel policies and proce-dures, on personnel’s relationship to manage-


ment and management’s responsibilities toemployees.

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 264Industrial RelationsAn introduction to the fundamental issues oflabour/management relations in Canada.Topics include the roles assumed by labourunions, management, and government bodies,the processes involved in collective bargainingsuch as negotiation, mediation, conciliation,grievance, and arbitration, contract interpreta-tion and administration, as well as disciplineprocedures.

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 266Management Skills for SupervisorsStudents can only receive credit for this coursethrough successful completion of the threemodules of the certified Management Skills forSupervisors Programme.

3 CR

MKT 152Principles of MarketingThis course is an introduction to marketingactivities in modern business firms. The majortopics covered are target markets and seg-mentation, consumer behaviour, research andinformation systems, and the marketing mix.Throughout the course, emphasis is on theapplication of concepts and perspectives tocurrent business problems and opportunities,through case studies and projects.

3 CR / (3,0)

MKT 251Marketing Management Theory and ApplicationsThe analysis of marketing management as itrelates to marketing opportunities, marketingplanning, and product strategy. The decision-making responsibilities of the marketing man-ager are examined with particular emphasison market research, demand analysis, costanalysis, and market planning and develop-ment. Case studies and computer based simulations are used extensively throughoutthe course.

Prerequisite: MKT 152

3 CR / (3,2)

MKT 266PromotionThis course focuses on planning a media cam-paign. The four elements of promotion (personal selling, advertising, publicity, and

sales promotions) will be examined separate-ly, and in relation to each other, from the mar-keting manager’s point of view. Special atten-tion will be given to forms of promotion, suchas special events.


3 CR / (3,0)

MKT 271Consumer BehaviourA study of the various influences affecting theconsumer in the purchasing process. Economicand demographic factors will be among themany considerations examined. The consumerdecision-making process and its implicationon a company’s market research design, data collection, and interpretation process willbe covered.


3 CR / (3,0)

MKT 272Marketing Research MethodsThis is an introductory course in marketingresearch. Topics include research design, datacollection, sampling, and data analysis. Theclass will carry out a marketing research proj-ect, beginning with a problem analysis, andleading to a final research report.

Prerequisites: MATH 157, MKT 152

3 CR / (3,2)

MKT 276Retailing and MerchandisingThis course will examine the field of retailing,with particular emphasis on the application ofmarketing concepts, approaches, and meth-ods. Topics include: understanding retail tar-get markets, buying, merchandising and pro-moting for retail markets, creation of an exciting retail environment, and financial management.


3 CR / (3,0)

MKT 281Personal SellingAn introduction to personal selling. A practicalcourse emphasizing role playing, case studies,and write-ups as a means to developing sell-ing skills. Subject areas will include communi-cations principles, buyer behaviour, prospect-ing potential customers, sales presentations,overcoming objections, and closing the sale.


3 CR / (3,0)

MKT 285Internet MarketingThis is an introduction course to the Internetmarketing concepts and strategies that examines the strategic and tactical marketingprinciples needed for successful online busi-ness development. Topics include principles of Internet and participation marketing,Internet marketing strategies such as one-to-one, permission and viral marketing, onlinecustomer behaviour and market research, on-line competitive analysis, resource and fund-ing requirements, interactive marketing com-munications, online advertising and promo-tional strategies, Internet publishing.

Prerequisites: CIS 152 and MKT 152

3 CR / (2,2)

P-072Office ProceduresThis course introduces the student to a varietyof office procedures including basic file man-agement, banking and financial management,data processing, meetings and conferences,postal services, reprographics, telephone andtelecommunications, and travel arrangements. (3)

P-078Office Simulations in the Electronic OfficeUsing information from the text and varied ref-erence materials, the student will acquire andapply keyboarding, word processing, andbusiness knowledge and skills in simulatedoffice environments. This course polishesadministrative skills and provides realisticoffice experiences. Skills developed willinclude editing, proofreading, composition,machine transcription, computational skills,etc. In addition, the student will gain experi-ence working as part of a team.

Prerequisites: CLKW-045 with a “C” or betteraverage, CLKP-072 with a “C” or better aver-age, and CLKW-073 with a “C” or better aver-age or equivalent as evaluated by the pro-gramme

(0,5)

TAX 361Taxation IThis course focuses on the calculation of netincome for tax purposes. Topics include thetaxation of employment income, businessincome, capital gains income, and othersources of income. This course reviews thecalculation of taxable income and taxespayable for individuals.



3 CR / (3,0)

TAX 362Taxation IIThis course focuses on the calculation of tax-able income and taxes payable for corpora-tions, taxation aspects of corporate reorganiza-tions, taxation of partnerships, taxation oftrusts and income tax compliance issues.

Prerequisite: TAX 361

3 CR / (3,0)

V-075Employment PlacementEmployment placement is a bridge for the stu-dent between the academic present and theprofessional future. It is a three-way partner-ship between the college, the student, and thehost employer. All parties in the relationshipassume definite responsibilities, perform spe-cific functions, and derive benefits as a resultof their involvement.

Prerequisite: A grade average of at least a “C”in Applied Business Technology programmes

(3,0)

W-042Document Production Level IIIIn this course, the advanced level functions ofa word processing software programme willbe covered. The course will also continue todevelop speed and accuracy in keyboardingskills.

Prerequisite: W-045

(5)

W-045Computer Keyboarding/DocumentProduction Levels I and IIThis course combines a beginner and/orrefresher course in basic keyboarding skillswith an introduction to basic document for-matting functions of a word processing soft-ware programme. In addition, the course willcover intermediate functions of a word pro-cessing software programme. A portion of thecourse will develop speed and accuracy inkeyboarding skills.

(10)

W-073Microcomputer ApplicationsThis course provides working-level computerliteracy through extensive hands-on experi-ence with microcomputer applications, as wellas in-class discussions of typical uses. Theexperience provides the confidence to make acomfortable adjustment to whatever computertools are available in the workplace.

(4)

W-078Introduction to Desktop Publishing and Advanced Features of Word ProcessingThis is an introductory hands-on coursedesigned to teach the student the advancedfunctions of word processing and how to pre-pare professional looking printed material.Such topics as publishing concepts and ele-ments of page design, the production processof producing camera-ready copy, and the basicdesign principles and production techniques ofa variety of printed material are included.

Prerequisite: W-045 with a “C” or better orequivalent as evaluated by the programme.

Corequisite: W-042

(5)



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION TRANSFER GUIDEStudents are responsible for verification of course equivalency with the accounting bodies. Minimum grade required is “B-” forall courses. Students are advised to consult with these associations prior to course registration.

Certified Management AccountantsSociety of BC

(CMA)

Certified General Accountants of BC

(CGA)

Institute of Chartered Accountants of BC (ICABC)

(CA)

CMA National Entrance Exam Syllabus

Introductory Financial AccountingIntermediate Financial AccountingAdvanced Financial AccoundingIntroductory Management AccountingIntermediate Management AccountingAdvanced Management AccountingCorporate FinanceOperations ManagementInformation TechnologyStrategic ManagementInternational BusinessHuman ResourcesMarketingTaxationInternal Control and AuditCommercial LawEconomicsQuantiative Methods

CNC Course Requirements

ACC 151/152 or COM 204(COM 204 or ACC 151/152) & (ACC 251/252)ACC 354 + aboveCOM 212 or ACC 255COM 212 or ACC 255/256(COM 212 or ACC 255/256) & ACC 354FIN 257/258not availableCIS 152/160MKT 251 or MGT 255MGT 160COM 222 or MGT 154/254MKT 152TAX 361/362ACC 380LAW 294ECON 201/202MATH 157

Programme 90

(FA1) Financial Accounting I(ECI) ECON I(LW1) Law I(FA2) Financial Accounting II(MA1) Managerial Accounting I(FA3) Financial Accounting III(FN1) Finance IManagement Information Systems IPublic SpeakingBusiness WritingAuditing(QU1) Quantitative Methods 1


ACC 151/152 or COM 204ECON 201/202 or ECON 152/251LAW 294ACC 251/252ACC 255/256 or COM 212ACC 251/252FIN 257/258CIS 152/160ENGL 195/196ENGL 195/196ACC 380MATH 157 + CGA QMB

ICABC Programme

Introductory Financial AccountingIntermediate Financial AccountingAdvanced Financial AccountingIntroductory Management AccountingCost AccountingFinanceComputersManagement Information SystemsCommercial LawMathematicsProbability/StatisticsEconomicsOrganizational BehaviourIntroductory TaxAuditing


ACC 151/152 or COM 204ACC 251/252ACC 354ACC 255 or COM 212ACC 256FIN 257/258CIS 152CIS 160LAW 294MATH 101/102MATH 157ECON 201/202 or ECON 152/251COM 222 or MGT 254 or MGT 262TAX 361/362ACC 380


Purchasing Management Association of Canada

(PMAC)

PMAC

Marketing:Principles of MarketingConsumer Behaviour

Economics:Canadian MacroeconomicsPrinciples of Economics—MicroeconomicsPrinciples of Economics—MacroeconomicsManagerial EconomicsCanadian Microeconomics

Accounting:Accounting 1Accounting 2Management Accounting 1Management Accounting 2Intermediate Accounting 1Intermediate Accounting 2Advanced Accounting

Business:Business 1Business 2International Business

Finance:Finance 1Finance 2

Business Law:Business Law

Information Technology:Introduction to Systems Analysis andDesignSystems AnalysisOperating Systems FundamentalsMicrocomputer Systems and Operations

Management Theory:Principles of ManagementApplied Human RelationsApplied Group and Leadership

Management Theory:Marketing Management Theory andApplications

Other:Business Statistics


MKT 152MKT 271

ECON 152ECON 201ECON 202ECON 207ECON 251

ACC 151ACC 152ACC 255ACC 256ACC 251ACC 252ACC 354

CIS 158CIS 159MGT 160

FIN 257FIN 258

LAW 294

CIS 160

CIS 163CIS 179CIS 181

MGT 157MGT 154MGT 254

MKT 251

MATH 157

Professional Institutes Transfer credit has been established previously with the following institutions:• Canadian Institute of Bookkeeping• Canadian Institute of Traffic and Transportation• Institute of Canadian Bankers• Purchasing Management Association of Canada


University of Lethbridge Block Transfer The University of Lethbridge will accept students who have graduated with a GPA of 3 or higherin Accounting & Finance into a 20-course Bachelor of Management completion programme. Othergraduates of Accounting & Finance and Marketing & Management may enter a 24-course degreecompletion programme. Brochures are available in the CNC Business Divisional Office.

University of Northern BritishColumbia (UNBC) Block Transfer

The University of Northern British Columbia will award 60 credits to business diploma graduatessince 1990 and 54 credits to graduates in the 1980s. Block transfer from CIS does not apply tostudents who graduated after 1996. At UNBC students will have to take some first or second-year courses as part of their remaining 60 credits towards their degree in Commerce. For mostcourses a grade of “C” or better is required in each CNC course to achieve the block transfer. Inaddition, a “B” or better in ACC 251/252 is required for Accounting/Finance graduates. Blocktransfer students may have to take additional courses if they do not meet the English and Mathrequirements of the University. Calculus is a graduation requirement for the Bachelor ofCommerce degree at UNBC.

Athabasca University

British Columbia Institute of Technology

Through the Athabasca University students with a two-year diploma in business can complete athree-year degree in Administration or Management with the equivalent of one additional year ofstudy. Athabasca University is Alberta’s equivalent of the Open University. For more information,visit Athabasca’s website: www.athabascau.ca

BCIT accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma Programme into their Bachelor of Technology pro-gramme. This agreement is currently under review. For more information, go to the CIS websiteat: cis.cnc.bc.ca

Northern Alberta Institute ofTechnology (NAIT)

CIS graduates will be accepted with two-year credit into the Bachelor of Applied InformationSystems. Students will need a minimum of 4 months’ work experience. Additional courses maybe required, depending upon the major selected.

Royal Roads University Royal Roads University accepts diplomas in Accounting/Finance, CIS, Marketing/Management, as60 credits towards an undergraduate degree in entrepreneurship.

University College of the Cariboo UCC accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma programme into their Bachelor of Technology inApplied Computer Science programme. Successful applicants will be credited with 30 credits.

University College of the Fraser Valley UCFV accepts graduates of the CIS Diploma Programme into their Bachelor of ComputerInformation Systems programme. This agreement is currently under review. For more information,go to the CIS website at: cis.cnc.bc.ca

Business Management ProgrammeTransfer Guide

The Business Management Programme Transfer Guide to other colleges’ Business Diploma pro-grammes can be found online at the website for the BC Council on Admissions and Transfer:www.bccat.bc.ca

University Transfer Guide Students planning to transfer their credits to another institution should consult the BritishColumbia Transfer Guide to verify transferability of credits.

The British Columbia Transfer Guide is published by the British Columbia Council on Admissionsand Transfer and is available in the CNC Counselling Centre and Library.

CNC counsellors will assist students in selecting transferable courses, however, the final responsi-bility for course selection rests with the student.

The British Columbia Council on Admissions and Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at:

www.bccat.bc.caRevised January 24, 2005. Changes to the printed College of New Caledonia

2003–2005 Calendar are indicated in red, underlined type.

72

DIVISIONAL CONTACTMarcia TimbresDean, College Foundations DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5826Fax: (250) 561-5866

College and Career Preparation (CCP)(formerly Adult Basic Education—ABE)

English as a Second Language (ESL)

General Education Development (GED)

Early Childhood Education (ECE)

Adult Special Education Programmes:• TARGET• Job Education and Training

COLLEGEFOUNDATIONSPROGRAMMESThe College Foundations programmes aredesigned for people seeking to acquire basiclanguage, literacy, and numeracy skills, tocomplete a secondary school education equiv-alent, or to acquire the skills prerequisite toCollege programmes. They prepare studentsfor admission to vocational training, post-secondary studies, and/or for employmentrequiring completion of a secondary schooleducation.

All components of College Foundations pro-grammes are offered at the Prince GeorgeCampus, and many are offered at the regionalcampuses. Information on regional pro-grammes may be obtained by contacting theregional campuses directly.

COLLEGE ANDCAREERPREPARATION


To provide adults with knowledge and aca-demic skills through the grade 12 level so thatthey can enter courses, pursue careers, or sat-isfy personal educational goals.

PROGRAMME LENGTH

The programme is based on competence inspecific skills. Generally, courses run four tofour and one-half months in length. For startdates contact the Counselling and AcademicAdvising Centre or Admissions Office.


Applicants must be at least 18 years of age. A placement test must be completed prior toadmission in order to assign appropriatecourse work.

In cases where the admission requirements orcourse prerequisites have not been met, spe-cial admission to a programme or course maybe granted upon written recommendation by acounsellor and the coordinator, and uponauthorization by the programme Dean.

Note: For intake information for regionalcampuses please contact your regionaloffice.


Application forms are available at the Office ofAdmissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted at any time. Admission today programmes occurs in September andJanuary. Evening CCP courses typically begin

in September and January. Continuous intake/self-paced courses are also available.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

A student who accumulates five days of unexcused absences may be terminated fromthe course, by the Dean, upon the instructor’srecommendation.

Note: Following two consecutive failuresin a CCP course, a student must take onesemester off in that course.

CCP—FUNDAMENTAL


To provide adults with knowledge and academic skills through the grade 12 level sothat they can enter courses, pursue careers, orsatisfy personal educational goals.

English 010Basic LiteracyThis course covers language skills, spelling,vocabulary, and reading development up tothe Grade 6 level.

Prerequisite: As evaluated by a placement testor instructor’s recommendationNote: At the Prince George Campus,English 010 is not a course for English asa Second Language students unless theyare referred by an English as a SecondLanguage instructor.

English 020Basic Preparatory EnglishThis English course includes fundamentalskills in reading, writing, and grammar.

Prerequisite: English 010 or as evaluated by aplacement test

College FoundationsPROGRAMMES

Note: At the Prince George campus,English 020 is not a course for English asa Second Language students unless theyhave been referred by an English as aSecond Language instructor.

Math 010Whole Number ArithmeticThis course is an introduction to basic arith-metic, including addition, subtraction, multipli-cation, and division of whole numbers.

Prerequisite: Adequate reading and compre-hension level for text required, as evaluated byplacement test and instructor interview, withfinal determination by CCP Department

Math 015Fundamental Mathematics(Competency Based)This is a course designed for the learner whohas some understanding of whole numbersand who wants to expand his or her knowl-edge of whole numbers, fractions, decimals,estimation, and problem solving.

Prerequisite: Math 010 or as evaluated by aplacement test

Math 020Basic Preparatory Mathematics(Competency Based)This course is a review of basic operations inwhole numbers, decimals and fractions, basicoperations with ratio and proportion and per-cent, as well as an introduction to metricmeasurement, geometry, and graphing.


CCP—INTERMEDIATE

Canadian Studies 030The goal of the Canadian Studies course is tohelp students develop their knowledge ofsocial and political issues and increase theirgeneral knowledge of Canada through thestudy of Canadian history and government,immigration and multi-culturalism in Canada,and the Canadian economic system. Gainingan understanding of Canada enables studentsto become more informed and active membersof their community and citizens of Canada.


English 030Intermediate Preparatory EnglishCCP Intermediate English is designed to pro-vide students with the communication skillsneeded to enter higher level courses or to satis-fy personal or career goals. This course focuseson the following core areas: composition andgrammar, literature, interpersonal communica-tion, reading comprehension, and study skills.


Math 030Intermediate Algebraic MathematicsThis course includes an introduction to themetric system, ratio and proportion, roots andpowers, manipulation of formulas, an exten-sive introduction to algebra, basic geometry,graphing and writing equations from graphs,and right angle triangle trigonometry.


Math 035Intermediate Business MathematicsThis course includes an introduction to themetric system, ratio and proportion, basicgeometry, a brief introduction to algebra, plusbusiness topics which include budgeting,interest, and retail transactions.


Intermediate Science 035This course covers units on introductory chem-istry, pollution, introductory biology, nutrition,weather, and simple machines. IntermediateScience 035 is not a valid prerequisite forBiology 045 and 050, Chemistry 045, orPhysics 045, but it can be used as the sciencerequirement for a CCP Intermediate Certificate.

Prerequisites: English 020 and Math 020 oras evaluated by the CCP placement test

Corequisite: Math 030

Science 030This course is an introductory study of the basicprinciples of biology, chemistry, and physics.Some topics of investigation include scientificmethod, cells, environmental science, atomsand compounds, periodic table, writing andbalancing chemical equations, problem solving,simple machines, and energy and matter. Thiscourse fulfills the prerequisites for Biology 045,Chemistry 045, and Physics 045.

Prerequisites: English 020 and Math 020 oras evaluated by the CCP placement test

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Math 030

CCP—ADVANCED

Biology 045Advanced Preparatory BiologyA lab-oriented course dealing with the basicelements of biology. An emphasis will beplaced on the study of ecology and willinclude a survey of the diversity of plant andanimal life.

Prerequisites: Science 030 (Biology Option), orsuccessful completion of an introductory sci-ence course such as Science 10 in the lastthree years, Math 030, or as evaluated by theCCP placement test

Canadian Studies 045This course looks at Canada’s role in contem-porary society and examines a number ofglobal issues such as population, food sup-plies, urbanization, and environmental dam-age and their effect on Canada.


Chemistry 045Advanced Preparatory ChemistryThis course covers such topics as measure-ment, states of matter, composition of matter,structure of the atom, periodic table, bonding,naming compounds, formula writing, mole andcomposition problems, equations and calcula-tions, solutions, and introductory organic chem-istry. Lab work is an integral part of this course.

Prerequisites: Math 030; Science 030 (Physicsor Biology Option) or Science 10 in the lastthree years; or as evaluated by a placementtest

Corequisite: Math 044 or Math 045

Computer Studies 045Through hands-on experience, the studentacquires skills with a variety of computerapplications such as word processing, spread-sheets, database management, graphics andpresentation software. Supporting discussionsinclude introductory theory of computer archi-tecture, hardware, software, networks, andcomputer use in society.

Prerequisites: At the 045 entry reading leveland as evaluated by a placement test andcompletion of Math 020 or equivalent

Ed Cp 045Advanced Level Education and Career PlanningThis course will prepare adult learners withlife and employment readiness skills. Studentswill develop a realistic awareness of their

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar College Foundations Programmes / 73

interests, abilities, and potential as well asspecific education and employment readinessskills. The exploration and development of apersonal training plan will be an integral partof the course.

Prerequisite: ENGL 020 or equivalent asdetermined by assessment

Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 030 orequivalent as determined by assessment

English 045Advanced Preparatory EnglishThe course includes reading, writing, speak-ing, and listening skills. Extensive writing andresearch skills are taught. There is a literaturecomponent, as well as a section on media literacy.

Prerequisite: ENGL 030 or as determined by aplacement test

Math 044Advanced DevelopmentalMathematicsThe course includes math for science, numberand number operation, geometry, algebra—linear and quadratic equations, inequalities,factoring polynomials, simplification, addition,subtraction, multiplication, and division ofrational expressions.


Math 045Advanced Algebraic MathematicsThis course includes a core of algebra; factor-ing; radicals; exponents; graphing; solution oflinear, simultaneous, and quadratic equations;formulas; functions; and trigonometry.

Prerequisite: Math 030 with a grade of “B+”or better, Math 044, or as evaluated by aplacement test

Physics 045Advanced Preparatory PhysicsThis introductory physics course prepares stu-dents to the Physics 11 level. It covers suchtopics as measurement, motion, dynamics,energy, electricity, and heat. Lab work is anintegral part of this course.

Prerequisite: Math 030 or Math 10 or as evaluated by a placement test

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Math 045 or Math 11

CCP—PROVINCIAL

Biology 050Provincial Preparatory BiologyA lab-oriented course dealing with the basicelements of biology. The emphasis will beplaced on the study of cell biology, bioenerget-ics, genetics and human biology.

Prerequisites: BIO 045 or BIO 11, and MATH030 or MATH 10 and as evaluated by a CCPplacement test

Chemistry 050Provincial Preparatory ChemistryThis course covers such topics as: gas laws,liquids and solids, energy and changes ofstate; water reactions, solutions; acids, bases,and salts; oxidation-reduction reactions, electrochemistry; reaction rates and chemicalequilibria; organic chemistry. Lab work is anintegral part of the course.

Prerequisites: CHEM 045 or CHEM 11, Math044 or 045Note: Placement test will be required ifmore than one year out of CHEM 11and/or less than a grade of B attained inCHEM 11.

English 050Provincial Preparatory EnglishThis course emphasizes writing, research, andcommunication skills. There is a strong litera-ture component, which includes study in allliterary genres.


Math 050Provincial Preparatory AlgebraicMathematicsThis course is a continuation of Math 045.Topics include polynomials, equations, func-tions, systems of equations, series andsequences, imaginary and complex numbers,and exponential logarithmic, circular, trigono-metric and inverse functions.


Physics 050Provincial Preparatory PhysicsProvincial Preparatory Physics introduces stu-dents to the physical laws governing motionin two dimensions, electrical field, electromag-netism, vibrations and waves, and optics.Problem solving, critical thinking, and experi-mentation are important components of thecourse.

Prerequisites: Phys 045 or Physics 11, C orbetter, Math 045 or Math 11, C or better or asevaluated by the CCP math placement test

CERTIFICATIONThe following CNC courses may be used tosatisfy the requirements of the three Certificatelevels, and the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

Fundamental CertificateTwo courses required

English: English 020Math: Math 020

Intermediate CertificateFour courses required

English: English 030Math: Math 030 or 035

And two of the following:Science: Science 030 or 035Socials: Canadian Studies 030 or Educa-

tion and Career Planning 045

Advanced CertificateFour courses required

English: English 045Math: Math 044 or Math 045Science: Bio 045 or Chem 045 or

Phys 045Option: One additional course from List 1

List 1: Advanced Level Options. Optionsmust not be the same as the one tosatisfy the Advanced Level Science,English or Math requirement.

Chem 045Bio 045Phys 045Canadian Studies 045Computer Studies 045EdCp 045

Option also includes a language, science,social science or computerized science atthe advanced level or higher.

Minimum of two of the above courses mustbe taken through CNC’s CCP Department inorder to obtain the above certificates.Articulated ABE courses taken at other post-secondary institutions may also be usedtowards these certificates, as well asprovincially authorized secondary schoolcourses. Any course used towards thesecertificates must have been completed with-in the past ten years.

74 / College Foundations Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

A minimum of two of the four coursesrequired must be taken at CNC. At least onemust be taken through the CNC CCP Department.

A course can only be used for one certificate.You may use a higher level course in place of alower level course for a lower level certificate.

The following is a list of secondary schoolcourses, and their corresponding CNC CCPcourse. A high school course may be used inplace of its corresponding CCP course for acertificate. If a high school course is beingused to obtain a certificate, the course musthave been taken within the past ten years.

Secondary School CCPCourse Course

English 10 English 030Math 10 Math 030 or 035Science 10 Science 030 or 035Social Studies 10 Canadian Studies 030English 11 English 045Intro. Algebra 11/Intro. Math 11 Math 044Math 11 Math 045Chemistry 11 Chem 045Biology 11 Biology 045Physics 11 Physics 045Social Studies 11/History 11/Law 11 Canadian Studies 045Computer Studies 11 Computer Studies 045English 12/Literature 12 English 050Biology 12 Biology 050Chemistry 12 Chemistry 050Physics 12 Physics 050Math 12 Math 050

BC Adult Graduation Diploma—Four courses at the provincial level, plus a prerequisitemathematics or accounting at the advanced level.

The BC Adult Graduation Diploma replaces thecurrent Adult Dogwood granted through theMinistry of Education (MOE) and the ABEProvincial Diploma granted through theMinistry of Advanced Education.

THE BC ADULT GRADUATIONDIPLOMA (THE ADULT DOGWOOD)

To be eligible to graduate on this programme,adult students (19 years of age or over) mustearn at least 20 credits in the secondary systemor five courses in the post-secondary system.Courses and credits can be counted from eitheror both of the areas on the table on this page.

1. To be eligible for the Adult EducationProgramme, a person must be 19 years orolder. An 18-year-old who has been out ofschool for at least a year may be admittedwith approval from the enrolling institution.

2. Three courses must be completed throughenrollment in a course as an adult or PriorLearning Assessment. Prior LearningAssessment may be used to meet any of therequirements for the Adult Diploma. PriorLearning Assessment involves a variety oftechniques including equivalency reviews,challenge processes, in-depth interviews, etc.

3. Provincial exams are optional for studentsin the BC school system. If the student choosesnot to write a provincial exam, the grade willbe reported with a “Q” code. It should benoted that some post-secondary institutionsmay not accept examinable courses for admis-sions purposes unless the secondary systemprovincial exam has been written. The Ministryof Education and the Ministry of AdvancedEducation are reviewing options that wouldenable college ABE students to access provin-cial exams.

4. Any course that is Ministry-authorized byeither the Ministry of Education (4 credits) orthe Ministry of Advanced Education as require-ments for graduation may be used towardsthe BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

Note: Students intending to use the BCAdult Graduation Diploma for universityentrance, please check the latest univer-sity bulletins regarding the selections ofprovincial level options and for policystatements about the use of UT coursesfor this purpose.

APPLICATION FORCERTIFICATES

Certificates will be automatically generatedand sent to those students whose courses cor-

respond with the main ones listed under thecertificate.

A student may apply for a certificate or diplo-ma by completing an application form avail-able at Admissions, Registration and Records.The following cases require an applicationform to be filled out:

1. Anyone applying for the BC AdultGraduation Diploma.

2. Anyone using a course from a differentinstitution towards a certificate.

3. Anyone using a higher level course for alower level certificate.

ADULT SPECIAL EDUCATIONThe Adult Special Education Department at thePrince George campus offers two programmes,Job Education and Training (JET) and Techniquesfor Access, Reaching Goals and EmploymentTraining (TARGET). Both are designed to assistindividuals with developmental disabilities.

Both programmes offer maximum flexibility totheir students. These programmes are individu-alized to assist students in achieving specificpersonal and/or employment goals. Programmeduration will vary depending on the goals iden-tified, and on the scheduling which may beeither full time or part time.

The regional campuses also offer special edu-cation programmes. Information on regionalprogrammes may be obtained by contactingthe regional campus directly.


Applicants must be 19 years of age or older.For information on programme criteria,


College CCP Programme BC School SystemQualifying Courses Secondary Qualifying Courses

A Provincial-level English or higher or Language Arts 12 4 credits

An Advanced or Provincial-level or or Mathematics 11 or 12 4 creditshigher Mathematics

Three additional courses at the or Three Grade 12 Ministry-authorized courses 12 creditsProvincial level or higher (4 credits each)

or or

Advanced Social Sciences and two Social Studies 11 (4 credits) and two Grade 12 creditsProvincial level courses or higher 12 Ministry-authorized courses (4 credits)

Total: 5 courses Total: 20 credits

contact the College Foundations Division at(250) 561-5826.


Applications to either of these programmes maybe submitted at any time; all applicants arerequired to attend a personal interview.Although most programmes start in September,it may be possible for a student to enter atcourse start dates during the year depending onthe seat availability. Anyone seeking entryinto these programmes is encouraged tocontact the TARGET or JET instructors toobtain specific information.

Job Education and Training (JET)


The purpose of the Job Education and Training(JET) Programme is to prepare students for entrylevel positions in competitive employment.

JET 151 Job OrientationJET 152 Assertiveness and

Interpersonal SkillsJET 153 Interview SkillsJET 154 Job MaintenanceJET 155 Job Search

Students may apply for all courses or selectonly those which pertain to their per-sonal goals. With student input, programmestaff arrange job training with local employersto acquire job-specific skills and experience.

TARGET


The TARGET Programme assists students in theacquisition of general and specific work skillsand in the development of positive work-relatedbehaviours which will help them succeed infuture supported employment situations.

The programme combines classroom instruc-tion with student work experience placements.

• Basic Employment Skills Training

• Communications and InterpersonalRelations

• Work Interests

• Success Strategies

• Work Adjustment

Work Practicum Placements

Students may participate in part-time WorkPracticum Placements during designated pro-gramme segments. Work Practicum Place-

ments will give students opportunities to applyskills learned in the classroom to employmentsettings. Students will also have the opportuni-ty to learn specific work skills. Both direct andindirect support will be provided to the stu-dents while they are in placement.

ENGLISH AS ASECOND LANGUAGE


To provide a strong base of fundamentalEnglish language skills and to develop andstrengthen those skills to enable students topursue careers, satisfy personal and/or educa-tional goals, or prepare for further academicstudy so that they can begin to function, par-ticipate, and contribute in Canadian society.


• Applicants must be at least 18 years of ageor turn 18 during the first semester at CNC.

• A placement test must be completed priorto admission in order for students to enterthe programme at the appropriate level.Students will also be asked to have a shortinterview with an instructor.

• Students who are enrolled in Advancedand/or EAP level ESL may elect to combineEnglish as a Second Language and academ-ic courses in University Transfer, Businessand Management Studies, and College andCareer Preparation. Students in AdvancedLevel ESL may take one additional aca-demic course. Students in the EAP (Englishfor Academic Purposes) level may take upto two additional academic courses. Note:The EAP level must be completed beforestudents may take any University TransferEnglish courses. Any specific courserequirements must be met prior to regis-tration in academic courses.


Application forms are available at Admissions,Registration and Records and may be sub-mitted at any time. The fall semester coursesstart in early September and end in lateDecember. The spring semester courses startin early January and end in early May. Thesummer semester courses start in early Mayand end in late August. For further informa-tion, contact the ESL department at (250) 562-2131, local 206 or Admissions,

Registration and Records at (250) 562-2131,local 261.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

A student who accumulates five days of unex-cused absences may be terminated from thecourse by the Dean upon the instructor’s rec-ommendation.

Note: Following three consecutive failures inan ESL course, a student must take onesemester off in that course.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The English as a Second Language pro-gramme has a long history of successfullyteaching people from around the world. OurESL programme offers four levels.

• 060 indicates a Beginner’s level

• 070–073 indicate an Intermediate level;Prerequisite: ESL 060 or placement testing

• 090–093 indicate an Advanced level;Prerequisite: ESL 070–073 or placementtesting

• 095–097 indicate English for AcademicPurposes;Prerequisite: ESL 090–093 or placementtesting

• 080 indicates Elective;Corerequisite: Enrollment in ESL 090 level(or higher) courses or placement testing

ESL 060Beginner Level ESLThis programme offers listening, speaking,reading, and writing at a beginner level.Students will also learn and practice someEnglish idioms, new vocabulary, and commu-nicative grammar. Pre-writing and revisionstrategies will be introduced. Some knowledgeabout Canadian culture will be presentedthrough films and music.

ESL 070Intermediate GrammarThis course will strengthen and develop grammar structures through listening, speak-ing, and writing. Students will be able to useand manipulate grammar points covered inGrammar Dimensions 1 and 2 (verb tenses,modals, nouns, adjectives, conditionals).

ESL 071Intermediate Listening and SpeakingIn the context of specific dialogues, the stu-dents will practice listening, speaking, and


using idiomatic expressions common in NorthAmerican English. This course will also givethe student an opportunity to interact withnative speakers of English.

ESL 072Intermediate WritingIn this course the students will learn the organi-zation of a paragraph. Prewriting and editingstrategies will be strengthened, and writing forvarious purposes will be introduced.

ESL 073Intermediate ReadingThis course will develop the skills of readingfor main idea, skimming, scanning, predicting,guessing meaning from context, and drawinginferences. The students will be working witha variety of written material of graduallyincreased difficulty. This course also includesintensive words in context approach wherestudents learn new words by reading andhearing them in a variety of situations.

ESL 080TOEFL PreparationIn this course, students will practice andimprove their test-taking techniques. The lan-guage skills needed for the exam will be tar-geted and polished. This course focuses onlyon the areas that are actually tested in TOEFLand enables the students to make the most oftheir time as they prepare for this exam.

ESL 090Advanced GrammarStudents will become familiar with the Englishverb system in terms of time frame andaspect. Students will study the form, meaning,and use of grammatical structures, such aspassive verbs, conditionals, gerunds andinfinitives, modals of prediction and inference,reported speech, adverbials, degree compli-ments and intensifiers, etc.

ESL 091Advanced Listening and SpeakingStudents will practice listening to advancedlevel speech for main ideas and specific infor-mation. Using various dialogues taken fromsocial and academic contexts, they will exam-ine and practice using idioms common toCanadian English. Students will participate inclass discussions and give short presentations.

ESL 092Advanced WritingThis course will focus on paragraph writingfor various purposes. Students will be able towrite several types of complex sentences and

give supporting details for their ideas in well-organized paragraphs. Essay writing will beintroduced.

ESL 093Advanced ReadingStudents will read short stories, articles,essays, and novels in order to practice skim-ming a text for the main idea, deducing mean-ing from context, classifying elements as factor opinion, scanning for specific information,identifying supporting details, making infer-ences, building vocabulary, and predicting.

ESL 095English for Academic Purposes:Listening and SpeakingThis course will give students the opportunityto practice listening to lectures, presentations,dialogues, and discussions at an academiclevel. Students will participate in group sur-veys, discussions, and debates and give aminimum of three presentations.

ESL 096English for Academic Purposes:Advanced Grammar and WritingStudents will learn techniques for producingsound, effective, and successful essaysthrough the themes of unity, support, coher-ence, and sentence skills. Students will beable to practice and develop their skills, whilecomparing their own work with providedreadings. In addition, students will studyadvanced grammar points, as well as tech-niques for finding information for researchessays.

ESL 097English for Academic Purposes:ReadingThis course aims to advance the students’ lit-eral and critical reading comprehension skills.Various college level reading selections, aswell as novels, will be provided to help stu-dents develop effective reading and clearthinking skills.

GENERAL EDUCATIONDEVELOPMENT (GED)The General Education Development (GED)tests are used to assess whether an individualmeets the basic academic skills required toobtain a secondary school (Grade 12) equiva-lency certificate. This certificate is often usedfor employment, job advancement, and admis-sion to educational programmes. The tests

evaluate writing, social studies, science, read-ing, and mathematical skills. As this certificatemay not meet certain College programmerequirements, a counsellor should be consult-ed to obtain clarification.


Applicants must meet the following threerequirements at the time of application:

1. Be at least 19 years of age at the time ofapplication;

2. Be a British Columbia resident for at leastsix months immediately prior to the applica-tion date; and

3. Be out of school for at least one full academic year.


Application forms are available at Admissions,Registration and Records or the Counsellingand Advising Centre and may be submitted atany time.

EARLY CHILDHOODEDUCATION


To provide a learner-centred environment that,through a balance of practice and theory,enables graduates to adhere to exemplarymodels of child care which reflect and respectthe diverse needs of children, families, and thecommunity.

This programme provides the training requiredfor working with young children in a variety ofearly childhood education settings. It inte-grates sixteen weeks of intensive observationand work experience with academic training.

Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme are eligible for registration with theCommunity Care Facilities Licensing Board ofBC upon completion of a further 500 hours ofwork in an approved facility.


Graduates find employment in a variety ofearly childhood settings: day care centres,nursery schools, parent co-operativepreschools, childminding centres, centres forchildren with physical and mental challenges,social service agencies, libraries, and hospital


playrooms. Some graduates are owners oftheir own day care centres, nursery schools,and childminding centres.


1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12 with a minimum “C” grade) or ABEAdvanced Certificate plus English 050 with aminimum “C” grade or GED Certificate.

2. a) Preference will be given to applicantswho have successfully completed 30 hourspaid or volunteer experience in an early child-hood setting (e.g., group day care centre, nurs-ery school, family day care centre). A formsigned by the programme supervisor will out-line hours of work and attest to the applicant’sability as demonstrated during this experience.

b) A second letter of reference from anemployer, educator, or other professional commenting on the applicant’s personal suit-ability for working in the field of early child-hood education.

3. All entering students must write theEnglish component of the English and MathAchievement Test (EMAT) administered by theCollege prior to the first semester. Studentswhose test results indicate difficulties inEnglish will be required to take a develop-mental programme.

4. Attendance at a spring orientation session.

5. A written statement describing careergoals, special interests, and reasons for seek-ing entrance to the programme (at least 300words in length).

6. Documents certifying current immuniza-tion, TB screening, and health examination.The documentation to be on official Collegeforms (supplied with acceptance) and to besubmitted prior to commencement of the programme.

Given the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants for programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches; one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Solicitor General.

Students must provide proof of application for a Criminal Records Search in order to be

considered admissible to the programme. Theresult of a Criminal Records Search whichidentifies relevant criminal convictions mayprevent a student from entering into apracticum or clinical setting. Students whocannot enter the practicum or clinical compo-nent of the programme cannot graduate fromthe programme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used:

1. Work experience in an early childhoodcentre: a minimum of 30 hours of paid or volunteer experience in an early childhood setting 10 points

2. Letters of reference: one letter ofrecommendation from the work experience programme supervisor; 5 pointsa second letter of reference from an educator, employer, or other professional, recommending the applicant’s acceptanceinto the programme 5 points

3. Previous academic experience: relevant post-secondary courses with a “C” grade or better (2 points per course to a maximum of 10 points) 10 points

4. Attendance at spring orientation: participation in all orientation activities (e.g., group discussions, observations at CNC Day Care) 10 points

5. Written statement (describing career goals, special interests, and reasons for seeking entrance into the programme):clearly stated reasons for applying; 5 pointscongruence between personal goalsand programme goals 5 points

Maximum = 50 points


Application forms are available at the Office ofAdmissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 for thefollowing year. Applicants are advised to sub-mit their application early in the academicyear. Applications should be completed byApril 24th to be eligible for the first selectionprocess. Acceptance into the programme com-mences mid-May for the intake in September.Only completed applications will be consid-ered in a selection process.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Early Childhood Education

Semester I September to DecemberECE 151 Child Growth and

DevelopmentECE 154 Theories and Practices of ECEECE 165 Programme DevelopmentECE 170 Observing and Recording

BehaviourECE 176 Human Relations in Early

Childhood SettingsECE 190 Practicum IENGL 155 Developmental English*

Note: Students MUST receive an exemptor satisfactory standing in ENGL 155prior to continuing with the second term

Semester II January to MayECE 153 The Child in SocietyECE 155 Theories and Practices of ECEECE 166 Programme DevelopmentECE 172 Health, Safety and Nutrition

in ECEECE 174 Interacting with FamiliesECE 177 Human Relations in Early

Childhood SettingsECE 199 Practicum II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECE 151Child Growth and DevelopmentHuman development in the years from concep-tion through the pre-school years with empha-sis on the child’s physical, affective, and cog-nitive growth.

ECE 153The Child in SocietyA study of the many social, cultural, and politi-cal influences on children and their families.The role of the early childhood educator as anadvocate for children is emphasized.

ECE 154 & 155Theories and Practices of ECE A two-semester course covering the major theories of Early Childhood Education and theresulting practices such as classroom manage-ment, planning for groups, and individual children.

Prerequisite: ECE 170 is a prerequisite for ECE 155

ECE 165 & 166Programme DevelopmentTwo semesters studying the planning ofyoung children’s curriculum in fields such as


art, music, movement, science, math, socialstudies, language, and literature.

ECE 170Observing and Recording BehaviourA study of methods of accurately and objec-tively observing, recording, and interpretingchild behaviour using the CollegeDemonstration Day Care and other centres.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECE 190

ECE 172Health, Safety and Nutrition in Early Childhood EducationIn addition to the study of health, safety, andnutrition of young children, the ECE student isexpected to take a certified first aid trainingcourse.

ECE 174Interacting with FamiliesA study of effective parent–teacher and home-classroom communication and co-operation.

Prerequisite: ECE 170

ECE 176 & 177Human Relations in Early Childhood SettingsA course to assist the student to explore her orhis own values, goals, and skills and to helpimprove communication and problem-solvingskills.

ECE 190 & 199Practicum I and IIPractical experience working with young chil-dren under qualified supervision in conjunc-tion with classroom follow-up seminars.Students plan and implement learning activi-ties. ECE 190 is divided into Level I and II.Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 in orderto proceed to Practicum II. ECE 199 is dividedinto Levels III and IV. Level IV includes sixweeks of full-time work experience which canonly be undertaken after all other course workhas been completed.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Post Basic

These programmes provide graduates of theBasic ECE programme with the post-basictraining necessary to qualify as “Infant andToddler” or “Supported Child Care” Super-visors. Courses are offered on a part-timebasis in response to demand. For more infor-mation, contact the Admissions, Registrationand Records office.

Prerequisite: Students must have Basic EarlyChildhood Education documentation to registerand receive credit for these courses. Non-credit students (e.g., family day care providers) andgeneral interest students will be accepted ifspaces are available. Criminal record searchesand acceptable first aid certification arerequired. The cost of these is the responsibilityof the student.

Core Courses

These core courses are required for both specialties.

ECE 251Infant Growth and DevelopmentA study of contemporary theories in growthand development of the child from conceptionto 36 months.

ECE 252Administration of ECE ProgrammesA study of basic administrative skills includingthe management of personnel, centre adminis-tration, and finances.

ECE 272Health, Safety and NutritionThe students will learn to establish healthy,safe environments for young children.

ECE 274Interacting with FamiliesThe student will learn to coordinate home andprogramme goals for typical and atypicalinfants in child care settings.

Infant and Toddler Courses

ECE 255Care and Guidance of Infants and ToddlersIn this course the student will develop pro-gramme planning and implementation skillsfor application in the infant or toddler groupcare setting.

ECE 290 & 291PracticumThe student will demonstrate skills in observa-tion and the knowledge of age-appropriateactivities for children in an infant centre and ina toddler centre.

Supported Child Care Courses

ECE 256Introduction to Inclusive Child CareThe course is designed to develop the stu-dent’s awareness of inclusive child care andthe role it plays in today’s society. Studentswill explore status, issues, and regulations ofinclusive child care.

ECE 257Programming for Inclusive Child CareThis course is designed to further expand curriculum to meet the developmental need of individual children and the group in aninclusive setting.

ECE 292 & 293Practicum These two supervised practica will provide thestudent with a hands-on approach to applyingand integrating theoretical knowledge fromthe post-basic core courses and the InclusiveChild Care courses. ECE 293 will also provideexperiences in working with transdisciplinaryteams and environmental and curriculumassessment.


March 12, 2003

80

DIVISIONAL CONTACTJune AnonsonDean, Health Sciences and Social Services DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5841Fax: (250) 561-5866


• Dental Hygiene

• Home Support/Resident Care Attendant

• Northern Collaborative BaccalaureateNursing


DENTAL STUDIES


To provide the educational foundation for oral health care providers entering practice so they are able to have a positive impact on the health of the community and on theirprofession.

ADVANCED STANDING

The Dental Studies Department of the Collegeof New Caledonia believes in providing creditfor previous education that directly relates toeither the Dental Hygiene or Dental Assistingprogramme. Students will have the opportuni-ty to demonstrate that they have previouslymet the goals and objectives of a particularcourse.

The student must approach the Curriculum Co-ordinator or Dean with the request to havehis/her credentials evaluated as they relate toa course. The Curriculum Co-ordinator (orDean) in consultation with the instructor

responsible for the course will evaluate thestudent’s credentials. The student must pro-vide copies of transcripts and course syllabiwith course objectives as part of their credentials.

Challenges for all courses must be submittedwithin three weeks of the first day of the aca-demic year. The student should attend allclasses until it is determined if credit is grant-ed. Students will be advised of the Exemptionand Assessment Policy in their programmeacceptance letters.

Refer to Admissions, Registration and Recordsand Fee Information in this Calendar for policyand fee information on exemptions, challengeexams, and prior learning assessment.

Criminal Records Search

Given the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants for programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches: one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Solicitor General.

Students must provide proof of application fora Criminal Records Search in order to be con-sidered admissible to the programme. Theresult of a Criminal Records Search whichidentifies relevant criminal convictions mayprevent a student from entering into apracticum or clinical setting. Students whocannot enter the practicum or clinical compo-nent of the programme cannot graduate fromthe programme.

DENTAL ASSISTINGThe one-year Dental Assisting Certificate programme combines lectures and clinicalpractice in preparation for a career in privatepractice, dental clinics, and other public health facilities.

Students gain extensive clinical experiencethroughout the programme. In addition toworking at the CNC Dental Clinic (open to thegeneral public), the curriculum includes a six-week practicum of full-time experience in adental office.

Prior word processing and Internet experienceis helpful to students registered in the programme.

The programme is accredited by theCommission on Dental Accreditation ofCanada, hence the graduates are eligible forregistration with the College of DentalSurgeons of British Columbia.


The person with ability to accept direction andsupervision from others, with a sincere inter-est in people and with the ability to work wellwith others can find great satisfaction as aDental Assistant.

The Certified Dental Assistant works under thesupervision of a dentist and may perform allof the duties of the chairside assistant as wellas additional duties which he/she must belicensed to perform.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must acquire and maintain avalid CPR Level C certificate throughout theprogramme.

Health SciencesPROGRAMMES

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12 or Technical and ProfessionalCommunications 12) or ABE AdvancedCertificate or GED Certificate.

2. Biology 12 or BIO 050 with a grade of“C” or better required.

3. Documents certifying current immuniza-tion and dental and health examinations.Documentation needs to be on official Collegeof New Caledonia forms (supplied with accept-ance package) and submitted prior to com-mencement of the programme. Hepatitis Bvaccination is required of all students acceptedinto the programme. Students may completethis vaccine prior to entering the programmeor have it done while in the programme.

4. Some experience, volunteer or paid, in adental office/clinic is strongly suggested.Applicants must include a statement describ-ing the length, type, and location of previousdental experience. Applicants with no previousdental experience may wish to consider theIntroduction to Dentistry course offered by theCollege (See DENO 150 course description).The DENO 150 course may not be run if thereare insufficient numbers of students for thiscourse.

Note: In addition to expenses of tuition,textbooks, and uniforms, students willbe expected to purchase miscellaneousclinic supplies and to cover the cost ofCPR training. Specific informationregarding the purchase of equipment,clinical attire, textbooks, and other itemswill be provided in an acceptance letterand during the first week of class.

RE-ADMISSION

A student who is unsuccessful in a dentalassisting course once, will be allowed to applyfor re-admission to the programme. Multiplecourse failures or a subsequent failure in den-tal assisting courses will exclude the studentfrom further study and re-admission to theprogramme; that student may not applyagain to the programme under the new student category. The dental assisting pro-gramme must be completed within a three-year period.

Re-admission to the programme is consideredon a space available basis and will be admin-istered according to the following priorities:

1. A student who has successfully completedthe prerequisite courses and/or who, at thetime of withdrawal maintained an overall gradeof “C” or better, will be accorded first priority.

2. A student who has failed a dental assist-ing course or who has withdrawn from thedental assisting course with less than a “C”grade standing in the course will be accordedsecond priority.

3. An evaluation of course work completedelsewhere will be necessary for the studentrequesting a transfer from another accrediteddental assisting programme; the student willthen be subject to the criteria above and willbe accorded third priority.

4. A student who withdraws twice from thesame course, and applies for re-admission tothat course, will be accorded the lowest priori-ty on the course’s waiting list.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used to select one-half of the class.

1. The letter grade for English 12 or English 045 will contribute its actual points to the selection process—e.g., an “A” = 4.0,“B+” = 3.33, etc.

2. The letter grade for Biology 12 or Biology 050 will contribute its actual points to the selection process—e.g., an “A” = 4.0,“B+” = 3.33, etc.

3. Geographic location: Residents of BritishColumbia or the Yukon will be awarded 1point.

4. Persistent interest in the programme as aresult of continuing completed applicationscontributes 1 point to the selection process.

5. Completion of DENO 150 or completionof a dental receptionist programme or volun-teer work or chairside experience of 30 ormore verifiable hours contributes 2 points tothe selection process. Applicants without anyof the above, but who have between 15 and29 hours of verifiable volunteer work or chair-side experience will be credited with 1 pointin the selection process. All volunteer work orchairside experience must be verified by thedentist(s) on their letterhead stationery thatthe applicant was present for the requirednumber of hours and during that time,observed or participated in a variety of intra-oral procedures.

Maximum Points Available = 12.66


Application forms are available from the Officeof Admissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 for thefollowing year. Applicants are advised to sub-mit their applications as early as possible inthe academic year.

Applications received after March 31st for Fallentry into limited enrollment programmes areconsidered late. If the programme applied foris oversubscribed at the March 31st deadline,applications and application fees after thatdate will be returned to the applicant.


Applications received after March 31st for Fallentry into open enrollment programmes areconsidered late and will be processed subjectto course availability.

Applications must be completed before April24th to be considered in the selection process.Acceptance into the programme commencesMay 1st for the intake in September.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Dental Assisting

Semester 1 September to DecemberDENT 150 Dental Assisting FoundationsDENT 151 Prevention IDENT 153 Dental SciencesDENT 155 Professionalism IDENT 157 Dental Assisting Clinic I

Semester 2 January to AprilDENT 160 Restorative DentistryDENT 161 Prevention IIDENT 163 Dental Specialities IDENT 165 Professionalism IIDENT 167 Dental Assisting Clinic IIDENT 169 RadiologyDENT 190 Practicum I

Intersession May to JuneDENT 173 Dental Specialties IIDENT 177 Dental Assisting Clinic IIIDENT 191 Practicum II

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Health Sciences / 81

DENTAL HYGIENEThe two-year Dental Hygiene Diploma pro-gramme provides education in the applicationof preventative and therapeutic methods oforal disease control and in the promotion oforal health. It combines lectures and clinicalexperience acquired in the CNC Dental Clinicunder the supervision of faculty. All pro-gramme requirements must be completedwithin five years of initial enrollment.

Word processing and Internet experience isnecessary for students registered in the programme.

DENTAL HYGIENE DEGREEOPPORTUNITIES

The College of New Caledonia, in partnershipwith the UBC Faculty of Dentistry, CamosunCollege, and Vancouver Community College,offers graduating secondary school studentsthe opportunity to access a four-year Bachelorof Dental Science (Dental Hygiene) baccalaure-ate programme. Students enrolled in the BDScprogramme will complete the first year of theprogramme at UBC. At the end of the firstyear, students must achieve an overall aca-demic standing of not less than 77% toadvance to second year. Upon successful com-pletion of first year, students will complete thenext two years of coursework at one of thethree partner colleges. Assignment of second-and third-year students to one of the threepartner colleges will be made by UBC; studentpreferences are considered but cannot be guar-anteed. After successful completion of the den-tal hygiene diploma programme at the end ofthird year, students will return to UBC to com-plete their fourth-year coursework.

College of New Caledonia students currentlyenrolled in the Dental Hygiene diploma pro-gramme are now eligible to make applicationduring the second year of their programme foradmission directly into the fourth year of theBDSc programme upon successful completionof their Dental Hygiene Diploma.

For more information regarding the BDSc(Dental Hygiene) programme as well asadmission requirements and deadlines, pleaseconsult the UBC Faculty of Dentistry website atwww.dentistry.ubc.ca


The dental hygienist has many employmentsettings from which to choose. The services ofthe dental hygienist are utilized in general andspecialty practices, in community-based prac-

tices, school health, residential care settings,and teaching. The scope of dental hygienepractice is expanding with increased opportu-nities for employment in non-traditional set-tings. The dental hygienist is one of the keymembers of the modern oral health team.


Dental Hygiene graduates are required toundergo a criminal records search as part ofthe process of licensure. The cost of the searchis the responsibility of the student.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must acquire and maintain avalid CPR Level C certificate throughout theprogramme.

1. First-year University level with a full yearof each of the following:• BIO 111 and 112 (Human Anatomy and

Physiology with labs)• Chemistry• English (one course must be ENGL 103 or

equivalent)• Psychology• Electives (must be at University level)

Note: Applicants must have an over-all GPA of 3.0 or “B” grade average orbetter to qualify for admission

2. Documents certifying current immuniza-tion and dental and health examinations.Documentation needs to be on official Collegeof New Caledonia forms (supplied with accept-ance package) and submitted prior to com-mencement of the programme. Hepatitis Bvaccination is required of all students acceptedinto the programme. Students may completethis vaccine prior to entering the programmeor have it done while in the programme.

3. Some experience, volunteer or paid, in adental office/clinic is beneficial. Applicantsshould include a statement describing thelength, type, and location of previous experi-ence. Applicants with no previous experiencemay wish to consider the Introduction toDentistry course offered by the College (SeeDENO 150 course description). The DENO150 course may not run if there are insuffi-cient numbers of students.

Note: In addition to expenses of tuition,textbooks, and uniforms, students willbe expected to purchase their owninstruments and miscellaneous clinicsupplies and to cover the cost of CPRtraining. Specific information regardingthe purchase of equipment, clinical

attire, textbooks, and other items will be provided in an acceptance letter andduring the first week of class.

RE-ADMISSION

A student who is unsuccessful in a dentalhygiene course once, will be allowed to applyfor re-admission to the programme. Multiplecourse failures or a subsequent failure in den-tal hygiene courses will exclude the studentfrom further study and re-admission to theprogramme; that student may not applyagain to the programme under the new stu-dent category. The dental hygiene programmemust be completed within a five-year period.

Re-admission to the programme is consideredon a space available basis and will be admin-istered according to the following priorities:

1. A student who has successfully completedthe prerequisite courses and/or who, at thetime of withdrawal maintained an overallgrade of “C” or better, will be accorded firstpriority.

2. A student who has failed a dental hygienecourse or who has withdrawn from the dentalhygiene course with less than a “C” gradestanding in the course will be accorded second priority.

3. An evaluation of course work completedelsewhere will be necessary for the studentrequesting a transfer from another accrediteddental hygiene programme; the student willthen be subject to the criteria above and willbe accorded third priority.

4. A student who withdraws twice from thesame course, and applies for re-admission tothat course, will be accorded the lowest priori-ty on the course’s waiting list.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used to select one-half of the class.

1. Overall Grade Point Average as prescribedin the Admissions Requirements contributesits actual points—e.g., a GPA of 3.2 will con-tribute 3.2 points to the selection process.

2. Geographic location: Residents of British Columbia or the Yukon will be awarded1 point.

3. Completion of DENO 150 or completionof a dental receptionist programme or volun-teer work or chairside experience of 30 ormore verifiable hours contributes 2 points to

82 / Health Sciences 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

the selection process. Applicants without anyof the above, but who have between 15 and29 hours of verifiable volunteer work or chair-side experience will be credited with 1 pointin the selection process. All volunteer work orchairside experience must be verified by thedentist(s) on their letterhead stationery thatthe applicant was present for the requirednumber of hours and during that time,observed or participated in a variety of intra-oral procedures.

4. Persistent interest in the programme as aresult of continuing completed applicationscontributes 1 point to the selection process.

Maximum Points Available = 8.33

In keeping with the majority of programmesthat are oversubscribed, this programme willselect 50% of the class from the qualifiedapplicants while the balance will be selectedrandomly from the remaining qualified applicants.

Effective Fall 2003: Up to five of the select-ed seats may be occupied by students enrolledin the BDSc (Dental Hygiene) programme.


Application forms are available from the Officeof Admissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 foradmission in the following year. Applicantsare advised to submit their application early inthe academic year. Acceptance into the pro-gramme commences mid-June for the intakein September. Official transcripts with finalgrades must be submitted by May 22. Only

completed applications will be considered inthe selection process.

Applications received after March 31st for Fallentry into limited enrollment programmes areconsidered late. If the programme applied foris oversubscribed at the March 31st deadline,applications and application fees after thatdate will be returned to the applicant.



PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Dental Hygiene

Semester 1 September to DecemberDENH 150 Dental Hygiene FoundationsDENH 152 Oral Sciences IDENH 153 Professional Issues IDENH 155 Dental Sciences IDENH 157 Head and NeckDENH 158 Microbiology

Semester 2 January to AprilDENH 160 Dental Hygiene

Foundations IIDENH 162 Oral Sciences IIDENH 164 Pathologies IDENH 167 PreventionDENH 168 CommunicationsDENH 169 Radiology

Intersession 1 MayDENH 170 Dental Hygiene

Foundations IIIDENH 171 Dental Hygiene Clinic IDENH 176 Research Methodology

Semester 3 September to DecemberDENH 250 Dental Hygiene

Foundations IVDENH 251 Dental Hygiene Clinical IIDENH 256 Community Health IDENH 254 Pathologies IIDENH 255 Dental Sciences II

Semester 4 January to AprilDENH 260 Dental Hygiene

Foundations VDENH 261 Dental Hygiene Clinic IIIDENH 263 Professional Issues IIDENH 264 Pathologies IIIDENH 266 Community Health II

Intersession 2 MayDENH 270 Dental Hygiene

Foundations VIDENH 271 Dental Hygiene Clinic IVDENH 278 Seminar

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DENO 150Introduction to DentistryThis course provides information and practicalexperience in the field of dentistry. It isdesigned to orient students to current dentalhealth concepts and to practicing as a memberof the dental team.Note: Delivery of this course is dependentupon sufficient numbers of registrants.

2 CR / (2,0)

DENT 150Dental Assisting FoundationsThis course introduces basic principles of dental assisting techniques and the assess-ment phase of client care. Theoretical knowl-edge pertaining to basic instrumentation, fundamental skills associated with dentalassisting, and an introduction to biomaterialswill be covered. In addition learners willreceive information regarding the rationale forobtaining medical and dental histories, vitalsigns, dental charting, initial client observa-tions, and isolation techniques. The coursematerial will include the understanding of prevention and handling of complications andmedical emergencies that may occur in thedental office.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 151, 153,155, 157

3 CR / (4,0)

DENT 151Prevention IThis course will emphasize infection controland prevention of oral disease. Awareness willbe placed on the nature of oral organisms,modes, and management of transmission fordiseases of dental importance. This coursewill also familiarize the student with the methods and materials used to prevent oraldisease. Plaque, methods to control oral dis-eases, devices, and other components of pre-ventive dentistry will be covered.


3 CR / (5,0)


DENT 153Dental SciencesA study of form, structure, and interrelation-ships of the head and neck. Also included isthe study of histology, morphology, support-ing structures, occlusion, identification, andanomalies as they relate to dentition.Anatomical landmarks and understanding ofthe relationship between structure and func-tion will be provided.


4 CR / (5,0)

DENT 155Professionalism IThis course will provide the student with anoverview of the dental profession. During thiscourse learners will take part in experientiallearning activities to enhance their inter-personal communication skills.

Note: This course is under revision.


3 CR / (3.5,0)

DENT 157Dental Assisting Clinic IThe first in a series, this clinic provides anopportunity for the learner to integrate theoryinto clinical and laboratory experiences. Thefocus is on clinical asepsis, basic instrumenta-tion, initial client observation, isolation tech-niques, and the manipulation of a variety ofdental materials.


3 CR / (0,12.5)

DENT 160Restorative DentistryThis theoretical component will provide thelearner with background into dental anesthe-sia, cavity preparation and design, andrestorative instruments. Knowledge of thedental materials utilized in the prevention andtreatment of oral disease will also be covered.A series of lectures will be given dealing withthe etiological fundamentals of dental cariesand methods used to prevent caries.

Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 155,157

Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT 161, 163,165, 167, 169

3 CR / (3,0)

DENT 161Prevention IIThis course provides the student with knowl-edge regarding the potential of oral manifesta-tions such as periodontal disease and caries.The learner will learn to prevent these dis-eases through clinical preventive procedures,understanding nutrition, and teaching theclient oral self-care. An additional componenthas the learner developing and presentingpreventive oral health lesson plans to selectmembers of the local community.



3 CR / (4,0)

DENT 163Dental Specialities I: Oral Surgery and ProsthodonticsThis course has a didactic emphasis on thedental specialties of oral surgery and prostho-dontic dentistry. It will provide the learnerwith the knowledge of pre-surgical evaluation,pharmacological considerations, procedures,post-operation treatments, and the role of thecertified dental assistant in the care of an oralsurgery case. The learner will also be intro-duced to prosthetic procedures which aredevoted to the restoration of function and theform of the dentition including fixed andremovable appliances and implants.



3 CR / (4,0)

DENT 165Professionalism IIThis course will expand the learner’s knowl-edge in jurisprudence and ethical dilemmas.As health care providers, dental assistants canbe faced with ethical questions which can leadto moral dilemmas. The learner will be explor-ing the communication of an effective jobsearch, including résumé writing, cover letters,and interview skills. An introduction to dentaloffice practice procedures in relation to theclinical setting will also be provided in thiscourse.

Note: This course is under revision.



3 CR / (3,0)

DENT 167Dental Assisting Clinic IIThe second course in the clinical sequence, the learner’s clinical knowledge, skills, andattitudes build on the foundation from DAClinic I and expands clinical and laboratorycompetencies. Learners will begin to scheduleclients and perform prescribed services.Learners also participate in weekly guidedgroup discussions of their clinical experiencesand cases.



3 CR / (0,12.5)

DENT 169RadiologyThis course has been designed to provide thelearner with the theory of the technical aspectsof radiation and principles of exposing, pro-cessing, and mounting dental radiographs.Clinical experience will emphasize radiationhygiene and technique.



3 CR / (2.5,0)

DENT 173Dental Specialties IIA theoretical course whose didactic emphasisis placed on the dental specialties of oralpathology, orthodontics, endodontics, geri-odontics, pedodontics, and special needsclients.

Prerequisite: DENT 190

Corequisite: DENT 177

3 CR / (9,0)

DENT 177Dental Assisting Clinic IIIThe last course in the clinical sequence, thisclinic allows the learner to build on previousexperiences and to integrate new skills intoclinical and laboratory activities. Clinical activi-ties will include treating scheduled clients forprescribed services and providing dentalhealth education to members of the communi-ty. Learners participate in weekly guided dis-cussions of their clinical experiences andcases.

Prerequisite: DENT 167

Corequisite: DENT 173

4 CR / (0,13)


DENT 190Practicum IThis practicum experience provides the learner with the opportunity to assist in a general dentistry office. The focus will be onprofessional conduct, communication skills,clinical support procedures, and basic chair-side assisting.

Prerequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163, 165,167, 169

3 CR

DENT 191Practicum IIThis practicum experience furthers the oppor-tunity the learner has for dental assisting in adental office. Emphasis on professionalismand communication skills continues. Advancedchairside assisting, direct client care proce-dures, and laboratory skills may also beincluded in the experience.

Prerequisites: DENT 173, 177,

3 CR

DENH 150Dental Hygiene Foundations IA clinical and theoretical course introducingbasic principles of dental hygiene care.Emphasis is placed upon asepsis, initial clientassessment, basic instrumentation, and otherfundamental skills associated with dentalhygiene practice. Clinic sessions will be usedto practice clinical procedures needed prior totreating clients. Students will begin to developproblem-solving capabilities in the clinical setting.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 152,153, 155, 157, 158

5 CR / (3,6)

DENH 152Oral Sciences IThis course provides information on generaland orofacial histology and embryology featur-ing the development of hard and soft tissuesof the oral cavity. Tooth histology, calcification,eruption, morphology, and identification arestressed. The course also discusses oralanatomic landmarks and establishes anunderstanding of the relationship betweenstructure and function.


3 CR / (3,3)

DENH 153Professional Issues IThis course is designed to familiarize the student with the profession of dental hygiene.The concepts of being a member of a healthcare profession, ethics, professional associa-tions, and regulatory bodies are introducedand explored. An historical perspective of dental hygiene is provided. Information access and evaluation of information are alsoemphasized. Students will be required to utilize an e-mail address and the Internet.


3 CR / (3,0)

DENH 155Dental Sciences IA theoretical and practical application coursedesigned to provide the dental hygienist withan understanding and basic working knowl-edge of modern dental biomaterials commonlyused in the dental environment. Laboratoryexperience will emphasize the manipulation of a variety of the more common dental bio-materials.


3 CR / (2,3)

DENH 157Head and Neck AnatomyThis course presents the structural and func-tional elements of the head and neck regionand relates these structures to the major organsystems. Emphasis is placed on application todental hygiene practice.


2 CR / (2,1)

DENH 158MicrobiologyThe basic principles of microbiology are presented in this course with an emphasis on the relevance of these principles to humanoral health. Diseases of microbial origin thatconcern the dental hygienist are presented to illustrate the principles of pathogenesis,host-parasite interaction, and modes of transmission.


3 CR / (2,2)

DENH 160Dental Hygiene Foundations IIA clinical and theoretical course designed toprovide further development of knowledge

base, professional skills, attitudes, and abili-ties required for dental hygiene practice.Course materials and activities are closelyassociated with clinical activities to enhancecontinuity and build on previous knowledgeand skill base. Students will participate inweekly seminars for guided discussion oncases and clinical experiences.

Prerequisites: DENH 150, 152, 153, 155,157, 158


6 CR / (3,9)

DENH 162Oral Sciences IIThis course introduces the learner to the basicknowledge and practical application of thestudy of local anaesthesia. Course content willdevelop the learner’s understanding of painand pain control. Also the prevention and handling of emergencies in the dental environ-ment is covered.



2 CR / (2,1.5)

DENH 164Pathologies IA combination of case-based learning andother teaching/learning modalities are used tointroduce the learner to the topics of generalpathology, periodontology, and cariology.Etiological factors and assessment using radi-ographic interpretation will be emphasized.



3 CR / (3,0)


DENH 167PreventionA study of content designed to familiarize thelearner with the methods of preventing oraldisease. The components of preventive den-tistry are covered. The learner will also becomefamiliar with basic principles of the teaching-learning model and of motivation. Emphasis isplaced on individualized client education, goalwriting, approaches for various age groups,and the use of appropriate visual aids.



3 CR / (3,0)

DENH 168CommunicationsThis course will focus on the development ofinterpersonal skills and working relationshipsthat are required in the dental work environ-ment. Topics covered include stress and timemanagement, perceptions, effective communica-tion, assertiveness skills, client motivation,instructional techniques, and group dynamics.Opportunities will be provided for the learner topractice and critique communication skills thatare specific to the dental workplace. Scenariosused will include some ethical dilemmas.



3 CR / (4,0)

DENH 169RadiologyThis course has been designed to provide thelearner with the theory of the technical aspectsof radiation and the principles of exposing,processing, and mounting dental radiographs.Clinical experience will emphasize radiationhygiene and technique. Learners will also learnthe basics of dental photography and utiliza-tion of radiographs in dental hygiene practice.



3 CR / (3,2)

DENH 170Dental Hygiene Foundations IIIA theoretical course allied with the clinicalcomponent, focusing on caries prevention,tobacco cessation, and other clinically relatedtopics. Course materials and activities are

closely associated with clinical activities toenhance the continuity and build on previousknowledge and skill base.


Corequisite: DENH 171, 176

3 CR / (3,0)

DENH 171Dental Hygiene Clinic IA clinical course designed to allow students tocontinue to develop the skills necessary forthe practice of dental hygiene. Students willregularly schedule clients for assessment,planning, implementation, and evaluation oftreatment. Students will also participate inweekly seminars for guided discussions oncases and clinical experiences.


Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 170, 176

3 CR / (0,9)

DENH 176Research MethodologyThis course introduces the learner to basicconcepts and the methodologies of researchdesign. Application of these principles to thedental and dental hygiene professions arealso discussed. Current dental and dentalhygiene research needs are also discussed.

Prerequisite: DENH 160, 162, 164, 167,168, 169


2 CR / (4,0)

DENH 250Dental Hygiene Foundations IVThis course provides a survey of the funda-mentals of nutrition and the factors involvedinfluencing the ability of the individual andfamily to secure and maintain optimal nutri-tion status. The relationship of nutrition to thepractice of dental hygiene is emphasized. Thecourse will also provide theories of advancedclinical practice skills.

Prerequisites: DENH 170, 176

Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 171,254, 255, 256

3 CR / (4,0)

DENH 251Dental Hygiene Clinic IIA clinical course designed to provide theopportunity for the continued development ofthe professional skills and attitudes requiredfor the practice of dental hygiene. The stu-dents see regularly scheduled clients and are

introduced to more complex skills in assess-ment, planning, implementation, and evalua-tion of dental hygiene treatment. Students willalso participate in weekly seminars for guideddiscussions on cases and clinical experiences.

Prerequisite: DENH 171

Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 250 or254, 255, 256

4 CR / (0,13)

DENH 254Pathologies IIThis course builds upon Pathologies I. Case-based and a variety of other teaching/learningmethods will be utilized to further the learn-er’s knowledge related to cariology, periodon-tology and oral pathology to facilitate its appli-cation. Diagnosis and treatment using clinicaldata and radiographs will be emphasized.


Prerequisite or Corequisite: DENH 171, 250,255, 256

4 CR / (5,0)

DENH 255Dental Sciences IIThe focus of this course is on the study ofdrugs, with an emphasis on those that areused or have an effect on the practice of dentistry. The learner will become acquaintedwith the origins, physical and clinical proper-ties, modes of administration, effects, andinteractions of these drugs. The more commonnaturopathy supplements will also be exam-ined. Learners will investigate a variety ofdental and dental hygiene practice settings.Dental specialties and their relationship togeneral practice will be covered.



3 CR / (4,0)

DENH 256Community Health IThis course covers the study of oral healthand the role of the dental hygienist from acommunity perspective. Basic concepts of epi-demiology and the Canadian health care sys-tem are covered. Principles of health promo-tion and the responsibilities of a dentalhygienist towards general health are alsointroduced. Lesson plans and health pro-gramme planning are covered.



3 CR / (4,0)


DENH 260Dental Hygiene Foundations VThis course focuses on the special needs clientin regards to dental hygiene care. Generalcharacteristics, clinical adaptations, and otherpertinent information regarding various physi-cal, mental, and other types of challenges areconsidered. Job search skills, compensations,employment standards, and disability insur-ance are also discussed.Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 251,263, 264, 2663 CR / (4,0)

DENH 261Dental Hygiene Clinic IIIA clinical course designed to provide theopportunity for the continued development ofthe professional skills and attitudes requiredfor the practice of dental hygiene. Studentswill see regularly scheduled clients to continueto learn more complex skills in the assess-ment, planning, implementation, and evalua-tion of dental hygiene treatment. Students par-ticipate and lead discussions on cases andclinical experiences in weekly seminars.Prerequisite: DENH 251Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 260,263, 264, 2664 CR / (0,13)

DENH 263Professional Issues IIThis course is a continuation of ProfessionalIssues I course. It explores issues that dentalhealth care practitioners face in today’s society.Current trends and issues concerning the pro-fession and practice of dental hygiene inCanada are presented, along with exploration offuture trends. Career development is dis-cussedand advanced ethical dilemmas are explored.Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 250,260, 264, 2663 CR / (3,0)

DENH 264Pathologies IIIThis course builds upon Pathologies I andPathologies II. Case-based learning will be uti-lized to facilitate continued learning aboutperiodontal conditions and other oral patholo-gies. Diagnosis and treatment using clinicaldata and radiographs will be emphasized.Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENH 251,260, 263, 2663 CR / (3,0)

DENH 266Community Health IIThis course is a continuation of CommunityDental Health I. Community health approachesto prevention of dental diseases are discussed.There is also a study of speciality groups froma community perspective. Learners have prac-tical experience by planning and implement-ing lesson plans for community groups andvisiting a long-term care facility.

Prerequisites: DENH 250, 254, 255, 256


3 CR / (3,3)

DENH 270Dental Hygiene Foundations VIThis is the final theoretical course designed toenhance all dental hygiene competencies. Acomprehensive case study is completed andpresented in detail to the class. Learners par-ticipate in peer evaluation and analysis of thecase presentations.



2 CR / (2,0)

DENH 271Dental Hygiene Clinic IVThis is the final clinical course which isdesigned to provide the opportunity for contin-ued development of professional skills andattitudes required for the practice of dentalhygiene. Students will see regularly scheduledclients to refine their skills in assessment, den-tal hygiene diagnosis, planning, implementa-tion, and evaluation of dental hygiene treat-ment. Students participate and lead weeklyseminars for guided discussions on cases andclinical experiences.

Prerequisite: DENH 261

4 CR / (0,17)

DENH 278SeminarA seminar course based on journal readings,guided discussions, and presentations.Learners will be able to examine various top-ics in greater depth. Topics will vary based onstudent and instructor interests.



1 CR / (3,0)

HOME SUPPORT/RESIDENT CAREATTENDANTPROGRAMME


The Home Support/Resident Care Attendantprogramme is designed to provide studentswith opportunities to develop knowledge,skills, attitudes, and values necessary to pro-vide assistance to individuals and families inthe community and long-term care settings.

This 29-week certificate programme is spreadover a 35-week instructional period. It pro-vides training in home management skills andthe personal care of individuals located in thecommunity plus in extended and intermediatecare facilities.

The programme incorporates theory, lab, andclinical experiences related to health, healing,human relations, home management, andwork role. There is emphasis on the develop-ment of skills to assist residents, clients, andconsumers with personal hygiene, movement,safety, and nutrition. Special skills and specialneeds, such as the care of persons with cognitive impairments, are included in thenew curriculum.

The campus labs and clinical experienceinclude lifting and moving clients with dis-abilities. It is therefore very important for thestudent to be in good physical condition.

The students are expected to provide theirown transportation to various communityagencies and long-term care facilities.Approximately 50% of this programme isspent gaining practical experience at theabove institutions. The schedule varies weeklyand can include shifts from 0600 to 1400and 1500 to 2200, plus numerous shorterappointments.

Students are strongly advised that a history ofback problems may prevent completion of thecourse or success in finding and maintainingemployment. The students are stronglyencouraged to participate in a fitness pro-gramme while enrolled in the course.

In addition to disbursements for tuition andtextbooks, students will be expected to pur-chase their own uniform and supplies, providefunds for travel to community agencies, and tocover the cost of the Safety Oriented First AidEmergency Level and FoodSafe Certificates.Specific information regarding the purchase of


equipment, clinical attire, textbooks, and otheritems will be provided during the first week ofclass.

Students are advised to complete the SafetyOriented First Aid (Emergency Level) and theFoodSafe Certificate prior to the start date ofthe Home Support/Resident Care Attendantprogramme. If students have not had theopportunity to complete these certificates priorto the programme, they will be required to doso during free time (not class time) and to beresponsible for the costs of said certificates.Students are required to have successfullycompleted these two areas prior to their clini-cal experience (week nine of the schedule).The first aid certificate must also be valid atthe time of graduation from the programme.


Employment opportunities exist for trainedpersonnel to provide care in community agen-cies and long-term care facilities with variousagencies, group homes, school systems, andindependently with clients in their home.

Employers of the graduates of this programmerequire workers who are eligible to be bond-ed. Students interested in this programme butunsure of their bondability should make anappointment with a counsellor.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must have a Safety OrientedFirst Aid Emergency Level (SOFA) Certificateand FoodSafe Level I Certificate prior to theHome Support clinical component. It is strong-ly recommended that applicants obtain thesecertificates prior to entrance to the programme.The SOFA Certificate must also be valid at timeof graduation. It is also beneficial for appli-cants to have some experience, volunteer orpaid, related to the field.

1. Grade 10 reading level (at a minimum).Testing is administered by the College.

2. Documents certifying current immuniza-tion, health examination, and Hepatitis B vac-cination. The documentation is to be on officialCollege forms (supplied with acceptance) andto be submitted prior to commencement of theprogramme.

3. A handwritten statement describing careergoals, interests related to aging and the elder-ly and reasons for seeking entrance into theprogramme (300 words) is required uponapplication.

4. To facilitate selection in those cases whenthe programme is oversubscribed, applicantsshould submit a statement of work, education-al, or volunteer experience in the health fieldon facility/business letterhead where the expe-rience occurred and signed by a supervisor.(See Selection Criteria #4.)

Given the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants for programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches; one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Solicitor General.

Students must provide proof of application for aCriminal Records Search in order to be consid-ered admissible to the programme. The resultof a Criminal Records Search which identifiesrelevant criminal convictions may prevent a stu-dent from entering into a practicum or clinicalsetting. Students who cannot enter thepracticum or clinical component of the pro-gramme cannot graduate from the programme.

RE-ADMISSION

A student who is unsuccessful in a HomeSupport/Resident Care Attendant course once,will be allowed to apply for re-admission tothat course. Two course failures or with-drawals in a given course will exclude the student from further study in that course. Alleight courses must be completed in order toreceive the HS/RCA Certificate. Re-admissionwill be administered according to the follow-ing priorities:

1. A student who has successfully completedthe prerequisite courses and/or who, at thetime of withdrawal maintained an overall gradeof “C” or better, will be accorded first priority;

2. A student who has failed a HS/RCA courseor who has withdrawn from the HS/RCA

course with less than a “C” grade standing inthe course will be accorded second priority;

3. A student requesting transfer from HS/RCA programmes at other institutions will besubject to the above criteria and will beaccorded third priority.

PART-TIME STUDY

The Home Support/Resident Care AttendantProgramme is pleased to offer a limited num-ber of seats for part-time study. Those stu-dents wishing to take longer than the 29weeks to complete the certificate may do soprovided that all eight courses are normallycompleted in a maximum of four years. It issuggested that students enroll in a minimumof two courses each year. Students applyingfor part-time study must do so before eachacademic year to be considered for the pro-gramme. Students entering part-time studymust meet all of the admission requirementsoutlined above.

If there are more people interested in part-timestudy than seats available, special selection cri-teria will give priority to those persons whohave already started the certificate programme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

Full-time students

In those cases where there are more qualifiedapplicants than available spaces, the followingcriteria will be used in selecting half the class:

1. Persistent interest in the programme asdemonstrated by continuing completed appli-cations (1 point).

2. Successful completion of Safety OrientedFirst Aid prior to programme application (1 point).

3. Successful completion of FoodSafe Level Iprior to programme application (1 point).

4. Relevant (at least 30 hours) work, educa-tional, or volunteer experience in the healthcare field. A statement on the facility/businessletterhead where the experience occurred,signed by a supervisor is required (2 points).

5. Evaluation of handwritten statementdescribing career goals, interests related toaging and the elderly, and reasons for seekingentrance into the programme (content = up to2 points; neatness and grammar = 1 point).

6. Reading level as determined by theEnglish and Math Achievement Test (Level10.0 to 10.9 = 1 point, Level 11.0 and above= 2 points).


7. In the case of ties using the above criteria,the date of application will be the deciding criteria.

Part-time students

In the event that part-time seats are over-subscribed, the following will be used asselection criteria:

1. First priority is given to those studentswho have successfully completed a HomeSupport/Resident Care Attendant Certificatecourse in the previous year.

2. Second priority is given to those studentswho have successfully completed a course inthe Home Support/Resident Care AttendantCertificate programme.

3. Last priority is given to new part-timeapplicants.

When all of the above criteria are exhausted,the final selection will be done randomly.


Application forms are available from the Officeof Admissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15th forthe following academic year. Acceptance intothe programme commences in May. The pro-gramme begins in August.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

A student who accumulates five days of unexcused absences may be terminated fromthe programme, by the Dean, upon theinstructor’s recommendation.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HSRC 150Health: Lifestyle and ChoicesThis course provides an introduction to theconcept of health and the components of ahealth-enhancing lifestyle. Participants will beinvited to reflect on their own experiences ofhealth, recognizing challenges and resourcesthat may impact on their lifestyle choices andconsequently, their health.

2 CR

HSRC 151Human Relations: Interpersonal CommunicationsThis course focuses on the development ofself-awareness and increased understandingof others. Participants will explore basic communication concepts and practical skills

which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships.

2 CR

HSRC 152Health and Healing: Concepts for PracticeThis course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice.Participants will examine the significant philo-sophical beliefs and theoretical understand-ings underlying competent practice.

3 CR

HSRC 155Healing: Personal Care Skills for Home Support and Resident CareThis practical course offers the opportunity forparticipants to acquire the basic personalassistance skills in line with the PersonalAssistance Guidelines required of the HomeSupport/Resident Care Attendant. These skills are aimed at maintaining and pro-moting the comfort, safety, and independenceof older adults and individuals with dis-abilities whether at home or in continuing care settings.

4 CR

HSRC 160Home ManagementThis course offers the opportunity to acquirethe basic home management skills necessaryfor beginning home support and resident careattendant practice.

1.5 CR

HSRC 161Work Role: Introduction to Home Support/Resident CareAttendant PracticeThis course provides an introduction to com-munity care, the home support industry, andthe role of the Home Support/Resident CareAttendant. The course builds upon content inother courses to further develop the knowl-edge, attitude, and values required for practiceas a Home Support/Resident Care Attendant.

1.5 CR

HSRC 165Healing: Special Needs in Home Support and Resident CareThis course builds on other course materialsto provide an introduction to the basic con-cepts and approaches involved in the care ofclients/residents experiencing changes in men-tal functioning and other disabilities. Thecourse also explores the role of the Home

Support/Resident Care Attendant in specialneeds family situations.

3 CR

HSRC 199Home Support/Resident CareAttendant: Clinical ExperienceThis practice course provides an opportunityto apply the caring philosophy with individu-als and families at various stages of the lifecycle, with an emphasis upon interaction witholder adults. Experience may be obtained incommunity and institutional settings with afocus on the application and integration ofknowledge and skills learned in other courses.

This practical/clinical component of the HomeSupport/Resident Care Attendant Programmemay be divided into two or more segments,with increasing levels of proficiency requiredat each level.

The final transitional practice experience pro-vides an opportunity for the learner to becomebetter prepared to take on the role of the HomeSupport/Resident Care Attendant. Opportuni-ties will be provided for the learner to gainincreased self-confidence in the work settingand to become socialized into the work role.

6 CR / Total Credits 23

NORTHERNCOLLABORATIVEBACCALAUREATENURSINGPROGRAMME(NCBNP) BACHELOROF SCIENCE INNURSING (BSN)

STATEMENT OF NURSING

Nursing is a professional practice disciplinewhich offers a valuable service to the public byworking with individuals, families, groups,and communities to develop and implementstrategies to meet health care needs. Caring isa central and dominant feature of nursing.

Nursing: a) considers the physical, psychologi-cal, social, environmental, and spiritualdomains of clients; b) requires cultural sensi-tivity; and c) collaborates with clients, otherhealth care providers, and the community.Nursing is based on knowledge and skillsdeveloped in its own and related disciplines.


Nursing knowledge is developed throughresearch and other methods. Nursing advo-cates for a health care system that: a) empha-sizes health promotion and illness prevention;b) is based on practical, affordable, manage-able, and culturally acceptable care and tech-nology; and c) is available for all clients in auniversal, equitable manner.

STATEMENT OF NURSING EDUCATION

Nursing education responds to societal con-cerns by developing a curriculum that is rele-vant and considers future trends in healthcare. Nursing education strives to provide anenvironment that is challenging and support-ive, where all students learn the practice ofnursing through the application and evalua-tion of knowledge, the practice of skills, andthe internalization of caring and professionalattitudes. A dynamic and positive relationshipoccurs between health care services and edu-cation through the sharing of knowledge,skills, and research.

Northern Collaborative BaccalaureateNursing Programme: This programme isoffered collaboratively between UNBC and theCollege of New Caledonia (CNC) and providesentry into the nursing profession. The integrat-ed programme of studies leads to a Bachelorof Science in Nursing (BSN), awarded byUNBC. Graduates are eligible to write theCanadian Registered Nurse Examination andto apply for registration with the RegisteredNurses Association of British Columbia(RNABC) after passing the exams.

AIMS OF THE BSN PROGRAMME

The goal of the BSN programme is to improveaccess to and successful completion of nursing education for residents of the North.The aim of the nursing programme is to pre-pare professional nurses who will:

• practice with cultural sensitivity

• practice with awareness of particular healthneeds of northern populations

• practice assessment and promotion ofholistic health with individuals, families,groups, and communities

• participate in activities that reflect theappraisal of population health needs andimplement and evaluate the appropriateinterventions to meet those needs

• make nursing judgments that reflect appli-cation of current nursing research andresearch from related disciplines

• practice in a broad range of settings withan emphasis on northern communities

• influence health services to bring about pol-icy development that meets the healthneeds of northern populations

• practice effectively within collaborativeinterdisciplinary and intersectorial healthcare teams

• demonstrate critical thinking skills andeffective clinical decision making

• demonstrate skills of a self-directed learner

• meet professional practice requirements asidentified in Standards for NursingPractice in British Columbia

• NCBNP students will meet professionalpractice requirements as identified in theRNABC Nursing Competencies andSkills Required of the New Graduate

SPECIFIC PROGRAMMEADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The admission criteria and general require-ments set out in the Admissions content ofthis Calendar are applicable in this section.Additional admission requirements to thenursing programme follow.

Northern Collaborative BaccalaureateNursing Programme: Admission is basedon academic qualifications and availablespace. Priority will be given to students whomeet admission criteria and apply by thedeadline of March 31st. Admissionsreceived after the deadline may be reviewedbased on available space in the programme.

Individuals who apply by March 31st andwho will complete secondary school gradua-tion requirements by the end of June will notbe disadvantaged by this deadline.

Applicants from BC and Yukon secondaryschools must:

• meet UNBC admission requirements, and

• have completed Math 11, English 12,Biology 12, Chemistry 12 with a minimum“C+” (65%) in each course

Other applicants must:

• meet UNBC admission requirements, and

• have completed the equivalent of Math 11,English 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 12 witha minimum “C+” (65%) in each course

Prerequisite equivalency options should bediscussed with a CNC counsellor or advisor orthe Nursing Programme Officer.

Basic word-processing skills are highly recom-mended for all applicants.

ACADEMIC POLICIES FORNURSING STUDENTS

Health Assessment, Immunization,and CPR Certification

All students accepted into the undergraduatenursing programme will be sent documenta-tion and information regarding health statusand immunization policies. Prior to registra-tion in courses, all students must submit:

• a health assessment completed and signedby a physician within 12 months prior tothe commencement of course work whichtestifies that the applicant is able to under-take nursing studies, including clinical practica

• evidence of current immunization status fordiphtheria, tetanus, poliomyelitis, measles,mumps, rubella, and Mantoux test (PPD)for tuberculosis; Hepatitis B immunizationis highly recommended

• documentation of CPR certification, level C,which must be maintained throughout theprogramme

Student Professional Membership

NCBNP students are required to become student members of the RNABC, the cost ofwhich will be the responsibility of the student.In addition to membership benefits, thisrequirement will provide student malpracticeinsurance.


NCBNP students are required to undergo acriminal records search during the course ofstudy in the programme, the cost of which willbe the responsibility of the student.

PROGRAMME COSTS

Costs associated with study in the BSN pro-gramme are the responsibility of the individ-ual student, including transportation costs andany expenses involved in academic studies,lab, and clinical practica. Students may berequired to complete clinical experiences atsites other than Prince George. Provision forall travel, accommodation, and living ex-


penses associated with required clinical prac-tice is the sole responsibility of the student.

QUALIFICATION FOR DEGREE

It is the responsibility of the student to ensurethat his/her degree requirements are met.Graduation requirements are found in theRegulations and Policies section of the UNBCCalendar. To fulfill the requirements of gradua-tion, the student must:

• attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.33(C+) on courses for credit towards thedegree

• obtain a minimum passing grade of 2.0 (C)in all nursing courses for credit towards thedegree

• complete all requirements for the BSN pro-gramme within eight years of admission intothe programme or from the first nursingcourse used for credit towards the degree.

TRANSFER CREDIT

Transfer credit and/or advanced standing maybe awarded for course work completed atother recognized institutions. All transfer creditfor course work taken prior to admission tothe BSN programme will be evaluated at therequest of the student, and applied at the timeof initial registration in the programme. Onceadmitted to the nursing programme, coursework taken in other institutions for transfercredit towards the degree requires a letter ofpermission prior to registration in the course.

Northern Collaborative BaccalaureateNursing Programme: The total transfercredit awarded on the basis of acceptablework completed at other recognized institu-tions may not exceed 60 credit hours. Nursingcourses must have been completed within thefive years prior to admission to be eligible fortransfer credit into the nursing programme.

PART-TIME STUDIES

With prior approval by the NursingProgramme Officer, and subject to courseavailability, the NCBNP may be taken on apart-time basis, however, students may berequired to enroll full-time during a portion oftheir programme.

WITHDRAWAL FROM THENURSING PROGRAMME

Students who voluntarily withdraw from theNursing programme must notify the NursingProgramme Officer and will be required to

apply in competition for re-admission after thelapse of up to three semesters and on a seatavailability basis. If students fail to notify theNursing Programme Officer, the ProgrammeOfficer will deem a student to have voluntarilywithdrawn from the Nursing programmewhere the student has not registered inNursing courses in any of the last threesemesters.

CLINICAL PRACTICASCHEDULING ANDEXPECTATIONS

Clinical practica may be configured and offeredoutside the existing timetable structure andsessional dates, such as a four- or six-weekblock. The students in the NCBNP must com-plete a nursing practicum during spring inter-session immediately following both theirfourth and sixth semesters of study in the programme.

Attendance in each nursing practicum courseis mandatory. Students who miss more than10% of their practicum experience will beconsidered at risk for failure and may berequired to withdraw from the course.

ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE

The student is subject to all policies andregulations of the institution(s) wherethey are registered for courses. In mat-ters related to academic appeals and academicdishonesty, students are subject to thepolicies and rules of the institutionwhere they are registered for courses.Issues related to progression through theprogramme, such as probation, are gov-erned by UNBC guidelines on academicstanding and continuance.

Students may repeat a nursing course once.Students who fail a required nursing coursetwice are required to withdraw from the programme.

STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

All students are expected to abide by profes-sional standards as set forth in the RNABCStandards for Nursing Practice for BCand the Canadian Nurses Association (CNA)Code of Ethics. Violation of professionalstandards may result in suspension or dismissal from the programme or the educational institution.

REQUIREMENTS

Nursing courses will normally be restricted tostudents admitted into the BSN programme,unless otherwise specified in a course descrip-tion. Not all courses in the Calendar areoffered every semester or academic year.Admission to the BSN programme does notguarantee registration in any specific course;early registration is advised.

Northern Collaborative BaccalaureateNursing Programme: Consists of 140 credits with 98 required credits in nursing. Inorder to meet the graduation requirements fora BSN, the student must successfully completethe following courses.

100 LevelNursing 101Nursing 102Nursing 103Anthropology 101 or equivalentPsychology 101 or equivalentHealth & Human Science 110 at UNBC orBasic Microbiology 105 at CNC or equivalentHealth & Human Science 111 at UNBC orBiology 111 at CNC or equivalentHealth & Human Science 112 at UNBC orBiology 112 at CNC or equivalent

200 LevelNursing 201Nursing 202Nursing 203Nursing 204Nursing 205Nursing 206Nursing 210Nursing 211Nursing 220Mathematics 242 at UNBC or Mathematics104 at CNC or equivalent

300 LevelNursing 304Nursing 306Nursing 308Nursing 310Nursing 311Nursing 312Nursing 313Nursing 314Nursing 320

400 LevelNursing 403Nursing 408Nursing 415Nursing 416Political Science 403


At least one of the following areas of clinicalfocus:• both Nursing 420 and Nursing 440 or• both Nursing 422 and Nursing 441 or• both Nursing 424 and Nursing 442 or• both Nursing 426 and Nursing 443

ElectivesOf the electives, there must be:• three credit hours in First Nations Studies• three credit hours in Humanities• at least six credit hours at the 200 level or

above• at least three credit hours at the 300 level

or above• three credit hours at 200 level or above,

related to nursing focus• three credit hours at any level in any

subject

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The following nursing courses arerequired in the NCBNP:

NURS 101The Art and Science of NursingIntroduces the beginning student to thedimensions of nursing practice and to individ-uals accessing health care. Through group andindividual learning activities the student isintroduced to concepts, practices, issues, andtrends in nursing and health care. Observa-tional experience with a health care practition-er is incorporated.

Admission of non-Nursing students by thepermission of the instructor.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: None

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 102Communication Theory and PracticeIntroduces the student to communication theory and concepts. The student has theopportunity to increase awareness of self andto explore perceptions, culture, language, andnon-verbal messages. Opportunities exist forthe development of communication skills.



3 CR / (2,2)

NURS 103Introduction to Lifespan DevelopmentProvides an overview of normal lifespandevelopment from the infant to the elderly.Opportunities exist to interact with well individuals of various ages.



3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 201Introduction to Health AssessmentProvides the basis to gather a health historyand to assess the functioning of individualsthrough the proper use of physical examinationtechniques. Psychosocial and cultural assess-ment is included. The emphasis is on recogni-tion and identification of normal findings.


Prerequisites: All 100 level nursing courses;HHSC 111 & 112 or BIO 111 & BIO 112 at CNC

4 CR / (3,2)

NURS 202Pathophysiological ConceptsUses a conceptual approach to examine patho-logical mechanisms of altered states in humanphysiology. Topics include the etiology, cellu-lar metabolism, tissue alterations, functionalchanges, and age-related differences involvedin each process.


Prerequisites: HHSC 111 & 112 and HHSC110 or BIO 111 & 112 and BIO 105 at CNC

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 203Health Promotion in FamiliesIntroduces theory related to families across thelifespan within the context of primary healthcare in the north. Emphasis is on familyassessment skills and working in partnershipwith families in the development of health pro-motion and illness and injury preventionstrategies. Holistic care of families during tran-sitions such as normal childbearing, childrearing, and caring for an elderly parent isincluded.


Prerequisites or Corequisites: NURS 101,NURS 103, HHSC 111 & 112 at UNBC orBIO 111 & 112 at CNC

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 204Healing ModalitiesProvides an overview of healing modalitiescurrently used by nurses and other experts inpractice in British Columbia. Principles of

pharmacology and pharmacodynamics areaddressed. Opportunity is provided for stu-dents to explore various complementary heal-ing techniques.


Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 202

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 205Introduction to First Nations HealthProvides an overview of First Nations health,factors influencing health status, and issuesarising from Northern and remote living.Historical events and their impact on healthare introduced. Current barriers to health,along with culturally sensitive nursing impli-cations, are explored.


Prerequisite or Corequisite: ANTH 101 orequivalent

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 206Basic NutritionExamines the nutritional needs of specificclient groups throughout the lifespan and invarious states of wellness and illness. Thecourse reviews the physiology of carbohy-drate, fat, protein, and energy metabolism.Topics include enteral and parenteral nutrition,trends and issues in nutritional practice, andthe psychosocial and cultural aspects of foodand eating behaviours.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: None; admissionof non-Nursing students by permission of the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 210Nursing Practice with the AdultExamines principles and practices of nursingadults with health problems. Focus is on theapplication of knowledge in planning nursingcare of clients requiring medical and surgicalintervention. Holistic health care of individualsis highlighted.

Restricted to students in the NCBNP.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: NURS 201,NURS 202, NURS 203, NURS 204, NURS 206

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 211Clinical Practicum: AdultEnables the student to apply previouslylearned theory and skills in practice and


acquire basic psycho-motor skills needed toprovide nursing care. This course provides theopportunity to care for the adult with healthproblems requiring hospitalization. The courseincludes laboratory instruction in psychomotorskills necessary to provide nursing care.



5 CR / (0,2,12)

NURS 220Extended Clinical Practicum IProvides the opportunity for consolidated clini-cal nursing practice with adults who havehealth problems. This course builds on previ-ous clinical practice with the adult and willoccur in various settings in northern BC.


Prerequisites: NURS 205 and 211

5 CR (0,0,32.5)

NURS 304Introduction to Nursing KnowledgeProvides an overview of the types of knowl-edge or theory in the profession and howsuch knowledge is developed. Encourages a critical analysis of trends in knowledgedevelopment and highlights the crucial rela-tionship of knowledge to practice.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing in BSNprogramme

3 CR / (3,0,0)

NURS 306Introduction to EpidemiologyApplies epidemiological principles in theexamination of patterns of disease and dis-ability among populations, particularly thosein northern latitudes. Introduction to the inter-pretation of vital statistics, the critique ofcross-sectional, case-control, and cohortdesign, and the principles of screening.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing in theBSN programme; admission for non-Nursingstudents by permission of the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 308Ethics and Law in NursingExamines ethical reasoning and the use of ethi-cal theory in nursing practice decisions. Healthcare law as it relates to nursing practice isexplored. Special focus is on the meaning anduse of nursing practice acts, professional stan-dards of practice and nursing codes of ethics.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing in BSNprogramme

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 310Nursing Practice with theChildbearing FamilyNursing Practice with the Childbearing Family,the Child, and the Adolescent examinesknowledge, skills, and attitudes required toprovide holistic nursing care for pregnantwomen, infants, growing children, adoles-cents, and their families. Relevant theory need-ed to care for clients during the intrapartum aswell as theory related to the care of clientswith common complications during childbear-ing is addressed. The most frequent healthand developmental problems encountered inchildren and adolescents in the north, includ-ing acute and chronic illnesses, are explored.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Upper divisionstanding in NCBNP

3 CR / (3,0,0)

NURS 311Clinical Practicum: Childbearing FamilyClinical Practicum: Childbearing Family, Child and Adolescent integrates content from NURS 310 in the clinical setting. Oppor-tunities are provided to manage nursing carefor individuals and families in labour anddelivery, including low risk childbearing andperinatal situations, and for a child or adoles-cent with acute or chronic health problems.


5 CR / (0,2,12)

NURS 312Mental Health Nursing PracticeIntroduces the theory and concepts of mentalhealth nursing and examines the role of themental health nurse in northern nursing prac-tice settings. Attention is given to historical,current, and projected trends with a focus onthe unique concerns of the north.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing inNCBNP

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 313Nursing Practice with the Elderly AdultExamines the knowledge, skills, and attitudesrequired to provide holistic care to the olderadult. The course focuses on the older adult’sstrengths and wisdom in adjusting to theaging process as well as acknowledging theeffect of acute and chronic physical and psychological conditions.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Upper divisionstanding in the NCBNP

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 314Clinical Practicum: Mental Health and Elderly AdultProvides opportunity for students to integrateconcepts and theory related to mental healthand the aging process as they care for individ-ual and family clients with a variety of acuteand long-term care needs. Working with fami-lies and groups that support individuals deal-ing with specific aging or mental health condi-tions is highlighted.

Prerequisite or Corequisites: NURS 312 and313

5 CR / (0,2,12)

NURS 320Extended Clinical Practicum IIProvides opportunity for consolidated clinicalnursing practice with clients who have multi-ple health care needs. Previous clinical practiceexperience is considered when determiningplacement. The practicum occurs in varioushealth care settings in northern BC.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: All 300 levelrequired nursing courses in NCBNP

5 CR / (0,0,32.5)

NURS 403Introduction to Nursing ResearchCovers the empirical approach to the develop-ment of nursing knowledge and reviews as-pects of quantitative and qualitative methods.

Prerequisites: NURS 304; MATH 242 atUNBC or MATH 104 at CNC

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 408Nursing LeadershipDiscusses nursing as a profession within thehealth care delivery system. Theory regardingorganizational structure, leadership, change,power, accountability, and decision-makingprocesses is included and is related to a specific clinical setting.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Normally, thiscourse will be taken in the final semester ofstudy

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 415Introduction to Community Health and NursingProvides an introduction to the concept ofcommunity and nursing in the community andbuilds upon previous experiences in commu-nity health nursing practice. Nursing theoryand practice of working with individuals, fami-lies, and population groups in health and in


illness are addressed. The trend to more com-munity care in British Columbia is explored.

Prerequisite: All 300 level required nursingcourses in NCBNP

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 416Clinical Practicum: Community NursingPromotes the integration and application ofcommunity health nursing and primary healthcare theory in nursing practice in northerncommunities.


4 CR / (0,0,12)

NURS 420Community Health NursingFocuses on theory, roles, and practicesrequired for community health nursing in achanging system in northern and isolated set-tings. Emphasis is placed on a population-focused approach to nursing care whichincludes the promotion of health and preven-tion of disease and disability.

Prerequisite: Normally, this course will betaken in the final semester of study in theBSN programme

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 422First Nations Health and NursingExamines historical and current social, politi-cal, and economic factors influencing thehealth of First Nations people in Canada.Current health issues and related nursingimplications are emphasized. Topics include:the impact of colonization on health, effects ofrapid cultural changes, nursing managementof specific health issues, culturally sensitiveapproaches to nursing care, the health transferprocess, and special topics related to health.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 424Rural NursingProvides content relevant to the practice ofnursing in small, rural hospitals, clinics, andhealth centres in northern settings. The coursefocuses upon the nursing management ofhealth problems frequently encountered inambulatory and emergency settings, includingmental health and obstetrical considerations.

Referral mechanisms and standards of practiceare emphasized.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 426Acute Care NursingExplores the concepts and practices of acutecare nursing with various client populations.Problem solving complex client situations andexpanding the professional role of the nurseare central themes of the course.

Prerequisite: Normally, this course will betaken in the final semester of study of theBSN programme

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 430Community Continuing Care NursingExplores a multidisciplinary approach to caring for individuals, groups, and families inthe context of community continuing care. Thepractice of home-care nursing, long-term careassessment, community referral and liaison,and case management are addressed.


3 CR / (3,0,0)

NURS 432Mental Health NursingExamines mental health and mental illness indepth with particular attention to identifiedhigh-risk groups in the northern nursing prac-tice setting. Cultural, developmental, and treat-ment setting variables are examined using amental health nursing framework.


3 CR / (3,0,0)

NURS 434Maternal and Child NursingExamines the theory and practice of maternaland child nursing in depth, with particularattention to northern nursing practice. Nursingmanagement of clients at risk or with complexhealth and psychosocial problems is included.Ethical and cultural issues relevant to maternaland child nursing are addressed.


3 CR / (3,0,0)

NURS 440Practicum: Community Health NursingFacilitates the integration and application ofconcepts and models related to communityhealth nursing. The opportunity for studentsto acquire skills needed to contribute to ser-vices and programmes in the community isprovided. Emphasis is on the nurse as a part-ner with the community.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 420 orequivalent; all courses in the NCBNP must be completed prior to or concurrently withNURS 440

8 CR / (0,0,24)

NURS 441Practicum: First Nations Health and NursingProvides clinical experiences for nursing stu-dents interested in working with First Nationsclients, families, and communities. Clinicalexperiences are in agencies within FirstNations communities, or in agencies that primarily serve First Nations clients.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 422; allcourses in the NCBNP must be taken prior toor concurrently with NURS 441

8 CR (0,0,24)

NURS 442Practicum: Rural NursingFacilitates the integration and application ofknowledge and skills in rural nursing. Clinicalexperiences are located in rural hospitals,treatment and diagnostic centres, or com-munity mental health agencies serving ruralcommunities.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 424; allcourses in the NCBNP must be taken prior toor concurrently with NURS 442

8 CR / (0,0,24)

NURS 443Practicum: Acute Care NursingEnables the student to consolidate and extendknowledge and ability in acute care nursingpractice. Clinical practice occurs with clientpopulations requiring acute treatment andinterventions.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: NURS 426 orequivalent; all courses in the NCBNP must betaken prior to or concurrently with NURS 443

8 CR / (0,0,24)


The following non-nursing coursesare required in the NCBNP:

HHSC 110 at UNBC or BIO 105 at CNCBasic MicrobiologyPresents the basic principles of microbiologywith an emphasis on the relevance of theseprinciples to human health. A survey of themajor types of micro-organisms and a discus-sion on how they are classified and identifiedis addressed. An introduction to virology andbacterial metabolism, including environmentalfactors which affect microbial growth and sur-vival, is presented. A laboratory component isincluded.

Prerequisites: Biology 12 and Chemistry 11

3 CR / (3,1,0)

HHSC 111 at UNBC or BIO 111 at CNCAnatomy and Physiology IThis course is the first half of a comprehensivesurvey of the structures and functions of thehuman organ systems. Lecture topics includecellular physiology, histology, and studies ofthe integumentary, skeletal, nervous, andendocrine systems. A laboratory component isincluded. This course is appropriate for stu-dents who intend to enter Health Sciences programmes.

Prerequisites: Biology 12 and Chemistry 11

3 CR / (3,3)

HHSC 112 at UNBC or BIO 112 at CNCAnatomy and Physiology IIThis course is a continuation of Anatomy andPhysiology I. It is designed to cover the anato-my and physiology of the muscular, cardio-vascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive systems. Emphasisis on the importance of homeostasis and howit is maintained by the concerted proper functioning of the body systems. A laboratorycomponent is included.

Prerequisite: Anatomy and Physiology I

3 CR / (3,3)

ANTH 101 at UNBCLinguistic and Sociocultural ApproachesExamines the diversity of human cultures andlanguages through the comparison of contem-porary societies, patterns of social organiza-tion, and the categories of linguistic theory.

3 CR / (3,0)

or

ANTH 101 at CNCIntroduction to Socio-Cultural AnthropologyThis course examines major institutions in avariety of societies: subsistence, belief, power,law, health, marriage, family, language, andchange. It also explains the theories used byanthropologists to understand human be-haviour cross-culturally.

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 101 at UNBCPsychology as a ScienceThis course describes psychology as a basicscience in two logical modules: psychology asa natural science and psychology as a socialscience.

3 CR / (3,0)

or

PSYC 101 at CNCIntroduction to PsychologyThis general survey course includes topicssuch as a brief history of psychology, elemen-tary experimental design, the nervous system,sensation, perception, learning, memory, language, and thought.

3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 242 at UNBCStatistics for Social and Health SciencesThis course provides an introduction to theprinciples of statistical inference for studentsin the social and health sciences. Credit notnormally given for both MATH 340 and 242.

Prerequisite: Math 11

Recommended: Math 12

3 CR / (3,0)

or

MATH 104 at CNCIntroduction to StatisticsThis course is designed to provide basicknowledge of statistical methodology. Topicsinclude descriptive statistics, elementary probability theory, probability distributions,sampling, and some standard concepts andtechniques of statistical inference, correlation,and linear regression. Applications to a widevariety of problems are emphasized.

Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 045

3 CR / (3,0)

POLS 403Social and Health Policy and AdministrationThe evolution of social and health services inCanada in a comparative context. The provi-sion of public services, federal–provincial rela-tions and the development of communityhealth and social services.

Prerequisite: Restricted to fourth-year studentsor by permission of the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

The following courses are offeredas nursing electives in the NCBNP:

NURS 404Programme Development and EvaluationPresents the process of programme develop-ment and evaluation from the identification ofa need for programming in various settings,to planning, implementing, and evaluating aprogramme.

Prerequisites: MATH 242, NURS 306; admis-sion for non-Nursing students by permissionof the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 410Transcultural NursingExamines concepts and theories of trans-cultural nursing and their application to thecare of culturally diverse clients and communi-ties. Strategies for developing culturally sensi-tive nursing approaches are explored.Emphasis is on respecting and responding toclients in ways that acknowledge and incorpo-rate cultural differences and similarities.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing or bypermission of the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 411Medical Diagnostics for NursesProvides information, interpretation, andimplications of commonly ordered diagnostictests. Aspects of specimen collection and testperformance are covered. Areas of studyinclude serum chemistry, hematology, micro-biology, radiological imaging, and electrogra-phy. Emphasis is upon problem solving anddecision making for nurses in acute care set-tings and in remote and rural areas.


3 CR / (3,0)


NURS 412Women and HealthExamines health issues of northern womenwithin a holistic perspective. Students willexplore general and specific health concerns ofwomen using research literature, includingepidemiology.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 413Oncology NursingIncorporates an understanding of carcinogene-sis into the study of current management andtreatment modalities: surgery, radiation thera-py, chemotherapy, biotherapy, and bone mar-row transplantation. Focus is upon nursingmanagement of pain, administration ofchemotherapeutic agents, palliative care, andassessment and prevention of complications.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 414Nursing Continuing EducationExamines principles and practices of continu-ing education and staff development in thecontext of implementing organizational andpractice changes within health care organiza-tions and agencies. Particular attention will bepaid to special educational requirements ofnurses in rural, remote, and northern settings.

Prerequisite: Upper division standing and bypermission of the instructor

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 428Nursing ManagementExamines nursing management and leader-ship theory, issues, and practice in hospitals,health care agencies, and communities.Special focus is on first-line nursing manage-ment within rural and northern communitiesin a changing health care system. Discussionand explorations are grounded in currenthealth care and nursing management practiceand research knowledge.

Prerequisite: Normally, this course will betaken in the final semester of study

3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 430Community Continuing Care NursingExplores a multidisciplinary approach to car-ing for individuals, groups, and families in thecontext of community continuing care. Thepractice of home-care nursing, long-term care

assessment, community referral and liaison,and case management are addressed.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 432Mental Health NursingExamines mental health and mental illness indepth with particular attention to identifiedhigh-risk groups in the northern nursing prac-tice setting. Cultural, developmental, and treat-ment setting variables are examined using amental health nursing framework.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 434Maternal and Child NursingExamines the theory and practice of maternaland child nursing in depth, with particularattention to northern nursing practice. Nursingmanagement of clients at risk or with complexhealth and psychosocial problems is included.Ethical and cultural issues relevant to maternaland child nursing are addressed.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 498Special Topics in NursingA course on a special topic in nursing. Thetopic will vary, depending on student interestand faculty availability. No more than six credit hours in Special Topics courses may beapplied towards a BSN degree.


3 CR / (3,0)

NURS 499Independent Study in NursingA course on a selected topic based on read-ings and learning experiences directed by aninstructor. The course format and requirementswill be based on a formal contract with theinstructor. No more than six credit hours inIndependent Study courses may be appliedtowards a BSN degree.


3 CR / (3,0)

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

College of New CaledoniaJune Anonson, DeanDivision of Health Sciences3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8Telephone: (250) 561-5841www.cnc.bc.ca

College of New CaledoniaCounselling CentreTelephone: (250) 561-5818

University of Northern British ColumbiaDeanna Fayle, Programme AdvisorNursing Programme3333 University WayPrince George, BC V2N 4Z9Telephone (250) 960-5645www.unbc.ca

PRACTICAL NURSEPROGRAMME


The Practical Nurse programme is designed toprovide graduates with opportunities to devel-op knowledge, skills, and values necessary toassist individuals and families in community,acute, and long-term settings. This programmeemphasizes care with a holistic multidiscipli-nary approach that encourages the practicalnurse to work in partnership with other healthcare professionals. Upon successful completionof licensing exams, graduates will be able towork in a variety of health care settings.

The programme must be completed withinfive years. In the event of a major curriculumchange, students may be required to repeatcourses.

CRIMINAL RECORDS SEARCH

Given the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants for programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches: one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Solicitor General. (Forms supplied withacceptance.)



APPLICATION AND DOCUMENTSUBMISSION DEADLINE

Application forms are available from theAdmissions, Registration and Records Officeand may be submitted after September 15thfor entry in the following Fall.

Applications received after March 31st for Fall entry are considered late and will beprocessed subject to course availability.

You must submit your application and allrequired documents (see Admission Require-ments) by April 24 in order to be eligible forselection.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must acquire and maintain avalid CPR Level “C” certificate throughout theprogramme.

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate.

2. Biology 12 or equivalent with a grade of“C” or better.

3. English 12 or equivalent with a grade of“C” or better.

4. Mathematics 10 or equivalent with agrade of “C” or better.

5. Applicants must take the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT) administeredby the College. Applicants must successfullycomplete all required upgrading prior toadmission to the programme.

6. Documents certifying current immuniza-tion, Heptatitis B vaccination, TB screening,and health examination. The documentationmust be on official College forms (suppliedwith acceptance) and submitted prior to com-mencement of the programme.

7. As per the Selection Criteria, some experi-ence, volunteer or paid, in a relevant healthcare setting is beneficial. Applicants shouldinclude a statement describing length, type,and location of previous experience on facility

letterhead where the experience occurred andsigned by an appropriate supervisor.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where there are more qualifiedapplicants than available spaces, the followingcriteria will be used in selecting half the class:

1. A letter grade for Biology 12 will con-tribute its actual points to the selection process(i.e., A+ = 4.33, A = 4.0, B+ = 3.33, etc.).

2. A letter grade for English 12 will con-tribute its actual points to the selection process(i.e., A+ = 4.33, A = 4.0, B+ = 3.33, etc.).

3. Geographical location: residents of BC orYukon will be awarded 1 point.

4. Relevant work or educational experience,including a minimum of 30 hours’ volunteerexperience in the health care field will beawarded 2 points. A statement on the facilityletterhead where the volunteer experienceoccurred is required along with the signatureof a supervisor.

5. Persistent interest in the programme asdemonstrated by a qualified applicant whoapplies more than once will be awarded 1point.

Total points available are 12.66.

In the case of ties using the above criteria, thedate of application will be the deciding criteria.

In keeping with the majority of programmesthat are oversubscribed, this programme willselect 50% of the class from the qualifiedapplicants while the balance of the class willbe selected randomly from the remainingqualified applicants.

RE-ADMISSION

A student who is unsuccessful in a PN coursewill be permitted to repeat the course once.Two failures or withdrawals in the samecourse will exclude the student from furtherstudy in the programme. A student who with-draws from the programme voluntarily mustnotify a faculty member and will be requiredto apply for re-admission to the programme.Re-admission is considered on a space avail-able basis and will be administered accordingto the following priorities:

1. A student who has successfully completedthe prerequisite courses and/or who, at thetime of withdrawal, maintained an overallaverage of “C+” (65%) or better in the course,will be awarded first priority.

2. A student who has failed a PN course orwho has withdrawn from the PN course withless than a “C+” (65%) grade standing in thecourse will be awarded second priority.

3. A student requesting transfer from PN pro-grammes at other institutions will be subject-ed to the above criteria and be accorded thirdpriority.

All PN course work must be completed withina five-year time frame. In the event of significant changes to courses, students maybe required to repeat a course. Students maybe required to demonstrate that they havemaintained their knowledge and skills for re-entry into the programme.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Practical Nurse

Semester IPNUR 101 Health IPNUR 103 Professional Growth IPNUR 105 Healing IPNUR 107 Human Relationships IPNUR 110 Human Anatomy/

PhysiologyPNUR 111 Nursing Arts IPNUR 197 Clinical I

Semester IIPNUR 102 Health IIPNUR 106 Healing IIPNUR 108 Human Relationships IIPNUR 112 Nursing Arts IIPNUR 198 Clinical II (Gerontology)

Semester IIIPNUR 201 Health IIIPNUR 203 Professional GrowthPNUR 205 Healing IIIPNUR 211 Nursing Arts IIIPNUR 297 Clinical IIIPNUR 299 Practicum

FOR MORE INFORMATION

College of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P81-800-371-8111

Admissions: (250) 561-5867

Counselling and Advising: (250) 561-5818

Health Sciences: (250) 561-5841


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PNUR 101Health IThis course introduces the learner to the con-cept of health as a dynamic, non-staticprocess, rather than a goal. Viewed within thecontext of the Canadian society, health is seenas a holistic process on which our daily choices have a significant effect. The integra-tion of body, mind, and spirit will be exam-ined in order to develop an appreciation forthe idea that everything we do, think, feel, andbelieve has an impact on our state of healthand that health is comprised of six dimen-sions, each of which impacts well-being.Health promotion will be examined through-out the lifespan.

Prerequisite: Admission to the programme

3 CR / (5,0,0)

PNUR 102Health IISociety is bombarded with a variety of myths,stereotypes, and prejudices related to aging.To gain a more factual picture of aging, thiscourse will explore the process and theories ofaging. In particular, it will examine the demo-graphic profile of the older adult, along withissues such as the aging family, personaladjustments required by the aging individual,and community resources available for theaging person. A holistic approach to healthpromotion and wellness in the older adult is amajor theme. This course will also includeconcepts, issues, and skills related togeropharmacology.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of allSemester I courses

3 CR / (6,0,0)

PNUR 103Professional Growth IThis course introduces the learner to the evo-lution and position of practical nursing as ahealth profession within the health care sys-tem. It focuses on the legal, ethical, and philo-sophical basis for practice. The PN role, multi-disciplinary team, partnership, delegation,reporting, and documenting are discussed.This course also explores reflective writing,practice, and critical thinking skills.


1 CR / (3,0,0)

PNUR 105Healing IThis course provides the learner with theopportunity to explore healing as a holistic

process. In doing so, the following conceptswill be examined: complementary approachesto healing, common challenges to the healingprocess, the needs of persons with disabilitiesfrom a healing perspective, the concepts ofprimary health care as a method of promotinghealing; basic pharmacology.


3 CR / (4,0,0)

PNUR 106Healing IIThis course covers promotion of autonomyand independence with challenges associatedwith aging using the nursing process; diseaseprocess associated with aging; psychogeri-atrics; gerontological nursing care; hospice,death, and dying; and the nursing process.


3 CR / (6,0,0)

PNUR 107Human Relationships IThis course will provide opportunities for par-ticipants to examine and practice: caring with-in the context of human relationships, owninterpersonal style and how it affects others,interpersonal skills which are necessary toestablish helping relationships, phases ofhelping relationships between nurses andtheir clients, effective communication skills ingroups, ways of adapting communicationwhen interacting with the physically and/ormentally disabled person.


2 CR / (3,0,0)

PNUR 108Human Relationships IIThis course focuses on effective communica-tion with the older adult. While it is generallyagreed that the ability to communicate is anessential ingredient of being with others, age-related changes often interfere with theprocess. The nurse needs to learn not only tocommunicate effectively with the older adulton a one-to-one basis, but also needs tounderstand the benefits of group communica-tions to the psychosocial well-being of theolder adult. In addition, this course empha-sizes the importance of effective communica-tion and leadership skills with co-workers inlong-term care settings.


3 CR / (3,0,0)

PNUR 110Human Anatomy/PhysiologyThis course gives an overview of the structureand function of ten body systems. It also dis-cusses various health promotion strategiesthat work toward the optimal functioning ofthese systems.


3 CR / (4.5,0,0)

PNUR 111Nursing Arts IThis course emphasizes the development ofbasic nursing skills that support health pro-motion. The classroom and laboratory compo-nents will assist the learner in acquiring thebasic knowledge and skills of nursing assess-ment of health and environment, promotion ofindependence, activity, comfort, and personalcare skills. This course is intended to helplearners integrate theory from other coursework and relate it to selected clients.Organizational skills, safety to practice, andtherapeutic communication are underlyingthemes of Nursing Arts.


3 CR / (4,6,0)

PNUR 112Nursing Arts IIThis course emphasizes the development ofpractical nursing competencies in order to pro-mote health and healing when caring for theolder adult. Clients are viewed from a holisticperspective based on an accurate and compre-hensive assessment of their unique needs.Laboratory and clinical experience componentswill promote integration of theory to practice.


3 CR / (5,6,4)

PNUR 197Clinical IThis three-week community clinical providesthe learner with an opportunity to integratethe theory from Semester I into practice. Itoffers the learner experience in working withindividuals with disabilities in a variety ofcommunity settings including residential care,community care, palliative care, ambulatorycare, daycare, and respite care.


5 CR / (0,0,28)



PNUR 198Clinical II (Gerontology)This six-week clinical provides the studentwith a supervised experience which willenhance the learner’s ability to integrate theo-ry to practice in caring for the older adult indiverse care settings. Some examples includeadult day centres, intermediate care, extendedcare, special needs units/psychogeriatric care.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of allSemester II courses

3 CR / (0,0,28)

PNUR 201Health IIIThis course focuses on the promotion ofhealth for individuals across the lifespan inacute care. Health promotion programmes willbe examined. The role of the practical nurse insupporting and assisting clients across thelifespan in acquiring information is explored.The responsibilities of accurate reporting anddocumenting will be discussed. The nursealso needs to understand the collaborationbetween various health sectors in order toease transition when the clients enter or leaveacute care. Opportunities for client teachingand learning will be stressed.


1 CR / (3,0,0)

PNUR 203Professional GrowthThis course prepares the student for the role ofa licensed practical nurse. It further exploreshis/her role as an advocate and a member ofthe interdisciplinary team. Issues such asStandards of Practice and professional andunion affiliations in practical nursing are dis-cussed. Being an effective team member,

change theory, and lifelong learning areexplored.


1 CR / (2,0,0)

PNUR 205Healing IIIThis course emphasizes the promotion of heal-ing of individuals across the lifespan in acutecare with acute and chronic diseases. Thepractical nurse must understand the patho-physiology, clinical manifestations, and theappropriate nursing interventions to plan anddeliver care for clients.


3 CR / (7,0,0)

PNUR 211Nursing Arts IIIThis course emphasizes the development ofnursing skills in the promotion of health andhealing when caring for individuals whorequire acute nursing interventions. Buildingon the theory and practice from Semesters Iand II, a nursing process approach to themanagement of holistic care is reinforcedwhile integrating new knowledge and techni-cal skills relevant in an acute care setting. Thefocus is on performing accurate, comprehen-sive nursing assessments and using the nursing process to determine care for clientsrequiring acute care across the lifespan.Opportunities for client teaching and learningwill be stressed. The laboratory setting as wellas the practice settings will provide the oppor-tunity for integration of theory to practice.


4 CR / (4,10,4)

PNUR 297Clinical IIIThis five-week clinical provides the studentwith experiences which will enhance theirability to integrate and build on theory andpractice in caring for individuals, across thelifespan, who require acute nursing interven-tions. The selection of learning experiencesshould be based on client acuity and complex-ity. The distinct role of the practical nurse as apartner, collaborator, and advocate with thehealth care team and the client needs to beemphasized.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of allSemester III courses

5 CR / (0,0,30)

PNUR 299PracticumThis experience provides a transition for thelearner from student to graduate. During thistime, the student will work closely with a pre-ceptor who will guide the student as a facilita-tor, teacher, and mentor to help the studentgain further insights, awareness, and knowl-edge through the realities of the work setting.Programme instructors will collaborate withthe preceptor and learner to facilitate the pre-ceptorship.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of all otherprogramme courses

5 CR / (0,0,32)


100

DIVISIONAL CONTACTJune AnonsonDean, Health Sciences and Social Services DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5841Fax: (250) 561-5866

Social Services Programmes:

• Certificates:

- Social Service Worker

- Teaching Assistant

• Diplomas:

- Social Service Worker

- Pre-UNBC BSW

DIVISIONAL CONTACT

Marcia TimbresDean, College Foundations DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5826Fax: (250) 561-5866

Certificate Programme:

• Developmental Disabilities (DEVC)

SOCIAL SERVICESPROGRAMMES


The Social Services programmes provide students with educational opportunities andpractical skills in order to develop as para-professionals in the social service field. It isthe belief of the programme that students will

be effective in their future helping rolesthrough acquiring:

• a commitment to a professional code ofethics

• a sound knowledge of human behaviourand social issues

• an ability to develop self-awareness andcritical thinking skills

The Social Services programmes are designedfor students seeking to become, or who arecurrently working as, social service para-professionals. There are three certificateoptions and two diploma options for studentsinterested in this field. The Social ServiceWorker Certificate, the Teaching AssistantCertificate, and the Social Service Worker andPre-UNBC BSW Diploma are classroom basedprogrammes. Courses are available for bothfull- and part-time study. The DevelopmentalDisabilities Certificate is offered in a distanceeducation format for part-time study only.

Students interested in continuing their studies to the Bachelor degree level in SocialWork or Child and Youth Care should discussthese plans with a CNC counsellor prior toregistering.

SOCIAL SERVICE WORKERCERTIFICATE

This one-year certificate programme providesthe student with the basic knowledge andskills necessary to work as a social serviceparaprofessional. It combines theory and skilldevelopment courses with supervised practicalexperience.

All Social Service students must attain a “C”grade in all their SSWK courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in order to obtain the certificate.

Those students who entered the programmeprior to September 1995 will be exempt fromthis criteria.

Note: This full certificate is also offeredat the Quesnel Campus.

SOCIAL SERVICE WORKERDIPLOMA

Students enrolling in this diploma programmehave completed the one-year Social ServiceWorker Certificate. The Social Service WorkerDiploma is designed to train individuals towork with children and families experiencingdifficulties in the community. Students trainedat the diploma level will work in situationsthat require greater independence and a high-er level of skill than expected in the SocialService Worker Certificate.

Career Opportunities

Graduates find employment in a variety ofsocial service agencies including: financialassistance offices, school districts, residentialchild/adult care services, supported employ-ment programmes, corrections agencies,women’s programmes, sexual assault victimtreatment services, alcohol treatment or sup-port services, First Nations social servicesorganizations, and a variety of other services,agencies, and programmes.

PRE-UNBC BSW DIPLOMA

Students enrolling in the Pre-UNBC BSWDiploma must have successfully completed allthe first year Social Service Worker courseswith a “C” or better. This stream is designedfor students wanting to apply to UNBC Schoolof Social Work programme. However, there isno guarantee that students completing thisprogramme will be accepted in the Bachelor ofSocial Work programme at UNBC.

Social ServicesPROGRAMMES


Graduates find employment in a variety ofsocial service agencies including: financialassistance workers, school districts, residentialchild/adult care services, supported employ-ment programmes, corrections agencies,women’s programmes, sexual assault victimtreatment services, alcohol treatment or sup-port services, First Nations’ social serviceorganizations, and a variety of other services,agencies, and programmes.

Upon completion of the BSW degree atUNBC, career opportunities can includethe following: child protection, probation,mental health, school district social workerpositions, residential treatment, alcohol anddrug programmes, and First Nations socialservice organizations.

TEACHING ASSISTANTCERTIFICATE

This one-year programme prepares studentsto work in the public school system as teach-ing assistants. Teaching assistants work with children who are experiencing emotional, physical, behavioural, and/or learning diffi-culties in an integrated setting.

Note: This programme is currently not beingoffered.


Career opportunities for graduates of theTeaching Assistant Certificate are teachingassistants in the public school districts and community services for people with disabilities.

Note: All Social Service programme stu-dents must attain a “C” grade in all theirSSWK courses with a cumulative GPA of2.0 in order to obtain the certificate ordiploma. Those students who entered theprogramme prior to September 1995 willbe exempt from this criteria.

CRIMINAL RECORDS SEARCH

Given the scope of the Criminal RecordsReview Act, CNC requires criminal recordssearches for applicants for programme areasthat involve working with children or othervulnerable persons. The cost of this search isthe responsibility of the student. This require-ment may result in a student having to under-go two criminal record searches; one throughthe RCMP (for those programmes requiring it)and one through the Ministry of Public Safetyand Attorney General.


ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSSocial Service Worker CertificateSocial Service Worker DiplomaPre-UNBC BSW DiplomaTeaching Assistant Certificate

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 withEnglish 12 with a minimum “C” grade or ABEAdvanced Certificate plus English 045 with aminimum “C” grade, or GED Certificate withEnglish 045 or English 12 with a minimum“C” grade.

2. All applicants must write the English com-ponent EMAT.

3. Two reference forms from a Social Serviceemployer, volunteer supervisor, teacher, orsocial service professional, attesting to theapplicant’s personal suitability for work in thesocial service field.

4. A work/volunteer experience résumé.Applicants must have at least 65 verifiablehours of volunteer experience in the past threeyears. A form for recording this is available atAdmissions, Registration and Records.

5. A written statement answering questionsthat focus on the applicant’s interest in thefield, his/her understanding of what the socialservice field is about, and types of attributeshe/she possesses that would make him/her aviable candidate for this programme. This islimited to four pages in length.

6. All applicants must attend a programmeorientation or undertake suitable prior consul-tation with the programme.

Note: Students may be required, depend-ent upon their practicum placement, tosubmit a medical certificate with TB test-ing and up-to-date immunization and/ora police records check.

It is strongly recommended that applicants to the Social Services programmes have a one-day Safety Oriented First Aid (SOFA)Certificate.

SELECTION CRITERIA FOR ALL PROGRAMMES

1. Reference forms (two forms are required)Each reference form will be evaluated on the basis of appropriateness of reference (5 points)Reference view of applicant’s readiness (5 points)(Maximum 5 points per letter) 10 points

2. Previous Academic ExperienceRelevant post-secondary courses with a “C” or better (2 points per course to a maximum of 10 points)Completion of a preparatory or career skillscourse (5 points to a maximum of 5 points)Transcripts or other proof of academicachievement must be provided 15 points

3. Previous Volunteer and Work ExperienceApplicants to the SSWK Programme must have at least 65 verifiable hours of volunteer experience in the past 3 years.Applicants with relevant work experiencewithin the social service field in the past 3years may be exempt from this volunteerrequirement

(Maximum 20 points) 20 points

4. Personal StatementThe applicant must write in a clear andconcise manner when answering questionsthat pertain to the following: why he/sheis interested in the field; an understandingof what the social service field is about;and what personal attributes the applicant brings to the field 25 points

Total (Maximum 70) 70 points

Note: Please obtain from Admissions,Registration and Records an admissionspacket which includes a CollegeApplication form, two Reference Forms,and Personal Statement Form.

APPLICATION PROCEDUREFOR ALL PROGRAMMES

Application forms are available from theAdmissions, Registration and Records Officeand may be submitted after September 15 forentry in the following Fall.

Only students who have completed theirapplications for the Social Service WorkerCertificate, the Social Service Worker Diploma,and the Teaching Assistant Certificate by April24th will be eligible for selection into theseprogrammes in Prince George. In Quesnel,May 31st is the application deadline. Theseprogrammes begin annually in September.

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Social Services Programmes / 101

For the Prince George Campus, applicationsreceived after March 31st for Fall entry intolimited enrollment programmes are consideredlate. If the programme applied for is over-subscribed at the March 31st deadline, appli-cations and application fees after that date willbe returned to the applicant.



Students applying to the DevelopmentalDisabilities Certificate must complete a specialSocial Services Training Programme form inaddition to the regular College admissionform. This programme may be started inAugust or January.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE–Common First Year for:

Social Service Worker CertificateSocial Service Worker DiplomaPre-UNBC BSW Diploma

Semester 1 September to DecemberENGL 103 Composition and StyleSSWK 145 Communication and Inter-

personal Relationship SkillsSSWK 171 Introduction to Social ServicesSSWK 195 Practicum Preparation and

Community SeminarUT Elective Two of PSYC 101, PSYC 102,

SOC 101, CRIM 103, or FN 100, WST 101

Note: Students will have one extra day toaccommodate this change in scheduling.

Semester 2 January to AprilSOC 206 Social ProblemsSSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical

ApplicationsSSWK 151 History and Philosophy of

Social Welfare PolicySSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar

In order to continue with practicum, studentsmust obtain a “C” grade or better in all SSWKcourses.

Intersession MaySSWK 199 Practicum and Seminar

Upon completion of the Social ServiceWorker Certificate, students may choose

from one of the two options listed below:

I. Social Service Worker Diploma

II. Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma

PROGRAMME OUTLINE–Second Year

I. Social Service Worker DiplomaOption

Note: Students enrolling in this optionmust have successfully completed all ofthe first-year Social Service Workercourses only and must have achieved agrade of “C” or better in all their SSWKcourses.

Semester 3 September to DecemberSSWK 255 Counselling TheoriesSSWK 225 Introduction to DisabilitiesSSWK 241 Group Process and PracticeSSWK 263 Chemical DependencySSWK 282 Behaviour Management:

Techniques for Working with Children and Youth

SSWK 252 Social Welfare Policy II

Semester 4 January to AprilSSWK 232 Loss and GriefSSWK 242 Community DevelopmentSSWK 272 Family SystemsSSWK 295 Practicum and Seminar

Intersession MaySSWK 299 Practicum and Seminar

II. Pre-UNBC BSW DiplomaOption

Note: This programme option is currentlyunder review.

Note: Students enrolling in this optionmust have successfully completed all ofthe first-year Social Service Workercourses and must have achieved a gradeof “C” or better in all their SSWK courses.

Semester 3 September to DecemberSSWK 255 Counselling TheoriesSSWK 241 Group Process and PracticeSSWK 263 Chemical DependencyUT Elective* Three courses

Semester 4 January to AprilSSWK 232 Loss and GriefSSWK 272 Family SystemsUT Elective* Four courses

Note: For University Credit coursedescriptions, refer to the UniversityCredit section of this calendar.

*Students intending to transfer toUNBC’s Social Work programme mustselect electives as follows. Note that 1, 2,and 3 are mandatory.

1. SOC 220 or WMST 101

2. SOC 204 or both* FNST 100 and 101

3. One of ENGL 101 or 104 or 107

4. An additional four electives are needed andmay be chosen from MATH 104, PHIL 101,HIST 211, or any additional English, sociol-ogy, or psychology courses, based on avail-ability of seats.

These elective courses cannot be usedfor credit more than once.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE–Teaching Assistant Certificate

Semester 1 September to DecemberENGL 103 Composition and StylePSYC 101 Introduction to PsychologySSWK 145 Communication and Inter-

personal Relationship SkillsSSWK 225 Introduction to DisabilitiesSSWK 282 Behaviour Management:

Techniques for Working withChildren and Youth

Semester 2 January to AprilPSYC 102 Introduction to Psychology IISSWK 222 Social IssuesSSWK 232 Loss and GriefSSWK 273 Classroom AssistingSSWK 297 Teaching Assistant/Classroom

Aide Practicum

Intersession MaySSWK 298 Teaching Assistant/Classroom

Aide Practicum

The Teaching Assistant programme is offeredon a part-time basis on the Quesnel campus.

Note: This programme is not offered in2003–2004.

DEVELOPMENTALDISABILITIESCERTIFICATEThe purpose of the Developmental DisabilitiesCertificate is to help support staff and primarycaregivers develop the skills and attitudes nec-

102 / Social Services Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

essary for providing services to people withdevelopmental disabilities. The programmeis offered through distance learning(correspondence and teleconferencing).This programme follows a semester schedule.It is not self-paced.

The programme is based on the following values:

• People with developmental disabilities havethe right to support services that arerespectful of their individual dreams andabilities

• People with developmental disabilities havethe right to receive services from skilledsupport staff in community settings

Students have five years to complete the certificate.


Graduates of the Developmental DisabilitiesCertificate are employed as residential supportstaff, community access workers, job coaches,teaching assistants, and other paraprofession-als providing direct service to people withdevelopmental disabilities.


Applicants may be admitted to this pro-gramme in one of three ways:

1. As a paid paraprofessional, applicantsmust:

a) provide verification of successful completion of English 12 or English 045 orequivalent with a minimum “C” grade orsuccessful compleiton of a College of NewCaledonia administered test of English.

b) provide a letter confirming employ-ment from their employer.

2. As a volunteer service provider, applicantsmust:

a) provide verification of successful com-pletion of English 12 or English 045 orequivalent with a minimum “C” grade or successful completion of a College of NewCaledonia administered test of English.

b) provide a letter of reference from theirvolunteer supervisor verifying at least 65hours of direct service within the past threeyears. A form for recording this informationis available from Admissions, Registration,and Records.

3. As a primary caregiver such as a parent,guardian, or sibling over 19 years of age,applicants must:

a) provide verification of successful com-pletion of English 12 or English 045 orequivalent with a minimum “C” grade orsuccessful completion of a College of NewCaledonia administered test of English.

b) provide a written personal statement discussing his/her understanding of thecommunity living service field and theattributes that make him/her suited to thistype of work. A form is provided to recordthis statement.

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, students will be admitted on afirst-qualified, first-admitted basis until theprogramme is full.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE

Required Courses

DEVC 130 Physical CareDEVC 140 Communication Skills for

Social Service WorkersDEVC 150 Life Planning and Support

SystemsDEVC 160 Ethics and Law for Social

Service WorkersDEVC 172 Human Diversity Across the

LifespanDEVC 181 Positive Approaches to

Teaching and Learning IDEVC 186 Positive Approaches to

Teaching and Learning IIDEVC 199 Practicum

SSWK COURSEDESCRIPTIONS

ENGL103Composition and StyleA study of grammar, composi-tion, and style. A vigorous pro-gramme of essay writing plus a variety ofwriting assignments or exercises dealing withspecific problems in essay writing. Stronglyrecommended for students who wish toimprove their writing skills.

3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 206

Social ProblemsA sociological study of the creation, causes,and consequences of contemporary socialproblems in Canadian society. Topics include:organized crime, juvenile delinquency, sexualharassment, AIDS, mental illness, alcoholism,and drug abuse. Factual and moral aspects ofthese and other social problems will beargued.

3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 142Helping Skills: Practical ApplicationsThis course assists students in developing andrefining their basic helping skills. Extensiveuse of video, role play, and real experiencesprovides opportunities for the acquisition andpractice of helping skills. This course requiresthat students participate in a weekly three-hour laboratory session for the purpose oflearning and practicing their helping skills.

Prerequisite: SSWK 145

3 CR / (3,3)

SSWK 145Communication and InterpersonalRelationship SkillsCourse material will provide an overview ofcommunication theories as well as a practicalbasis for learning interpersonal skills. Thisincludes discussions of how self-concept, per-ceptual process, language, and non-verbalbehaviour influence communication. Thiscourse provides opportunities to increase self-awareness and to improve and develop effec-tive interpersonal communication skills. Thiscourse will also provide the student with theopportunity to develop confidence in publicspeaking.

3 CR / (3,1)

SSWK 151History and Philosophy of Social Welfare PolicyThis course provides a basic introduction tosocial welfare policy in Canada, its historicaldevelopment, and its role within the politicaland economic context of Canadian society. Amajor emphasis is placed on a review of thevalues and ideology implicit in various typesof social welfare policy. Students will criticallyanalyze the effect of social welfare policies onclient populations and upon themselves associal service workers. Class discussions focuson northern issues.

3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 171


Introduction to Social Service PracticeStudents are introduced to the practice ofsocial service, its values, knowledge, and skillfoundations. The principles and contributionsof mutual aid, self-help, and natural helpingnetworks are examined. The relationshipbetween social service practice and the com-munities and organizations in which it takesplace is a focus of discussion. Other discus-sion topics include current trends in the fieldof paraprofessional services, ethics, and thebasic structure and function of social serviceagencies.

3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 195Practicum Preparation andCommunity SeminarFor two hours per week, students are intro-duced to the social service agencies in thecommunity. The services these agencies pro-vide, the problems they seek to address, theircriteria for services, funding structure, andrelationship to other services will be discussedin a seminar format. The final hour of thecourse will be spent preparing students for acommunity agency placement. Students willassess their strengths and weaknesses,address issues of ethics and professional con-duct in agencies, discuss the personal impactof work in this field, develop understanding ofpersonal/professional boundaries and dualrelationships, and learn effective stress man-agement and self-care strategies. Students willestablish learning objectives and negotiatepracticum contracts with agencies.

Pre- or Corequisites: SSWK 145, 171

3 CR / (0,3)

SSWK 196Practicum and SeminarStudents will work two days per week begin-ning in January until the end of the semesterin April under the supervision of an agencysupervisor. A weekly one-hour seminar will beoffered. The practicum is intended to providestudents with an opportunity to familiarizethemselves with the agency and the communi-ty it serves. The purpose of the seminar is tohelp students integrate the knowledge andskills acquired in their academic setting withtheir work in the field.

Prerequisites: Successful completion of allSSWK courses in the first semester with agrade of “C” or better

Corequisites: SSWK 142, 151

3 CR / (0,1)

SSWK 199

Practicum and SeminarStarting in late April, at the end of the secondsemester, students will complete a two-weekblock placement in the same communityagency where they have been working duringSSWK 196. The students will already befamiliar with the agency and will be expectedto participate more fully and contribute to thegoals of the agency. A weekly two-hour semi-nar will be offered.

Prerequisites (SSWK 199): Successful com-pletion of all SSWK courses in the secondsemester with a grade of “C” or better and an“S” grade in SSWK 196

3 CR / (0,2)

SSWK 222Social IssuesThis course will look at specific problemsrelated to children and youth. Issues discussedwill include family violence, teen suicide,physical and sexual abuse, and a variety ofother issues affecting children and youth inthe schools (i.e., childhood AIDS, drug use, etc.).

1.5 CR / (1.5,0)

SSWK 225Introduction to DisabilitiesThis course will examine the various types ofemotional and physical disabilities in childrenand adolescents. An emphasis will be placedon the classification and the etiology of thesedisabilities as well as the behavioural andphysical care issues associated with them.Competence in handling prosthetics and otherdevices used to assist children with physicaldisabilities will be emphasized. Also, studentswill be introduced to alternate forms of com-munication and technical aids. Students willstudy the issue of normalization and its appli-cation in the community and classroom.

Prerequisite: Students must be registered inthe second year of the SSWK programme orbe registered in the Teaching AssistantCertificate programme

3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 232Loss and GriefThis course will explore the various dimen-sions of death, loss, and bereavement. Varioustopics that will be explored are: dynamics ofmourning, children and death, abnormal ver-sus normal grief, grief and the family, suicide,last rites, funerals, etc. As a result of thiscourse students will learn to face and acceptloss as a natural part of life and thereby learnhow to be more supportive and helpful in

encountering loss situations in both profes-sional and personal spheres.


3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 241Group Process and PracticeThe course will provide the students with abasic understanding of group work theory andpractice. The basic assumption is that there isa significant correlation between social func-tioning and group experience. Topics of studyinclude group dynamics, leadership styles andskills, group development, cultural issues ingroup work, and ethical issues in group work.This course includes a three-hour weekly labo-ratory experience in which students will learnand practice group work skills. A variety ofactivities will take place that will help todemonstrate the concepts and skills.

Prerequisites and Corequisites: SSWK 142,145, 255. Students must be registered in thesecond year of the SSWK programme withsuccessful completion of first-year SSWKcourses

3 CR / (3,3)

SSWK 242Community DevelopmentThis course examines the history of communi-ty development, distinguishes capacity-basedfrom needs-based motivation, and explores avariety of community development initiativesworldwide. Special emphasis is placed onlocal/northern community development, andon the capacity of social services paraprofes-sionals to participate in community develop-ment initiatives.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of first-year SSWK courses

3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 252Social Welfare Policy IIThis course will focus on legislation concern-ing the protection of children, children in con-flict with the law, special needs children,poverty, education, health, and regulation.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of first year

1.5 CR / (1.5,0)

SSWK 255Counselling TheoriesStudents become acquainted with the values,assumptions, and issues underlying various


approaches to helping. An emphasis is placedupon the students developing a better under-standing of their own personal helper values,assumptions regarding human behaviour, andstyles of helping. The various ethical issuesrelating to being a helper are also examined.


3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 263Chemical DependencyThis course will provide students with a basicintroduction to the issue of chemical depend-ency. An emphasis is placed on understandingtheories used to explain the etiology of chemi-cal dependency and various patterns of druguse and its impact on various groups in socie-ty. In addition, students will learn about thepsycho-social impact of drug use on individu-als and families and students will learn basicskills of assessment and intervention with thispopulation. Professional and ethical issues inworking with the chemically dependent will beexamined as well.


3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 272Family SystemsStudents will study the dynamics of familysystems. The stages of family development,communication patterns, rule setting, disci-pline, and problem solving will be presentedand discussed. The role of the child/youth careworker in the provision of service to familieswill be examined in detail. Skills in the facilita-tion of family functioning and developmentwill be emphasized.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of first year

3 CR / (3,1.5)

SSWK 273Classroom AssistingStudents will learn general educational princi-ples and techniques for classroom assistancewith exceptional children in primary, elemen-tary, and secondary school settings. Emphasiswill be placed on resource development, thedevelopment of language skills, co-operativelearning, and ethical issues in classroomassistance. The principles of integration ofexceptional children in the classroom will bepresented and discussed.Note: This course will be offered if there are a minimum of ten students registered.

Corequisite: SSWK 297

4.5 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 282Behaviour Management: Techniquesfor Working with Children and YouthThis course surveys the various aspects ofsocial service work with children. The threemain theoretical models of child helping—theAdlerian model, behaviour modification, andgeneral systems theory—will be examined indetail. Students learn how to apply these tech-niques in response to common behaviouralproblems in a variety of settings including thefamily, the community, and the school.


3 CR / (3,0)

SSWK 297Teaching Assistant/Classroom AidePracticumStudents will work one day per week in aclassroom setting under the supervision of a teacher and classroom aide. A weekly 11⁄2-hour seminar is included. The practicum isintended to provide students with an introduc-tion to the role and responsibilities of a class-room aide.Note: Part-time students must completeor be enrolled in all SSWK courses priorto taking the practicum. There must be aminimum of ten students registered forthe practicum to be offered.

Corequisite: SSWK 273

4 CR / (0,1.5)

SSWK 298Teaching Assistant/Classroom AidePracticumAs a continuation of SSWK 297, students willwork five days per week for three weeks in aclassroom setting. A weekly one-hour sessionwill be offered. Students will establish specificlearning objectives and, under the supervisionof a teacher and classroom aide, apply theskills and knowledge they have learnedthroughout the year. The practicum must becompleted for the certificate.

Prerequisite: SSWK 297

4 CR / (0,3)

SSWK 295Practicum and SeminarSSWK 296Practicum and SeminarSSWK 299

Practicum and SeminarStudents will work one day a week, startingin September until the end of April, in anagency under the supervision of an agencysupervisor. Starting in late April the studentswill complete a three-week block placement. Aweekly two-hour seminar will be offered. Thestudents establish specific goals and objec-tives and work toward attaining these in theirpracticum. The object of the seminar is to helpstudents integrate classroom skills into theirwork in the field. Students must complete allfirst-year courses in order to be eligible to dothe second-year practicum.

Prerequisites (SSWK 295): Successful comple-tion of all SSWK courses in the first semesterof second year with a grade of “C” or better

Prerequisite (SSWK 296): SSWK 295

Prerequisite (SSWK 299): Successful comple-tion of all SSWK courses in the second semes-ter of second year with a grade of “C” or bet-ter and an “S” grade in SSWK 295Note: In order to continue with thepracticum, students must obtain a “C”grade or better in all SSWK courses.

SSWK 295:2 CR / (0,1)

SSWK 296:2 CR / (0,1)

SSWK 299:4 CR / (0,2)

DEVELOPMENTALDISABILITIESCERTIFICATE

These courses are offered by correspondence with telephone instructional support

DEVC 130Physical CareMaintaining the physical health and safety ofpersons with a disability and the staff whosupport them is the focus of this course.Emphasis is given to providing personal carein the most dignified and least intrusive wayspossible. Topics covered in the course includepersonal hygiene, nutrition, feeding, bodymechanics, lifting and transferring, and med-ication safety. Procedures for responding tomedical emergencies, such as seizures, arealso discussed.


3 CR

DEVC 140Communication Skills for Social Service WorkersThis course introduces and helps participantsdevelop effective intrapersonal, interpersonal,group, and public communication skills appro-priate for a variety of social service settings.Themes include perception of self and others,verbal and nonverbal communication, manag-ing conflict, communication (including writtencommunication) in work relationships, effec-tive participation in work groups and teams,oral presentations, and the ethics of communi-cation. Consideration will also be given to theinfluence of disability, gender, and culture oncommunication.Note: Students need access to video cam-era equipment to complete two assign-ments for this course. Participation in one group teleconferenceis also required.

3 CR

DEVC 150Life Planning and Support SystemsIn this course, life planning is presented as aprocess that values and empowers individu-als. Several methods to assess needs, makedecisions, act, and evaluate are discussed. Thecourse also surveys a variety of governmentand other service systems available to supportindividuals with disabilities in fulfilling theirlife plans.

Prerequisites: DEVC 181 and 186

3 CR

DEVC 160Ethics and Law for Social ServiceWorkersSocial service practitioners must have a solidgrounding in ethics before they are competentto work with vulnerable people. This courseuses the BC Human Rights Code and relevantprofessional codes of ethics as the foundationfor competence in social service work. In thiscourse, learners will evaluate personal andprofessional values, adopt a relevant code ofprofessional ethics to guide conduct in theworkplace, and develop a model for ethicaldecision making. The course also reviews rele-vant law and liability issues for social serviceworkers.Participation in one group teleconferenceis required.

3 CR

DEVC 172

Human Diversity Across the LifespanHuman development takes many diversepaths. This course examines disability as oneexpression of this richness. The common cate-gories of disability are surveyed and theimpact each may have for people’s lives isexamined. Several influential theories ofhuman development are also critiqued from adisability perspective.

3 CR

DEVC 181Positive Approaches to Teaching and Learning IThis course introduces the student to the principles and procedures of behaviourchange. The intent of this course is to providea thorough exposure to training principles andprocedures, while alerting the student to theethical concerns when using the training techniques.

3 CR

DEVC 186Positive Approaches to Teaching and Learning IIA continuation of DEVC 181, this coursebuilds on the foundation of introduction tobehaviour change. Successful students willexpand their knowledge of how to developand implement procedures for behaviourchange to enhance the quality of life of indi-viduals with developmental disabilities.

Prerequisite: DEVC 181

3 CR

DEVC 199PracticumStudents complete a 16-week practicum. Thepracticum is designed to help students applyknowledge and skills learned in the prerequi-site courses. Supervised placements are pro-vided in a variety of social service agencies.

Prerequisites: DEVC 130, 140, 150, 160,172, 181, and 186

UNIVERSITYTRANSFER GUIDEStudents planning to transfer their credits toanother institution should consult the BritishColumbia Transfer Guide to verify transfer-ability of credits.

The British Columbia Transfer Guide is pub-lished by the British Columbia Council onAdmissions and Transfer and is available inthe CNC Counselling Centre and Library.

CNC counsellors will assist students in select-ing transferable courses, however, the finalresponsibility for course selection rests withthe student.

The British Columbia Council on Admissionsand Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at:

www.bccat.bc.ca



107

DIVISIONAL CONTACTAlan BuswellActing Dean, Technology and PlanningDivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5830Fax: (250) 561-5866

Certificates:• Advanced Common Core Electronics

Technician• Computer/Network Electronics Technician• Drafting Technician• Natural Resources Field Assistant• Wildland and Recreation Environmental

Studies• Wood Processing Technician

Diplomas:• Electronics Engineering Technology• Engineering Design Technology• Forest Resource Technology• Wood Processing and Engineering

Technology

One-Year Advanced Diploma:• Geographic Information Systems

Technology

Continuing Education:• ABCPF Pupil courses• AutoCAD• Electronics• Forestry• Geographic Information Systems

Technology• Custom and specialized courses upon

request

The Technology Division offers a variety ofprogrammes which lead to rewarding careersas highly skilled technicians or technologistsin the industrial and business sectors.Technicians and technologists enjoy opportu-nities to assume high levels of responsibilityand leadership, competitive remuneration,

promotion, and professional and educationaldevelopment throughout their working lives.The College of New Caledonia has technologyprogrammes which have developed solid rep-utations, built on experience and success.

Several programmes are accredited either bythe Applied Science Technologists andTechnicians of British Columbia (ASTTBC) and/or are being re-accredited under national standards.

DIVISIONAL CONTACTDon PrecoskyDean, Arts and Science DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5815Fax: (250) 561-5866E-mail: [email protected]

Writing and New Media Technologies

TECHNOLOGYPROGRAMMES


The Engineering DesignTechnology (EDT) and Geographic InformationSystems Technology (GIS) programmes offerstudents opportunities to gain practical experi-ence through the integration of work experi-ence with academic course work. The EDTprogramme includes three paid work terms:two upon completion of the second semester(term) and one upon completion of the thirdsemester (term). The GIS programme has one

work term following the completion of the firstsemester.

Students interested in this option must applyfor admission to the Co-operative Educationprogramme. To qualify for work term place-ment, students must meet the eligibilityrequirements for each programme and com-plete the required number of work terms tograduate with a Co-op designation.

CERTIFICATE INADVANCEDTECHNOLOGYAPPLICATIONS ANDLEADERSHIPThe College of New Caledonia will offer a pro-gramme in Advanced Technology Applicationsand Leadership beginning January 2004.Graduates will receive a Certificate inAdvanced Technology Applications andLeadership. As the title implies, programmecontent will be concentrated in two areas:

• Advanced technology applications

• Leadership and human relations skills

ADMISSION CRITERIA

To be admitted to the programme, learnersmust possess a minimum of a diploma in atechnology that is offered or recognized byCNC. Examples of such technologies includeforestry, electronics, computer information sys-tems, new media, and engineering design.Students must meet all prerequisites (or equiv-alents as evaluated) for specific courses includ-ed in their learning plans. Provision will be

TechnologyPROGRAMMES

made for the application of Prior LearningAssessment and Recognition.

The programme will have two unique fea-tures:

• It will be structured around a framework ofhours of study rather than credits earned

• Course selection will be done as a result ofan individual learning plan, rather thanaccording to a predetermined set ofrequired courses.

The Framework

• The Certificate will represent approximately240 contacts hours of traditional course-work (lectures, labs, etc.)

• Coursework must be beyond the scope ofcurrent diploma levels

• At least 50% of the contact hours (120)must be done through CNC courses

• Up ato 50% of the contact hours (120)may be done through other accredited insti-tutions or PLAR. There are no restrictionsas to delivery format.

• All courses taken through other institutionsmeet CNC programme standards

• All course work must be completed withinfive years of the learner’s admission to theprogramme

• Two-thirds of course hours must come fromtechnology studies

• One-third of course hours must come fromleadership/human relations studies

• All CNC courses eligible for the Certificatewill be recorded on the learner’s officialtranscript

• When appropriate, programme courses willbe submitted through the appropriate pro-gramme committees to Education Councilfor review and approval

• Delivery of CNC courses may be done in avariety of methods, including DistributedLearning, weekend classes, concentratedsummer delivery, or a blending of theseand other delivery approaches.

ENGINEERINGDESIGNTECHNOLOGYNote: The Drafting Technician Certificate andEngineering Design Technology programmesare under review. Please contact theCounselling and Advising Centre or the Dean,Technology and Planning Division for pro-gramme information.

Students may take a one-year DraftingTechnician Certificate or a two-year TechnologyDiploma in Engineering Design.

DRAFTING TECHNICIAN

The Technician Programme provides the stu-dent with a general education in drafting. Thestudent will be taught to read and draft draw-ings by hand. An introduction to computerassisted drafting with Computer AssistedDesign (CAD) drawing projects is provided.

Drafting Technician Goals

1. Acquire expertise in the application of bothmanual and computer assisted design anddrafting.

2. Document solutions provided by others ina format appropriate for construction contracts.

3. Develop the ability to communicate verbal-ly, graphically, and in writing.

Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme with a grade point average of at least2.0, are eligible to receive a DraftingTechnician Certificate by applying toAdmissions, Registration and Records.


Graduates have access to many employmentopportunities in both industry and govern-ment. Following initial entry level employmentas junior draftspersons, graduates mayprogress to more senior positions such assenior draftsperson, quantity estimators, andtechnical representatives for manufacturersand suppliers of building materials.



2. Principles of Math 11 or Applications ofMath 12 or MATH 045 with a standing of “C”or better, or Math 12 or MATH 050 or MATH100 with a “C” grade or better and Physics

11 or PHYS 045 or Applications of Physics 12with a “C” grade or better. Students withPrinciples of Math 12 with a standingof “C+” or better, or MATH 050 or MATH100, with a standing of “B-” or better,will be exempt from taking MATH 195.

3. Applicants must take the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT) administeredby the College prior to the first semester.Applicants will be advised if there are deficien-cies that, if remedied, will improve chances ofsuccess.

Selection Criteria

The Engineering Design Programme has limit-ed spaces available for first year students. Incase the programme is oversubscribed, the fol-lowing selection criteria will be used to deter-mine which students will be allowed to enteras selected students, with the remainder of thestudents being chosen according to Collegepolicy for oversubscribed courses.

Applicants shall submit a résumé of theirexperience with their application in order tohave non-academic information considered.

Grade point average based on the best threemarks:

English 12 (in all cases)Principles of Math 11 or 12Physics 11 or 12(or ABE equivalents) /4

Additional point for “C+” or better in Math, Physics, Chemistry, or Biology at the grade 12 level /1

Current academic standing:Has the applicant just finished grade 12 or a suitable upgrading course in the last two years? /2

Suitable work or experience in a related field:Related fields would be work in an engineering or architect’s office, trades,industrial work, etc. /1

Other diploma or training:Successful completion of a diploma programme or the completion of first year UT Science with a standing of “C+” or better, completion of the first year of a two-year programme with a “C+” or better or completion of the ABE programme at the College with a “C+” or better /1

Total available points /9

108 / Technology Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

In the case of a tie score, applicants will beranked by the date of application.

Application Procedure

Application forms are available fromAdmissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 forentry in the following Fall. Acceptance to theprogramme begins at the end of April. Theprogramme starts in September.

Programme Outline:Drafting Technician

Term I (15 weeks)ENGL 195 Technical CommunicationsENDT 150 Technology GraphicsENDT 151 Introduction to Computers

and CADENDT 152 Materials and ApplicationsENDT 153 SurveyingENDT 154 Design Technology PhysicsMATH 195 Mathematics for Technologies

Term II (19 weeks)ENDT 170 Mechanical TechnologyENDT 171 Computer Aided DraftingENDT 172 Building Technology IENDT 173 Civil Technology IENDT 176 Electrical TechnologyENDT 190 Drafting Project

ENGINEERING DESIGNTECHNOLOGIST

This two-year technology programme providestraining in engineering design, with particularemphasis on the design of buildings, includ-ing ancillary internal and municipal servicesand machinery.

Engineering Design Technology Goals

1. Acquire expertise in the application of bothmanual and computer assisted design anddrafting.

2. Using a problem analysis approach,address and resolve design issues.

3. Document solutions in a format appropri-ate for construction contracts.

4. Develop the ability to communicate verbal-ly, graphically, and in writing.

Three co-operative work terms are optional forstudents who maintain a grade point averageof 2.67 or better.

Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme with a grade point average of 2.0 or

better, are qualified to receive the EngineeringDesign Technology Diploma by applying tothe Office of Admissions, Registration andRecords.

Co-operative Education

The Technology Diplomaprogramme offers students the option to inte-grate career-oriented work experience place-ments into their academic programme.Students will earn a salary during their workterms and gain valuable understanding andexperience directly related to EngineeringDesign. TMGT 175 or equivalent is a prereq-uisite for participation in Co-op. A GPA of 2.67must be maintained.


Employment opportunities are abundant andvaried in both industry and government. Entrylevel positions typically involve working asdraftspersons with professional engineers andarchitects. With additional work experience,graduates progress to various occupationssuch as senior draftspersons, job captains,specification writers, estimators, contractadministrators, and technical representativesfor manufacturers and suppliers of buildingmaterials.



2. Principles of Math 11 or MATH 045 orApplications of Math 12 with a standing of“C” or better, or Math 12 or MATH 050 orMATH 100 with a “C” grade or better andPhysics 11 or PHYS 045 or Applications ofPhysics 12 with a “C” grade or better.Students with Principles of Math 12with a standing of “C+” or better, orMATH 050 or MATH 100, with a stand-ing of “B-” or better, will be exemptfrom taking MATH 195.

3. Applicants must take the English andMath Achievement Test administered by theCollege prior to the first semester. Studentsbelow the minimum level are required to takea developmental programme in either one orboth subjects.

Selection Criteria

The Engineering Design Programme has limit-ed spaces available for first year students. Incase the programme is oversubscribed, the fol-

lowing selection criteria will be used to deter-mine which students will be allowed to enteras selected students, with the remainder of thestudents being chosen according to Collegepolicy for oversubscribed courses.

Applicants shall submit a résumé of theirexperience with their application in order tohave non-academic information considered.

Grade point average based on the best threemarks:

English 12 (in all cases)Principles of Math 11 or 12Physics 11 or 12(or ABE equivalents) /4

Additional point for “C+” or better in Math, Physics, Chemistry, or Biology at the grade 12 level /1

Current academic standing:Has the applicant just finished grade 12 or a suitable upgrading course in the last two years? /2

Suitable work or experience in a related field:Related fields would be work in an engineering or architect’s office, trades,industrial work, etc. /1

Other diploma or training:Successful completion of a diploma programme or the completion of first year UT Science with a standing of “C+” or better, completion of the first year of a two-year programme with a “C+” or better or completion of the ABE programme at the College with a “C+” or better /1

Total available points /9

In the case of a tie score, applicants will beranked by the date of application.


Application forms are available fromAdmissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 forentry in the following Fall. Acceptance to theprogramme begins at the end of April. Theprogramme starts in September.

Programme Outline:Technologist

Term I September to December(15 weeks)

ENDT 150 Technology GraphicsENDT 151 Introduction to Computers

and CAD

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Technology Programmes / 109

ENDT 152 Materials and ApplicationsENDT 153 SurveyingENDT 154 Design Technology PhysicsENGL 195 Effective Communications IMATH 195 Mathematics for TechnologiesTerm II January to May

(19 weeks)ENDT 170 Mechanical TechnologyENDT 171 Computer Aided Design and

DraftingENDT 172 Building Technology IENDT 173 Civil Technology IENDT 174 Structural MechanicsENDT 175 Design Technology

Mathematics IIENDT 176 Electrical TechnologyTJSS 160 Job Search Seminars (6 weeks

@ 2 hours per week)TMGT 175 Management for Technologies

CO-OP 150 June to August

CO-OP 250 September to December

Term III January to May(19 weeks)

ENDT 290 Project Report IENDT 250 Heating, Ventilation, and

Air ConditioningENDT 252 Building Technology IIENDT 254 Wood and Steel DesignENDT 256 Process and Pipe SystemsENDT 257 Building Regulations,

Contracts, and SpecificationsENGL 196 Effective Communications II

CO-OP 298 June to August

Term IV September to December(15 weeks)

ENDT 291 Project Report IIENDT 270 Plumbing DesignENDT 273 Civil Technology IIENDT 274 Reinforced Concrete DesignENDT 278 Quantity SurveyingENDT 279 Project ManagementMATH 104 Introduction to Statistics

ELECTRONICSPROGRAMMESThere are two post-secondary, electronics-relat-ed programmes currently available at CNC.These are: Computer/Networks ElectronicsTechnician and Advanced Common CoreElectronics Technician.

THE FACILITIES

The College maintains three experimental,developmental, and computer networking lab-oratories, as well as assembly and fabricationfacilities. Labs contain equipment such as: sig-nal generators, frequency counters, digitalstorage oscilloscopes, 16 channel logic ana-lyzers, feedback control simulators, computers,programmable logic controllers, and communi-cation equipment. The student is trained infacilities similar to those found in industry,including exposure to state-of-the-art softwarethat includes spreadsheets, word processing,printed circuit board, AutoCAD, CircuitMaker,TraxMaker, MicroSim Pspice CAD, and simula-tion and mathematical modelling.

ADVANCED COMMONCORE ELECTRONICSTECHNICIANPlanned for September 2005. Please contactthe Counselling and Advising Centre or theDean’s office for further information.

Starting annually in September, this 32-weekprogramme comprises modules arranged intocourses designed to meet the requirements ofthe IETAC Electronics Technician CommonCore. IETAC requirements are supplementedby additional courses to enhance employabili-ty and transfer.


The Core is not a job preparation programme;it is a standardized curriculum designed toprepare the student for further studies in elec-tronics. Successful completion of the Core willprovide a basis for transfer to selected techni-cian programmes at CNC or other institutions,subject to meeting the entrance requirementsof the receiving institution.


1. Successful completion of Grade 12, or ABEAdvanced Certificate, or GED Certificate;

2. Principles of Math 11 or MATH 045 orApplications of Math 12 with a “C” or better.Students with Principles of Math 12with a standing of “C+” or better, orMATH 050 or MATH 100 with a stand-ing of “B-” or better, will be exemptfrom taking MATH 195.

3. A provincially mandated Grade 11 sciencewith a “C” or better, or competency in a trade,

or other significant life experience as evaluat-ed and determined by the programme.Students must submit appropriate documenta-tion at the time of application.

4. Students must write the English and MathAchievement Test (EMAT) administered by theCollege prior to entering the programme.Applicants will be advised if there are deficien-cies that, if remedied, will improve chances ofsuccess.

5. Applicants may be admitted under theSpecial Admissions criteria. See theAdmissions, Registration, and Records sectionof this Calendar.

SELECTION CRITERIA

Qualified students will be accepted into theprogramme in order of date of original appli-cation.


Application forms are available from the Officeof Admissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted at any time. Acceptance intothe programme begins at the end of April. Theprogramme begins in September.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Advanced Common CoreElectronics Technician

Semester I September to DecemberETCC 150 Circuit Analysis I (DC Circuits)ETCC 153 Circuit Analysis II (AC Circuits)ETCC 158 Electronics Technician Skills IETCC 164 Fundamental Computer

Networks, Applications, and Software

ETCC 170 Solid State Electronics (Discrete Devices)

MATH 195 Mathematics for Technologies

Semester II January to MayCNET 266 Data Cable InstallationETCC 160 Integrated Circuits and

ApplicationsETCC 162 Microcontroller TechnologyETCC 168 Electronics Technician Skills IIETCC 176 Digital Electronics


COMPUTER/NETWORKELECTRONICSTECHNICIANPROGRAMMEThis programme prepares the student to go towork in an entry level position as a Computer/Network Electronics Technician. The pro-gramme is offered over a 32-week periodstarting in September and concluding in Mayof the following year.

The programme is oriented toward micro-computer and network hardware, both at thecomponent and the system level. Emphasis ison installation, configuration, maintenance,troubleshooting and repair, optimization, andtesting.


Upon successful completion of this pro-gramme, a graduate can assume an entrylevel position working as a computer hard-ware repair technician, network installationtechnician, a company’s installation and main-tenance technician, or network installer. Thereare also many opportunities in the contractservice sector, so it is anticipated that some ofthe programme graduates can be self-employed.


1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12, Communications 12, or Technicaland Professional Communications 12) or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate.

2. Successful completion of the Principles ofMathematics 11 or Introductory Math 11 orApplications of Mathematics 11 or MATH 044or MATH 045.

3. Applicants are strongly recommended tohave taken, in the past five years, or have astrong working knowledge of:

• Typing 11 (20 wpm)

• Computer Science (11 or 12)

• Data Processing (11 or 12)

4. Applicants must take the English and MathAchievement Test (EMAT), administered by theCollege, prior to attending the first semester.Students below a certain level in this test willbe required to complete work in Englishand/or math. It is strongly recommended thatstudents write the EMAT early and that they

complete any required English and math workprior to attending the first semester.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In the event that the Computer/NetworkElectronics Technician Programme is oversub-scribed on the review date, the followingguidelines for the selection of students to fillhalf of the available seats will be used:

1. MATH 11, MATH 044, MATH 045, orApplications of Math 11 or equivalent with agrade of “B” or better contributes 2 points

2. Successful completion of a secondary orpost-secondary computer course of at least 25hours of instruction in the last three years con-tributes 1 point per course to a maximum of 2points

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Computer/Network ElectronicsTechnician Programme

Term I September to DecemberCIS 255 Data CommunicationsCNET 252 Operating SystemsCNET 253 Computer Hardware ICNET 256 Basic ElectronicsCNET 261 Computer Peripheral

TechnologyENGL 195 Effective Communications I

Term II January to MayCNET 262 Professional RelationsCNET 265 Advanced TopicsCNET 266 Data Cable InstallationCNET 267 Microsoft Network SoftwareCNET 269 Novell Network Software

ELECTRONICSTECHNOLOGYBRIDGE PROGRAMMENote: The Electronics Technology Bridge pro-gramme is under review. Please contact theCounselling and Advising Centre or the Deanof Technology and Planning for programmeinformation.

The Bridge provides the link between theElectronics Technician Common Core andElectronics Engineering TechnologyProgramme. The primary purpose is to studymore advanced academic materials in appliedmath and science, learn more advanced circuitanalysis methods, learn about the engineering

design process, and to think and organizeaccording to engineering standards.

ADVANCED STANDING

Consistent with the Electronics Departmentphilosophy of providing credit for previouseducation, students will have the opportunityto demonstrate that they have previouslyobtained the competencies and met the goalsof a particular course and will be grantedadvanced standing in the ElectronicsTechnology Bridge Programme. Advancedstanding for Mathematics will be granted tostudents who have a “C” grade or better inMATH 101 and MATH 102 or their equiva-lents. Advanced credit for Physics will begranted to students who have a “C” grade orbetter in PHYS 101 or PHYS 105 or theirequivalents. Students who can provide docu-mentation of successful completion of a highlevel computer language suitable to thedepartment may be granted advanced stand-ing for CSC 110. Refer to “Advanced Standing”in the Admissions, Registration and Recordssection of the Calendar.


1. Successful completion of the ElectronicsTechnician Common Core and ETCC 159 mathor its equivalent completed at a recognizedinstitution. Successful completion of theElectronics Technician Common Core with a“C+” or better grade scored on the CNC com-petency-based grading system or 70% or bet-ter.

2. Successful completion of Physics 11 orApplications of Physics 12 or Physics 045.

SELECTION CRITERIA

1. CNC students by date of application.

2. Students from other institutions by date ofapplication.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Electronics Technology BridgeProgramme

Semester I September to DecemberMATH 101 Calculus IPHYS 105 General PhysicsCSC 109 Computing Science IENGL 103 Composition and StyleELET 151 Electric Circuits and Devices

For course descriptions of MATH 101,PHYS 105, CSC 109, and ENGL 103, see


the University Credit Programmes section of this Calendar.

ELECTRONICSENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGYPROGRAMMENote: The Electronics Engineering Technologyprogramme is under review. Please contactthe Counselling and Advising Centre or theDean of Technology and Planning for pro-gramme information.

Electronics Engineering TechnologyProgramme prepares graduates to design,construct, install, and maintain electronicequipment over a wide range of employmentsettings. The programme provides studentswith a strong theoretical background and ahigh level of proficiency in shop and lab skills.

The programme is completed over two semes-ters starting in January. This programme isdesigned to be completed following successfulcompletion of the Electronics Technician CoreCurriculum and the Electronics TechnologyBridge. An opportunity for on-the-job trainingthrough Co-operative Education is available atthe end of the first semester (of the Tech-nology Programme) to students who maintaina “B-” (2.67) or better grade point average.

THE PROGRAMME

The Electronics Engineering Technology Pro-gramme is recognized by the Applied ScienceTechnologists and Technicians (ASTTBC) at thetechnologist level, and application for accredi-tation is pending. Full-time students are eligi-ble for student membership in ASTTBC.Graduates may apply for registration as anApplied Science Technologist after completinga minimum of two years of relevant experi-ence and passing an ethics exam. The pro-gramme provides a general electronics educa-tion in covering most of the specialties. It isrecommended that the student not work whileenrolled in this programme, since the work-load is very heavy. Financial assistance isavailable through the Student Loan Pro-gramme and several scholarships and bur-saries.


Electronics Technologists will find a very wide range of employment and occupationalsettings such as:

• radio/broadcasting with radio, television,and cable companies

• heavy and light industry such as pulp andpaper and manufacturing operations

• public and private sectors such as forestry,highways, natural gas utilities

• communications such as two-way radio,telephone, and alarms and security companies

• computers such as business and personalsystems and control systems

• research, development, and standards suchas product development and public safety

• security and police such as national andprovincial forces, security and intelligence

Technologists are skilled and educated with acombination of practical and design skills,allowing them to adapt and learn quickly. Ableto communicate with professional engineers,as well as the skilled trades, they functionover the complete spectrum of occupations inan engineering/technical team.

Technologists may choose from career pathssuch as becoming technical specialists, assum-ing supervisory and management roles, andtaking on project leadership responsibilities.Some technologists apply their background toan apprenticeship or to pursue further educa-tion with a view to becoming a ProfessionalEngineer. The career is rewarding and chal-lenging and provides many opportunities andoptions.


1. Successful completion of all courses in theElectronics Technology Bridge Programme ortheir equivalents. Applicants who have com-pleted a similar bridging programme or simi-lar courses at another institution shall be con-sidered upon application to the College.

2. Successful completion of the ElectronicsTechnician Common Core completed at a rec-ognized institution. Successful completion ofthe Electronics Technician Common Core witha “C+” or better grade scored on the CNCcompetency based grading system or 70% orbetter.

SELECTION CRITERIA

1. CNC students by date of application.

2. Students from other institutions by date ofapplication.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Electronics EngineeringTechnology

Semester I January to AprilELET 251 Technology MathematicsELET 252 Microcontroller TechnologyELET 253 Power Systems and ElectronicsELET 254 Electronic CommunicationsELET 255 Transducers and InterfacingELET 256 Design Project I

Semester II September to DecemberELET 261 Control SystemsELET 262 Digital Signal ProcessingELET 263 Data and Computer

CommunicationsELET 264 Technology EnglishELET 266 Design Project II

ENVIRONMENTALSCIENCESPROGRAMMESThere are three separate programmes leadingto qualifications in Environmental Sciences:the Forest Resource Technology Diploma, theNatural Resources Field Assistant Certificate,and the Wildland and Recreation Environ-mental Studies Certificate.

FOREST RESOURCETECHNOLOGY


The intent of the College of New CaledoniaForest Resource Technology Programme is todevelop and foster in the minds and charac-ters of students an appreciation for integratedfunctions of the components of the forest envi-ronment, its uses and values as determinedby the community, to instruct them in specificskills which can be applied to environmentallysound forestry practices, and to produce quali-fied employable graduates.

This programme provides students with theskills and knowledge required for a technicalcareer in forestry. The curriculum combineslectures, labs, and field work. The latterincludes a nine-day forestry orientation


course, two five-day field schools, and a maxi-mum nine-day extended field trip.

Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme with a grade point average of at least2.0 are qualified to receive the Forest ResourceTechnology Diploma by applying to Admis-sions, Registration and Records. Graduatesplanning to pursue a university level forestryprogramme should be aware that many courses may be recognized for advanced cred-it.

This programme is accredited by the AppliedScience Technologists & Technicians of BC as atechnologist programme and national accredi-tation is pending. Significant credit can beapplied towards meeting the requirements ofa professional forester.

Students commence their orientation the Mon-day before the September long weekend andcomplete it the Friday after the long weekend.


Graduates find jobs in harvesting, reforesta-tion, engineering, protection, research andmanagement of forest resources. Graduateswith high academic standing will receiveadvanced standing at the University of BritishColumbia, the University of Alberta, or theUniversity of Northern British Columbiashould they choose to continue their study offorestry at a university.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must acquire and maintain avalid Level 1 First Aid or equivalent (St. JohnAmbulance Emergency First Aid or SOFA)throughout the programme. It is recommendedthat applicants obtain this certificate prior toentrance to the programme. An opportunity tocomplete this will be provided during the fallorientation week.

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate;

2. English 12 or English 045 or Technicaland Professional Communications 12 andPrinciples of Math 11 or MATH 045 orApplications of Math 12, and Biology 11 orBiology 045 or Chemistry 11 or Chemistry045, or Physics 11 or Physics 045 orResource Sciences: Forests 12. A “C” grade orbetter is required in all courses. Studentswith Principles of Math 12 with astanding of “C+” or better or MATH 050or MATH 100 with a standing or “B-” or

better, will be exempt from takingMATH 195;

3. Applicants must take the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT) administeredby the College prior to the first semester.Applicants will be advised if there are anydeficiencies that, if remedied, will improvechances of success.

4. Students must be prepared for and enjoystrenuous physical activity in all types of ter-rain and weather.

Selection Criteria

In the event that the Forest Resource Tech-nology programme is oversubscribed on thereview date, the following guidelines for theselection of students to fill half of the availableseats will be used.

Math:

• a “B” or higher in Principles of Math 11,MATH 045, Applications of Math 12 orequivalent contributes one point

• a “B” or higher in Math 12, MATH 050,MATH 100 or equivalent contributes twopoints

Sciences

• a “B” or higher in Biology 11 or Biology045 or Chemistry 11 or Chemistry 045 orPhysics 11 or Physics 045 or ResourceSciences: Forest 12 contributes one pointper discipline to the selection process

English

• a “B” or higher in English 12 or English045 or Technical and ProfessionalCommunications 12 or equivalent con-tributes one point

Post-Secondary Experience

• applicants with relevant post-secondaryexperience may receive up to two points

Forestry Experience

• up to one year of forestry experience con-tributes one point

• one or more years of forestry experiencecontributes two points

Persistence

• a qualified applicant who applies morethan once contributes one point

Geographic Location

• residents of British Columbia or the Yukonwill be awarded one point

Maximum Points = 13

Application ProcedureApplication forms are available from Admis-sions, Registration and Records and may besubmitted after September 15 for entry in thefollowing Fall. Acceptance to the programmebegins at the end of April. The programmestarts the last week in August.

Programme Outline:Forest Resource Technology

Semester I August to DecemberENGL 195 Effective Communications IFOR 150 Forestry OrientationFOR 155 Silvics and DendrologyFOR 157 Introduction to Forest Soils

and HydrologyFOR 161 Forest Measurements IFOR 167 Human Relations in ForestryFOR 171 Aerial Photography and

Mapping IFOR 177 Introduction to ComputersMATH 195 Mathematics for Technologies

Semester II January to AprilENGL 196 Effective Communications IIFOR 154 Forest ProductsFORS 202 Forest EcologyFOR 162 Forest Measurements IIFOR 164 Fire ManagementFOR 172 Aerial Photography and

Mapping IIFOR 176 Forest CartographyFOR 178 Digital MappingFORS 202 Forest Ecology

Semester III September to DecemberENGL 252 Technical Communications for

Forest TechnologyFOR 251 Forestry Policy and PracticeFOR 253 Silviculture IFOR 255 Forest EntomologyFOR 263 Forest Measurements IIIFOR 273 Habitat ManagementFOR 285 Road Engineering IFOR 287 Logging I

Semester IV January to AprilFOR 252 Integrated Resource

ManagementFOR 254 Silviculture IIFOR 256 Forest PathologyFOR 267 Supervisory Skills in ForestryFOR 268 Industrial Relations in ForestryFOR 286 Road Engineering IIFOR 288 Logging IIFOR 289 Forest Finance and

AdministrationFOR 299 Extended Forestry Field

Studies


Bridging to Forest ResourceTechnology

Students who wish to continue their studies in Forestry will be encouraged to spend asemester upgrading prerequisites for futureentry into the Forest Resource Technology programme. During that semester they will beeligible for enrollment in some of the first-yearForest Technology courses (on an individualbasis) and will be eligible for advanced stand-ing on acceptance to that programme.

Forest Resource TechnologyBridging to Further ForestryStudies

Students who have completed a Diploma inForest Resource Technology may wish to continue their studies in University Transfercourses at CNC before transferring to UNBC,University of Alberta, or UBC. You should con-tact a CNC counsellor as early as possible forassistance with course programming in orderto receive priority in registration and optimaltransferability.

NATURAL RESOURCES FIELDASSISTANT CERTIFICATE

This certificate programme is under develop-ment. It is directed to high school graduateswho are motivated to pursue a career inForestry or wish to work in related outdooractivities. The programme is intended for students with strong practical skills who seekearly entry into the employment market. Theprogramme extends over 15 weeks and isfocused on field and laboratory skills. Thesubject matter is organized in a modular for-mat so that individual units of activity or spe-cific skills are developed and completed quick-ly. Students will participate in full-time activi-tivies for five hours per day, 25 hours per week but may be expected toattend longer sessions where field trips orother extended activities take place.


In addition to the requirements outlinedbelow, students must acquire and maintain avalid level 1 first aid or equivalent certificate(St. John’s Ambulance Emergency First Aid orSOFA) throughout the programme. It is recom-mended that applicants obtain this certificateprior to entrance into the programme. Anopportunity to complete this will be providedduring fall orientation week.

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate ormature student status.

2. A letter of recommendation from a teacher,instructor, or employer attesting to the suit-ability of the candiate for forestry-related out-door work.

Students must be prepared for and enjoystrenuous physical activity in all types of ter-rain and weather.

Selection Criteria

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the letter of reference will be usedas a selection tool.


Note: This programme is under development.Please contact the Office of Admissions,Registration and Records or the Counsellingand Advising Centre for further information.

Application forms are available fromAdmissions, Registration, and Records andmay be submitted after September 15 forentry in the following September. Acceptanceto the programme begins in May.

Programme Content

Field OrientationCompass, Photos, and GPSFirst AidMaps, Measurements, and ChainingATV SafetyPlants and SoilsCrew Organization and Field ExerciseBear Awareness, Radio Skills, S100Survival ExerciseTransportation EndorsementForest Health TourJob ShadowingBeetle Probing; Roads and SoilsStream ClassificationCruisingForest Industry OverviewApplied Math and Field ExercisesPesticide ApplicationChainsaw Safety; BrushingLogging LayoutWinter Survival; SnowshoeingSnowmobiles and EquipmentEmployment Upgrading

WILDLAND AND RECREATIONENVIRONMENTAL STUDIESCERTIFICATE PROGRAMME


The purpose of the programme is to train indi-viduals for positions in natural resource opera-tions which specialize in measuring andassessing key resource values associated withthe forested landbase in northern BritishColumbia. Key resource values consideredwithin this programme will include fisheriesand wildlife ecology and management, out-door recreation/tourism, and overall wildlandresource management. The programme will berun in Prince George at the main campus ofthe College of New Caledonia.

The programme is designed for people with abackground in such disciplines as wildlife,geography, fisheries, outdoor recreation/tourism, and forestry who wish to gain furtherfield skills and understanding of wildlandresource management in British Columbia.

This programme will supplement the field spe-cific skills of the students by introducing andpracticing a variety of inventory and measure-ment protocols for a wide variety of resourceactivities. Students graduating from this pro-gramme will have the background to pursuecertification in a variety of natural resourceinventory areas recognized by the ResourceInventory Committee, British ColumbiaMinistry of Environment.

The programme consists of a core of coursesin aerial photographic interpretations, wild-land ecology, plant identification, geology/soils, geographic information systems, andwildland and recreation management. Electivefield skills courses provide a variety of techni-cal skills specific to employment as inventorytechnicians by various government agencies,non-government organizations (NGOs), indus-trial firms, and consulting companies.

This certificate programme is normally com-pleted in one year. Students may enroll parttime, subject to seat availability. Students whosuccessfully complete the programme with agrade point average of 2.0 or better are quali-fied to receive the Wildland and RecreationEnvironmental Studies Certificate by applyingto the Office of Admissions, Registration andRecords.

Clothing and Equipment

Participants will be required to provide a substantial amount of personal clothing and


equipment for this programme through eitherpurchase or rental. This includes outdoorclothing, rain gear, backpack, sleeping bag,boots, etc. The College provides group equip-ment. A required clothing and equipment listwill be mailed out upon request.

Additional Costs

Certain elective courses may be subject to anadditional charge to cover special costs. A listof these fees will be available upon request.


1. Minimum entry level is the successfulcompletion of one of the following:

a) A minimum one year training in a two-year technology or career diploma or uni-versity science programme, or an associatedegree or degree in an appropriate fieldsuch as forestry, wildlife management,fisheries management, outdoor recreation/tourism, biology, or geography. Studentsmust have obtained an overall GPA of 2.0as evaluated by the appropriate College ofNew Caledonia representative.

b) the one-year Northern OutdoorRecreation and Ecotourism Certificate programme.

2. For the purposes of selection if the pro-gramme is oversubscribed, applicants mustsubmit:

a) a résumé outlining experience especially as it relates to any of the vari-ous wildlife, fisheries, forestry, outdoorrecreation, or geography areas.

b) a letter outlining why the prospectivestudent wants to take this programme.

3. Applicants to the Wildland and RecreationEnvironmental Studies Certificate programmemust be in good physical condition suitable toparticipate in moderately vigorous outdooractivities. Students must submit:

a) a doctor’s certificate of health. Medicalform will be supplied by the College ofNew Caledonia.

b) proof of medical coverage.

Selection Criteria

In the event the Wildland and RecreationEnvironmental Studies Certificate programmeis oversubscribed on the review date, the fol-lowing guidelines for the selection of studentswill apply based on the following order.

1. Applicants with a strong academic back-ground in wildlife, fisheries, geography, out-door recreation/tourism, or forestry disciplineswill be given first priority for selection. Overallgrade point average as prescribed in theAdmissions Requirements contributes its actual points, e.g., a GPA of 3.2 will contribute3.2 points to the selection process.

2. Numbers of years of field experience and the relevancy and extent of the experiencein wildlife, fisheries, geography, outdoor recreation/tourism, or forestry areas. Up toone year relevant field experience contributesone point; one or more years’ relevant fieldexperience contributes two points.

3. Assessment regarding students’ statementon why they wish to take this programme:points awarded to a maximum of three points.

Maximum points = 9.33

Assumption of Risk Release

Due to the varying levels of risk associatedwith outdoor field activities, participants willbe required to sign an Assumption of Risk andIndemnifying Release form. In the case of par-ticipants under the age of 19 years, the formmust also be signed by a parent or legalguardian. Participants may want to seek legaladvice regarding the signing of this form.


Application forms are available fromAdmissions, Registration and Records.Acceptance to the programme begins in May. The programme begins in September.Students are encouraged to apply early asofferings will be determined by the number ofstudents.

Programme Outline: Wildland and RecreationEnvironmental Studies Certificate

Notes:

1. To graduate, students must successful-ly complete all theory courses in the pro-gramme and four field skill electives.(Depending on demand, all electives maynot be available. Advance credit for up totwo field skill electives may be given.)

Upon approval from the College, students may receive up to two creditsfor participation in additional wildlife,fisheries, outdoor recreation/tourism,forestry, or geography survey/inventorycourses not taught within the Wildlandand Recreation Environmental Studies

Certificate programme. Course must bepart of recognized training/certificationprogrammes to receive consideration.

2. Students who have successfully com-pleted FORS 202 or FORS 210 or FOR157 or FOR 171 or GEOG 210 will begiven advanced credit for the followingcourses offered in this certificate pro-gramme.

FORS 202 credit for WILD 150FORS 210 credit for WILD 151FOR 157 credit for WILD 151FOR 171 credit for WILD 152GIS 250 credit for WILD 163

3. Most courses will be offered in ablock time format.

Semester I September to December

Theory Courses

FOR 178 Digital MappingFOR 273 Habitat ManagementWILD 150 Wildland EcologyWILD 151 Physical Geography and SoilsWILD 152 Aerial PhotographyWILD 153 Outdoor Recreation/Tourism

Management

Field Skills Electives

Note: Elective offerings may vary.

ECOT 155 Trip Planning and EmergencySituation Management

ECOT 171 Nordic Skiing I*ECOT 174 Freshwater Fishing I*ECOT 175 Rafting I*ECOT 184 Freshwater Fishing II*WILD 154 Wildlife Tree IdentificationWILD 155 Reconnaissance Level Lake

Field Inventory**WILD 156 Reconnaissance Level River

Field Inventory**WILD 157 Introduction to 1:20,000

Fish and Fish HabitatReconnaissance Inventory**

WILD 158 GPS Field Operator Training**WILD 159 Fish IdentificationWILD 160 ElectrofishingWILD 161 Guide Outfitters IWILD 162 Small Pleasure Craft Operation

and Aircraft Safety*

Semester II January to April

Theory Courses

WILD 163 GIS and Wildland ResourceMapping

WILD 164 Image Interpretation andAnalysis

WILD 165 Park ManagementWILD 166 Fish Ecology and Management


WILD 167 Wildlife Ecology andManagement

Field Skills Electives

ECOT 170 Avalanche Awareness I*ECOT 172 Nordic Skiing IIWILD 168 ATV and Commercial

Snowmobile Operation*WILD 169 Visual Landscape Inventory**WILD 170 Recreation Resource Features

and Recreation OpportunitySpectrum**

WILD 171 Archaeological InventoryTraining for Crew Members**

WILD 172 Introduction to Wildlife SpeciesInventory**

WILD 173 GPS–Data Processor/ProjectManager Training**

WILD 174 Guide Outfitters IIWILD 175 Safe Food Handling*

*Includes or leads to industry certifica-tion.

**Includes or leads to Resource InventoryCommittee certification.

GEOGRAPHICINFORMATION SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY (GIS)


The purpose of the Geographic InformationSystems Technology Programme is to providestudents with the educational foundation nec-essary to enter the workforce as GIS practi-tioners with the skills to apply GIS inautomating traditional mapping proceduresand to explore and utilize the analytical capa-bilities of the technology in a variety of fields.

This programme is designed for those with abackground in such disciplines as Forestry,Geography, municipal engineering and plan-ning fields, or other related fields, who wishto gain the knowledge and skills required todevelop and analyze computerized geo-referenced data for application in their field of interest.

The programme will supplement the field spe-cific skills of the students with introductoryprogramming skills, an understanding of datastructure and management issues, an under-standing of resources and facilities informationissues, as well as project management skills

as they pertain to GIS. The initial dominantfields of interest are expected to be forestry,municipal engineering, and urban planning.

Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme with a grade point average of 2.0 orbetter, are qualified to receive the GeographicInformation Systems Technology AdvancedDiploma by applying to the Office ofAdmissions, Registration and Records.


This GIS Advanced DiplomaProgramme offers students the option to inte-grate a career-oriented work experience place-ment into their academic programme. Studentswill earn a salary during their work term andgain valuable understanding and experiencedirectly related to Geographic InformationSystems.

Students with a 3.0 GPA or better after mid-terms of the first semester and who attend the12-hour job search seminar are eligible toparticipate in Co-op.


GIS has a myriad of potential applications.Current applications are heavily concentratedin the environmental, institutional, infrastruc-tural, and socio-economic fields. Within PrinceGeorge and surrounding region, forestry con-sulting companies, municipalities, governmentministries, and utility companies currently uti-lize GIS technology and are expecting a num-ber of increased employment opportunities relevant to the field.


1. Minimum entry level is the successfulcompletion of:

a) A two-year technology or career diplo-ma in an appropriate field such as forestry,wildlife management, municipal engineering/planning, mining, or as evaluated by the pro-gramme or a College counsellor

or

b) An Associate Degree or equivalent asevaluated by the programme

2. Computer Science or Computer InformationSystems course at the Grade 12 level orequivalent as evaluated by the programme

3. Math 12, MATH 050 or equivalent asevaluated by the programme

4. Résumé outlining experience especially asit relates to GIS and computer skills

Note: GEOG 210 is recommended forthose students who have no previousexperience with GIS.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In the event that the Geographic InformationSystems Technology programme is over-subscribed on the review date, the followingguidelines for the selection of students to fillhalf the available seats will be used:

1. Applicants with a strong background inComputer Applications and Statistics orMathematics will be given first priority forselection.

2. Number of years of field experience relat-ed to GIS as outlined in the résumé.


Application forms are available from Admis-sions, Registration and Records. Acceptance tothe programme begins October 1. The pro-gramme begins in January. Students areencouraged to apply early. Applications will beaccepted beginning February 15 for the fol-lowing intake.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Geographic Information SystemsTechnology

Semester I January to AprilGIS 303 Introduction to Spatial Data

Analysis and PresentationGIS 304 Database Management

SystemsGIS 305 Introduction to ProgrammingGIS 310 Data Acquisition and Remote

SensingGIS 311 Coordinate GeometryGIS 315 Application Tools I

CO-OP May to August (optional)

Semester II September to DecemberGIS 302 Tool Analysis, Design, and

ConstructionGIS 321 CartographyGIS 325 Application Tools IIGIS 330 Image Processing and

AnalysisGIS 335 Emerging and Specialized

Technologies in GISGIS 340 GIS SeminarGIS 345 Project Management and

System DevelopmentGIS 350 GIS Project


WOOD TECHNOLOGYPROGRAMMESStudents may take a one-year WoodProcessing Technician Certificate or a two-yearWood Processing and Engineering TechnologyDiploma.

WOOD PROCESSINGTECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE

The Wood Processing Technician Programmeis designed to serve those seeking careers inthe primary, secondary, and tertiary woodmanufacturing industry. The graduate will bewell-positioned to develop advanced skills in operating particular machines and processesand to develop expertise around particularproducts and processes.


Graduates will be prepared to fill positions inproduction, machine and process operation,product service, shop supervision, and qualitycontrol.

Further Opportunities

Students who successfully complete this one-year certificate can continue study in the sec-ond year of the Wood Processing andEngineering Technology Programme.

Admissions Requirements

1. Successful completion of Grade 12, or ABEAdvanced Certificate or GED Certificate

2. Principles of Math 11 OR Applications ofMath 12 or or MATH 045 or equivalent with a“C” grade or better. Students with Math 12with a standing of “C+” or better orMATH 050 or MATH 100 with a stand-ing or “B-” or better, will be exemptfrom taking MATH 195;

and

3. Any one of the following:

Any provincially approved Grade 11 sci-ence or equivalent with a “C” grade or bet-ter (or competency in a trade, or other sig-nificant work, or life experience as evaluat-ed and determined by the programme).Students must submit supporting documen-tation at the time of application.

4. Applicants must write the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT) administeredby the College prior to entering the pro-gramme. Applicants will be advised if there

are deficiencies that, if remedied, will improvechances of success.

Selection Criteria

In those cases where the programme is oversubscribed with applicants, the selectioncriteria will be:

1. Qualified students will be accepted into the programme in order of original date ofapplication.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Wood Processing TechnicianCertificateSemester I September to DecemberENGL 195 Effective Communications IMATH 195 Mathematics for TechnologiesWTEC 100 Lumber and SawmillingWTEC 110 Wood, Moisture, and Dry KilnsWTEC 130 Introduction to ComputersWTEC 140 Wood Technology

Mechanics

Semester II January to AprilWTEC 150 Woodworking TechniquesWTEC 155 Introduction to AutoCADWTEC 160 Manufacturing and Quality

ControlWTEC 170 Introduction to the Forest

SectorWTEC 180 Wood Machining and Tooling

TechnologyWTEC 190 Wood Gluing and Finishing

Technology

WOOD PROCESSING ANDENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA

The Wood Processing and EngineeringTechnology Programme is designed to providethose who have completed one year of value-added wood studies with the engineering andtechnical skills, business, management, andentrepreneurial skills to assume advancedroles and responsibilities in the woodindustry.


For persons who have successfully completedthe Wood Processing Technician Programmeor equivalent, this second year of study willallow the graduate to assume career roles inengineering and design, management,advanced machines and processes, program-ming, computer applications, troubleshooting,sales and marketing, consulting, quality con-

trol, technical representation, and researchsupport.

Further Opportunities

Students who successfully complete this diplo-ma programme may wish to apply to theUniversity of British Columbia’s WoodProducts Processing Degree Programme.


1. Successful completion of the College ofNew Caledonia Wood Processing TechnicianProgramme.

or

2. A Technician level wood processing pro-gramme completed at another institution asevaluated and determined by the College ofNew Caledonia Wood Processing Programmeon a case-by-case basis.

Selection Criteria

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed with applicants, the selection criteria will be:

1. Qualified CNC student by date of applica-tion.

2. Qualified students from other institutionsby date of application.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Wood Processing and Engineering Technology Diploma

Semester I September to DecemberWTEC 200 Structural Wood DesignWTEC 210 Information Systems

TechnologyWTEC 220 Computer Controlled

Wood ManufacturingWTEC 230 Engineered and Composite

Wood ProductsWTEC 240 Management and

Supervisory Principles

Semester II January to AprilWTEC 250 Industrial DesignWTEC 260 Manufacturing EngineeringWTEC 270 Product Development and

MarketingWTEC 280 Product and Production

CostingWTEC 290 Alternative Wood Products


WRITING AND NEW MEDIATECHNOLOGIES


1. Admission requirements are the same asthe College University Transfer Programme.

2. Applicants must submit a typed personalstatement (500–700 words) explaining theirreasons for applying to the programme. Incases where the programme is over-subscribed, this statement will be evaluated asstated in the Selection Criteria.

3. Applicants must attend a programme ori-entation or undertake suitable prior consulta-tion with the programme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the typed personal statement willbe used for selection purposes as follows:

• interest expressed in writing and/or pub-lishing as a career (maximum of 4 points)

• congruence between career goals and pro-gramme objectives (maximum of 4 points)

• writing ability (maximum of 4 points)

• evidence of enthusiasm and positive atti-tude (maximum of 4 points)

Total: Maximum of 16 points

PROGRAMME OUTLINE:Writing and New MediaTechnologies

Year One

Semester 1 September to DecemberWRIT 100 The Self-Employed WriterWRIT 101 Creative ExplorationsWRIT 200 The Internet and the World

Wide WebENGL 103 Composition and StyleMGT 154 Applied Human Relations

Semester 2 January to AprilWRIT 103 Copy Editing and Document

Manuscript ConventionsWRIT 104 Workplace WritingWRIT 105 Desktop PublishingUT EnglishUT Option

Year Two

Semester 1 September to DecemberWRIT 201 Introduction to MultimediaWRIT 202 Freelance WritingWRIT 206 Designing for Electronic

CommerceEnglish OptionUT Option

Semester 2 January to AprilWRIT 203 Information TechnologyWRIT 204 Integrated Multimedia Project I

(The Design Studio)WRIT 205 Integrated Multimedia

Project II (The Content Lab)English OptionUT Option

English option: Students will take one uni-versity transfer English course per semester.English 103 is a required course. In semestertwo of first year, students may take any otherfirst-year University Transfer English course. Insecond year, students must take one second-year University Transfer English course persemester.

UT options: Students will choose threeUniversity Transfer electives (other thanEnglish) at the 100 or 200 level.

Note: WRIT 200 has transfer credit atUNBC for ENGL 201

COURSEDESCRIPTIONSThe number in parentheses at the end of thedescriptions indicates the number of lecturehours and lab or seminar hours per week.Thus (3,2) indicates 3 hours of lecture and 2hours of lab or seminar per week.

Courses in this section are typically offeredonce per year in the semester as indicatedunder the specific programme. Studentsrequiring further information are advised tocontact the Counselling and AcademicAdvising Centre.

Students may register only in those coursesfor which they have specific prerequisites.Students with “D” grades must obtain instruc-tor and Dean written permission to continue in sequential courses.

CIS 255Data CommunicationsThis course introduces the student to the con-ceptual issues in the establishment of datacommunication networks. Discussions include

the current and future state of the communica-tions industry, hardware and software, com-parison of LAN and WAN connectivity, and thevarious models used to analyze a businessnetwork.

3 CR / (3,0)

CNET 252Operating SystemsThis is a lecture/lab course that covers the fun-damentals of the microcomputer operatingsystem, BIOS, and the relationship betweensoftware and hardware. Topics include func-tion, installation, configuration, diagnostics,troubleshooting, optimization, and operation.Emphasis is on computer workstation operat-ing systems. The course will cover the soft-ware requirements of the A+ Certification pro-gramme.

3 CR / (2,3)

CNET 253Computer Hardware IThis is a lecture/lab course that covers thedetailed operation of a microcomputer, its sub-components, and the interaction of softwareand hardware. Topics include microcomputerdesign, architecture of a typical microcomputersystem, memory and bus structures, interfac-ing hardware (loading and timing considera-tions), I/O techniques, systems interrupts,memory systems and hardware, serial andparallel ports, video control and monitors, diskdrive operations, and installation and configu-ration of the BIOS and operating systems. Thecourse will cover the hardware requirementsof the A+ Certification programme.

3 CR / (2,3)

CNET 256Basic ElectronicsThis course will teach the basics of electronics.Students will learn about Ohm’s law, seriesand parallel circuits, and basic transistor cir-cuits used as an amplifier and a switch. Therewill be an emphasis on learning to use thetest equipment and understanding the read-ings that are obtained.

2 CR / (1,2)

CNET 261Computer Peripheral TechnologyThis is a detailed lecture/lab course that cov-ers the operation and repair of computerperipherals. Topics will include printers andprinter technology and also scanners and dataloggers. There will also be an introduction tonon-broadcast video systems in general andcomputer video in particular, including opera-tion, installation, and troubleshooting. The


course will include the theory of operation ofvideo monitors including sync circuits, highvoltage circuits, timing circuits, etc., plus videostandards, interfacing standards, video cards,and software. The course concludes with astudy of current video cards and future devel-opment.

3 CR / (3,3)

CNET 262Professional RelationsThis course is an applied skills course focus-ing on the development and enhancement ofeffective communication in working with peo-ple as teammates, employers, employees,supervisors, and customers. Students will par-ticipate in studies and activities necessary forsuccessfully functioning and advancement inthe business world in a variety of types ofcompanies, as well as in public and inter-department relations. Students will learn skillsrequired to network and to present themselveseffectively to employers, customers, clients,and subordinates. The specific skills of stressand time management, assertiveness, givingand receiving feedback, effective listening, andconflict resolution will be introduced. Studentswill secure their own work experience as partof this course.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 195

3 CR / (1,2)

CNET 265Advanced TopicsIn this course students will cover material inpreparation for the Network Plus examinationrequirements. Topics covered will include theOSI Model, protocols, media types, hardwareLAN–WAN architecture, remote connectivity,networking with UNIX, TCP/IP, workstationand server design implementation, trouble-shooting and maintaining network systems,and network integrity, availability, security,and upgrading.

Prerequisites: CNET 255

3 CR / (3,3)

CNET 266Data Cable InstallationData Cable Installation is an integrated lab-based course to learn the concepts behindcabling standards and to perform the tasksrequired of a certified cable installer. Thecourse will also prepare students for industry-standard certification exams.

3 CR / (3,3)

CNET 267Microsoft Network SoftwareThis lecture/lab course deals with the installa-tion, configuration, and troubleshooting of aMicrosoft server. It will simulate wide area andlocal networks using a current version of Micro-soft’s Server operating system, with advancednetwork concepts targeting layout, installation,and troubleshooting. Topics will include security,firewall, industrial networks, data highways,and site-specific disaster recovery.

Prerequisite: CNET 252

3 CR / (3,3)

CNET 269Novell Network SoftwareThis lecture/lab course deals with the configu-ration, installation, and troubleshooting of aNovell server, simulating wide area and localnetworks using a current version of Novell’snetwork operating system. Advanced networkconcepts will target layout, installation, andtroubleshooting. Topics will include security,firewall, industrial networks, data highways,and site-specific disaster recovery.

Prerequisite: CNET 252

3 CR / (3,3)

ECOT 155Trip Planning and EmergencySituation ManagementThis course covers the fundamentals of trippreparation and planning, hazard avoidance,and emergency situation management. Itincludes: navigation, environmental concerns,route plans, trip planning, identifying andavoiding hazards, professional driving skills,survival skills, emergency situation manage-ment, and developing response plans.


ECOT 170Avalanche Awareness IThis course provides an introduction to ava-lanche safety and detailed weather, snowpack,and avalanche observations. An emphasis willbe placed on recognizing avalanche terrain,safe travel techniques, and self-rescue. Thiscourse follows the guidelines of the CanadianAvalanche Association and is a prerequisite tothe CAA Level I course.



ECOT 171Nordic Skiing IThis course covers classic and skating tech-nique and equipment. It covers navigation,low-impact travel, route plans, group manage-

ment, client care, pacing, nature interpretationin a skiing situation, and environmentalethics. It prepares students for the CanadianAssociation of Nordic Ski Instructors Level IInstructor course and examination.



ECOT 172Nordic Skiing IIThis course provides an introduction to theCanadian Association of Nordic Ski InstructorsLevel I Telemark course. It includes nordicdownhill and basic, intermediate, andadvanced telemark techniques.



ECOT 174Freshwater Fishing IThis course prepares students for the BritishColumbia Freshwater Fishing GuideExamination. It includes BC freshwater fishingregulations, boating safety, equipment, flyfishing, spin fishing, fish identification, guestmanagement, and client safety.



ECOT 175Rafting IThis course covers river rafting instruction inpreparation for the BC River Rafting GuideExamination. It includes navigation, raftingequipment, maintenance, oar rafting skills,guest management, low-impact travel, andenvironmental ethics.



ECOT 184Freshwater Fishing IIThis course provides an introduction to theCasting Instructor Certification programmeoffered by the Federation of Fly Fishers. Itincludes equipment selection, casting, andfishing techniques.



ELET 151Electric Circuits and DevicesThis course is designed to introduce the stu-dent to a broader and more general view ofcircuits and devices and the design process.For example, more advanced circuit analysistheorems such as Mesh current and NodeVoltage and the superposition theorem applied


to sources of different frequencies will beincluded. As well, pulse and non-linear circuitanalysis will be taught. Labs and assignments,with few exceptions, will be characterized bystatements such as “design a circuit that…” asopposed to “build the circuit, analyze and veri-fy…”. The student will be formally introducedto the engineering design process and willbecome familiar with software design and pro-totyping tools (Pspice), in addition to bread-boarding and testing methods.

Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate andETCC 159 math or its equivalent

4 CR / (4,4)

ELET 251Technology MathematicsAn introduction to differential equations andLaPlace Transforms with emphasis on electri-cal and mechanical systems. Includes simplefirst and second order differential equations,their transient and steady state solutions andmethods for solving more complex differentialequations. Introduction to the LaPlace Trans-form and its applications in electrical andmechanical systems. Includes several labexperiments associated with LaPlace Trans-forms and computer methods and tools.

Prerequisite: Completion of Technology Bridge

3 CR / (5,0)

ELET 252Microcontroller TechnologyA study of microcontrollers, their architecture,and instruction sets. Topics include architec-ture, instruction sets, assembly language pro-gramming, software development tools, busconcepts, memory devices, interrupts, andinterfacing techniques. The course is based onthe Motorola HC11 but other devices such asthe PIC may also be presented.


3 CR / (3,3)

ELET 253Power Systems and ElectronicsAn introduction to higher voltage systems,polyphase systems, electric machinery, andpower related solid state devices. Includescommon connection configurations ofpolyphase circuits, transformers, rotatingmachinery, industrial standards and specifica-tions, SCRs and triacs, power FETs, and solidstate control schemes.


3 CR / (4,3)

ELET 254Electronic CommunicationsAn introductory course in electronic communi-cations principles and practices. Topics includespecialized circuits such as oscillators, PLLs,filters, AM and FM theory, circuits, standards,propagation, transmission lines, antennas,and broadcast standards.


3 CR / (3,3)

ELET 255Transducers and InterfacingThis course covers the electronic measurementof non-electrical quantities. Topics includetransducers, signal conditioning, signal trans-mission standards, interfacing, D/A and A/D,data logging, and data processing. Lab workincludes design and prototyping of completesystems using the PC platform and micro-controllers to acquire data and control non-electrical systems.


3 CR / (3,3)

ELET 256Design Project IThis is a preparatory course to the DesignProject II course. The student will originate aproject idea, define the problem to be solved,plan the research and the project manage-ment, develop and investigate technical solu-tions, and anticipate potential problems.Topics for discussion periods include timemanagement, teamwork, documentation,budgets, intellectual property, and projectmanagement. Departmental approval of theproject is required. This course receives only asuccessful/unsuccessful grade and is requiredprior to attempting Design Project II in thenext semester.


Prerequisites or Corequisites: ELET 252, 253,254, 255

0 CR / (2,0)

ELET 261Control SystemsThis is an analysis and design course on clas-sical and modern control system theory. Thecourse looks at the behaviour of electrical/mechanical systems and prepares the studentto understand their dynamics and design andimplement compensation schemes. Classicalcontrol topics include frequency domain repre-sentation, frequency response methods, stabil-ity, compensation, and implementation.Modern control topics include state spaceanalysis and direct digital control. Although

this is not a lab course, design assignmentswill be given.

Prerequisite: ELET 251

2 CR / (3,2)

ELET 262Digital Signal ProcessingThis is a course in advanced signal process-ing. Topics deal with digitizing analog signalsto extract information using discrete Fourierand fast Fourier algorithms. Also covered isthe design and realization of digital filtersusing recursive and non-recursive techniques.A DSP will be chosen by the instructor for labexperiments.


3 CR / (3,3)

ELET 263Data and Computer CommunicationsAn introductory lecture/lab course in datacommunications. The course begins with atreatment of the fundamentals. This includesapplications for data communications, includ-ing discussion of analog/digital lines (includ-ing ISDN), RS-232 and other common serialinterfaces, using commercial software with theIBM serial port, media (e.g., fibre optics),modems (theory, operation, standards, instal-lation, use, and troubleshooting), accessingbulletin boards, and an introduction to faxconcepts. The course then moves to networkfundamentals including terminology, charac-teristics and advantages of networks, topolo-gies, access techniques, the ISO 7 layermodel, IEEE 802 standards, Ethernet andTokenRing networks, considerations for PCnetworks, wide area networking concepts, andan introduction to the Internet. The courseconcludes with a case study Novell Netware3.12, providing the student with importantexposure to a very popular client-server imple-mentation. Issues include hardware and soft-ware installation, cabling, network manage-ment, troubleshooting, and performance eval-uation.

Prerequisite: Common Core Certificate andETCC 159 math or its equivalent

4 CR / (4,3)

ELET 264Technology EnglishThis course provides the student with theknowledge and techniques in report writingand oral presentations required to present anddocument the work in the Design Project IIcourse.


Corequisite: ELET 266


3 CR / (1,2)

ELET 266Design Project IIThis is a major design course based on adesign project determined and planned inDesign Project I. The student takes the designfrom conception to completion to prototypeduring this course and presents the completedproject through a series of oral and writtenreports. The project will require sufficient chal-lenge as to needed research, design methods,programming, hardware, and fabrication thathave not previously been encountered incourse material. Students must work success-fully in a team environment and are responsi-ble as part of a group for the success of theproject.


Corequisite: ELET 264

5 CR / (7,0)

ENDT 150Technology GraphicsThis course introduces the engineering designtechnology student to engineering graphics.The core of the course consists of the follow-ing topics: orthographic drawing, isometric,and axonometric projections; auxiliary views,plans, and sections; technical sketching, letter-ing, and dimensioning; systems approaches to drafting; and simple mechanical drawingcompositions.

3 CR / (1,3)

ENDT 151Introduction to Computers and CADThis course introduces the student to comput-ing with the Windows NT operating system.The course also covers simple batch program-ming. The student is taught the use of theQuatro Pro spreadsheet programme,MathCAD, and is introduced to Auto CAD as applied to engineering design.

3 CR / (1,3)

ENDT 152Materials and Applications IThis course introduces the student to the prop-erties of materials and to material standards.The course also covers the properties and con-struction methods of soils and concrete. Basicsoils testing procedures and concrete batchingand testing methods are also included.

3 CR / (3,2)

ENDT 153SurveyingThis course introduces the student to the basicfield survey methods of chaining, levelling,and traversing, with emphasis on proper useof surveying equipment, accurate note-taking,and drafting of plans and profiles. The studentis also taught the methods used for calculat-ing and closing level and transit surveys.

3 CR / (2,3)

ENDT 154Design Technology PhysicsThis course introduces the student to the fol-lowing topics in physics: statics, kinematics,dynamics; energy and power; angular motion;fluid mechanics, wave motion; thermal proper-ties of materials and thermodynamics. Theemphasis in the course is on the application ofphysics to problems in civil and mechanicaldesign.

3 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 170Mechanical TechnologyThis course introduces the student intomechanical design and drafting. The topicscovered include descriptive geometry, gearsand cams, fasteners, welding specifications,conveyor systems, belts and chains, couplings,reducers and bearings.

Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 154, MATH 195Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171

4 CR / (2,3)

ENDT 171Computer Aided Design and DraftingThis course is a continuation of AutoCADdrafting methods introduced in ENDT 151.The student is instructed in advanced comput-er assisted drafting techniques including theuse of 3D simulation, customized menu andcommand creation as well as an introductionto programming using LISP. These techniqueswill be applied to a more complex project inthe course.

Prerequisite: ENDT 151

4 CR / (1,3)

ENDT 172Building Technology IThis course introduces the student to architec-tural design as it relates to wood framed resi-dential construction. Students shall design aresidence and complete a set of workingdrawings for their design. The course alsocovers the topics of residential constructionstandards, engineered building materials, anddimensional lumber selection and construction

for low rise buildings. Basic concepts of thebuilding envelope are also introduced.

Prerequisite: ENDT 150Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171

4 CR / (1,3)

ENDT 173Civil Technology IThis course instructs the student in the design of civil engineering works including: contourmapping, NTS and BC systems of mapping;highway curve design for simple, transitional,and vertical curves; grading drawings; ruraland highway road layout; subdivision layoutand earthwork calculations.

Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 151, 153Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENDT 171

4 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 174Structural MechanicsThis course introduces the student to structuralmechanics. The topics covered in this courseare: vectors and force systems as required todesign structures, beams of two materials,stress distribution in beams, analysis of inde-terminate beams by area moment andmoment distribution, Euler’s column formulas,tributary load calculations, and the elasticdesign of simple beams.

Prerequisites: ENDT 154, MATH 195

4 CR / (4,0)

ENDT 175Design Technology Mathematics IIThis course introduces the student to singlevariable calculus. The topics covered in thecourse are: analytic geometry, derivatives,maxima and minima problems; motion andrelated rates; integrals, areas, volumes, cen-troids, and moments of inertia. The emphasisin the course is on the application of calculusto problems in structural mechanics and civiltechnology.

Prerequisite: MATH 195

4 CR / (3,0)

ENDT 176Electrical TechnologyThis course introduces the student to theapplication of electricity to buildings andindustrial processes. The topics in this courseinclude power and lighting distribution sys-tems and components, including single andthree phase systems, as well as the operationof electrical motors. Also covered in the courseare the concept of power factor and power factor corrections.



3 CR / (2,1)

ENDT 190Drafting ProjectThis course covers the drafting of a largermechanical or building project appropriate to aone-year technician skill level. The student willbe provided with sketched details and willprepare working drawings to engineeringoffice standards.

Prerequisites: ENDT 150, 151Prerequisites or Corequisites: ENDT 171, 172

6 CR / (1,2)

ENDT 250Heating, Ventilation, and Air ConditioningThis course teaches the student the designprinciples of heating, ventilation, and air con-ditioning in buildings. The topics covered inthis course are: heat loss and heat gain calcu-lations, heating and ventilation systems, airconditioning, related equipment, duct designand layout, and a major HVAC design on acommercial building.


4 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 252Building Technology IIThis course teaches the student the design ofbuilding elements as they relate to commercialstructures using such materials as concrete,masonry, and steel. Given proposal drawings,the student will prepare a set of workingdrawings for a low rise commercial or indus-trial building. Based on given concept draw-ings for a simple building, the student willdesign appropriate architectural and structuraldetails. Special attention will be paid to thefunction and assembly of the building enve-lope including the movement of moisture andheat as well as differential movement.


3 CR / (2,3)

ENDT 254Wood and Steel DesignThis course teaches the student the analysisand design of timber structures includingbeams, columns, and connections. Additionaltopics covered in the course are: the design ofshoring and concrete form work; the design ofsteel structures including calculations andselection of beams, joists, decking, columnsand base plates, bracing, as well as the designof welded and bolted connections. The studentwill detail and analyze shop drawings to BC

Building Code and Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction standards.


4 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 256Process Design and Pipe SystemsThis course teaches the student the fundamen-tals of industrial process design. The empha-sis in the course is on material handling. Thetopics covered in the course are: transport ofliquids, gases, and bulk solids. The designand selection of the following equipment iscovered in the course: motors, fans, compres-sors, belt conveyors, and mechanical systemsthat incorporate these components. The sec-ond half of the course covers pipe systemsdesign; selection of valves, fittings, and hang-ers; design for pressure, temperature, wear,corrosion, and thermal expansion.

Prerequisites: ENDT 170, 175

4 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 257Building Regulations, Contracts, and SpecificationsThis course instructs the student in federal,provincial, and municipal regulations govern-ing the design and construction of the builtenvironment. Zoning regulations and theBritish Columbia Building Code will be stud-ied. The student is instructed in the layout andwriting of construction specifications accordingto Construction Specifications Canada guide-lines using Canadian Construction DocumentsCommittee and National Master Specificationformats. Additional topics covered are: specifi-cation types, language CCDC 2 front end,products, workmanship, office procedures,information storage and retrieval, and the bid-ding process. The second half of the coursecovers building regulations based on theNational Building Code of Canada.

Prerequisites: ENGL 195

4 CR / (2,1)

ENDT 270Plumbing DesignThis course instructs the student in the designof water supply and drainage systems forbuildings. Additional topics covered in thecourse are: the design of storm and sanitarysewer systems as well as fire protection systems. The student will design pressure andgravity systems based on standard calcula-tions and tables as well as the BC PlumbingCode.


2 CR / (2,1)

ENDT 273Civil Technology IIThis course teaches the students the design of municipal subdivisions and associated services. The topics taught in the course are:basic urban planning principles, subdivisionbylaws; sizing and grading of water andsewer services, storm and hydrological designconsiderations, storm runoff calculations.

Prerequisites: ENDT 154, 171, 173, 175

3 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 274Reinforced Concrete DesignThis course instructs the student in the analy-sis and design of reinforced concrete includingsimple beams and slabs, continuous one-wayand two-way floor systems, columns, walls,and foundations. Additionally, details for concrete elements of the building studies inENDT 252 will be prepared.


Corequisite: ENDT 174

3 CR / (3,3)

ENDT 278Quantity SurveyingThis course teaches the student the principlesof quantity surveying as practiced in designoffices according to the Canadian Institute ofQuantity Surveyors standards. The topics cov-ered in the course are: general principles ofmensuration, taking-off and extending quanti-ties for material and labour; elemental analy-sis; unit price preparation for such materialsas reinforced concrete, paving, masonry, parti-tions, insulation, and roofing; and introductionto life-cycle costing.


3 CR / (3,2)

ENDT 279Project ManagementThis course instructs the student in projectplanning, scheduling, and control as appliedto engineering projects. The topics covered inthis course are: systems theory, organizationstructures, staffing, management functions,time management, conflicts, planning as perCPM and PERT, as well as controlling.

Prerequisites: ENGL 195

2 CR / (2,1)

ENDT 290Project Report IThis course requires the student to complete amajor project on a construction related topicchosen by the student and approved by the


Engineering Design faculty advisor. The proj-ect must be a written report but may be basedon an individual or group prepared design. Inthis, the first of two courses, the student willderive a thesis statement, create, outline, andcomplete all material research required for theproject.


2 CR / (0,1)

ENDT 291Project Report IIThe student will complete the project com-menced in ENDT 290 and make a formalpresentation to an audience to defend thereport.

Prerequisites: ENDT 290, ENGL 195


6 CR / (0,2)

ENGL 195Effective Communications IThis course introduces students to the princi-ples and practices of written and oral commu-nications as applied in current business andcareer contexts. This course aims to help stu-dents develop an ability to write clearly andspeak effectively. Instruction will emphasizegrammar, style, and presentation as importantelements applied to a variety of writing andspeaking situations: e-mail, web analysis andsummaries, memos, letters, proposals,résumés, interviews, and instructional andpersuasive talks.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 196Effective Communications IIThis course is a discipline-based researchcourse that introduces career and technicalstudents to current research, writing, andspeaking formats and techniques as practicedin collaborative small group contexts. Studentswill learn how to do original research, how towrite in appropriate formats, and how to pres-ent oral reports, while working cooperativelyin a group. Grammar, style, and documentpresentation are stressed as important ele-ments applied to a variety of writing andspeaking situations: topic selection, bibliogra-phies, proposals, progress reports, and visualdesign.

Prerequisite: ENGL 195

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 252Technical Communications for Forest TechnologyThis course builds upon the skills introducedin ENGL 195 and ENGL 196 and introducesthe student to writing tasks that are moreclosely related to real world working situa-tions and controversies. Topics covered includemedium length reports, integration of researchwith personal experience, and persuasivespeaking and writing.

Prerequisites: ENGL 153, 162, 196

3 CR / (3,0)

ETCC 150Circuit Analysis I (DC Circuits)This course serves as the foundation for thetheory that is required for the analysis of allelectronic circuits. Previous knowledge of elec-tronics is not required. The concepts of thebasic quantities of charge, voltage, current,resistance, energy, and power are developed.The student will study the relationshipsbetween these quantities and apply thisknowledge to the analysis of series, parallel,and series-parallel DC circuits. Additionalanalysis tools such as the Venin’s theoremand maximum power transfer are also cov-ered. Introductions to electromagnetism,capacitors, and inductors also prepare the student for future studies in electronics. At all times, theory is reinforced with hands-onpractice and exposure to troubleshooting techniques.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: ETCC 153, 170

3 CR / (3,3)

ETCC 151Leadership and Team Skills for ElectronicsDuring this course students will participate inclass discussions and group activities toimprove their practical communication skillsand foster effective working relationships. An opportunity will be provided to practicecommunication skills that will be useful in the workplace and to examine the role of theindividual within a work team—both as a participant and as a leader.

0 CR / (0,2)

ETCC 153Circuit Analysis II (AC Circuits)This course serves as the foundation for thetheory that is required for the analysis of allelectronic circuits with AC sources. The charac-teristics of various AC waveforms are dis-cussed and measured. The concepts and cal-culations of reactive values are emphasized.

The student will study the AC response of var-ious circuit configurations and apply thisknowledge to the analysis of RC, RL, and RLCcircuits. Various practical applications of circuitconfigurations are explored. At all times, theo-ry is reinforced with hands-on practice andexposure to troubleshooting techniques.


3 CR / (3,3)

ETCC 156Electronics III: Workplace Skills For TechniciansThis course will describe the role of electronicstechnicians in industry. The material will alsoinstruct how to use, maintain, and produceelectronics documentation, connect and oper-ate personal computers, use operating sys-tems, use common application software pack-ages, and communicate effectively in oral andwritten form.

Prerequisite: Entry to Common Core

3 CR / (4,5)

ETCC 158Electronics Technician Skills IThis course provides students with therequired skills to perform the tasks that willbe encountered in the practical phases of theElectronics Technician Common CoreProgramme. Theoretical concepts as well aspractical applications are included, includingsafety procedures such as WMIS.

1 CR / (0,1)

ETCC 160Integrated Circuits and ApplicationsThis course provides the theoretical and practi-cal knowledge necessary for the student toinstall, maintain, and troubleshoot circuitswhich employ integrated semiconductordevices. The electronic devices covered areoperational amplifiers, timers, and voltageregulators. Practical circuits which employthese devices are also studied.

Prerequisites: ETCC 150, 153

3 CR / (3,3)

ETCC 162Microcontroller TechnologyThis course provides the theoretical and practi-cal knowledge necessary for the student toinstall, maintain, and troubleshoot circuits thatcontain microprocessors. The concepts coveredinclude both software and hardware debug-ging.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: ETCC 176

3 CR / (3,3)


ETCC 164Fundamental Computer Networks andApplications SoftwareThis course will provide the student with theunderstanding of today’s modern networkingsystems, starting from the humble beginningsof networks to the modern day LANs, MANs,and WANs. Students will also explore the useof the Intranet and the Internet as both a tooland a resource. The student will learn theprinciples of how to attach and configure aworkstation to function on a network.

2 CR / (1,2)

ETCC 168Electronics Technician Skills IIThis course provides the basic technical skillsthat are required by an electronics technician.These skills will enable the student to analyze,diagnose faults, and modify and repair elec-tronic assemblies more effectively. This coursewill also provide the basic troubleshootingconcepts and skills required to isolate faults insimple circuits with resistive and reactive com-ponents. Emphasis is placed on the methodsused to isolate faults in an efficient and logicalmanner. Block diagram analysis is introducedto facilitate fault isolation in more complexelectronic circuits and systems.


2 CR / (0,1)

ETCC 170Solid State Electronics (Discrete Devices)This course provides the theoretical and practi-cal knowledge necessary for the student toinstall, maintain, and troubleshoot circuitswhich employ discrete semiconductor compo-nents. The electronic components covered arediodes, rectifiers, bipolar junction transistors,field effect transistors, solid state switchingdevices, and photosensitive devices. Practicalcircuits which employ these devices are alsostudied.


3 CR / (3,3)

ETCC 173Electronics V: AC Circuits and I.C. TroubleshootingThe first half of the course is a continuation ofElectronics I, extending the analysis of AC cir-cuits to series, parallel, and combination cir-cuits containing inductors, capacitors, andtransformers. The student learns how to quick-ly diagnose and locate common circuit faultsand failure modes. In the second half of thecourse, common module integrated circuits

such as timers and oscillators are studied andapplications examined. Students are taughthow to use service manual diagnostic flow-charts, divide-by-half elimination, and othercommon troubleshooting strategies.

Prerequisites: ETCC 150, 153


3 CR / (4,5)

ETCC 176Digital ElectronicsThis course provides the theoretical and practi-cal knowledge necessary for the student toinstall, maintain, and troubleshoot circuits thatcontain digital logic devices. The digital logicdevices covered include basic logic gates, logicfunctions, flip-flops, counters, shift registers,memories, and interfacing ICs. Practical circuitsthat employ these devices are also studied.


3 CR / (3,3)

FOR 150Forestry OrientationThis two-week course is designed to introducethe students to the basic concepts of foresttechnology. Emphasis is placed on survivalfirst aid, safe working practices, and field tripsrelevant to the programme. Field skills andwoods navigation are stressed during a four-day field trip.

0 CR / (9 days)

FOR 154Forest ProductsThis course introduces the student to themajor products produced from raw materialsfrom BC’s forests with emphasis on currentmanufacturing processes. The structure andproperties of wood and identification of important Canadian hardwood and softwoodspecies are also emphasized. Tours of localmills and processing plants are an integralpart of this course.

3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 155Silvics and DendrologyThe purpose of this course is to learn to iden-tify all coniferous and broad-leaved treesnative to British Columbia, and their silvical,ecological, and physiological characteristics. Italso includes learning to identify and collectplants used in determining the classification offorest sites.

3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 157Introduction to Forest Soils and HydrologyThis course is basic to an understanding offorest productivity and the side effects result-ing from various forestry practices, with appli-cations in silviculture, watershed manage-ment, and engineering. Topics covered arelandforms and soil formation, physical andchemical properties of soils, description of pro-files, the Canadian system of soil classifica-tion, and basic principles of hydrology. Fieldexercises will emphasize sampling descriptionand classification of soils.

4 CR / (3,2)

FOR 161Forest Measurements IThis field-oriented course introduces the theory and practice of all aspects of forestmeasurements and surveying. Students willreceive a thorough exposure to timber cruisingand basic surveying instruments.

4 CR / (2,4)

FOR 162Forest Measurements IIA continuation of Forest Measurements I (FOR 161), this course emphasizes statistics.The intent of the course is to provide the student with sufficient knowledge and fieldtraining to be able to sample the forestresource to the standards established by theBC Forest Service.

It is strongly recommended that FOR 162 and176 be taken concurrently.

Prerequisites: FOR 161, MATH 195

5 CR / (3,4)

FOR 164Fire ManagementThe principal emphasis in this course is onwildfire control. Successful control of wildfireencompasses four areas of action, includingfire prevention, detection, presuppression, andsuppression activities. Successful participantswill know their responsibilities under theForest Practices Code Act and related regu-lations. Suppression instruction will focus oninitial attack, including fire assessment, report-ing, forecasting behaviour, determining tactics,and equipment needs. Participants will be ableto document their plans and actions.Participants successfully completing thiscourse will meet basic certification standardsfor forestry workers. Fire safety will bestressed throughout this course.

3 CR / (2,2)


FOR 167Human Relations in ForestryThe purpose of this course is to develop per-sonal and interpersonal skills that will maxi-mize students’ opportunities for success inboth the College environment and employ-ment environments. The course will promoteenhanced self-awareness, and improved com-munication, personal management, and pre-employment skills. Topics of study will includestudy skills, human behaviour, communica-tions, employment preparation, and personaland professional ethics.

2 CR / (1,1)

FOR 171Aerial Photography and Mapping IThis is an introductory course in the use ofaerial photographs and maps in forestry. Itprovides the student with a working knowl-edge of map and air photo indexing and refer-encing systems, and a practical background inphoto orienteering and photogrammetricmeasurements. Topics include calculation ofmap and photo scales, use of contour maps,photo geometry, and parallax measurement.

3 CR / (1,3)

FOR 172Aerial Photography and Mapping IIThis course provides the student with anunderstanding of photogrammetric practice inthe area of landform recognition and interpre-tation, planimetric map construction from aerial photographs, forest cover typing, andspecial applications in the fields of forest pro-tection, roads, reforestation, and soils.

Prerequisites: FOR 157, 171, 177

3 CR / (1,3)

FOR 176Forest CartographyThis course is designed to teach basic draftingskills and techniques required in forest cartog-raphy. Students will learn the elements of con-tour and planimetric maps, plotting traverses,and how to use MicroStation computer map-ping programme to produce a finished log-ging plan and a timber type map that includesthe baselines, striplines, and sample plots of acompleted cruising project.

The course has two major projects. The firstproject will teach students how to draft a planview of a primary logging road system, com-plete with logging and riparian boundaries. Asmall portion will be plotted from field notesusing a drafting arm, then this partially com-pleted draft will be digitized, plotted to com-pletion, and lettered, using MicroStation.

Emphasis is placed on the engineering princi-ples that are applied when designing anddrafting logging roads and boundary lines onvarious types of logging terrain. The secondproject will teach students how to produce acomplete computerized timber type/cruisemap to Forest Service standards from field sur-vey notes created in FOR 162’s surveying andtimber cruising project.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: FOR 162

2 CR / (0,3)

FOR 177Introduction to ComputersThis course provides an introduction to com-puting, using Windows-based microcomputerapplications. Forest industry applicationsusing professional word processing, databasemanagement, spreadsheet, and presentationsoftware will be the primary focus of thiscourse.

3 CR / (1,3)

FOR 178Digital MappingThis is an introductory course covering basicconcepts and applications of digital mappingin forestry using Microstation software. Thecourse will include project planning, elementcreation and manipulation, text and symbolgeneration, system input/output, and GPSmapping. Working problems and mappingprojects will be drawn from forest resourcemanagement.


2 CR / (0,3)

FORS 202Forest EcologyThis course will provide an introduction to theecosystem concept, energy biomass and nutri-ent cycling, the physical environment, popula-tion and community ecology, and ecologicalsuccession. It will also introduce the biogeo-climatic classification of BC and examples ofCentral Interior ecosystems. A plant herbariumof 50 vascular plants and mosses is required.

Due to the integrated nature of course materi-als in FORS 202 and FORS 210, students arestrongly advised to take these courses concur-rently. Students may encounter difficulties inFORS 202 if they have no previous or concur-rent soils course, such as FORS 210.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: FORS 111, 112or FOR 155, 157

3 CR / (3,2)

FOR 251Forest Policy and PracticeThis course covers the history and legal basisfor management of Crown forest land inBritish Columbia. Major emphasis is placed onthe Forest Act and Forest and RangePractices Code of BC Act and associatedregulations. Inventory, yield analysis, and AACare also introduced.

Prerequisite: Completion of first-year programme

3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 252Integrated Resource ManagementThis is a sequential course to FOR 251 inwhich emphasis is placed on “IntegratedResource Management.” Interaction of variousresources and resource users are covered.Guidelines established by various Acts andregulations, such as the Ministry of ForestsAct, the Forest Act, and the Forest andRange Practices Act, are utilized in thepreparation of a Management Plan for aselected sub-unit. The management plan is anintegrated project of several second-yearforestry courses.

Prerequisites: FOR 251, 273Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 254, 286,2884 CR / (2,3)

FOR 253Silviculture ISilviculture is the application of basic tree biol-ogy and forest ecology to the growing, har-vesting, and regeneration of trees. The partici-pants in this course will apply their knowl-edge of forest soils, forest ecology, photo inter-pretation, silvics, and forest measurementswith an aim to developing strategies for forestregeneration success. Studies focus on theapplication of ecological classification, silvi-culture systems selection, site preparation, soil conservation, and overall monitoring procedures.

Prerequisite: Completion of first-year programme4 CR / (3,3)

FOR 254Silviculture IIContinuing with the aim to develop strategiesfor forest regeneration success established inSilviculture I, this course starts with studies onmethods of establishment, seed collection, treeimprovement practices, nursery practices, andseedling quality assessment. Studies move onto vegetation management and stand tending


to ensure successful establishment. If timeallows, techniques used to improve timberyield and value will be studied, includingpruning, precommercial and commercial thin-ning. Participants are expected to synthesizecourse material at the stand level with thepreparation of a silviculture prescription and atthe landscape level with the preparation of aManagement Plan. Participants are expectedto apply silviculture operations within the con-text of public, environmental, and economicconcerns.

Prerequisite: FOR 253

Prerequisites or Corequisites: FOR 252, 286,288

5 CR / (4,2)

FOR 255Forest EntomologyThis course will introduce the characteristics,behaviour, and economic significance of majorinsects and related organisms affecting forestsand wood products in British Columbia. Theemphasis will be on detection, evaluation ofdamage, and management practices.


3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 256Forest PathologyThe student will obtain a practical workingknowledge of forest disease organisms andtheir effect upon forest management. Thecourse will emphasize the recognition of thedamage caused by the most important dis-eases in BC. In addition to fungi, other agentssuch as mammals, birds, climate, dwarfmistletoe, nematodes, forest and range weeds,and marine borers will be studied. Damageappraisal techniques and control will be cov-ered where applicable.


3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 263Forest Measurements IIIThis course introduces students to the BCMetric Log Scaling and Grading system,weight scale sampling, Ministry of Forestscyclic billing practices, and residue and wasteassessment. It also covers the practical appli-cation of timber cruising in compliance withthe BC Forest Service Cruising Manual.Students use field data taken from a first-yearoperational timber cruise and compile the datainto a comprehensive cruise report by usingthe manual method to provide an understand-ing of the compilation procedure, and also byusing computer software.

Prerequisite: Completion of first-year pro-gramme

3 CR / (1,3)

FOR 267Supervisory Skills in ForestryBuilding on the individual awareness andskills developed in FOR 167, students in thiscourse will develop group management skillsfor successful workplace relationships withsuperiors, peers, and subordinates. The coursewill promote communication, teamwork, andleadership skills for application in group andsupervisory situations. Topics will includegroup communication and dynamics, leader-ship styles, motivation, conflict management,problem solving, performance appraisals, andwork ethics.


2 CR / (0,2)

FOR 268Industrial Relations in ForestryThis course will provide a broad perspectiveon the political and regulatory systems withinwhich the forest industry, the government, andforestry-related organizations operate. Topicsinclude industrial relations history, unions, col-lective agreements, industry groups, regulato-ry agencies, and the interrelationships amongthese. It also promotes awareness of the tech-nical and ethical standards of associationssuch as the ABCFP.


2 CR / (2,0)

FOR 273Habitat ManagementThis course is designed to give ForestTechnology students an understanding of thediversity of native fish and wildlife in NorthCentral BC and the range of habitats used. Thecourse will focus on forest biodiversity, withemphasis on the role of fish and wildlife in ahealthy forest. Students will also study forestpractices and management techniques thatseek to harmonize biodiversity objectives withforest activities.


3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 285 Road Engineering IThe intent of this course is to provide the stu-dent with a basic knowledge of forest engi-neering practice in the fields of forest roaddesign, field location and surveying of forestroads, soil classification and identification, and

earthwork calculations. Emphasis is placed onfield procedures and microcomputer designapplications.


4 CR / (2,3)

FOR 286Road Engineering IIThis course provides the student with a basicknowledge of forest engineering practice inthe areas of soil mechanics and compaction;stream flow and culvert design; constructionequipment productivity; road construction,maintenance, and deactivation. Other topicscovered include control of sediment, theForest Practices Code Act and the Forestand Range Practices Act, and grade stak-ing.



4 CR / (2,3)

FOR 287Logging ILogging I provides the student with an intro-duction to the more common logging systemsused in BC. The course will deal with loggingplanning, logging phases with emphasis onsteep slope logging, log transportation, andsafety management.

Prerequisite: Completion of first-year programme

4 CR / (2,3)

FOR 288Logging IILogging II is a continuing of the Logging Icourse with emphasis on interior BritishColumbia logging systems and methods. A review of logging layout and logging guide-lines will be covered, as well as principles of logging systems, log transportation, andsafety management. A management plan will be completed in conjunction with otherforestry courses.



4 CR / (2,3)

FOR 289Forest Finance and AdministrationThis course introduces the student to the fundamentals of business and finance. Topicsinclude business ownership, methods of financing businesses, financial statements and


analysis, loans and interest calculations,break-even analysis, stumpage appraisal, andcontract administration.


3 CR / (2,2)

FOR 299Extended Forestry Field StudiesThis course is an intensive one-week (includ-ing weekends) field exercise in which studentsare exposed to a range of forestry practicesand activities in different parts of BC from theinterior to the BC lower coast. Field activitieswill involve exercises, observation, and analy-sis of research facilities, forestry operations,and manufacturing facilities.

Prerequisites: Completion of all courses fromSemesters I–III

2 CR / (9 days maximum)

GEOG 210Introduction to Geographic Information SystemsThis course will enable students to define thebasic concepts and types of GIS, describe thenature of geo-referenced data, differentiatebetween vector and raster methods, describevarious applications of the technology,describe the four main technical componentsof a GIS (input, storage, processing and out-put), operate a simple GIS software packageand identify GIS project management tasks. Itis intended for students of forestry, agriculture,engineering, land use planning, marketing,geography, and computing. It is also highlyrecommended for those who wish to enroll inthe GIS Advanced Diploma Programme.

3 CR / (3,3)

GIS 302Tool Analysis, Design, and ConstructionThe aim of the course is for students to gainproficiency in programming a selection ofcommon GIS data processing tasks to betterunderstand the inner workings of GIS tools.Students will learn to describe, evaluate, andimplement solutions to a variety of softwareproblems via the analysis, design, and imple-mentation of vector and raster data structuresand algorithms for representing and process-ing various geographic features.

Prerequisites: GIS 305, 304, 315, 303, and311

3 CR / (3,2)

GIS 303

Introduction to Spatial Data Analysisand PresentationThis course is designed to introduce the stu-dent to the fundamentals of spatial dataanalysis and presentation particularly as theyrelate to the GIS environment. The fundamen-tals of the theory of statistics will be reviewedso that they may be applied to various spatialtechniques covered in the course. In addition,the course will cover the basic concepts rele-vant to spatial data and the fundamentals ofspatial data presentation as they relate to mapdesign. Laboratory exercises will complementthe theory presented in lectures.

3 CR / (3,3)

GIS 304Database Management SystemsThis course is designed to introduce the stu-dent to databases and file systems. File organ-izations and access methods will be dis-cussed. Different data models (i.e., Relational,Hierarchical, and Network) will be examinedand some data manipulation languages willbe explored. Document storage and retrievalsystems as well as database integrity andsecurity issues will also be discussed. Anoperational database management system willbe used in the laboratory component of thiscourse and programming assignments mayalso be given.

3 CR / (2,2)

GIS 305Introduction to ProgrammingThe main focus of this course is to introducethe student to problem solving with emphasison algorithm development and structured programming using a current programming language.

3 CR / (3,3)

GIS 310Data Acquisition and Remote SensingThis course concerns the principles and proce-dures of gathering and transforming georefer-enced data for use within GIS. Topics includedata collection, data conversion, GPS survey-ing, photo interpretation and remote sensing.Emphasis is placed on remote sensing as ameans of data acquisition for application innatural resources management.

3 CR / (2,3)

GIS 311Coordinate GeometryThis course concerns the principles and proce-dures of computing and recording the geome-try of geographic phenomena within a GIS.

Students will be able to describe the varioustypes of coordinate systems (such as geo-graphic and cartesian), to perform planar andspherical geometric computations, to explainthe methods of projection between referencesurfaces and transformation of co-ordinatesystems.

3 CR / (2,2)

GIS 315Application Tools IThe course is designed to introduce the stu-dent to the use of raster-based and vector-based GIS software in problem solving. Thecourse will provide the student with hands-onexperience by replicating and/or amendingapproaches outlined in Case Studies. The com-plexity of the problems will vary, but most ofthe exercises will require the application of themore rudimentary processes in geographicanalysis. The nature of the applications andthe technology used will vary in different offer-ings of the course.

3 CR / (2,3)

GIS 321CartographyThis course concerns the principles and proce-dures of designing and producing maps orother products from a GIS. Students will beable to describe the principles of map designand graphic variables; describe and apply var-ious point, line, and region symbolizationtechniques; evaluate and operate different car-tographic software and output devices; andcritique any kind of map.

Prerequisites: GIS 315, 303, 311

Corequisite: GIS 325

2 CR / (2,3)

GIS 325Application Tools IIThis course is designed to build on the knowl-edge acquired in GIS 315 and to provide thestudent with hands-on experience in workingthrough all stages of problem solving in a GISenvironment. The complexity of the exercisesprovided in this course will be noticeablygreater than that of the exercises of the prereq-uisite course and the students will also berequired to prepare most, if not all, of the nec-essary digital data. The emphasis will beplaced on the quality of the input data gener-ated and the validity of the methods used inthe analysis. The nature of the applicationsand the technology used will vary in differentofferings of the course.

Prerequisites: GIS 315, 310, 303

3 CR / (0,6)


GIS 330Image Processing and AnalysisThis course explores techniques to analyzeremotely sensed data using a variety of imageanalysis methods. The topics include imagerectification and restoration, image enhance-ment, image operation, image classification,and integration of remote sensing and GIS.

Prerequisites: GIS 310, 305

3 CR / (2,3)

GIS 335Emerging and SpecializedTechnologies in GISThis course is designed to introduce the stu-dent to a variety of emerging technical topicsin GIS. Students will gain hands-on experi-ence during lab exercises. Once introduced totopics, it is expected the student will be pre-pared to continue with self-studies in the areato develop specific expertise. Technical topicswill be introduced as modules. Students willbe required to complete one topic deemed tobe of significant importance to GIS. Studentswill also be required to complete study inselected areas from a list of available topics.The technical topics covered will vary in differ-ent offerings of the course


Prerequisites or Corequisities: GIS 302, 325

2 CR / (0,3)

GIS 340GIS SeminarThe course is designed to have the studentsconsider the wider issues which are of con-cern to GIS practitioners. The students will usethis opportunity to undertake in-depthresearch on one topic and participate in con-structive discussions on several others. Thetopics to be examined will be drawn fromareas which relate to the social, economic,environmental, and technological issues whichsurround the development of GIS in a widerange of implementation contexts. Studentswill also benefit from the experience/advice ofpractitioners through guest lectures.

1 CR / (2,0)

GIS 345Project Management and System DevelopmentThe course concerns the principles and proce-dures of planning, implementing, and operat-ing a GIS from a managerial or organizationalperspective. Students will be able to: describethe various types of GIS projects and person-nel, describe the project lifecycle (discovery,design, development, and deployment), identi-

fy different system architecture options, applytechniques for describing and evaluating sys-tems, describe approaches to project financingand staffing, and identify contemporary socio-economic issues of GIS.


2 CR / (2,0)

GIS 350GIS ProjectA project course in which a real-world prob-lem is investigated by one or more classgroups working as a team of consultants. Allphases of the project including problem defini-tion, proposal preparation, and client presen-tations of interim and final reports are com-pleted within the term. The final report mustinclude project standards, recommendations,and data management guidelines.

4 CR / (0,2)

MATH 104Introduction to StatisticsThis course is designed to provide a basicknowledge of statistical methodology. Topicsinclude descriptive statistics, elementary prob-ability theory, probability distributions, sam-pling, and some standard concepts andtechniques of statistical inference, correlation,and linear regression. Applications to a widevariety of problems are emphasized.

Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applications of Math 12

3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 195Mathematics for TechnologiesThis course is deisgned to introduce studentsto the principles and practices of mathematicswith application to technologies. Topicsinclude number systems, algebraic concepts,analytic geometry, functions and graphs, andtrigonometry. Instruction will emphasize topicsand examples relevant to the discipline.

3 CR / (3,0)

MGT 154Applied Human RelationsThis course focuses on the personal manage-ment and interpersonal communication skillsthat contribute to success in the businessworld. Areas covered include personal man-agement and interpersonal communicationdevelopment skills. Classroom participationand discussion are a necessary part of thiscourse. Students who plan to participatein Co-op must complete MGT 154 priorto their first scheduled work term.3 CR / (2,2)

TJSS 160Job Search SeminarsThis course consists of a series of seminarsoffering students up-to-date information onrésumés and cover letters. Students will alsolearn what employers look for in an interviewand how to build a network of employers.

TMGT 175Management for TechnologiesThis course focuses on the personal manage-ment and interpersonal communication skillsthat contribute to success in the businessworld. Areas covered include: personal man-agement, interpersonal communication, andcareer development skills. Classroom partici-pation and discussion are a necessary part ofthis course.

2 CR / (1,1)

TMTH 255StatisticsThis course is designed to instruct the studentin the basic knowledge of statistical methods.Topics included in the course are: probabilitytheory, probability distribution, sampling, andlinear regression. Industrial applications areemphasized in the course.

Prerequisites: ENDT 175

3 CR / (3,0)

WILD 150Wildland EcologyThis course will provide an introduction toecosystem concept, energy, biomass and nutri-ent cycling, the physical environment, popula-tion and community ecology, and ecologicalsuccession. It will also introduce the Biogeo-climatic classification system and examples ofCentral Interior ecosystems.

3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 151Physical Geography and SoilsThis course will provide an introduction tolandforms, geomorphology of the CentralInterior of BC and the physical, chemical, andbiological properties of soils; soil formation,classification, use; and conservation of soils.

3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 152Aerial PhotographyThis course will introduce students to the principle of aerial photography. Topics includemaps and map reading, geometry of aerialphotographs, photogrammetric measurementof scale, displacement and parallax with aerial


photographs, and practical uses and applica-tions of aerial photographs.

3 CR / (1,3)

WILD 153Outdoor Recreation/Tourism ManagementThis course covers the principles of outdoorrecreation management and administration.Topics include characteristics of wildland recreation use and users, ethics and laws, fundamentals of managing tourism, philoso-phy applied in providing quality outdoor recreational experience to visitors, and plan-ning and managing interpretive programmesfor outdoor recreational areas and visitors’centres. Opportunity to obtain a survival firstaid certificate will be included.

3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 154Wildlife Tree IdentificationThis two-day classroom and field courseincludes the identification of wildlife trees and assessment of steps necessary to ensuresafety and habitat protection when operatingaround wildlife/dangerous trees. This coursefollows the guidelines of the ResourceInventory Committee Wildlife/Danger TreeAssessor course. Students successfully com-pleting this course may be eligible to chal-lenge the Resource Inventory Committeecourse for certification.

1 CR / (16 hours)

WILD 155Reconnaissance Level Lake FieldInventoryThis three-day classroom and field course covers the requirements for conducting lakeinventories as set out in the ResourceInventory Committee standards. Students successfully completing this course may beeligible to challenge the Resource InventoryCommittee course for certification.

Prequisites or Corequisites: WILD 157, 159

2 CR / (24 hours)

WILD 156Reconnaissance Level River FieldInventoryThis two-day classroom and field course covers the requirements for conducting streaminventories according to the ResourceInventory Committee standards. Students successfully completing this course may beeligible to challenge the Resource InventoryCommittee course for certification.

Prequisites or Corequisites: WILD 157, 159,160

1 CR / (12 hours)

WILD 157Introduction to 1:20,000 Fish and FishHabitat Reconnaissance InventoryThis three-day classroom course covers whatthe reconnaissance level inventory processand requirements are with emphasis on whatcontents are needed for the pre- and post-fieldphases of the inventory. Students successfullycompleting this course may be eligible to chal-lenge the Resource Inventory Committeecourse for certification.

2 CR / (24 hours)

WILD 158GPS Field Operator TrainingThis two-day office and field course coversbasic GPS concepts and methods relevant toresource inventory surveys and teaches stu-dents how to collect accurate field data in areliable and consistent manner. Students successfully completing this course may beeligible to challenge the Resource InventoryCommittee course for certification.

1 CR / (12 hours)

WILD 159Fish IdentificationThis two-day laboratory course will teach students how to identify fish species andensure students will be able to identify themajor freshwater fish species of BC andunderstand the life history, habitat require-ments, and regional distribution for thesespecies. Students successfully completing thiscourse may be eligible to challenge theResource Inventory Committee course for certification.

1 CR / (12 hours)

WILD 160ElectrofishingThis two-day classroom and field course intro-duces students to electrofishing techniquesincluding safety procedures and equipmenthandling. Students successfully completingthis course may be eligible to challenge theResource Inventory Committee course for certification.

1 CR / (15 hours)

WILD 161Guide Outfitters IThis three-week (fifteen-day) classroom andfield course introduces students to basic guideoutfitting skills. Topics covered include the

demonstration of safe procedures associatedwith contact with dangerous wildlife, develop-ing competence in field dressing of fish, birds,and big game animals, development of physical and mental stamina associated withlong-term outdoor activities, imparting wilderness survival skills, and developingskills in the proper protocol and legal proce-dures involving emergency radio protocol andlegal procedures involving emergency radiocommunications.

4 CR / (120 hours)

WILD 162Small Pleasure Craft Operation and Aircraft SafetyThis four-day classroom and field course intro-duces students to the Canadian Coast Guardbasic pleasure craft operators’ course for operation of small watercraft in Canada. Thiscourse will cover safe work practices to adoptwhen in the vicinity of fixed and rotary wingaircraft.

3 CR / (32 hours)

WILD 163GIS and Wildland Resource MappingThis course introduces students to the basicconcepts and principles of Geographic Infor-mation Systems (GIS). Topics include geo-graphic data structure, components of GIS,project management, and applications of GISin wildland and resource mapping and analysis.

3 CR / (2,3)

WILD 164Image Interpretation and AnalysisThis courses teach the interpretation and map-ping of aerial photographs and other remotelysensed data. Emphasis will be placed onrecognition of landforms, vegetation, hydrolo-gy, resources, and recreation features. Othertopics include inventory and environmentalstudies with aerial photographs and otherremotely sensed data.

3 CR / (1,3)

WILD 165Park ManagementThis course covers the basic principles in managing and administering provincial andcommunity wildland parks. Topics include the elements involved in park planning anddevelopment, along with studying the bio-physical impacts of recreation on wildlandparks and the integration of outdoor recre-ation with other natural resource users, ethics,and the law.


3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 166Fish Ecology and ManagementThis course introduces students to the biologyof British Columbia freshwater and anadro-mous fish with emphasis on those speciesfound in the Central Interior of BritishColumbia. Topics include anatomy, taxonomy,physiology, behaviour, and ecology.Management of fisheries including populationdynamics, habitat evaluation and improve-ment, harvesting, pollution, fishery regula-tions, and the law. Special emphasis will beplaced on identifying game fish, both saltwater and freshwater, which are native toBritish Columbia. Labs deal with methodologyas it applies to the above and much of thetraining will be done in the field.

3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 167Wildlife Ecology and ManagementThis course introduces students to the principles and practices of wildlife manage-ment with particular reference to problemsand procedures in the Central Interior ofBritish Columbia. Topics incude biology andecology of wildlife species, dynamics ofwildlife populations, methods for studyingwildlife, capturing and handling of wildlife forstudy, radiotelemetry, natural and artificialregulation of numbers, control of problemwildlife, wildlife habitats, economic value ofwildlife, management for biodiversity, ethicsand law, and management for harvest. Specialemphasis will be placed on identifying BritishColumbia’s native and introduced game andprotected bird species along with the identify-ing of BC’s game and non-game animals.Field study is used to support and extend lecture and lab material.

3 CR / (2,2)

WILD 168ATV and Commercial SnowmobileOperationThis 41⁄2-day classroom and field course covers the safety and operation of ATVs andsnowmobiles along with emphasis on envi-ronmental ethics, route plans, and group management. Some training regarding smallengine repair will be included. Students willbe expected to also demonstrate proficiency inthe operation of chainsaws and the basicmaintenance procedures for small 2- and 4-cycle engines. This course leads to BCSnowmobile Federation Level III CommercialSnowmobile Operator’s Certificate.

2 CR / (36 hours)

WILD 169Visual Landscape InventoryThis three-day course teaches students the visual landscape inventory standards set outby the Resource Inventory Branch for theCulture Task Force, Resource InventoryCommittee.

2 CR / (24 hours)

WILD 170Recreation Resource Features andRecreation Opportunity SpectrumThis three-day classroom course teaches theResource Inventory Committee standards associated with Recreation Features andRecreation Opportunity Spectrum Inventoriesin British Columbia. Students successfullycompleting this course may be eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory Committeecourse for certification.

2 CR / (24 hours)

WILD 171Archaeological Inventory Training for Crew MembersThis three -day classroom and field courseintroduces students to the proper way to iden-tify archaeological sites and features through-out British Columbia including how to conducta surface inventory and complete the BritishColumbia Archaeological Site Inventory form.Students successfully completing this coursemay be eligible to challenge the ResourceInventory Committee course for certification.

2 CR / (24 hours)

WILD 172Introduction to Wildlife SpeciesInventoryThis two-day course introduces students tobasic information required to plan a wildlifespecies inventory in British Columbia.Students successfully completing this coursemay be eligible to challenge the ResourceInventory Committee course for certification.

2 CR / (12 hours)

WILD 173GPS–Data Processor/Project Manager TrainingThis five-day classroom and field course is acomprehensive GPS training course forresource managers. Students successfullycompleting this course may be eligible to challenge the Resource Inventory Committeecourse for certification.

3 CR / (40 hours)

WILD 174Guide Outfitters IIThis three-week (15-day) classroom and fieldcourse is designed to augment and enhance astudent’s guide outfitter skills developed inWILD 161. Topics include safe firearms handling, firearm acquisition certificate train-ing, how to properly and securely load packsonto pack animals, wrangler skills, back coun-try horseback riding skills.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: WILD 161

4 CR / (120 hours)

WILD 175Safe Food HandlingThis eight-hour course teaches students prop-er food handling techniques. Topics to beincluded are microbiology, foodborne illness-es, personal hygiene and health, serving anddispensing, food protection and preparation,receiving and storing food, and dishwashing.This course leads to mastery level certificatefrom the FoodSafe Level I (basic) course offeredby the Ministry of Advanced Education.

1 CR / (8 hours)

WRIT 100The Self-Employed WriterThis course will focus on the practical busi-ness aspects of freelance writing. Students willlearn how to develop their product, identifytheir customers, and learn about their compe-tition. They will develop specific goals for thetypes of writing they will do and the targetmarket they will approach. Students will alsodevelop a marketing strategy for selling theirwork. Additionally, the course will examinesuch issues as business structure, licenses,finances, and copyright. Finally, we will con-sider some of the rewards and pitfalls of beingone’s own boss.


3 CR / (3,0)

WRIT 101Creative ExplorationsThis course explores creative problem solvingin a multi-disciplinary format.


3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 103Copyediting and Document Manuscript ConventionsAn introduction to the process of editing otherpeople’s manuscripts. Topics covered willinclude proofreading, copyediting, manuscriptformats, Canadian style conventions, andcareer opportunities.


Prerequisite: WRIT 100

3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 104Workplace WritingWRIT 104 is designed to introduce studentsto the fundamentals of professional businesscommunications. Students will develop anability to write clearly using the various for-mats, tones, and approaches required foreffective expression in current business contexts.


3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 105Desktop PublishingWRIT 105 is an intermediate, hands-oncourse in desktop publishing. WRIT 105 willalso introduce students to desktop publishingusing a professional level programme such asQuark Xpress or PageMaker.


3 CR / (1,3)

WRIT 200The Internet and the World Wide WebThis course will introduce students to theonline world of the Internet and to the basicelements of web page creation. Topics coveredwill include netiquette, electronic mail,host/client computing, file transfer protocol,Telnet, Gopher, MOOs/MUDs/OWLs, onlineresearch, and basic HTML. Emphasis will beplaced upon the student as user of theInternet.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: WRIT 100

3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 201Introduction to MultimediaThis course will introduce students to the creation of interactive multimedia computerpresentations. Students will learn to plan and create interactive computer animations.Students will learn to integrate sound, text,and visual elements. They will be introducedto basic scripting methods and to humaninterface guidelines.


3 CR / (1,3)

WRIT 202Freelance WritingIn this course, students will apply the skillsand strategies learned in WRIT 100. Asadaptability is of such importance for the free-lancer, students will learn to identify and emu-late the style and tone of several kinds of pub-

lications. Students will also learn to write forsome of the less glamorous, yet lucrative mar-kets. Based on students’ selection of their pre-ferred subject matter and genres, they willactively research the markets available tothem in some detail. After selecting a few oftheir better written assignments, the studentswill complete the process of finding specificpublications and submitting their work.Finally, this course will offer some suggestionsfor managing all the “hats” the freelancermust wear.

Prerequisites: WRIT 100, 104

4 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 203Information TechnologyThe course will introduce students to thebroad field of information technology by pro-viding theoretical perspectives on communica-tions, mass media, cultural studies, and postmodernism. Through assigned readings andlectures, students will be encouraged to devel-op a perspective of the social, economic, ethi-cal, and psychological impact of informationtechnology on their career direction.


3 CR (3,0)

WRIT 204Integrated Multimedia Project I (The Design Studio)In WRIT 204 the student will continue tostudy the principles of multimedia design. In astudio environment the student will examinemultimedia layout, including audio, colour,video, and animation. A variety of design prin-ciples and media will be used by the studentto create the design for a large-scale student-directed project.

Prerequisites: WRIT 200, 201, 202

3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 205Integrated Multimedia Project II (The Content Lab)WRIT 205 covers the creation of multi-mediacontent in a large student-driven project.Students will continue to study the principlesof writing needed for a successful multi-mediaproject. Such topics as grammar, marketinglanguage, technical writing, audio-visual writ-ing, and visual language will be included.

Prerequisites: WRIT 200, 201, 202

3 CR / (2,2)

WRIT 206Designing for Electronic CommerceThis course will introduce students to the prin-ciples of effective interface design for onlinestores and other electronic commerce sites.Students will explore theoretic approaches tousability and function, while examining thepractical skills necessary for web-based business transactions. This course is beingdeveloped for an initial offering in January2004.

3 CR / (1,3)

WTEC 100Lumber and SawmillingThis course introduces the relationshipsamong dendrology, lumber manufacturing,lumber quality, and grading. Students will beable to recognize local tree and common woodspecies, and the potential value of timber inthe forest or the mill yard after primary break-down. Sawmilling is a key component of thecourse, with an emphasis on volume, quality,optimization, and workplace safety.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: WTEC 110

3 CR / (3,2)

WTEC 110Wood, Moisture, and Dry KilnsStudents will study the biology of tree growthand wood production, the identification ofwood and wood–water relationships, andinline wood manufacturing moisture contentcontrols. Drying of wood is a key part of thecourse, with hands-on operation and perform-ance evaluation of a dry kiln.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: WTEC 100

3 CR / (3,3)

WTEC 130Introduction to ComputersThis course will help the students to learn thebasics of computers and computer networksas working tools. Topics include using com-puters for word processing, spreadsheets, anddatabases, as well as applications such as acalculation, design, control, and managementtool as they may pertain to wood processing.

3 CR / (1,3)

WTEC 140Wood Technology MechanicsThis is an introductory course to mechanics asit pertains to wood as a structural materialsubject to machining. The student will studyforces, energy, kinetics, and thermodynamics,particularly as they relate to wood and waterand wood processing. The course material is


presented in a practical way, with demonstra-tions and problem solving.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 195,

3 CR / (2,2)

WTEC 150Woodworking TechniquesThis is a basic woodworking course empha-sizing craft development with the purpose ofdeveloping students’ presentation and qualitycontrol. The course covers basic joinery appli-cable in wood manufacturing. Students will beencouraged to explore non-traditional designsand root their product in terms of a problem to be solved or a market opportunity to beexploited.

Prerequisites: WTEC 100 and 110

3 CR / (1,4)

WTEC 155Introduction to AutoCADDesigned for the first-time AutoCAD user, thiscourse offers a hands-on activity-basedapproach to the use of CAD as a drafting anddesigning tool. It will introduce the student totwo-dimensional computer-assisted draftingusing a current version of AutoCAD forWindows.

2 CR / (0,3)

WTEC 160Manufacturing and Quality ControlThe themes of this course are manufacturingtechnology concepts and attendant qualitycontrol issues and methods as applied towood processing. The course presents qualitycontrol from the perspective of ISO 9000 stan-dards and certification and addresses issuessuch as client expectations, Total QualityManagement, Statistical Process Control, sizecontrol, sawing variation, lumber grading con-trol, real time monitoring of incoming materi-als and manufacturing (process control/qualitycontrol/quality assurance). Students will pro-duce a quality control manual for a productwith which they are familiar.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: WTEC 100, 110,130 and MATH 195

3 CR / (3,2)

WTEC 170Introduction to the Forest SectorThis course is designed to teach the studenthow the value-added wood processing sectorrelates to the general forest sector and econo-my of British Columbia and Canada. Topicswill vary, depending on current issues, butwill include presentations about the primarywood sector, historical development of the for-

est industry, legislation, economics, environ-mental issues, politics, and world events.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: WTEC 100 and110

2 CR / (2,0)

WTEC 180Wood Machining and Tooling TechnologyThis course is a series of topics pertaining tothe physics of cutting, planing, boring, chip-ping, and other machining processes appliedto wood and wood products. Finished qualityand economics are attendant topics. Toolingtopics include a survey of historical and devel-oping tooling technologies, care and handling,tool selection and maintenance, alignment andcalibration, safety, and troubleshooting.

Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 110, 130, 140,MATH 195

3 CR / (1,4)

WTEC 190Wood Gluing and FinishingTechnologyThe first section of this course teaches the fundamentals of gluing technology in terms ofits chemistry, applications, performance, andresults, including quality control and testingmethodologies. The latter half of the courseteaches the basics of finishing including types,chemistry, applications, performance, materialpreparation, quality control, and testingmethodologies. Safety and environmentalstandards are emphasized throughout.Methods for the proper handling and packag-ing of finished products are taught.

Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 110

3 CR / (3,3)

WTEC 200Structural Wood DesignModern wood manufacturing is controlled bycomputerized technology for design, engineer-ing, manufacturing, inventory control, pricing,project engineering, and promotion. Key ele-ments of this course are applications of struc-tural wood design software leading to con-struction of representative structures.

Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 130, 150

4 CR / (0,8)

WTEC 210Information Systems TechnologyHaving the skills to gather, process, interpret,and apply information is pivotal to the woodmanufacturing sector. Modern informationsystems technology supports marketing,sales, manufacturing, management, mainte-

nance, market intelligence, and humanresource management. Students will design a Web page and use case studies relating to Internet codes of conduct, security, and privacy.

Prequisite: WTEC 130

2 CR / (1,2)

WTEC 220Computer Controlled Wood ManufacturingThis course teaches the principles of computerapplications for the control and managementof machinery and manufacturing processes inan integrated environment. CAD andMasterCam programming languages will beused, with the practical part of the courseusing the Precix CNC machine. The course willshow students how to learn and apply emerg-ing systems and technologies and gain practi-cal experience on a CNC machine.

Prerequisites: WTEC 130

3 CR / (3,3)

WTEC 230Engineered and Composite Wood ProductsThe engineered and composite wood productsindustry is expanding. This course focuses onthe manufacturing process of engineered andcomposite wood products such as plywood,LVL, OSB, Glulam, Parallam, I-beams, trusses,and MSR lumber. Engineering principles andproperties, performance standards, new prod-uct evaluation and certification, and productlife cycles are covered. The course identifiesproducts that are present in the NorthAmerican market as well as in Japan andEurope. In the practical part of the course, stu-dents will design and manufacture an engi-neered wood product.

Prerequisites: WTEC 100, 180, 190

3 CR / (3,4)

WTEC 240Management and Supervisory PrinciplesA technologist’s role involves directing theactivities of others in some manner, whether it is a workforce, supplier, customer, or client.Therefore, knowing how to work with andsuccessfully influence others is paramount to asuccessful operation. Effective interpersonalskills and a knowledge of human behaviourand needs are necessary skills. This coursepromotes the development of these skillsthrough studies in human dynamics, role-playing, observations, and so on.

2 CR / (3,0)


WTEC 250Industrial DesignFor wood processing to have a purpose, evenstrictly utilitarian, it must be based on someprinciples of industrial design. This course willintroduce the fundamentals of industrialdesign as applied to wood product. It will ori-ent the student to the origins, reasons, ratio-nales, and sensitivities behind these sensitivi-ties. It will introduce and explore the complexrelationships between form, material, function,aesthetics, structure, and gestalt. Students willparticipate in a guided design studio, puttingthese principles to a practical use with com-puter design software.


3 CR / (2,6)

WTEC 260Manufacturing EngineeringThis course is a primer on the engineeringand economics of manufacturing lines andprocesses. It is a quantitative approach to theanalysis, troubleshooting, and design of a sys-tem for taking raw materials through to a fin-ished product in an optimal manner. Uponsuccessful completion, students will be able tomake decisions and recommendations aboutmanufacturing processes.


Corequisites: WTEC 270 and 280

3 CR / (3,2)

WTEC 270Product Development and MarketingTaking a product from conception to the mar-ketplace at a profit is the central theme of thiscourse. The successful student will gainknowledge about how cultural and social mat-ters, political effects, human needs, and thefundamental principles of the marketplaceaffect the success of a product. Regulatorymatters, licensing and trademarks, financing,risk analysis, and ethics are presented. A busi-ness plan, case studies, a product analysis,and product cost analysis from WTEC 250and 280 will be undertaken.

Prerequisite: WTEC 210

Corequisites: WTEC 250, 260, 280

3 CR / (2,1)

WTEC 280Product and Production CostingSuccessful business decisions require knowl-edge of economics and accounting. Thiscourse provides the basic principles on whichgood decisions are based; topics include mat-ters such as operating costs, capital costs,depreciation, sensitivities, forecasting, financ-

ing, and taxes. This course will focus on ana-lyzing case studies.

Corequisities: WTEC 250, 260, 270

3 CR / (3,0)

WTEC 290Alternate Wood ProductsThis is both a survey course about non-traditional wood products, and a series ofthinking and imagining sessions using thetechnical knowledge, business knowledge,and creative skills developed to date. The stu-dent will be expected to present a developedidea for a non-traditional wood-based product that has thepotential to be marketable. The student will beassessed on both the creativity and practicalityof the product.

4 CR / (3,5)



134

DIVISIONAL CONTACTJan JonkerDean, Trades DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5804Fax: (250) 561-5844

Entry Level Certificate Programmes:

• Automotive Technician

• Carpentry

• Electrical

• Heavy Duty/Commercial TransportMechanical Repair

• Machinist/Millwright

Certificate Programmes:

• Power Engineering

• Welding

Provincial Apprenticeship Programmes:

• Automotive Mechanical Repair

• Carpentry

• Electrical

• Heavy Duty Mechanic

• Millwright

• Welding

DIVISIONAL CONTACT

Marcia TimbresDean, College Foundations DivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5826Fax: (250) 561-5866

Certificate Programme:

• Culinary Arts Programme

TRADES


Applications may be submitted at any time,however, students are encouraged to applyearly to the programme of their choice.Additional information may be obtained bycontacting Admissions, Registration andRecords at (250) 561-5867.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

Note: The attendance policy will be revisedand the students will be notified on the firstday of classes of this policy.

Competency in the techniques and methodsnecessary to a given trade requires significantsupervised practice. An absence from shop exer-cises of three days is considered the maximumtime a student can miss before the student’sperformance of competencies is jeopardized.

A student with three absences will be asked toaccount for the absences and may be requiredto withdraw from the programme if it is deter-mined by the instructor and the Dean that it isno longer possible to meet the competenciesrequired for successful completion of the pro-gramme. Students do have recourse to theappeal process.

SAFETY

Workers’ Compensation Board regulationsapply to all Trades programmes. Students areexpected to behave appropriately. For theirshop activities students must have safety-toedfootwear to be worn at all times in the shops.Some Trades programmes require that stu-dents own, use, and maintain proper eye safe-ty wear, two sets of proper coveralls, and hardhats. Details will be provided by instructors atthe beginning of the programme.

ENTRY LEVEL TRADES(ELT) PROGRAMMESAutomotive TechnicianCarpentryElectricalHeavy Duty/Commercial Transport MechanicalRepairMillwright/Machinist

The Entry Level Certificate programmes offeran extensive array of options for those seek-ing a career in Trades. These programmes pre-pare students for an apprenticeship or relatedemployment in a trade.

APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING

The Entry Level at CNC is focused towards theaccreditation the successful student can receiveupon completion. Students will receive creditfor Level 1 technical training if they are inden-tured into an apprenticeship within 12 monthsof successfully completing the programme.

Additional credit the student might usetowards an apprenticeship must be negotiatedwith the apprenticeship counsellor and thestudent’s employer.


All applicants must meet one or more of thefollowing requirements:

1. Successful completion of Grade 10, or ABEIntermediate Certificate, or GED Certificate.

2. Successful completion of an Entry Levelprogramme in a related discipline.

3. Related industry experience may be con-sidered in lieu of formal qualifications.

4. As part of the admission process, appli-cants will be required to write the English and

TradesPROGRAMMES

Math Achievement Test (EMAT) for the pur-pose of providing additional assistance thatmay contribute to student success.

5. In order to assist in the selection processin those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, students are required to submit arésumé along with a handwritten statementas to why they wish to enter the programme.

Note: The admissions requirements are goingto change for each of the Trades programmes.Please contact Admissions, Registration andRecords for these requirements.

ENTRY LEVELAUTOMOTIVE TECHNICIANThis 20-week programme is designed for students with little or no previous experiencewho wish to acquire the skills and knowledgeto seek employment as an apprentice auto-motive technician.

This programme is appropriate for studentsentering the industry. The course introducesstudents to the automotive repair and servicesindustry as well as provides an overview of automotive systems tools and repair procedures.

The programme is taught at the CNC PrinceGeorge Campus. In addition to tuition, stu-dents can expect to spend about $500 on text-books and supplies. Students must pay fortheir own coveralls, safety-toed boots, andother personal safety equipment.

PROGRAMME COMPONENTS

To be eligible to write the final exam, a mini-mum grade average of 70% in both theoryand practical is required in each component. A grade of 70% is also required on the finalexam to receive credit for the course.

THE PROGRAMME

The College of New Caledonia’s automotiveprogrammes can prepare students for appren-ticeship positions in a variety of skills occupa-tions in dealerships, specialty repair shops,parts departments, as well as service writerpositions. The Automotive Trades Departmentis committed to providing practical educationand training to meet students’ future careerand educational goals, while satisfying theemployment needs of industry. The pro-

gramme is 20 weeks in duration. Studentsmay apply to the Industry Training andApprenticeship Commission for credit towardstheir Apprentice Technical Training upon successful completion of the Entry LevelProgramme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

When the programme is oversubscribed, thefollowing selection criteria will be used toselect one-half of the class in the followingorder of priority:

1. Work experience as outlined in the writtensubmission.

2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical andProfessional Communications 12 or ENGL045, Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalentTrades Math, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045.

3. Level of interest or persistence in enteringthe programme as demonstrated by continu-ing applications.

4. Level of commitment to the programme asoutlined in the written submission.

PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Automotive Technician

Safe Work PracticesService Wheels, Hubs, Tires, and BearingsService Frames and Suspension SystemsTest and Service Manual and Power SteeringSystemsTest and Service Brakes SystemsPerform Routine Maintenance and DiagnosticsTest and Service Gasoline EnginesTest and Service Cooling SystemsTest and Service Exhaust SystemsTest and Service Engine Lubrication SystemsTest and Service Drive LinesTest and Service Electrical SystemsPrepare for EmploymentTrade-Related Mathematics

CARPENTRYThis five-month programme introduces thestudent to a variety of skills required in theconstruction of buildings. Students may startthe programme in September or January. Theymust be in good physical condition and beprepared to participate in a major class projectin an outdoor environment.


To be eligible to write the final exam, a mini-mum grade average of 70% in both theoryand practical is required in each component. Agrade of 70% is also required on the finalexam to receive credit for the course.


The work of a carpenter includes form work,wall and roof framing, and interior and exterior finishing. Carpenters have opportuni-ties to work in residential, commercial, lightindustrial, or heavy construction fields in theareas of new construction, renovations, andmaintenance. Carpenters can go on to becomesupervisors, estimators, building inspectors,or even job superintendents.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical and Profes-sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045,Math 12 or MATH 050, Physics 11 or PHYS045.



PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Carpentry

Safety and Work HabitsTools and Shop EquipmentBlueprints and SpecificationsSite LayoutMaterialsRoof FramingConcrete Form Work

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Trades Programmes / 135

FramingBasic Stair ConstructionFinishingBasic Cabinets

ELECTRICALThis 20-week programme is designed to pro-vide students with skills and theory whichmay aid them in obtaining an apprenticeshipor other related work in the electrical field.




This programme prepares the student forentry into the Electrical ApprenticeshipProgramme as well as other trade-relatedareas such as counter and warehouse person-nel for wholesale and distributing outlets.

Upon obtaining sponsorship in theApprenticeship Programme, the student maybecome involved in residential wiring as well as the installation and maintenance ofelectrical equipment in commercial or industrial settings.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical and Profes-sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045,Math 12 or MATH 050, Physics 11 or PHYS 045.



PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Electrical

SafetyTools and EquipmentCables, Fixtures, and FittingsCanadian Electrical CodeConductors, Switches, and DevicesDistribution SystemsElectrical DrawingsElectrical Energy and Power ConceptsElectromagnetismMotors and Motor Controls

HEAVY DUTY/COMMERCIALTRANSPORTMECHANICAL REPAIRThis five-month programme is designed tointroduce students to the heavy duty/commer-cial transport repair and service industry andprovides an overview of the systems, tools,and repair procedures as per the course outline.




This programme prepares students foremployment opportunities in the heavy duty/commercial transport repair industry.Successful completion of this programme is aprerequisite for the Provincial Heavy DutyApprenticeship Training.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical and Profes-sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045,Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent TradesMath, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045.



PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Heavy Duty/Commercial Transport MechanicalRepair

SafetyTools, Shop Resources, and EquipmentRiggingWeldingEquipment OperationWinches and Wire RopesBasic Braking SystemsBasic Hydraulic SystemsFrames, Suspension, Steering, and RunningGearEmployment Skills

MACHINISTThis is an introductory programme for thoseinterested in entering the Machinist trade.




Graduates of this programme will be qualifiedfor employment opportunities in a Machinistfield such as machine shops, pulp mills,sawmills, and mines. They work as part of themaintenance crew, making replacement parts.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical and Profes-sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045,Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent TradesMath, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045.

136 / Trades Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar



PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Machinist

SafetyShop DrawingsTools and EquipmentMeasuring ToolsMetals and Heat TreatmentDrilling MachinesLathesBandsawsPrecision GrindersShapers, Planers, and SlottersVertical and Horizontal Milling MachinesComputer Numerical Controls

MILLWRIGHTThis is an introductory programme for thoseinterested in entering the Millwright trade.




Graduates of this programme will be qualifiedfor employment opportunities in a large vari-ety of machinery and heavy stationarymechanical equipment in industrial, commer-cial, and institutional establishments such as:pulp mills, sawmills, mines, and industrialplants. The activities of a Millwright includethe construction of foundations for machinerysuch as conveyors, pumps, compressors,hydraulic systems, and pneumatic equipment.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with English 12 or Technical and Profes-

sional Communications 12 or ENGL 045,Math 12 or MATH 050 or equivalent TradesMath, and Physics 11 or PHYS 045.



PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Entry Level Millwright

SafetyShop DrawingsTools and EquipmentHydraulicsPneumaticsPower DrivesMaterial HandlingMetals and Heat TreatmentGears, Bearings, Gaskets, and SealsMachine InstallationMaintenance Procedures

CERTIFICATEPROGRAMMESCulinary Arts Programme

Power Engineering

Welding

CULINARY ARTSPROGRAMME151, 152, 153


To provide students with the fundamentals ofcookery that will enable them to enter into thehospitality industry at three different levels:Basic, Advanced, and Specialty.

This programme is designed to prepare thestudent for a cooking career in the hospitalityindustry. Students are trained through theorylessons, self-study, lab demonstrations, andhands-on experience in cafeteria and diningroom style production kitchens.

The Culinary Arts programme introduces stu-dents to the three levels involved in theCulinary Arts programme. The programmecovers all basic fundamentals of cookery andis designed to prepare future cooks to enterthe hospitality industry. Students are trainedthrough programmes for self-study, theory les-sons, demonstrations in the cooking lab, andpractical experience in the kitchen.

The Culinary Arts programme has a durationof 10 months (40 weeks) and is organizedinto three levels:

• Level 1—Basic (151)

• Level 2—Advanced (152)

• Level 3—Specialty (153)

Each level must be completed with a passinggrade before advancing to the next level.


Students who successfully complete the pro-gramme are able to find a variety of workplacements in hotels, restaurants, catering, orcamps. The students may also enter into a for-mal apprenticeship.


Applications received after March 31st for Fallentry into limited enrollment programmes areconsidered late and will be processed subjectto course availability.


1. Successful completion of Grade 10 or ABEIntermediate Certificate or GED or mature stu-dent status.

2. Documents certifying current TB screeningand health examination including a recentchest x-ray. The documentation to be on offi-cial College forms (supplied with acceptance)and to be submitted prior to commencementof programme.

3. As a part of the admission process, appli-cants will be required to write the English andMath Achievement Test (EMAT) for the pur-pose of providing additional assistance thatmay contribute to student success.


4. In addition to the minimum requirements,it is strongly recommended that anyone plan-ning to apply to this programme acquire somebackground by taking the secondary levelFoods 11 and 12 and Career Preparation/Hospitality Foods of Cafeteria 11 and 12. It isalso advisable to have recent work experiencein a kitchen.

5. In order to assist in the selection processin those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, students are required to submit awork experience résumé along with a hand-written statement as to why they wish to enterthe programme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

In those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used to select one-half of the class in thefollowing order of priority:

1. Academic qualification with preference tothose with Cafeteria 11 and 12.

2. Students transferring from other CNC programmes.




Priority for Admission to Level II

1. Continuing CNC Culinary Arts studentswho have received a “C” or better in Level I,

2. Previous CNC Culinary Arts students whohave received a “C” or better in Level I,

3. Students who have received a “C” or betterin Level I at other provincial institutions.

4. Students who have completed Cafeteria 11& 12,*

5. Students transferring from other CNC pro-grammes,*

6. All other students.*

*Note: Challenge procedures apply foradmission to Level II.

CHALLENGE: Students will be allowedto challenge only Level I. Students whohave experience from the workforce andwould like to challenge the Level I coursewould have to follow the following pro-cedure:

• review the Level I course outline with theinstructor

• produce a résumé which reflects their perti-nent experience

• answer verbal “hands-on” questions onLevel I material

• write the Level I final test and achieve 70%or better

Students must meet initial admission require-ments before being eligible to challenge LevelI. Students who successfully challenge Level Iwill be allowed into Level II if space is avail-able. The Challenge exam policy is describedin the Prior Learning Assessment section ofthe Calendar.

Priority for Admission to Level III

1. Continuing CNC Culinary Arts studentswho have received a “C” or better in Level II,

2. Previous CNC Culinary Arts students whohave received a “C” or better in Level II.*

3. Students who have received a “C” or betterin Level II at other provincial institutions.*

*If space available, all initial admissionrequirements will apply.

POWERENGINEERING—4TH CLASSThis comprehensive 1200-hour programme,running from September to June, providestraining for a career in power plant operationand maintenance. This programme is intendedto impart practical and technical knowledgewith related skills to those persons enteringthe power engineering field. Topics coveredinclude maintenance of powerhouse equip-ment, instrumentation, electricity, engineeringsciences, and water conditioning. While thepractical application of basic principles isemphasized, theory and in-plant training qual-ifies students to write the Fourth Class PowerEngineer’s Examination upon completion ofthe programme.




Fourth Class Power Engineers are employed insawmills, hospitals, refineries, pulp mills,refrigeration plants, breweries, and publicbuildings.




All applicants must meet at least one of thefollowing requirements:

1. Successful completion of Grade 12, orAdvanced CCP Certificate, or GED Certificate.



4. In order to assist in the selection processin those cases where the programme is over-subscribed, students are required to submit ahandwritten work experience résumé alongwith a statement as to why they wish to enterthe programme.

SELECTION CRITERIA



2. Academic qualifications with preference tothose with Math 11 or Applications of Math I2or MATH 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045,Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045, or Drafting.




PROGRAMME OUTLINE: Power Engineering

PWER 151 4th Class SciencePWER 154 Electricity/Instrumentation/

ComputersPWER 157 Welding and MetallurgyPWER 158 Plant TrainingPWER 159 WorkshopPWER 160 High Pressure Boilers and

AuxiliariesPWER 161 Heating Boiler and Systems,

Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning

PWER 162 Safety and EnvironmentPWER 163 Sketching Fundamentals

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PWER 1514th Class ScienceThis course covers the required sciences forthe 4th Class Power Engineering programme.Topics include applied mathematics, elemen-tary mechanics, and dynamics and elementarythermodynamics.

PWER 154Electricity, Instrumentation, andComputersThis course provides a basic understanding ofelectricity, instrumentation, and computers.Topics include electricity; controls, instrumen-tation, and computers, and heating boiler andheating system controls.

PWER 157Welding and MetallurgyThis course covers the required knowledgeand safety of welding, the metallurgy of boilerparts, and pipefittings for power plants. Thisis a 90-hour beginner’s welding course thatcovers oxyacetylene, arc welding, and theassociated safety during their use.

PWER 158Plant TrainingThis course has the student in a plant opera-tion, learning while “job shadowing” powerengineers in several types of plants such aspower, heating, and refrigeration plants.

PWER 159WorkshopThis is a lab course where the student per-forms lab and power plant maintenance exer-cises that apply the theory in courses PWER154, 160, 161, and 162.

PWER 160High Pressure Boilers and AuxiliariesThis course covers larger industrial type boil-ers and the associated equipment required fortheir operation. Topics include: high-pressureboiler design, high-pressure boiler parts andfittings, high pressure boiler operation, feed-water treatment, prime movers, pumps, com-pressors, and lubrication.

PWER 161Heating Boiler and Systems,Refrigeration, and Air ConditioningThis course covers the equipment found incommercial, heating, air conditioning, andrefrigeration plant systems. Topics include:heating boilers and heating systems, auxiliarybuilding systems, vapor compression refriger-ation, absorption refrigeration, and air condi-tion and air conditioning systems.

PWER 162Safety and EnvironmentThis course covers safety and environmentalissues pertaining to industrial, commercial,and refrigeration power plants. Topics include:safety codes, WHMIS, general safety, fire pro-tection, and environmental issues.

PWER 163Sketching FundamentalsThis course covers the basic drafting funda-mentals required for power engineering.Topics include: basic mechanical drawing,geometric constructions, and basic ortho-graphic projection.

WELDING

WELDING “C” LEVEL/WELDERFITTER (ENTRY LEVEL)

Upon completion of the programme, a studentwill have gained sufficient practical experienceand theoretical knowledge to successfullycomplete any of the various skill assessmentsadministered by employers.

This programme, with combined welding andsteel fabrication components, will be 40weeks in duration.




Graduates of this programme will be qualifiedfor a variety of employment opportunities inthe construction and metal working industries.Production welder, maintenance welder, welderfabricator, or welder fitter are examples of themany possible employment opportunities.




All applicants must meet at least one of thefollowing requirements:

1. Successful completion of Grade 10 orIntermediate ABE Certificate, or GED Certificate.

2. Successful completion of an Entry Levelprogramme in a related discipline.



Selection Criteria

Qualified students will be admitted based onthe date of application.

Programme Outline: Welding “C” Level

P-1 Introduction and Programme Orientation

P-2 Gas CuttingP-3 Gas and Braze WeldingP-4 Shielded Metal Arc WeldingP-5 Air Carbon Arc CuttingP-6 Gas Metal Arc Welding;

Flux Core Arc WeldingRK-1 Material Handling and RiggingRK-2 Blueprint Reading IRK-3 Introduction to Metallurgy IWFS Welder Fitter Skills


ADVANCED WELDING(UPGRADING, “B” AND “A”LEVELS AND TESTING)


1. “B” and “A” Levels require the candidate tohave successfully completed the Registered“C” Level.

2. Testers require written proof of industrialwelding experience on company letterhead or a signed affidavit from a Notary Public asfollows:

C.W.B.—18 months’ full-time work experience“C” Challenge—24 months’ full-time workexperience“B” Challenge—36 months’ full-time workexperience“A” Challenge—48 months’ full-time workexperience

Applicants should contact the CNC WeldingDepartment for assessment, space availability,and testing requirements.

Programme Outline: Welding “B” Level

“B” Level contains training in the followingpractical and related knowledge modules:

P-7 Shielded Arc Welding II (SMAW II)

P-8 Gas Metal Arc Welding II (GMAW II)

P-9 Flux Core Arc Welding II (FCAW II)

P-10 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding I (GTAW I)

RK-4 Inspection ProceduresRK-5 Welding Standard and

Quality ControlRK-6 Blueprint Reading IIRK-7 Metallurgy II

Programme Outline: Welding “A” Level

“A” Level contains training in the followingpractical and related knowledge modules:

P-11 Shielded Metal Arc Welding III (SMAW III)

P-12 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding II (GTAW II)

RK-8 Metallurgy IIIRK-9 Blueprint Reading III

Testing

Company, industry, government, and othertests are administered at CNC. The instructorwill inform interested parties as to the paper-work required by the various companies andthe Boiler Inspection Branch. The instructorwill supervise the practical test as well asarrange for inspection by the governmentBoiler Inspector.

PROVINCIALAPPRENTICESHIPPROGRAMMESAn apprenticeship is a formal written agree-ment between an employer, an employee, andthe Province of BC, during which an appren-tice attends training classes at one of severalBC colleges approximately once a year. TheField Service Branch of the Ministry of Labourschedules the classes, arranges for apprenticesto attend, and monitors their progress.Graduates qualify to write the InterprovincialStandards Examination for their chosen trade,following employment as an apprentice for the period of time specified in the Ministryguidelines.

CNC currently offers apprenticeship classes inthe following trades:

• Automotive Mechanical Repair

• Carpentry

• Electrical

• Heavy Duty Mechanics

• Millwright

• Welding

Each programme follows the provincial courseoutline approved by the Ministry of Labour.Persons interested in these or any otherapprenticeable trades should contact:

(250) 562-2131, local 843


March 12, 2003

141

DIVISIONALCONTACTSDon PrecoskyDean, Arts and ScienceTelephone: (250) 561-5815Fax: (250) 561-5866E-mail: [email protected]

Alan BuswellActing Dean, Technology and PlanningDivisionTelephone: (250) 561-5830Fax: (250) 561-5866E-mail: [email protected]

Diplomas:

• Criminology

• Human Kinetics

Associate Degrees:

• Arts

• Science

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE—UNIVERSITY ARTS

To provide courses contributing to the first two years of university education for studentswho wish to transfer to a degree-grantinginstitution.

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE—UNIVERSITY SCIENCE

Our prime objective is to provide universitytransfer programmes so that students maytransfer into the third year in the degree pro-gramme of their choice or graduate from CNCwith an Associate of Science diploma.

CNC offers a broad spectrum of universitycredit Arts, Social Science, Science, Applied

Science, Commerce, and Human Kinetics(Physical Education) courses. Eighteen pack-aged programmes, comprised of first- and second-year courses, provide the basis for fur-ther study in as many as 70 career paths. TheCollege also offers a two-year criminologydiploma and two associate degrees.

Opportunities for more advanced studies invarious disciplines are continually beingexpanded.

The regional campuses offer a variety of uni-versity credit courses. For more detailed infor-mation, contact the regional campuses:

• Lakes District (250) 592-1700

• Mackenzie (250) 997-7200

• Nechako (250) 567-3200

• Quesnel (250) 991-7500

All university credit courses are open to quali-fied part-time students, subject to availabilityof class space. In addition, a number of courses are offered specifically in response to requests from part-time students.


Application forms are available fromAdmissions, Registration and Records andmay be submitted any time after September15 for the following year. The UniversityTransfer packages identified on the followingpages are intended for first-year students whoapply on or before January 31. Those whoapply after the early admission deadline ofJanuary 31 may use the packages as guidesin the selection of appropriate courses but willbe registered in courses as space permits.Full-time, part-time, and returning studentsare individually advised of appropriate regis-tration procedures by Admission, Registrationand Records.


It is strongly recommended that secondaryschool students consult with their counsellors toensure that they select the secondary schoolcourses most appropriate for their chosen careerpaths. Admission requirements are as follows:

1. Successful completion of Grade 12 (withEnglish 12) or ABE Advanced Certificate orGED Certificate or completion of Grade 11,with an outstanding academic record, in theyear of application;

Note: The GED certificate meets the gen-eral admission requirements but does notmeet specific programme or course pre-requisites.

2. Compliance with course prerequisites asspecified;

3. Students applying for admission to MATH101, CSC 109, PHYS 101, or CHEM 111 whohave obtained a “C+” grade or less in Math12 (interim grade) or MATH 050 will be regis-tered in MATH 100. A college test in mathe-matics will be administered to students inMATH 100 during the first week of classes inorder to indicate whether those studentsshould be in either MATH 101, MATH 100, oran ABE Math course as appropriate. Studentswho are not admitted to MATH 101 cannot beadmitted to PHYS 101 but can, instead, beadmitted to PHYS 105.

STUDENT SUCCESS 800

This credit course is strongly recommendedfor all students who wish to improve theirlearning skills. It is appropriate for those stu-dents who feel they need help as well asthose who are already successful but whowish to be more so. Students who have beenaway from “formal” learning for any length oftime will find it of great value.

University CREDIT

PROGRAMMES

Student Success 800This course teaches the skills and attitudesrequired to be successful as a student. It givesthe newest and most efficient techniques fordealing with time, memory, reading, note-taking, and tests. It will also deal with a varietyof topics such as creativity, relationships, health,resources, and career planning. It shows youhow to organize yourself and attain maximumsuccess in your school, business, and social life.

Corequisite: It is recommended that students beenrolled in at least one other academic course.

2 CR

FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS

To select a programme, first-year students areadvised to consult the Index of Career Pathswhich lists all options and corresponding pro-gramme packages. Once an option has beenselected, the programme package (or pack-ages) specified should then be referred to formore detailed information regarding coursesand prerequisites. Applicants should contactthe Counselling and Academic AdvisingDepartment when selecting their programmes.

While it is preferable to select one of the pro-gramme packages offered, students may alsodesign their own programmes. Those who doso will not, however, be allowed to pre-regis-ter, and may encounter other difficulties, suchas timetable conflicts, and inappropriate courseselections causing limitations in transferability.

SECOND-YEAR STUDENTS

Second-year students are strongly advised toconsult with a counsellor when selecting theircourses. While some may have considerableflexibility in their selections, others may haveto adhere to specific requirements prescribedby their programmes.

LANGUAGE PROFICIENCYINDEX PLACEMENT TEST

Dynamics of the LPI and Its Followup

1. If a student achieves a “B” or better inEnglish 12 or English 050 or its equivalent,she or he may take any first year UT Englishcourse CNC offers.

2. If a student has passed a UT equivalentcourse elsewhere, she or he may take any firstyear UT English course CNC offers.

3. If a student achieves a “B” in English 045or less than a “B” in English 12 or its equiva-lent, she or he must pass English 103 beforetaking any other UT English course at CNC.

4. Any student who wishes to challenge pro-vision 3 above may do so by writing the LPI.

5. If a student scores 5 or 6, she or he maytake any first year UT English course CNC offers.

6. If a student scores 4, she or he must passEnglish 103 before taking any other UTEnglish course at CNC.

7. If a student scores 3 or below, she or hemust pass a remedial English course.

Other Considerations

1. A student can write the LPI at any timethat it is offered.

2. There will be one official CNC writing of theLPI on the first Wednesday after Labour Day.

3. Results will be available 72 hours later.

4. There will, therefore, be some movementof students during the first two weeks ofclasses as a result of the LPI.

CAREER PATH INDEXThese paths are available by continuing your studies at the university of your choice,effective for Fall 2003.

ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE

Anthropology 1B, 1CEconomics 1AEnglish 1A, 1B, 1CGeography 1BHistory 1BIndustrial Relations 1AMathematics 1APsychology 1CSociology 1C

COMMERCE AND BUSINESSADMINISTRATION

1A for all areas

Accounting and Management InformationSystemsCommerce and EconomicsCommerce and LawFinanceIndustrial AdministrationIndustrial Relations ManagementMarketingTransportation and UtilitiesUrban Land Economics

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

Architecture Any packageChiropractic Medicine 2A, 2BCriminology 1DDental Hygiene 2EDentistry 2A, 2B, 2C, 2DEducation

1. Elementary 1B2. Secondary Any package except 1D

Engineering 2GHome Economics 2A, 2B, 2CLaw Any packageMedicine 2A, 2B, 2C, 2DNursing (see Health Sciences)Pharm. Science 2BHuman Kinetics

(Physical Education) 1ERehabilitation Medicine 2DSocial Work 1C (see Social Service

Worker Diploma)Wood Products

Processing 2A

SCIENCE

Astronomy 2CBiochemistry 2A, 2B, 2CBiological Sciences 2A, 2B, 2CBiology 2A, 2B, 2CBiophysics 2A, 2B, 2CChemical Physics 2A, 2B, 2CChemistry 2A, 2B, 2C, 2DComputer Science 2CForestry 2FGeography 2CMathematics 2A, 2B, 2C, 2FMicrobiology 2A, 2B, 2COceanography 2A, 2B, 2CPharmacology 2A, 2B, 2CPhysics 2A, 2B, 2C, 2FPhysiology 2A, 2B, 2CPsychology 2A, 2B

APPLIED SCIENCE

2G for all areas

Bio-Resource Engineering (5-year programme)Chemical Engineering (2H for the 4-year

programme)Civil EngineeringDesign and Computer Aided EngineeringElectrical EngineeringEngineering Manufacturing and

Business ManagementEngineering PhysicsEnvironmental EngineeringMechanical EngineeringMetallurgical EngineeringMining and Mineral Process EngineeringOcean Engineering

142 / University Credit Programmes 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar University Credit Programmes / 143

Package Semester I Semester II Notes

Packages outlined below effective for Fall 2003.

General Admission Requirements for all UT packages: Successful completion of Grade 12 (with English 12) or ABE Advanced Certificate or GED Certificate

1A ECON 201 ECON 202 1. Prerequisite: Math 11 or MATH 045 (for MATH 100), ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 102, 103, or 104 Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050 (for MATH 101).MATH 100 or 101 MATH 101 or 102 2. Students must take Programme 1A for a career path to a Bachelor ofCSC 105 or 109 CSC 109 or 110 Commerce and Business Administration at UBC. Students may take a Elective as available Elective as available university credit elective in the second semester instead of CSC 109/110.

3. It is strongly recommended that all students considering the Business programme at SFU take COM 204 (first semester) CSC 109 (second semester; note MATH 101 is a corequisite). English 103 is not acceptable as a Group A requirement for SFU’s Business degree.4. Students transferring to the Faculty of Commerce and Business Administration at UBC must take English 103 along with one other English.5. Students require credit in Principles of Mathematics 11 as a pre-requisite for CSC 105

1B ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 1. This programme has been designed specifically to meet theBIO 103 or GEOG 201 BIO 104 or GEOG 202 requirements for students wishing to pursue Elementary TeachingHIST 103 HIST 104 Certification and/or subsequent full degree completion.GEOG 103 Two electives as availableOne elective as available

1C ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 102 or 104 1. Student may take Programme 1C to pursue a Bachelor’s Degree in PSYC 101 PSYC 102 Social Work at UBC, UVic, or UNBC.SOC 101 SOC 102 Note: A statistics course is strongly recommended during the Two electives as available Two electives as available first two years: MATH 104 or PSYC 201.

1D Year 1 1. Students must take Programme 1D for a career path to a Bachelor’sENGL 103 PSCI 131 Degree in Criminology at SFU.CRIM 101 CRIM 102 2. Refer to Criminology programme requirements.CRIM 103 CRIM 106 3. For Group B and C elective information, refer to Criminology diplomaSOC 101 SOC 102 description.PSYC 101 PSYC 102 Note: A statistics course for which Math 11 is a prerequisite

is required in the second year (PSYC 201) and must be successfully completed in order to enroll in CRIM 120.

Year 2CRIM 135 CRIM 120 See page 147 of this Calendar for Group B philosophy options.CRIM 201 or 241 CRIM 230 See page 147 of this Calendar for Group B & Group C elective options.PSYC 201 PHIL 101 See page 147 of this Calendar for Criminology joint major requirements.Group B elective Group C elective See page 147 of this Calendar for information about course prerequisitesGroup C elective Group C elective and course offerings by semester.

1E–A Human Kinetics (Physical Education) Note: Students should refer to the appropriate universityto Students should select one of 1E–A, 1E–B, or 1E–V. calendar as a guide to selecting electives and consult with a

1E–V The selection should be based upon career needs and Human Kinetics faculty member or a counsellor.(see the transfer university. The following courses are

details desirable depending on career needs in university:below) Math 11 and 12, Biology 11 and 12, Chemistry 11,

Physics 11, and PE 11 and 12

1E–A University of Alberta BPE Note: For other programmes, see the University of Alberta Year 1 Calendar and consult with a faculty member.

HK 123 HK 120 1. Students require credit in Principles of Math 11 as a prerequisite forHK 210 HK 121 PSYC 201.HK 223 HK 125ENGL 103 HK 127PSYC 101 HK 100/200 (or option)HK 124



1E–A HK 122 HK 221 1. Students require credit in Principles of Mathematics 11 as a pre-cont’d HK 124 HK 224 requisite for PSYC 201.

HK 220 HK 230HK 240 PSYC 201

HK 221PSYC 102 Option (one)

1E–B University of British Columbia 1. ENGL 103 must be taken but may be taken in either Semester I orHuman Kinetics Programme of Study Semester II.

2. Courses should reflect second teaching concentration.Year 1 3. Students wishing to pursue Exercise Science, Leisure and Sport

ENGL 103 or 101 ENGL 103 or 102 Management, or Health and Fitness programmes of study should HK 123 HK 121 consult a Human Kinetics (Physical Education) faculty member or a HK 124 HK 120 counsellor for course selection.HK 122 HK 221HK 220 Arts/Science elective

Year 2HK 210 HK 127HK 223 HK 224HK 240 HK 230Two Arts/Science electives Two Arts/Science electives

1E–V University of Victoria Students wishing to pursue a Science degree with a major in HumanArts Degree with Major in Leisure Services Performance should consult the UVic Calendar, a counsellor, and/or a

Administration Human Kinetics (Physical Education) faculty member.HK 122 HK 121 1. Students require credit in Principles of Math 11 as a prerequisite

HK 127 for CSC 105HK 223 HK 224 or optionENGL 103 ENGL 101, 102, or 104

PSYC 102

2A BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050, CHEM 111 CHEM 112 Biology 11 or BIO 045, Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, and ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Physics 12 or PHYS 050.MATH 101 MATH 102 2. BIO 107/120 is required in the first year for a major in the LifePHYS 101 PHYS 102 Sciences (Biochemistry, Biology, Botany, Microbiology, Pharmacology,

Physiology, and Zoology). Other science majors may select an Arts elective.3. Home Economics majors must replace PHYS 101/102 with ECON 201/202 and may replace MATH 101/102 with MATH 103/104 or a Social Science if Math 12 was taken.4. Students wishing to transfer to the UBC Biology programme are advised to replace PHYS 101/102 with PHYS 105 and 106.

2B BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 113 CHEM 114 CHEM 045, Biology 11 or BIO 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045.ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 2. Students majoring in a Physical Science may replace BIO 107/120 MATH 100 MATH 101 with an Arts elective.PHYS 105 PHYS 106 3. Home Economics majors must replace PHYS 105/106 with

ECON 201/202 and may replace MATH 101/102 with MATH 103/104 or a Social Science if Math 12 was taken.4. Students wishing to transfer to the UBC Biology programme are advised to replace PHYS 101/102 with PHYS 105 and 106.5. Students wishing to study Pharmaceutical Sciences at UBC should take MATH 101 and MATH 102.




2C CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045 (for MATH 100), ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050 (for MATH 101), MATH 100 or 101 MATH 101 or 102 Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), Chemistry 12 orCSC 105 or 109 CSC 109 or 110 CHEM 050 (for CHEM 111).Elective as available Elective as available 2. Students majoring in Computer Science should select PHYS 105

and PHYS 106 as their elective courses.

2D BIO 107 BIO 120 1. Prerequisites: Math 11 or MATH 045, Biology 11 or CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 BIO 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050 (for CHEM 111).Two electives as available Two electives as available 2. Students majoring in Occupational Therapy should select SOC 101

or ANTH 101 and MATH 104.3. Students majoring in Physical Therapy at UBC should select PHYS 105 (unless Physics 12 is already completed) and MATH 104.

2E BIO 111 BIO 112 1. Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or 107, Chemistry 11 CHEM 111 or 113 CHEM 112 or 114 or CHEM 045 (for CHEM 113), Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050 (forENGL 103 ENGL 102 or 104 CHEM 111).PSYC 101 PSYC 102 2. Prospective Dental Hygiene students must take ENGL 103 orElective as available Elective as available equivalent.

2F ENGL 101 or 103 ENGL 102 or 104 1. Prequisites: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH 050, Biology 11MATH 101 MATH 102 or BIO 045, Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045, Physics 11 or PHYS 045MATH 104 MATH 105 and one of Biology 12, Chemistry 12, or Physics 12.BIO 107 or CHEM 113 BIO 120 or CHEM 114 2. Students must select the science which was not taken at the

or PHYS 105 or PHYS 105 grade 12 level.Elective as available Elective as available 3. Please consult a CNC counsellor concerning specific requirements for

University of British Columbia, University of Northern British Columbia, and University of Alberta.

2G MATH 101 MATH 102 1. Prerequisites: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, Math 12 or PHYS 101 PHYS 102 MATH 050 or MATH 100 and Physics 12 or PHYS 050 with a ENGL 103 CHEM 112 “B” minimum.CHEM 111 APSC 120 2. Students planning to enter directly into the first year of UBC’s four-APSC 100 MATH 204 year Applied Science programme must be outstanding high school CSC 109 PHYS 204 graduates (see Prerequisites) and must be prepared to undertake an Elective as available intensive workload.

3. Please consult a counsellor concerning acceptable electives. Electivemust be an Arts or Social Science course.


DEGREESThe College of New Caledonia offers associatedegrees in Arts and in Science for two years ofuniversity level study in accordance with thefollowing requirements. The classification ofsubjects in Arts (Social Sciences and Humani-ties) and Sciences is set out in the list follow-ing these requirements. (The AssociateDegree—Arts is also available at the QuesnelCampus.)

ASSOCIATE DEGREESThe Associate Degree is designed to providean educational experience that prepares stu-dents for work, citizenship, and an enrichedlife as an educated person and to lay a solidfoundation for further study. All public univer-sities and university colleges in BC that offertraditional arts and science degrees now givespecial transfer credit recognition forstudents who have completed an Associate ofArts Degree or an Associate of Science Degree.

The Associate Degree curriculum comprisestwo years of university level study in a varietyof academic areas. Students are required tocomplete a broad range of course offeringsbalanced with in-depth study in specific disci-plines. Since many students will continue theirstudies, the requirements are sufficiently flexi-ble to enable students to plan their education-al programme carefully and to complete therequired prerequisites for upper level coursework in their intended major. Students will beexposed to concepts, theories, and modes ofinquiry in the humanities, the social sciences,and the sciences to develop:

• an interest in and curiosity about the world around them

• an understanding of the global context in which they live and work

• an appreciation of intellectual thought and human creativity

• an openness to a variety of viewpoints

• a capacity for and interest in self-directed lifelong learning

• acceptance of the social responsibilities that come with the benefits of advanced learning

In addition, the programme of study shoulddevelop and improve those skills and abilitiesessential for academic success at an advancedintellectual level. These may be taught in

some courses, embedded in the curriculum ofothers, or achieved through class participationand the learning process. They include but arenot limited to:

• advanced reading comprehension

• effective written and oral communica-tions

• mathematical and scientific reasoning

• computer and technological literacy

• research and evaluative skills

• analysis, synthesis, and integration of knowledge

• critical thinking and problem solving

• application of theoretical understand-ing to practice

• working collaboratively

WHERE TO FIND THE DETAILS

The specific associate degree credit transferpolicies at each receiving institution can befound on the BCCAT website at:

www.bccat.bc.ca

Just click on the “Online Transfer Guide” but-ton and then on the “Associate DegreeTransfer” link in the blue sidebar. A link isalso provided there to all of the general andspecific requirements for associate degrees.

ASSOCIATE DEGREE—ARTS

To be eligible for the Associate Degree—Arts, astudent must meet the following requirements.

General Requirements

1. 60 semester credits of courses that havearticulated assigned or unassigned universitycredit at the 100-level or higher. These mustinclude a minimum of 18 credits in Arts at thesecond-year level taken in two or more subjectareas.

2. Completion of at least 30 of these 60semester credits at the College of NewCaledonia, of which at least 12 credits are incourses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level orhigher.

3. An overall GPA of 2.0 calculated on allcourses counting towards the associate degreemust be achieved.

4. No course will be used to meet more thanone of the specific requirements.

Specific Requirements

1. 6 credits in first-year English; and

2. 9 credits in Science which shall include atleast:

a) 3 credits in Mathematics or ComputingScience or Statistics (Statistics coursestaught in subject areas such as Business,Commerce, Economics, Psychology, etc.may also be used to meet this require-ment);

b) 3 credits in a laboratory science, and

3. 36 credits in Arts which shall include:

a) 6 credits in the Social Sciences;

b) 6 credits in Humanities (including theCreative, Performing, or Fine Arts) otherthan English;

c) 24 additional credits in Arts, and

4. 9 credits in Arts, Science, or other areas.

Note:

1. Commencing May 1998, studentsmust have completed at least threesemester credits in the semester thedegree is awarded.

2. Students are advised to consult with acounsellor in order to determine specificcourse requirements for entry to a partic-ular university degree programme.

3. A Laboratory Science course is anycourse in the Sciences list worth 3 creditsor more and with a lab of at least 2hours, but excluding any course inApplied Science or Computing Science.

ASSOCIATE DEGREE—SCIENCE

To be eligible for the Associate Degree—Sciences, a student must meet the followingrequirements.

General Requirements

1. 60 semester credits of courses that havearticulated assigned or unassigned universitycredit at the 100-level or higher. These mustinclude a minimum of 18 credits in Science atthe second-year level taken in two or moresubject areas.

2. Completion of at least 30 of these 60semester credits at the College of NewCaledonia, of which at least 12 credits are in courses that have assigned or unassigneduniversity transfer credit at the 200-level orhigher.


3. An overall cumulative GPA of 2.0 calculat-ed on all courses counting towards the associ-ate degree must be achieved.

4. No course will be used to meet more thanone of the specific requirements.

Specific Requirements

1. 6 credits in first-year English; and

2. 6 credits in Mathematics which shallinclude at least 3 credits in Calculus; and

3. 36 credits in Science, which shall includeat least 3 credits in a laboratory science; and

4. 6 credits in Arts, other than English(excluding Mathematics and laboratory-basedscience courses); and

5. 6 credits in Arts, Science, or other areas.

Note:

1. Commencing May 1998, studentsmust have completed at least threesemester credits in the semester thedegree is awarded.

2. Unassigned credits from other institu-tions for inclusion in the course workleading to the Associate Degree–Scienceswill be limited to 15 credits. The finaldecision for determining course area,level, and number of credit hours will bemade by the Dean or senior academicadministrator in the UT Science pro-gramme area.

3. Students are advised to consult with acounsellor in order to determine specificcourse requirements for entry to a partic-ular university degree programme.

4. A Laboratory Science course is anycourse in the Sciences list worth 3 creditsor more and with a lab of at least 2hours, but excluding any course inApplied Science or Computing Science.

CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES

Only those College of New Caledonia courseswith articulated university transfer credit and aCollege of New Caledonia course designationat the 100-level or higher, will count towardsthe Associate Degree.

For the purpose of the general and specificrequirements for Associate Degrees, College ofNew Caledonia courses are categorized as follows:

Arts—HumanitiesEnglishFine ArtsFirst NationsFrenchHistoryPhilosophyWriting & New Media (WRIT 200)

Arts—Social SciencesAnthropologyCommerceCriminologyEconomicsGeography (Human)—101, 102, 103, 203, 205Human KineticsPolitical SciencePsychologySociologyWomen’s Studies

SciencesApplied ScienceAstronomyBiologyChemistryComputer ScienceForest ScienceGeography (Physical—201, 202, 204, 210)GeologyMathematicsPhysics

Note: Some courses in the subject areaslisted above may not carry transfer creditand/or satisfy major degree requirementsat a particular university. Please consultthe BC transfer guide (available on the webat www.bccat.bc.ca), university calendars,university admissions offices, or theCounselling and Academic AdvisingDepartment at CNC.

DIPLOMA—CRIMINOLOGYThis programme prepares students for entryinto various career options within the criminaljustice field. For those planning to further theireducation, the Criminology Diploma is directlytransferable to SFU’s School of Criminology,and is equivalent to the first two years of theBachelor of Arts programme at that institution.

In total, the programme is comprised of 20courses (60 credits). It entails two years ofpractical and theoretical instruction, with anemphasis on the provincial criminal justicesystem, and northern BC practices and institu-tions. Students gain insight into criminologicalresearch methods through computer training,and by working directly with criminal justicesystem personnel in the articulation, design,analysis, and presentation of research issues.

Criminology Joint MajorProgrammes

Students who wish to pursue a joint major inCriminology/Women’s Studies, Criminology/Psychology, or Criminology/Sociology at SFUmust complete all of Package 1D courserequirements in order to receive a CNCDiploma in Criminology. Group B and Group Celectives should be modified according to thejoint major programme requirements.Adherence to these modifications will result inthe reduction of lower level required coursesfor the second major upon entrance intoSimon Fraser University.

Criminology/Women’s Studies

• Group B elective (1):Select WMST 101 or WMST 102

• Group C elective (3):Select WMST 101 or WMST 102Select two of the following: SOCI 220, ENGL 217, ENGL 218

Criminology/Psychology

• Group B elective (1):Select PSYC 209 or PSYC 210

• Group C elective (2):Select one of the following: PSYC 203, PSYC 204, PSYC 205, PSYC 207

Criminology/Sociology

• Group B elective (1):Select SOCI 203

• Group C elective (2):Select ANTH 201Select one of the following: SOCI 201, SOCI 204


Programme Requirements

Group A Group B Group C

CRIM 101 ENGL 103 Any 3 CNC CRIM 102 PSCI 131 UT courses CRIM 103 PSYC 101 carrying direct CRIM 106 PSYC 102 university CRIM 120 PSYC 201 credit transfer CRIM 135 SOCI 101 to SFUCRIM 230 SOCI 102

One of: One of:CRIM 201 PHIL 101or CRIM 241 PHIL 102

PHIL 105PHIL 110PHIL 220

*One of thefollowing CNC UT courses which transferdirectly to SFU:

ANTH, COMM,CSC, ECON, ENGL, GEOG,HIST, MATH, PHIL, PSCI, PSYC, SOCI, WMST

24 credit 27 credit 9 credithours hours hours

In Group B, a course which is asterisked (*)must be taken plus 1 elective (3 credit hours)chosen from the above list.

Some courses require prerequisites. It is thestudent’s responsibility to ensure that theyhave the required prerequisites.

Many courses are not offered every semester.It is the student’s responsibiltiy to determinethe semester in which desired courses areoffered.

Note:

1. At least 30 credits must be completedat CNC.

2. No course may be used more thanonce to meet diploma requirements.

DIPLOMA—HUMAN KINETICSThis programme allows the student in HumanKinetics the opportunity to obtain a two-yeardiploma while completing University creditcourses including anatomy, conditioning, team

and individual sport analysis, coaching theory,and introduction to sports administration,among others.

The programme consists of two years of studyincluding 20 courses (57 credits). It entailsboth practical and theoretical components ofinstruction. The student completing the diplo-ma would have the opportunity to transfer toa four-year institution to obtain a degree in arelated field, or alternatively, seek employmentin related areas.

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS

Year One

Semester OneHK 122 Conditioning for Sport and

Physical ActivityHK 123 Biodynamics of Physical

ActivityHK 220 Analyzing Performance in

Team SportsENGL 103 Composition and StyleOption (1)*

Semester TwoHK 100 National Coaching Certificate

Programme Level IHK 200 National Coaching Certificate

Programme Level IIHK 120 Biomechanical Analysis of

Sport and Dance PerformanceHK 121 An Introduction to the Study

of SportHK 125 Dance FormsOption (1)*

Year Two

Semester OneHK 124 Dynamics of Motor Skill

AcquisitionHK 210 Introduction to Sports

AdministrationHK 223 Human Functional AnatomyHK 240 Performance Analysis of

Selected Team Sports and Activities

Option (1)*

Semester TwoHK127 Personal Health and WellnessHK 221 Physical Growth and Motor

Development

HK 230 Performance Analysis of Selected Individual Sports and Activities

HK 291 Field Experience in HumanKinetics

Options (1)*

*Options are to be approved by a HumanKinetics faculty member. In Year One:Arts/Science/Commerce (two); in YearTwo: Arts/Science/Commerce/HumanKinetics (two)

FORESTRYThe following courses will be offered on ademand basis at full cost recovery:

FORS 100 Introduction to ForestryFORS 111 Dendrology IFORS 112 Dendrology IIFORS 203 Silvics of Forest Trees of

Western CanadaFORS 210 Introduction to Forest SoilsFORS 213 Land SurveyFORS 237 Introduction to Forest

Mensuration andPhotogrammetry

FORS 238 Forest MensurationMATH 105 Introductory Programming

with Statistics

For information on these offerings contact:

Community & Continuing EducationCollege of New Caledonia3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8Phone: (250) 561-5846Fax: (250) 561-5862

FINE ARTSCERTIFICATEThis one-year programme is intended to pre-pare students for careers in the visual fine artsor for further study in visual fine arts in adiploma or degree programme at anotherinstitution. Most courses are studio-based.Students should consult the CNC Counsellingand Advising Centre about details of transferto their institution of choice.


1. a) Successful completion of Grade 12(with English 12 or Communications 12) orABE Advanced Certificate (with English 045 orequivalent).

b) Students who do not meet academicrequirements may be admitted to selected studio courses based on evaluation of theirportfolios and personal statements. Such stu-dents must immediately commence the


English requirements for certificate programmeentry. On successful completion of English 12or Communications 12 or English 045, stu-dents may then be admitted into the certificateprogramme.

2. Submission of a portfolio by the deadline(see sections on Selection Criteria, Applicationand Portfolio Submission Procedure, andPortfolio Requirements.

3. Applicants must submit a typed personalstatement (500–700 words), explaining thereasons why they want to enter the pro-gramme.

SELECTION CRITERIA

1. Portfolios are reviewed by a Fine Arts pro-gramme committee and will be assessed onthe basis of skill, design, and creativity.

2. In the event that the programme is over-subscribed, the following selection criteria willbe used:

a) Student portfolio: 7 points

b) Geographic location (awarded to stu-dents who are residents of Northern, rural,and remote areas: 2 points

c) Typed personal statement: 1 point

PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS

A minimum of 10 examples (maximum 20) ofartwork (these can be either paintings, draw-ings, carvings, sculptures, crafts, web art, pho-tography, sketchbooks, videos, or other typesof art.

Notes:

• Besides labelling and dating each work, allsubmissions should have the artist’s nameon the back or other appropriate place(slides or CDs must also have the title ofthe work, date, and artist’s name). Numbereach work and include a written list of allthe works.

• If the applicant photographs his or her ownwork, indicate in written list the dimensionsof the work and materials used.

• If applicant submits digital work on a flop-py disk, Zip disk, CD, or website URL,include all software, fonts, and informationabout the operating system. Include a printoutput of each work.

• If pieces are more than 20″ x 26″ or are tobe mailed in (or are three-dimensional orfragile), the applicant must instead send

good quality photographs or slides ratherthan the original pieces.

• Portfolio submissions must be produced,drawn, designed, or photographed by theapplicant, unless the work was part of acollaboration with others. If an applicantsubmits work that was part of a collabora-tion, indicate what part he or she played inthe process.

• If applicants are mailing their portfoliosfrom outside of Canada, they should noteon the outside of the package, “TemporaryEntry” and “Goods are to be Returned”. Toavoid custom brokerage fees, the workshould be noted as having “No commercialvalue”.

• Applicants are responsible for all postageand shipping costs, including returnpostage/shipping. The portfolio mustinclude a self-addressed return label andsufficient postage, in Canadian funds, forreturn mail. Portfolios will not be returnedCOD. Applicants should insure their pieces.CNC is not responsible for anything lost ordamaged in shipping or storage. Every pre-caution is taken by CNC to ensure that port-folios are handled carefully. CNC does notaccept responsibility, however, for loss ordamage to materials submitted.

APPLICATIONS ANDPORTFOLIO SUBMISSIONPROCEDURE

Application forms are available from theAdmissions, Registration and Records Office.Applications and portfolios must be eithermailed or brought in to the College by April 1(they may be dropped off at the Admissions,Registration and Records Office during regularoffice hours). The selection process will com-mence in May, and recipients will be notifiedof their status commencing the second weekof June.

FINE ARTS CERTIFICATEPROGRAMME OUTLINE

Semester OneFINE 101 Art History IFINE 103 Drawing IFINE 106 First Nations Arts, Design, and

TechnologyFINE 109 Colour TheoryUT Elective*

Semester TwoFINE 102 Art History IIFINE 104 Drawing II

FINE 105 PaintingFINE 107 Introduction to Digital Arts and

MediaFINE 108 Portfolio and Professional

Practices

*University Transfer Electives: Any univer-sity credit course for which the student is eligi-ble. Existing prerequisites for the course mustbe met.

Notes:

1. The programme will admit a maximum of20 students.

2. FINE 101 and FINE 102 will have a maxi-mum of 37 seats. Twenty will be reserved forFine Arts Certificate students. The remainderwill be available for other students.

3. FINE 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, and109 will have a maximum of 20 seats. All 20will be reserved for Fine Arts Certificate stu-dents. Should the programme draw fewerthan 20 students, the remaining seats will beavailable to other students.

COURSEDESCRIPTIONSThe number in parenthesis at the end of thedescriptions indicates the number of lecturehours and lab or seminar hours per week.Thus (3,2) indicates 3 hours of lecture and 2hours of lab or seminar per week. Studentswho take courses which consist of both lectureand lab sections must achieve a passing gradefor both the lecture and the lab in order toreceive a passing grade in the course.

Course transfer information is contained in theBritish Columbia Transfer Guide published bythe British Columbia Council on Admissionsand Transfer (available in the CNC CounsellingDepartment) to verify transferability of credits.

Note: Not all courses are necessarilyoffered every semester.

ANTH 101Introduction to Socio-Cultural AnthropologyThis course examines major institutions in avariety of societies: subsistence, belief, power,law, health, marriage, family, language, andchange. It also explains the theories used byanthropologists to understand human behav-iour cross-culturally.

3 CR / (3,0)


ANTH 102Introduction to Physical Anthropologyand Archaeology This course investigates the origins of humans,examines the evidence for Darwinian Evolu-tion, explores our relationship with other pri-mates, and examines the oldest civilizations.

3 CR / (3,0)

ANTH 201Social Structure I: EthnographyAn examination of the ethnological approachto culture and society with a focus on thesocial/cultural varieties of expression.

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or permission frominstructor

3 CR / (3,0)

ANTH 202Social Structure II: Theory and Method Examination of major concepts and theoriesused in anthropology.

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or permission frominstructor

3 CR / (3,0)

APSC 100Introduction to EngineeringThis is a mandatory non-credit course for Engi-neering students. The student is provided anopportunity to meet practicing engineers anddiscuss their areas of specialization.

0 CR / (1,0)

APSC 120Engineering DrawingThis is an introductory mechanical drafting andcomputer aided drafting course for those studentswho are interested in a degree in Engineering.Topics covered are orthographic projection, tech-nical sketching, engineering geometry, graphicsolution of space and vector problems, azimuthand bearing problems, contour lines, cuttingplanes and developments, graphical integrationand differentiation, logarithmic graphs, and pres-entation of engineering data on graphs.

3 CR / (2,3)

ASTR 101Introductory Astronomy 1An introductory course for science credit. Theemphasis will be on the solar system introducedin a historical context. Also covered will be basicobserving, celestial coordinates, astronomicalinstruments, and the relevant basic physics.

Note: This course is offered on the basis ofdemand. Students interested in taking this

course should contact the Division Dean at(250) 561-5830.

Prerequisites: Physics 11 or PHYS 045 andMath 11 or MATH 045

3 CR / (3,3)

ASTR 102Introductory Astronomy IIAn introductory course for science credit tofollow ASTR 101. The emphasis will be onstars (stellar parallax and motions, the HR dia-gram, star clusters, stellar models, stellar evo-lution, exotic objects) and galaxies (the MilkyWay Galaxy, external galaxies, cosmology).

Note: This course is offered on the basis ofdemand. Students interested in taking thiscourse should contact the Division Dean at(250) 561-5830.

Prerequisite: ASTR 101 or permission of theinstructor

3 CR / (3,3)

ASTR 105Introductory AstronomyAn introductory course for the non-science student. Topics include: A brief history ofastronomy, ancient to modern; the methodsand tools of astronomy; the earth, moon, andsolar system; the sun; properties of stars; mul-tiple systems; variable stars; stellar evolutionand the death of stars; the Milky Way; distantgalaxies and cosmology. Students will be par-ticipating in several observing sessions.


3 CR / (3,0)

BIO 103Biology for Non-Majors IBiology 103 is a general biology course whichintroduces non-science students to basic scien-tific methods and concepts. This course focuseson the fundamental unit of living things, thecell. A study of cell structure and metabolismprovides a basis for understanding the basics ofcancer, genetics, and gene technology. A varietyof current gene technology applications is pre-sented.

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 104Biology for Non-Majors IIBiology 104 is a general biology course whichintroduces non-science students to basic scien-tific methods and concepts. The focus is onevolution and ecology. Students will developthe concept of an evolving biosphere as a

basis for exploring the human place in thebiosphere.

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 105Basic MicrobiologyThe basic principles of microbiology are pre-sented in this course with an emphasis on therelevance of these principles to human health.This course deals with studies of the mor-phology, growth, and modes of transmissionof microorganisms. Topics will also includeasepsis, immunology, chemotherapeuticdrugs, and epidemiology of infectious dis-eases.

Note: This course is designed primarily forstudents interested in Nursing.

Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 050, Chemistry11 or 045

3 CR / (3,1)

BIO 107Cellular and Organismal BiologyAn introductory course emphasizing principlesof wide applications to all organisms,including cell structure and function, nutrition,energetics, and physiology and reproduction.Examples are drawn from both the cellular andwhole-organism levels of organization. Thelaboratory will explore biological principlesthrough a study of several local ecosystems;field trips during laboratory sessions will bemandatory.

Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and Chem-istry 11 or 045

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 111Human Anatomy and Physiology IThis course is the first half of a comprehensivesurvey of the structures and functions of thehuman organ systems. Lecture topics includecellular physiology, histology, and studies ofthe integumentary, skeletal, nervous, andendocrine systems. An extensive laboratorycomponent is included. This course is appro-priate for students who intend to enter HealthSciences Programmes, e.g., Dental Hygiene,Nursing, etc.

Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or BIO 107 and Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 112Human Anatomy and Physiology IIThis course is a continuation of BIO 111. It isdesigned to cover the anatomy and physiologyof the muscular, cardiovascular, lymphatic, res-piratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive


systems. Emphasis will be on the importance ofhomeostasis and how it is maintained by theconcerted functioning of the body systems. Anextensive laboratory curriculum is also included.

Prerequisite: BIO 111

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 120Genetics, Evolution, and EcologyAn introductory course exploring topics in themechanism of inheritance at the organismal andmolecular levels, evidence for and mechanismsof evolution, ecological relationships, andanimal behaviour. The laboratory will includeseveral long-term investigations, including labo-ratory experiments on organism-environmentalrelationships and optional field work.

Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and Chemistry 11 or 045

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 201Cell StructureBeginning with experimental techniques, thiscourse covers physical and chemical aspects ofbiological structure in prokaryote andeucaryote cells. Additional topics include cellevents (mitosis, meiosis, and movement) andcorrelations of structural diversity with func-tional specialization.

Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120, CHEM 111and 112 or CHEM 113 and 114

Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203

3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 202Cell ChemistryAn introductory course dealing with the chem-ical basis of life. This course emphasizes basiclife processes: energy conversion, transfer, andstorage. Cell structures are discussed from thestandpoint of their roles in all aspects of energetics.



3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 205Introduction to Microbiology IA historical perspective of microbiology, fol-lowed by topics which include a survey of thebacteria, bacterial cell structure in relation to itsfunction, bacterial growth kinetics, and asurvey of the lower protists. An introduction tovirology and bacterial metabolism, including

environmental factors which affect microbialgrowth and survival will also be presented.

Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120


3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 206Introduction to Microbiology IIThis course will include an introduction to thegenetics of bacteria and viruses; sporulationas a form of bacterial differentiation;immunology, including both antibody and cel-lular responses to antigen, and an analysis ofhost-parasite relationships.



3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 207Comparative Anatomy of VertebratesA systematic approach to the comparativeanatomy of the vertebrates. Organismsexhibiting a variety of morphological advanceswill be dissected in the laboratory.


3 CR / (3,3)

BIO 211Invertebrate ZoologyA systematic treatment of the invertebrates fol-lowing evolutionary trends in form and func-tion. A representative selection of invertebrateswill be examined in the laboratory.


3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 111Fundamentals of Chemistry IThis course is for students who have passedBC Chemistry 12 within the last two years, and who intend to take applied science, medi-cine, or other science programmes at univer-sity. Topics covered are modern bondingtheories, properties of molecules, and organicchemistry.

Note: Prerequisite Math 12 or MATH 050with a “C” or better may be required.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050,with a “C” or better recommended

3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 112Fundamentals of Chemistry IIThis course includes thermodynamics, a quantitative discussion of equilibrium andionic solutions, and reaction kinetics. Togetherwith CHEM 111 this course gives credit forfirst-year university chemistry at an appro-

priate science major, applied science, andpremed level.

Note: Prerequisite Math 12 or MATH 050with a “C” or better may be required.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050, witha “C” or better recommended

3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 113Introduction to Chemistry IThis is a general chemistry course primarilyintended for students without Chemistry 12 andwhose major programme areas require one ortwo years of university level chemistry. Topicsinclude stoichiometry and atomic structure, peri-odic table, bonding, and organic chemistry.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045

3 CR / (4,3)

CHEM 114Introduction to Chemistry IIThis is a general chemistry course primarilyintended for students without Chemistry 12and whose major programme areas requireuniversity-level chemistry. Topics include ther-modynamics, solution equilibria, acids andbases, electrochemistry, and kinetics. It is rec-ommended that students take CHEM 113prior to taking CHEM 114.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045

3 CR / (4,3)

CHEM 201Physical ChemistryThis course, a survey of physical chemistry, issuitable for students majoring in science pro-grammes such as chemistry, physics, biology,and pharmacy. The course comprises a discus-sion of the laws of thermodynamics followedby a treatment of the equilibrium thermo-dynamics of gases and solutions.

Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or 114

3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 202Inorganic and Co-ordination ChemistryWith CHEM 201, this course forms a second-yearchemistry course for science major students. Thestructure, bonding, and properties of transitionmetal and other complexes are discussed.


3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 203Organic Chemistry IThe course provides an introduction to organicchemistry. A survey of structure and reactivity


for the major functional groups is followed byan introduction to analysis and structure deter-mination. A major topic on chirality and con-formational analysis is included. Laboratoryexperience includes an introduction to syn-thetic methods and infra-red spectroscopy.


3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 204Organic Chemistry IIMechanism and synthesis are discussed ascentral themes in organic chemistry. Thiscourse surveys substitution, addition, elimina-tion, rearrangement, and oxidation reductionreactions for the functional groups introducedin CHEM 203. Additional topics in carbonyland carbohydrate chemistry are included, as isan introduction to nuclear magnetic resonance.Laboratory experiments provide experience incontemporary synthetic methods and gas chromatography.

Prerequisite: CHEM 203

3 CR / (3,3)

CHEM 205Introduction to Analytical ChemistryThis one-semester course is an introduction tothe principles and techniques of quantitativechemical analysis. Emphasis is placed on solu-tion equilibria (involved in acid base, oxida-tion-reduction, complex formation, andprecipitation reactions), statistical treatment ofchemical data, potentiometric, spectrophoto-metric and chromatographic methods. An inte-gral part of this course is organic, inorganic,and environmental analysis.

Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and 112 or 113 and 114

3 CR / (3,3)

COM 204Financial AccountingIntroduction to accounting procedures, princi-ples and financial statement preparation, andthe analysis of accounting information forbusiness decision making. Emphasis is onaccounting policies and generally acceptedaccounting principles.

3 CR / (3,0)

COM 212Managerial AccountingIntroduction to the development and use ofaccounting information for management plan-ning and control and the development of variouscost information analyses. Major topics includejob and process costing, cost allocation, cost

behaviour, cost-volume-profit analysis, budg-eting, standard costing, and variance analysis.

Prerequisite: COM 204

3 CR / (3,0)

COM 222Management and Organizational BehaviourInformation extracted from various areas of psy-chology (social, industrial/organizational) andmanagement will be utilized to study the natureof work, people, and organizations. Topicsinclude: leadership, motivation, group dynamics,communication, Japanese management, jobdesign, organizational design, organizationalculture, organizational development, stress, andtime management. Organizational behaviourand its impact on management will be examinedthrough lecture, discussion, case analyses, andpractical applications of the material.

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 101Introduction to CriminologyThis course is an introduction to the interdisci-plinary subject of criminology. The topicsexplored include a historical analysis of thedevelopment of criminology as a scientific dis-cipline, its methods of analysis, and the var-ious theoretical explanations for crime,criminality, and social control. The course willalso focus on current issues related to crimeand the administration of criminal justice.

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 102Psychology of Criminal and Deviant BehaviourThis course examines various theoreticalapproaches to the psychology of criminal anddeviant behaviour. It commences with historicalperspectives that are based upon internal, bio-logical contracts and progresses through thepsychoanalytical and type theories to a sociallearning perspective including the social–structural and symbolic–interactionist theory.

Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or PSYC 101

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 103Introduction to the Criminal Justice SystemAn introduction to the legal and social organi-zation of the Canadian Criminal Justice System.The accused is followed from initial contactwith the police to a final disposition on thestreet, at court, or in the correctional system.The rights, responsibilities, and discretion ofall participants in the proceedings will be

examined in detail. The processing and treat-ment of offenders in Canada will be evaluatedin terms of fairness and effectiveness.

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 106Sociological Explanations of Crime and DevianceThe major sociological perspectives and theo-ries will be presented and applied to varioustypes of crimes and deviance. The assump-tions, consistency, and completeness of theseaccounts will be critically assessed. Findingsfor and against these theories will be evalu-ated. Finally, the practical implications of theseapproaches will be discussed.

Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 or 103

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 120Research Methods in CriminologyIntroduction to the practice of research methodsin criminology. Study of theory, logic, process,and structure of research as well as researchdesign, data collection, and analysis. Intro-duction to research report writing. Hands-oncomputer experience and direct working interac-tion with local criminal justice system agencies.

Prerequisites: PSYC 201 and four of CRIM101, 102, 103, 106, 241

3 CR / (3,1.5)

CRIM 135Introduction to Canadian Law and Legal InstitutionsThis course provides a general introduction tothe fundamental and competing principles ofjurisprudence and to the basic legal institu-tions of Canada. The course is designed to pre-pare students for those law and law-relatedcourses offered within the Department of Crim-inology and will consider the history of Cana-dian law, the development of the Canadianconstitution, the system of Canadian courts,and the roles and responsibilities of membersof the legal profession. In addition, the coursewill consider the nature of legal reasoning, thedoctrine of precedent, principles of statutoryinterpretation, and will also introduce thefields of contract, torts, administrative law, andfamily law. The course will also examine theprocess of law reform in Canada.

Prerequisite: None

3 CR / (3,0)


CRIM 201Policing in Modern SocietyThis course examines both historical and cur-rent issues related to policing in modernsociety. Topical emphasis will be on policeroles, powers, accountability, discretion, sur-veillance, and technology. Analysis of theseissues will be comparative between “public”and “private” methods of policing.

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 230Criminal LawNature, purpose, scope, sources, and basicprinciples of the criminal law. History and evo-lution of the criminal law. Study of certain fun-damental legal concepts such as mens rea,negligence, and strict liability. Analysis of theconcept of criminal responsibility in Canada.Critical examination of the legislative policiesexpressed in the Criminal Code. Study of thebasic elements of a criminal offence; actusreus and mens rea. Examination of the legalprinciples relating to certain specific crimesand to certain major defences. CRIM 135 isstrongly recommended.

3 CR / (3,0)

CRIM 241Introduction to CorrectionsIntroduction to the Canadian CorrectionalSystem. History and development of prisons inCanada. Examination of punitive philosophiesin Canada. Structure, organization, anddynamics of correctional institutions. Examina-tion of treatment and programming in Cana-dian corrections.

Prerequisites: CRIM 101 and 103

3 CR / (3,0)

CSC 105Introduction to Computers and Programming The main goal of this course is to familiarizestudents with computers and introduce the ele-ments of computer programming. Topics cov-ered include the basic structure of a digitalcomputer system; applications of computers inarts, business, science, industry, and everydaylife; and computer programming using a highlevel language. The laboratory provides hands-on experience with the microcomputer, pro-gramming, and current software (such as wordprocessors, spreadsheets, and databases). Noprior knowledge of computing or advanced

mathematics is required; however, basic typingskills will be a definite asset.

Prerequisite: Math 11, MATH 045, or Applica-tions of Math 12

3 CR / (3,3)

CSC 109Computing Science IThis is a general introductory course in com-puter science. The topics include computerarchitecture, computer systems, developmentof algorithms and computer programmes, andprogramming style. The programming topicsinclude selection and loop structures, arrays,functions, procedures, and string processing.The main emphasis of this course is on thestudy and development of algorithms, using aprocedural language.

Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 050 Studentswith a grade of “B” or better in CSC 12 maytake CSC 110 instead of CSC 109, ETCC 159

Students who have completed Electronics Tech-nician Common Core meet all prerequisites forcourse

3 CR / (3,3)

CSC 110Computing Science IIThis is a continuation of CSC 109 and moreadvanced algorithms and computer pro-grammes are developed. The topics includeadvanced string processing, sets, recursion,and linear and non-linear data structures.Prerequisite: CSC 109 or a grade of “B” orbetter in CSC 12Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 1013 CR / (3,3)

CSC 115Discrete Computational Mathematics IThis course introduces the student to the math-ematical models and formalisms that are ofgenuine use in computer science and mathe-matics. Topics covered include set theory, prin-ciples of counting, logic, mathematicalinduction relations and functions, finite-statemachines, and the principle of inclusion andexclusion.

Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 050 or MATH 100

3 CR / (3,0)

CSC 214Introduction to Computer SystemsThis course is an introduction to the basic con-cepts of computer systems and computerarchitecture, and to machine and assembly

language. Students will be expected to masterboth the basic concepts of computer systemsand architecture and the programming detailsof an assembly language. The assembly lan-guage of the VAX-11 will be used in program-ming assignments.


Prerequisite: CSC 110

3 CR / (3,3)

CSC 215Discrete Computational Mathematics IIThis course is a continuation of CSC 115.Topics covered include generating functions,recurrence relations, graph theory, trees, opti-mization and matching, rings and modulararithmetic, Boolean algebra and switchingfunctions, coding theory, finite fields, and com-binatorial designs.

Prerequisites: CSC 115, MATH 101

3 CR / (3,0)

CSC 216Introduction to Data StructuresThis course is an introduction to data struc-tures and their associated algorithms. The datastructures discussed will include stacks,queues, lists, and trees. Data structures appli-cations will include sorting techniques, hashtables, sparse matrix representation, and pri-ority queues. An object-oriented programminglanguage is used in this course.



3 CR / (3,3)

CSC 224Computer OrganizationThis course is an introduction to the internalstructure (at the logic block level) of the majorcomponents of modern digital computers andit is not a programming course. Starting withbasic logic gates, complex devices aredesigned, and are, in turn, used to design asimple computer. Also, a sequence of registertransfers for many of the macro instructions isdeveloped. Finally, the major functional sec-tions of a computer—main memory, micro-programmed control, ALU, I/O bus structures,interrupts—are studied.

Note: This course is offered on the basis ofdemand. Students interested in taking this


course should contact the Division Dean at(250) 561-5830.


3 CR / (3,3)

DS 800Self-Directed StudiesThe Self-Directed Studies course will providelearners with the skills and supports necessaryto successfully complete online, teleconference,correspondence, and other distance educationcourses. The Self-Directed Studies course willprovide access to computer labs and to instruc-tional supports, such as: study skills, timemanagement skills, computer literacy skills,and other skills necessary for success in onlineor text-based learning situations. Learners willaccess distance education courses from theCollege of New Caledonia or from other institu-tions around the globe—the possibilities areunlimited. Learners will gain experience regis-tering for and participating in distance educa-tion courses. Any costs incurred for distanceeducation courses accessed through Self-Directed Studies 800 will become the respon-sibility of the learner. In order to verify thetransferability of credits for Self-DirectedStudies 800, students planning to transfercredits to another institution should alwaysconsult with the receiving institution.

2 CR

ECON 101Canadian Microeconomics IssuesTopics include: an overview of economic sys-tems, the operation of markets, the organiza-tion and behaviour of producers, and anevaluation of the performance of markets.Throughout, issues related to the cost andvalue of things, and to the incentives to buyand produce, will be discussed.

3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 102Canadian Macroeconomics IssuesThis course introduces economic models thathelp a person think through issues such asunemployment, inflation, taxation, the role ofgovernment in the macro-economy, and inter-national trade. This course is aimed at liberalarts and business diploma students who wishto become more familiar with the economicissues of the day as well as with the ways thatthe economy influences our livelihoods.

3 CR / 3,0)

ECON 201Principles of Economics—MicroeconomicsThis course examines the market system’sinner workings, characterized by supply anddemand. Various market structures such as aperfect competition and monopolies will bestudied. Time will be spent looking at ways inwhich the market system “fails,” leading to dis-cussions about government’s role, in certaincircumstances, as possible replacement for themarket system. By the end of this course thestudent should have the ability to analyze theimpact of events on the price and production ofgoods and services.


3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 202Principles of Economics—MacroeconomicBeginning with the techniques for measuringimportant variables such as GDP, unemploy-ment, and the price level, the course willdevelop a model of the economy with whichvarious “shocks” can be analyzed. How thegovernment uses its spending, taxation, andcontrol of the money supply to achieve eco-nomic goals will be discussed. By the end ofthe course the student should have the abilityto analyze the macroeconomic impact of mostevents influencing the economy.


3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 207Managerial EconomicsThis course is an application of economic theory to a variety of management and planning decisions such as output maximiza-tion and cost minimization given the con-straints faced by the firms.


3 CR / (3,0)

ECON 210Money and BankingThis course examines banking theory andpractice in a Canadian context. Specifically, itdeals with the supply/demand for money andcredit creation, monetary policy in a centralizedbanking system and in relation to internationalfinance.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 101Literature and Composition I A study of twentieth century short stories and drama, and a consideration of effectivecomposition practices. Students will write aminimum of three essays.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 102Literature and Composition IIA study of twentieth century poetry andnovels, and a consideration of effective compo-sition practices. Students will write a minimumof three essays.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 103 Composition and StyleA study of grammar, composition, style, andresearch techniques. A vigorous programme ofessay writing plus a variety of writing assign-ments or exercises dealing with specific prob-lems in essay writing. Strongly recommendedfor students who wish to improve their writingskills.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 104Introduction to Literature and CompositionA survey of selected stories, poems, and playsfrom the classical to the modern periods. Anotherfirst-year college level English course is sug-gested. Students will write essays and exams.Students wishing to transfer to UBC should nottake both English 104 and English 107.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 106Film StudiesA survey of styles and genres in internationaland Hollywood cinema from 1940 to thepresent. A feature film will be screened eachweek and discussed in conjunction with assignedreadings. University credit students will writeessays and exams; non-university credit studentsmay audit the course for general interest.

3 CR / (1,2)

ENGL 107Literature and Composition: First Nations’ LiteratureThis first-year course will focus on a broadspectrum of Native Literature. Students willassess traditional tales from an oral story-telling tradition as well as poems, plays, andshort stories by contemporary native writers.As well, students will learn effective composi-tion skills and the techniques of literary


analysis. Students will be required to write aminimum of three major essays. Studentswishing to transfer to UBC should not takeboth English 104 and English 107.

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 201English Literature, 1350–1744A survey of English Literature from Chaucer toPope based on a selection of works from majorauthors. The course will include work from theOld English period. Students are required tosubmit at least three essays on literary topics.

Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103,104,107

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 202English Literature, 1744–1900A survey of English Literature from Blake toBrowning based on a selection of works frommajor authors. Students will submit at leastthree essays on literary topics.

Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102, 103,104, 107

3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 203Canadian Literature IAn introduction to the study of Canadian litera-ture involving writers from beginning to the1940s. Journals, poetry, and fiction will beincluded. Students are required to submit aminimum of three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 204Canadian Literature IIA study of the development of poetry, fiction,drama, and essays from 1940 to the present.Students will be required to submit a minimumof three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 205Creative Writing ICreative Writing is a university transfer work-shop/writing course meant to provide a con-text in which beginning and seasoned writerscan present their work (poetry, fiction, anddrama) for comment and criticism. The lec-tures, assignments, and seminar discussionswill involve a wide range of topics meant toreveal possible approaches to language and

writing, and to stimulate improvement of thework submitted for discussion and evaluation.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 206Creative Writing IIThis course is a continuation of ENGL 205.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 213Short Fiction IA survey of the short story and novella fromPoe to Lawrence. Students will be required towrite at least three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 214Short Fiction IIA survey of the short story and novella fromKafka to the present. Students will be asked towrite at least three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 215Children’s Literature IA study of children’s literature focussing on thedifferent genres: fantasy, realistic fiction, sci-ence fiction, historical fiction, etc.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 216Children’s Literature IIEnglish 216 is a continuation of English 215.Ideally, English 216 would be preceded by Eng-lish 215. However, students could take onlyone of the two courses, or they could take thiscourse out of sequence. While English 215 isorganized around the different genres, English216 will take a historical approach to the studyof children’s literature. We will examine repre-sentative literature from the Victorian period tothe Modern period. The course will address thequestion of how our definitions of children’s lit-erature and our attitudes toward children’s liter-ature have changed over the years.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 217Women and Men in Literature IStudents will read a selection of novelsreflecting different cultural and historicalperiods. With a primary focus on gender roles,students will also focus on literary, feminist, andgeneral socio-cultural concerns, providing freshinsights into literary traditions. Students willwrite at least three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 218Women and Men in Literature IIStudents will read a selection of novels/playsreflecting historical/contemporary gender rolesand gender relations. Students will consider therepresentation of men and women in the litera-ture of the twentieth century. Students will writeat least three essays on literary topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 219Contemporary First Nations AuthorsThis course will focus on contemporary Nativeauthors. We will study novels, plays, andpoems which reflect the experiences of FirstNations people in Canada from the 1940s tothe 1990s. We will consider how the literaturereflects specific regional/personal concerns andissues. As well, we will consider the universalthemes developed in these writings. We willalso compare First Nations authors with Canadian authors studied in traditional andCanadian literature classes and consider simi-larities/differences in style, themes, and sub-ject matter.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 220Children’s Literature—First Nations AuthorsThis course will examine some of the tradi-tional tales from the oral story-telling traditionas well as tales told by contemporary novel-ists. We will assess these stories in terms ofcharacter, plot, and theme. As well, we willconsider how these pieces of fiction challengethe child reader’s social, emotional, moral, andintellectual growth. Students will critically eval-uate the texts and determine what sort of


values and lessons are incorporated into thetext by the storyteller.


3 CR / (3,0)

ENGL 231Intermediate Composition IStudents will study and practice the principlesof effective prose. They will write a variety ofexpository and argumentative essays (somedone in class) and a final examination. Stu-dents will develop competence and flexibilityin their writing skills through the practice of avariety of stylistic and organizational tech-niques. Recommended for students interestedin the teaching profession.

Note: This is not a remedial or basic skillscourse.


3 CR / (2,1)

ENGL 232Intermediate Composition IIStudents will write a variety of expository andargumentative essays (some done in class)and a final examination. Particular emphasiswill be placed upon the production of a majorresearch report (minimum length 2,000words) with full documentation. Recom-mended for students interested in the teachingprofession.


3 CR / (2,1) Note: This is not a remedial or basicskills course.

FINE 101Art History IThis course will study the history of painting,sculpture, and architecture in Europe, Asia,Africa, Oceania, and the Americas. It is anintroductory survey course which will give thestudent a comprehensive view of the develop-ment of art from the prehistoric to LateMedieval period. An understanding and appre-ciation of art are the aims of the course, andthrough lectures and class discussions, stu-dents will develop an “eye” for seeing as wellas appropriate terms to describe works shown.

3 CR / (3,0)

FINE 102Art History IIA continued survey of painting, sculpture, andarchitecture which will give the student acomprehensive view and understanding of art

from the Renaissance to the present day.Individual artists are studied in addition to thelarger period styles. The course also traces theinterrelationship between art and the political,social, and technological developments of theperiod.

3 CR / (3,0)

FINE 103Drawing I (Studio)This intensive studio course provides an intro-duction to the methods, materials, and con-cepts of drawing, both as a visual languageand as a tool for enhancing perceptual aware-ness. While investigating process and devel-oping a critical vocabulary, learners will beginto acquire the skills to translate immediateobservations and ideas into two-dimensionalform. A variety of subject matter will be used,including live models. In-class projects andassignments will encompass various aspectsof drawing, while visual presentations andclass discussion will introduce students to con-temporary and historical ideas of art anddesign. Techniques for evaluating and cri-tiquing (both oneself and other learners) willbe discussed and incorporated into the coursework.

4 CR / (1,3)

FINE 104Drawing II (Studio)This intensive studio course is a continuationof FINE 103 and further explores thefundamentals of drawing (line, shape, tone,texture, volume, proportion, shadow, space,composition, scale, mark-making tools, andmedia). Exercises and projects are designed forlearners to continue work on perceptual andexpressive drawing and hand–eyecoordination. A variety of subject matter will beused, including live models. In-class projectsand assignments will encompass variousaspects of drawing, while visual presentationsand class discussion will introduce learners tocontemporary and historical ideas of art anddesign. Regular evaluations and critiques willbe part of the course work.

Prerequisite: FINE 103

4 CR / (1,3)

FINE 105Painting (Studio)This course introduces learners to a variety ofapproaches to painting as a contemporary artpractice. Learners are assigned projects andexercises that address specific topics related toformal, expressive and historic/social issues ofpainting. They will explore the language of

materials as it pertains to paint handling, sur-face, as well as strategies of representationand the development of imagery from a rangeof sources. Learners can expect to combineintellectual information with experimentation,sensory alertness, and practical paint mixingskills. Through demonstrations of techniquesand processes, work in class and homework,slide talks and critiques, students will learnthe basic skills required to produce paintings.In-class work and assignments will bereviewed in critiques.

Prerequisite: Entry to programme or permis-sion of instructor

*4 CR / (1,3)

FINE 106First Nations Art, Design, and Technology (Studio)This course provides an opportunity for stu-dents, artists, educators, and people in thecommunity to study First Nations art, design,and technology. It will focus on the forms andtechniques of Pacific Northwest Coast FirstNations (both traditional and contemporary) tocreate functional and aesthetic objects. How-ever, learners will have leeway to createobjects that apply to their own cultural context.Examples will be discussed as to how theartistic forms are linked to oral history and theclan structure of First Nations societies in theregion. Technical hands-on instruction is bal-anced with access to First Nations traditionalmaterials and studio-based art practices.


4 CR / (1,3)

FINE 107Introduction to Digital Arts and Media(Studio)Learners will explore and further develop theirimage-making skills and ideas about pictorialspace in a digital environment, along withlearning about the historical and conceptualconnections between digital technologies andcontemporary art. They will be instructed in theuse of computer graphics software (Photoshopand Dreamweaver) and hardware, as well as indigital scanning, image processing, and laserprinting. Fundamental computer concepts suchas input and output, the relation of analog todigital, bitmap, and vector-based images, reso-lution, and disk storage will also be covered.By the end of the course, learners will have created a digital portfolio of their work.


4 CR / (1,3)


FINE 108Portfolio and Professional PracticesThis course guides learners to create their ownartistic portfolios (traditional), as well as edu-cates them about some of the professionalpractices required of graphic and fine artists. Itwill cover the essential elements of a portfolio,as well as the preparation of résumés andslides. Health and safety, copyright, contracts,photographing artwork for portfolios, commis-sioned work, public speaking skills, participa-tion in commercial galleries and artist-runcentres, and other professional practices issueswill be covered as well.


2 CR / (2,0)

FINE 109Colour Theory (Studio)This is a course on understanding and usingcolour. It focuses on colour applications forvisual art and design, on the principles ofcolour theory and visual perception, and on thecultural dimensions of colour. Using colour,students will work with various mediaincluding pigment, light, and other materials toexplore ideas and concepts relevant to visualarts and design. Through the study of culturalhistory, learners will increase their under-standing of the role of colour in art and life.The course includes lectures, demonstrations,and studio projects, as well as group and indi-vidual critiques.


4 CR / (1,3)

FNST 100An Introduction to the World View of First Nations PeopleThis course has been designed through anextensive collaborative effort on the part of theCarrier Sekani Tribal Council, the PrinceGeorge Native Friendship Centre, and CNC.The teaching and learning styles it promotesare those indigenous to First Nations cultures.The content is a blend of academic informationand perspectives with those of the FirstNations people. It is a research-driven formatthat demands a blend of library, classroom(learning circle format), and fieldwork learningframed by a firm belief in experiential process.

3 CR / (3,0)

FNST 101First Nations Studies IIFocuses on the diversity and development ofnative cultures in Canada prior to European

contact and on the nature of First Nations/Euro-Canadian interaction from contact to thepresent day. In addition, it will introduce stu-dents to crucial concepts, perspectives, andissues relevant to contemporary First Nationsexperiences.

Prerequisite: FNST 100

3 CR / (3,0)

FORS 100Introduction to ForestryHistory of forestry and the forestry profession,present status and role of forestry, forest policy,and future trends in the forest resource use.

2 CR / (2,0)

FORS 111Dendrology IThis course covers both morphology (identifi-cation) and functioning (physiology) of trees.The lectures cover structure and function ofseed, roots, stem, and leaves; tree growth;dormancy and stand development. The labsconcentrate on recognition of BC and Canadianspecies of broadleaf trees, with experimentalassignments to reinforce lecture material.


Prerequisite: Biology 11 or BIO 045

3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 112Dendrology IIA continuation of FORS 111, this course con-centrates on the function of trees (water rela-tions, photosynthesis, respiration),reproduction, forest regions of Canada, ecolog-ical classification, geographical distribution,elementary BC conifers, and the more impor-tant North American/World species. Analyticaland experimental labs will be assigned.


Prerequisite: FORS 111

3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 202Forest EcologyThe ecosystem concept; energy biomass andnutrient cycling; the physical environment;population and community ecology; ecologicalsuccession. Introduction to the biogeoclimaticclassification of BC, and some Central Interiorecosystems. A plant herbarium of 50 vascularplants and mosses required.

Due to the integrated nature of course mate-rials in FORS 202 and FORS 210, students arestrongly advised to take these courses concur-rently. Students may encounter difficulties inFORS 202 if they have no previous or concur-rent soils course, such as FORS 210.

Prerequisites or Corequisites: FORS 111, 112,or FOR 155, 157

3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 203Silvics of Forest Trees of Western CanadaEcological and silvical characteristics of foresttrees of western provinces; assessment andecological site quality; application of silvics insilviculture.


Prerequisites: FORS 202, FORS 210

3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 210Introduction to Forest SoilsThis course covers the physical, chemical, andbiological properties of soils; soil formation, clas-sification, use, and conservation of forest soils.

Due to the integrated nature of course materials in FORS 202 and FORS 210, students are strongly advised to take thesecourses concurrently.


3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 213Land SurveyAn introduction to the basic techniques of sur-veying, with special emphasis on the problemsencountered in a forest environment. Thiscourse is taken during the week preceding thebeginning of lectures in the second year andfor five consecutive Saturdays.


3 CR

FORS 237Introduction to Forest Mensurationand PhotogrammetryMeasuring and estimating tree volumes, form,and taper; timber scaling and grading; com-


puter applications; basic photogrammetry,mapping for photography and photo-basedinventory systems.



3 CR / (3,2)

FORS 238Forest MensurationForest inventory methods; growth and yieldprediction; applications of multiple linearregression and sampling techniques; intro-duction to multiple resource inventories.


Prerequisites: FORS 237, MATH 102

3 CR / (3,2)

FREN 101Intermediate College French, Level 5This course consists of three parts:

1. A review of the essential structures ofFrench grammar;

2. French conversation;

3. Exercises in comprehension of oral French.

Conversation classes will be based on currentsocial issues.

The course is conducted in French and highlyrecommended for prospective elementaryteachers.

Note: Students with preparation in Frenchother than specific course prerequisite may beadmitted. Please contact a counsellor.

Prerequisite: French 12

3 CR / (3,1.5)

FREN 102 Intermediate College French, Level 6This course consists of three parts:

1. Continuation of review of the essentialstructures of French grammar;

2. Writing practice; and

3. Literary analysis

The course is conducted in French and highlyrecommended for prospective elementaryteachers.

Prerequisite: FREN 101

3 CR / (3,1.5)

GEOG 101A Sense of Place: An Introduction to Human GeographyThis course serves as an introduction to thedevelopment, structure, concepts, and methodsof modern Human Geography. Students will beintroduced to the many sub-fields of HumanGeography, including Urban Geography, CulturalGeography, Environmental Geography, HistoricalGeography, Regional Geography, Political Geog-raphy, and Economic Geography. This course isnot only important to those students who wishto study for a BA in Geography; it will proveuseful for those students who wish to enter pro-grammes in architecture, urban and regionalplanning, education, etc.

3 CR / (3,3)

GEOG 102Introduction to ContemporaryEnvironmental and Resource IssuesThis course provides an overview of the typesof environmental and resource issues facingthe planet today. It concentrates on both thespatial component of these issues and on thehuman/environmental interactions. Topics cov-ered include environmental ethics, the natureof ecosystems including biogeochemical cycles,energy flows, environmental hazards, politics,and economics as well as various resourceissues such as parks, forests, fisheries,wildlife, pollution, etc.

3 CR / (3,3)

GEOG 103Canada: Some GeographicalPerspectivesAn introduction to the geographical characterof Canada. Emphasis is on an examination ofthe development of settlement patterns, theCanadian urban system, changes in ruralCanada, resource development, and the characteristics of the North. This course maybe useful for students wishing to enter pro-grammes in elementary and secondary education.

3 CR / (3,0)

GEOG 201Weather and ClimateThis course is a laboratory science coursewhich provides an introduction to the majorconcepts in the sub-disciplines of meteorologyand climatology. Emphasis will be on theanalysis of processes, distributions, and inter-relationships. It is a required course for a BScdegree in Geography.

3 CR / (3,3)

GEOG 202The Surface of the EarthThis course is a laboratory science course. Itprovides an introduction to the major systems,cycles, and processes which cause and sculpture the landforms of the earth’s surface.It is a required course for a BSc degree ingeography. GEOG 202 is combined withGEOG 201 to make up a full introductoryPhysical Geography course.

3 CR / (3,3)

GEOG 203Economic GeographyA geographic view of economic activities and behaviour, using both a “systems” and “behavioural” approach. Traditional andmore recent theories of Economic Geographywill be examined in the light of these twoapproaches. This course may be useful for students wishing to enter programmes in eco-nomics, commerce, appraising, and municipaladministration.

Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103

3 CR / (3,0)

GEOG 204Forest and Agricultural ClimatologyThis course focuses on the fundamental princi-ples and processes of climatology; energy andwater balance concepts; atmospheric motionand weather systems; microclimate of soils,crops, forests, and animals; microclimate mod-ification and air pollution; climate classificationand land capability.

3 CR / (3,2)

GEOG 205The Evolution of the Cultural LandscapeAn investigation of the dynamic nature of thehuman/land relationship in terms of cultural,sociological, institutional, and psychologicalinfluences upon human use and organizationof the environment.

Prerequisites: GEOG 101 and 103

3 CR / (3,0)

GEOG 210Introduction to Geographic Information SystemsThis course will enable students to define thebasic concepts and types of GIS, describe thenature of geo-referenced data, differentiatebetween vector and raster methods, describevarious applications of the technology,describe the four main technical componentsof a GIS (input, storage, processing and out-put), operate a simple GIS software package


and identify GIS project management tasks. Itis intended for students of forestry, agriculture,engineering, land use planning, marketing,geography, and computing. It is also highlyrecommended for those who wish to enroll inthe GIS Advanced Diploma Programme.

3 CR / (3,3)

HIST 101World History: The Early Twentieth CenturyA survey of significant events from the 1890sto 1939, with particular emphasis on the FirstWorld War, the instability of the 1920s and1930s, the rise of Japan, and the road toWorld War II.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 102World History: The Late Twentieth CenturyA sequel to HIST 101 covering the SecondWorld War, struggles in the Third World,America’s victory over the Soviet Union in theCold War, and the emergence of new super-powers in Japan and the European Union.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 103History of Canada To 1867A survey of social, economic, and politicaldevelopments. Topics include Native–whiterelations, early exploration, imperial rivalries,political reform, and social conflict.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 104History of Canada Since 1867A sequel to HIST 103. Emphasis is placed onConfederation, the Riel Rebellion, immigration,urbanization and industrialization, the evolu-tion of foreign policy.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 204History of the Prairie WestA lecture/seminar surveying prairie develop-ment from the mid-19th century to the present.Focusing on Natives and the fur trade, colonialinstitutions and provincial status, immigration,agriculture, wars, decades of discord, theorigin of third parties, and post-war economicand political development.

Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 or 104

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 205History of BCA lecture/seminar surveying BC with emphasison aboriginal culture, resource development,ethnic relations, labour, wars, depression, andthe development of provincial politics.


3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 206Pre-Confederation British North AmericaA lecture/seminar course focusing on social,economic, and political developments in BNAfrom 1759 to 1867. Students will study theimpact of the conquest, the Maritime colonies,Upper Canada/Canada West and LowerCanada/Canada East, as well as the prairiesand New Caledonia before Confederation.


3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 211Local HistoryAn introduction to the north central interior ofBritish Columbia. Topics include Native–Whiterelations, resource development, and settle-ment patterns. Particular emphasis is placedon historical methodology and research.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 213Western Thought from Plato to HegelA survey of influential European thinkers fromthe ancient Greeks and Hebrews through theMiddle Ages and Renaissance to the earlynineteenth century.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 214Western Thought from Marx toPostmodernismA sequel to HIST 213, covering influentialEuropean thinkers from Marx and Darwinthrough Nietzsche, logical positivism and exis-tentialism to structuralism and postmodernism.

3 CR / (3,0)

HIST 216Introduction to South AsiaA multi-disciplinary course intended to intro-duce students to the history, geography, reli-gion, literature, and economics of the countriesof the Indian sub-continent. Credit will not begranted for both History 215 and History 216.

Prerequisite: One first-year course in eitherEnglish or History or Philosophy.

3 CR (3,3)

HIST 217Introduction to Southeast AsiaA multi-disciplinary course, intended to intro-duce students to the history, geography, reli-gion, literature, and economics of the countriesof Southeast Asia. Credit may be granted forboth History 215 and History 217.

Prerequisite: One first-year course in eitherEnglish or History or Philosophy.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 100National Coaching CertificateProgramme Level IThis course is designed to teach you how tointroduce skills, to organize training lessons,and to design a safe, positive, supportive, andchallenging sport environment for beginningathletes. Students will develop a Practice Plan-ning Instrument.

1 CR / (3,0)

HK 120Biomechanical Analysis of Sport and Dance PerformanceThis course introduces the student to biome-chanical analysis of movement patterns insport and dance.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 121An Introduction to the Study of SportAn introductory examination of leisure andsport from the perspectives of the humanitiesand social sciences. Emphasis is placed on thedefinition of basic concepts and on differenttheories which purport to explain the natureand role of leisure and sport in society.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 122Conditioning for Sport and Physical ActivityAn analysis of the practical and theoretical con-cepts of athletic conditioning used in the devel-opment of general and specified trainingprogrammes for games and sports will be theprime focus of this course.

3 CR / (3,1)

HK 123Biodynamics of Physical ActivityAn introductory examination of the mechan-ical, anatomical, and physiological bases ofhuman physical performance. This course pro-vides a fundamental understanding of how thephysical laws of nature govern human move-ment observed in athletic skills.

3 CR / (3,0)


HK 124Dynamics of Motor Skill AcquisitionAn introduction to motor skill acquisition andperformance including the important relatedtopics of: 1) growth, 2) motor development,and 3) psychological concerns. Basic principlesand concepts that provide a foundation formore advanced study in each of the three topicareas; emphasis on the complexity and inter-relationship of these topics in the acquisitionand performance of motor skills.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 125Dance FormsThe theory and practice of dance as a humanphysical activity. Focus will be on the aesthetic,expressive, rhythmical dimensions of move-ment in a culture’s artistic and social life. Thecourse will include movement content, tech-niques, improvisation, and composition in avariety of dance forms.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 127Personal Health and WellnessThis course is designed to provide students withan introduction to general concepts of personalhealth and wellness from a holistic perspective.It considers the physical, psychological, andsocial well-being of individuals through study ofsuch topics as physical fitness, nutrition, stressmanagement, alcohol and drug use, safe sex,aging, and health consumerism.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 200National Coaching CertificateProgramme Level IIThis course is designed to help you to intro-duce athletes to training for competition. Stu-dents will develop a Seasonal PlanningInstrument.

Prerequisite: HK 100 or NCCP Level I

2 CR / (3,0)

HK 210Introduction to Sports AdministrationThis course introduces the student to aspectsof leisure and sport administration and man-agement. Philosophical foundations, trends,sport marketing and sponsorship, communica-tion and leadership, decision making, and var-ious aspects of planning are some of the areasthat will be addressed.

3 CR / (4,0)

HK 220Analyzing Performance in Team SportsUtilizing selected team sports as models, thiscourse examines the role of analysis in con-tributing to effective team sport performances.

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 221Physical Growth and Motor DevelopmentCharacteristics of physical growth and motordevelopment and their inter-relationships tophysical activity. Topics include maturation,factors affecting physical growth and motordevelopment, and long-term development programmes.

Prerequisite: HK 124

3 CR / (3,0)

HK 222Sport in Canadian SocietyHistorical and contemporary perspectives ofCanadian sport: Canadian sport systems; his-torical, geographical, sociological factors thathave shaped Canadian sport; role of sport inCanadian society; and sport ideologies.


3 CR / (3,0)

HK 223Human Functional AnatomyThis course examines the structural anatomyof the human skeletal and articular muscularsystems. The relationship between structureand human movement is also examined.

Prerequisite: HK 123 or instructor’s permission

3 CR / (4,0)

HK 224Human Applied PhysiologyThis course examines the functional character-istics of human systems. A homeostaticapproach to selected systems facilitates anunderstanding of how exercise affects thehuman physiological condition.


3 CR / (4,0)

HK 230Performance Analysis of SelectedIndividual Sports and ActivitiesSpecific individual topics to be announced eachyear.


3 CR / (2,2)

HK 240Performance Analysis of Selected Team Sports and ActivitiesSpecific individual topics to be announced eachyear.


3 CR / (2,2)

HK 291Field Experience in Human KineticsThis course is intended to provide studentswith a practical learning experience in a speci-fied field of interest related to Human Kinetics.It offers students the opportunity to be activeparticipants in a work-related environment and apply theory, concepts, and skills learnedpreviously.

Note: This is not a university transfer course,but is required for the Human KineticsDiploma.


0 CR / (0,.5)

HK 300National Coaching CertificateProgramme Level IIILevel III theory integrates material covered inLevels I and II with new information aimed at“completing the coach” of developing athletes.Level III culminates in the Yearly PlanningInstrument. The primary goal of Level III islearning to plan for a year of training and com-petition.

Prerequisite: HK 200 or NCCP Level II

3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 100Precalculus MathematicsThis course is designed to prepare students forthe introductory calculus sequence. It isintended primarily for those students whosemathematical background need strengthening,i.e., students who do not have an “A” or “B”grade in Math 12 or who have been unsuc-cessful in passing the Calculus Readiness Testadministered by the College or who have notstudied any mathematics during the past fewyears. The topics covered in the course are: areview of real numbers and algebra, solvingequations and inequalities, graphing and anintroduction to functions, linear and quadraticfunctions, polynomial and rational functions,exponential and logarithmic functions, and anintroduction to trigonometry.


3 CR / (4,0)


MATH 101Calculus IThis course is the first half of a two-semesterintroductory calculus sequence. The topics cov-ered in the course are the concepts, techniques,and applications of differentiation and an intro-duction to integration. Instruction will includeusing the computer algebra system Maple Vsoftware. Together with MATH 102 this coursesatisfies the first year mathematics require-ment in all university transfer science andapplied science programmes.

Note: Persons with a “C+” grade or less inMath or MATH 050 will be registered in MATH100.

Prerequisite: Math 12 or MATH 100 or MATH050 or Electronics Technician Common Core

3 CR / (4,0.5)

MATH 102Calculus IIThis course is a continuation of MATH 101and forms the second half of the two-semesterintroductory calculus sequence. The topics covered in the course are: the definite integral,applications of integration, logarithmic andexponential functions, trigonometric andinverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolicfunctions, techniques of integration, and infi-nite sequences and series. Instruction willinclude using the computer algebra systemMaple V software. Together with MATH 101this course satisfies the first year mathematicsrequirement in all university science andapplied science programmes.


3 CR / (4,0.5)

MATH 103Finite MathematicsMATH 103 is intended primarily for LiberalArts and Education students who want someexposure to modern mathematical concepts.Topics will be chosen at the discretion of theinstructor and may include such areas as:logic, set theory, algebraic systems, com-binatorics, probability, elementary number theory, matrices, linear programming, dynamic programming, game theory, and network analysis.


3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 104Introduction to StatisticsThis course is designed to provide a basicknowledge of statistical methodology. Topicsinclude descriptive statistics, elementary prob-

ability theory, probability distributions, sam-pling, and some standard concepts and tech-niques of statistical inference, correlation, andlinear regression. Applications to a widevariety of problems are emphasized.


3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 105Introductory Programming with StatisticsThis course is a continuation of MATH 104,and is intended for students who are planningto study Forestry at UBC. The students willwrite their own programmes and also use alibrary of programmes in order to solve prob-lems (word-processing, spreadsheet, and data-base programmes).


3 CR / (3,3)

MATH 190Principles of Mathematics for TeachersThis course is designed for students specializingin elementary level education. Topics include:natural, integer, and rational number systems;plane, solid, metric, and motion geometries.

4 CR / (4,0)

MATH 201Calculus IIIVectors in two and three dimensions, vectorfunctions and their derivatives, functions ofseveral variables, partial differentiation, thegradient, chain rule, implicit functions, andextremal problems, including Lagrange Multi-pliers and the second derivative test.


3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 202Calculus IVMultiple integrals, vector fields, line and sur-face integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stoke’s Theorem, Gauss’ Theorem, complex numbersand functions, and an introduction to differen-tial equations.


3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 203Introduction to AnalysisA course in theoretical calculus for studentsintending to major in mathematics or com-puting science. This course may also be ofinterest to students continuing in other areasthat require additional mathematics. Topics

include logic and proof, topology of the realnumbers, sequences, limits and continuity, differentiation, integration, infinite series, anduniform convergence.



3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 204Linear AlgebraSystems of linear equations, matrices, deter-minants, geometry of 2-space and 3-space,vector spaces, linear transformations, eigen-values, applications.


3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 205Probability and StatisticsThe laws of probability; discrete and contin-uous random variables; expectations; joint dis-tributions; Central Limit theorem; estimation;and an introduction to hypothesis testing.



Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 102

3 CR / (3,0)

MATH 215Differential Equations IA first course in differential equations for stu-dents going on in mathematics, engineering,or other subjects requiring additional mathe-matics. Topics include: first order ordinary dif-ferential equations, second order linearequations, nth order linear equations, seriessolutions of second order linear equations, theLaplace transform, systems of first order linearequations, applications to growth and decay,epidemics, population dynamics, compart-mental analysis, curves of pursuit, mechanicaland electrical vibrations.



3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 101Moral PhilosophyAn inquiry into the nature and justification ofmoral standards. No conduct is legal or illegalapart from our making it so. Is any conductmorally right or wrong apart from our thinking


it so? Is there a correct method of distin-guishing right from wrong? Must morality bebased on religion? Why should happinessrather than virtue be thought to be the highestgood? Can an action be morally wrong even ifit harms no one?

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 102Theory of KnowledgeAn examination of skeptical doubts concerningthe possibility of knowledge. What distinguishesknowledge from opinion? Does evidence have toconvince everyone before it constitutes proof?Does what is true depend on what people regardas true? Can perception show us how the worldreally is or merely how it appears to creatureslike us? Should we believe only what there issufficient evidence to support? How is faithrelated to knowledge and belief?

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 106Critical Texts in Western Thought:Ancient to RenaissanceThis course is a companion to PHIL 107 andwill be conducted as a seminar devoted to thediscussion of assigned readings. At the end ofa series of seminars on the work of an authoror group of authors there will be a shortwritten assignment giving students an oppor-tunity to formulate and express carefully theirunderstanding of the issues raised. Whilemaking their acquaintance with some impor-tant ideas in ancient, medieval, and renais-sance western thought, students will developtheir abilities to read, write, and speak, and touncover the meaning and structure of argu-ments in a variety of genres and subjects.Texts will vary from year to year.

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 107Critical Texts in Western Thought:Modern and ContemporaryThis course is a companion to PHIL 106 and willbe conducted as a seminar devoted to the discus-sion of assigned readings. At the end of a seriesof seminars on the work of an author or group ofauthors there will be a short written assignmentgiving students an opportunity to formulate andexpress carefully their understanding of theissues raised. While making their acquaintancewith some important ideas in modern and con-temporary western thought, students willdevelop their abilities to read, write, and speak,and to uncover the meaning and structure of

arguments in a variety of genres and subjects.Texts will vary from year to year.

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 110Logic I: Propositional LogicThis course undertakes to establish some ele-mentary criteria for assessing the deductivevalidity of arguments. It provides practice intranslating arguments from ordinary languageinto the formal language of logic, testing argu-ments for validity, and constructing proofs forvalid arguments. Further topics may includeapplications to inductive reasoning and thetheory of probability. Students of mathematicsand computer science will also find this coursebeneficial because of its emphasis on proofconstruction in a formalized language.

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 205Philosophy of ScienceAn examination of philosophical issues con-cerning the nature of scientific theories andexplanations. How is theory to be distinguishedfrom observation? How can theories be testedby confrontation with observed facts if what weare willing to count as a fact depends in part onthe theories we already hold? Can we be imme-diately aware of more than our own presentsensory experiences? Does every event have acause? Do we have reason to think that anyevent has a cause? Are scientific and supernat-ural explanations incompatible?

3 CR / (3,0)

Note: This course is offered on the basis ofdemand. Students interested in taking thiscourse should contact the Division Dean.

PHIL 210Logic II: Predicate LogicThis course expands the power of logic tohandle a range of arguments far beyond thosewhose validity can be explained by proposi-tional logic. It concentrates on translation fromordinary language into the formal language ofpredicate logic and the construction of proofsfor valid arguments. Topics may include thesyllogism, identity and the theory of descrip-tions, and the elementary theory of classes. An understanding of propositional logic is presupposed.

Prerequisite: PHIL 110

3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 220Political PhilosophyAn introduction to political philosophy. Of cen-tral concern will be an examination of attempts

to provide a basis for political obligation andto justify civil disobedience and revolution.Why should the legitimacy of governmenthave to rest on the consent of the governed?Do we have a moral obligation to obey evenunjust laws until we can convince the majorityto change them? What if we try our best toconvince them but fail? Do citizens have “natural” rights which the state might refuse to recognize and therefore fail to protect?


3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 221Social PhilosophyAn investigation into the social ideals of liberty,equality, and justice. What sort of equality iscompatible with liberty and required by justice?Why should all opinions be allowed equalopportunity for expression in a free market ofideas? Is it likely that true and intelligent ideaswill triumph over false and stupid ideas in opencompetition? Is capitalism just as much asystem of exploitation as slavery or feudalism?


3 CR / (3,0)

PHIL 230Introduction to Philosophy of EducationAn introduction to philosophical issues con-cerning education. No previous acquaintancewith philosophy is presumed. We will beginby examining the question “What is an edu-cated person?” Is education concerned onlywith knowledge and skills or also with atti-tudes and ambitions? What, if anything, distin-guishes education from vocational training,indoctrination, or socialization?

3 CR / (3,0)

Note: This course is offered on the basis ofdemand. Students interested in taking thiscourse should contact the Division Dean.

PHYS 101Introductory Physics IThis is a calculus-based physics course for sci-ence majors. Topics covered include two-dimensional vectors, kinematics, dynamics,energy and momentum of particles, equilib-rium of rigid bodies, rotational motion, andsimple harmonic motion. Differentiation andintegration of one and two dimensional


motion equations is included. Cross productsand dot products will be introduced.

Prerequisites: Physics 12, Applications ofPhysics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 050and Math 12 or MATH 050 or 100


3 CR / (3,3)

PHYS 102Introductory Physics IIA sequential course to PHYS 101. Topics cov-ered are electric charges, electric fields, electriccurrents, electrical circuits, magnetic fields,electromagnetism, light, atomic physics, andnuclear reactions.

Prerequisites: PHYS 101, MATH 101


3 CR / (3,3)

PHYS 105General Physics IA general, algebra-based physics course,intended for those not majoring in the physicalsciences. Topics covered are kinematics, circularmotion, dynamics, equilibrium, momentum,energy, fluids, temperature, and heat.

Prerequisites: Physics 11, Applications ofPhysics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 045and Math 11 or MATH 045

3 CR / (3,3)

PHYS 106 General Physics IIThis course, along with PHYS 105, will satisfythe physics requirement for those whose majorprogramme areas require a year of university-level physics. Topics include electric charges,electric fields, magnetic fields, electric currents,electrical circuits, light atomic physics, andnuclear reactions.

Prerequisites: Physics 11, Applications ofPhysics 12 with a “B” or better, or PHYS 045and Math 11 or MATH 045

3 CR / (3,3)

PHYS 204Mechanics I—StaticsA first course for students in engineering andthe physical sciences. Topics include vectors(two and three dimensions, dot products, crossproducts, and triple products), statics of parti-cles and rigid bodies, laws of dry friction, andkinematics and kinetics of particles.

Prerequisites: PHYS 102 or 106, MATH 102

Prerequisites or Corequisites: MATH 201 and 204

3 CR / (3,0)

PHYS 205Mechanics II—DynamicsA continuation of Physics 204. Topics includesystems of particles, kinematics and dynamicsof rigid bodies, centroids and moments ofinertia, and mechanical vibrations (optional).

Prerequisite: PHYS 204


3 CR / (3,0)

PHYS 211ThermodynamicsA first course in thermodynamics suitable forthose continuing in chemistry, physics, or engi-neering. Topics include temperature, heat andwork, heat transfer, molecular properties, idealand real gases, heat engine cycles, evaporationand refrigeration, entropy and the second law,the third law. This course is identical to PHYS201 except that there is no lab component.


Prerequisites: PHYS 101 or PHYS 105, MATH102

Corequisite: MATH 101

3 CR / (3,0)

PHYS 212Introduction to Linear CircuitsThis course is recommended for students ofengineering and the applied sciences. The pro-gramme addresses advanced applications ofKirchhoff’s Laws; Thevenin and Norton CircuitTheorems; DC Circuits; RLC circuits natural andforced response; and impedance phasors.


Prerequisite: PHYS 102

3 CR / (3,3)

PSCI 131The Administration of JusticeThis introductory course is concerned with themajor issues associated with the administra-tion of justice in Canada. It will examine suchissues as civil liberties and effective lawenforcement, social and political justice, andnational integrity. The purpose of the course isto provide students with an understanding ofthe dynamic processes of change in the admin-istration of justice. Significant tensions existbetween the ideals of justice and the realitiesof politics. This fact will become apparent aswe examine political changes and the emer-

gence of new problems to which laws andstructures must constantly respond.

Prerequisite: CRIM 103 or permission of theinstructor

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 101Introduction to Psychology IThis general survey course includes topicssuch as a brief history of psychology, elemen-tary experimental design, the nervous system,sensation, perception, learning, memory, lan-guage, and thought.

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 102Introduction to Psychology IIA continuation of PSYC 101. Topics willinclude intelligence and intelligence testing,personality assessment, motivation, emotion,mental health and behavioural disorder, psy-chotherapy, social psychology, and develop-mental psychology.

Prerequisite: PSYC 101—minimum “D” grade

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 103Human SexualityThis course is designed to provide a basicunderstanding of human sexuality from a bio-logical, psychological, and social perspective.Topics will include such items as anatomy,physiology, and sexual responses, psycho-sexual development, sexual behaviour, andsexual complications.

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 201Statistics for the Social SciencesThis course covers the basic principles ofdescriptive and inferential statistics and their application to research in the social sciences. Experience will also be gained on the use of computer programmes for dataanalysis. Highly recommended for majors inthe social sciences.


3 CR / (3,3)

PSYC 202Research Methods in PsychologyThis course introduces the logic and applicationof various research methods in psychology. Stu-dents will learn how to formulate research ques-tions and choose appropriate research designs.Direct experience in data collection and researchdesign will be provided in the laboratory. Addi-


tionally, students will learn how to write aresearch report according to APA standards.

Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and 102—minimum“D” grades

3 CR / (3,3)

PSYC 203Introduction to PersonalityThe student is introduced to the field of per-sonality through the examination of severaltheories of personality (i.e., psychoanalysis,trait theory, Rogerian self theory, behaviouraltheories). These theories, as well as assess-ment procedures related to these theories, areevaluated in terms of their scientific adequacy.


3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 204Social PsychologyThe study of human behaviour and adjust-ment within interpersonal and social situa-tions. Some of the topics include: affiliation,attraction, attitude and attitude change, preju-dice, conformity, obedience, aggression,altruism (helping behaviour), group dynamics,and selected topics in human sexuality. Majorsocial psychological theories are presentedalong with a critical evaluation of research andresearch methodology related to the topics.


3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 205Developmental Psychology IThis course involves an examination of theoryand research related to the development of thehuman being from conception through child-hood. Topics are organized according to thephysical, cognitive, social, and emotionalaspects of development.


3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 206Developmental Psychology IIThis course involves an examination of theoryand research related to the development of thehuman being from adolescence through lateadulthood. Topics are organized according tothe physical, cognitive, social, and emotionalaspects of development.

Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 102—minimum “D” grades

3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 207Introduction to Abnormal BehaviourThis course examines a wide variety of modelsof abnormal behaviour, (i.e., medical, psychody-namic, behavioural). The causes and treatmentsof several disorders (i.e., anxiety disorders,somatoform disorders, schizophrenia, affectivedisorders, psychopathy, alcoholism) will beexamined from the perspective of each model.


3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 209Introduction to Biological PsychologyThis course introduces students to the relation-ship between brain function and behaviour inboth humans and non-humans. Topics includebehavioural genetics, neural function andorganization, neuroanatomy, and methods.Sensory and motor systems as well as highercognitive processes such as learning, memory,and language will also be discussed.


3 CR / (3,0)

PSYC 210Introduction to Cognitive PsychologyThis course introduces the student to currentresearch and theories of human mentalprocesses. Topics may include attention, con-cept formation, memory, reasoning, decisionmaking, cognitive maps, imagery, applied andpersonal cognition, and language processing.Highly recommended for psychology majors.


3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 101Introduction to Sociology IAn introduction to the basic sociological theo-ries and methods for studying individuals,groups, and institutions. Topics described andexplained will include culture, socialization,families, education, gender, aging, anddeviance. These concerns will be illustratedand developed with Canadian materials.

3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 102Introduction to Sociology IIA continuation of SOC 101. Topics describedand explained will include the characteristicsand changes in the general population, localcommunities, ethnic groups, social move-ments, political parties, work settings, and reli-gious organizations. These concerns will

be illustrated and developed with Canadianmaterials.

Prerequisite: SOC 101—minimum “D” grade

3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 201The Sociology of Work—GeneralThis course provides an overview of the trans-formations in the structure of work during theindustrial and post-industrial periods. Thecourse will focus on an analysis of the socio-logical and economics theories and debatesthat deal with the results of industrial capitalistand bureaucratic forms of organizing and man-aging work this century. Sociological researchwill be drawn upon to present a criticalaccounting of the “taken for granted” assump-tions about the organization of work, the goalsof employers, the decision-making powers ofworkers, and the structural constraints thatshape the forces affecting today’s worker,across occupational categories. The course willdeal with a variety of contemporary concerns,including: globalization, downsizing, tech-nology and deskilling, professionalism, thedecrease in the “real wage,” unemployment,underemployment, credentialism, the disem-powerment of governments and unions, freetrade agreements, and the increasing restric-tions imposed by human resource models ofmanagement. The course will be specificallydesigned to have students research an occupa-tion in which they have an interest.

Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102

3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 202The Sociology of Work—Industry,Technology, and Social ChangeThis course has been designed to deal with avariety of specific topics relevant to contempo-rary labour markets and the globalizedeconomy. The course will focus on descriptionsof the social transformations that haveoccurred with the growth of service sectoremployment, and emphasis will be placed onCanadian industries. Topics including the useof information technology, unpaid labour,designing leisure, entrepreneurialism, theinformal economy and micro-entrepreneu-ralism will be addressed. The course willpresent analyses of trends aimed at resistanceto transnational corporate organization, as wellas a selection of social movements that haveresulted in the use of alternative ways oforganizing work. This course is also designedto provide an overview of the positions of spe-cific groups of people experiencing doublejeopardy in the labour market, i.e., people of


colour, women, new immigrants, the differ-ently-abled, non-heterosexual persons, youngpeople, and persons being re-trained.


3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 203Canadian Society I: Identities and IdeologiesAn examination of the structural, cultural andregional variations in the development ofsocial identities and political ideologies inCanada. An evaluation of the traditional ideolo-gies of Liberals, Conservatives, and Socialistsin Canada. An exploration of the modern polit-ical approaches of the Social Democrats andNeo-Conservatives. A study of the conditionsunder which radical fringe political partiesemerge and decline. An analysis of how thevarious Canadian identities are tied to thepolitical ideologies.


3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 204Canadian Society II: Race and Ethnic RelationsAn examination of the social organization ofrace and ethnic relations in Canada. The causes and consequences of the changing pattern of immigration. Descriptions of themajor ethnic groups and communities. Thedevelopment of the ideology, policy, and prac-tice of multiculturalism. The survival anddecline of ethnic identities. An examination ofproblems of private prejudice and the practiceof institutional racism. The culture and behav-iour of Natives in Canada. An analysis of theland claims issue in Canada.


3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 206Social ProblemsA sociological study of the creation, causes,and consequences of contemporary socialproblems in Canadian society. Topics describedand explained will include organized crime,corporate crime, juvenile delinquency, sexualharassment, rape, AIDS, mental illness, alco-holism, and drug abuse. Factual and moralarguments concerning these and other socialproblems will be evaluated.

Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 orinstructor’s permission

3 CR / (3,0)

SOC 220Women In SocietyThis course aims at a critical examination ofthe historical and contemporary position ofwomen in various societies, with particularemphasis on Canada. Traditional sociologicaltheories and a number of feminist perspectiveswill be used to analyze gender inequality, theinstitutionalized means through which it isreproduced, and the possibilities for mean-ingful change in Canada.

Prerequisite: SOC 101 or WMST 101

3 CR / (3,0)

STS 800Student Success 800This course teaches the skills and attitudesrequired to be successful as a student. It givesthe newest and most efficient techniques fordealing with time, memory, reading, note-taking, and tests. It will also deal with avariety of topics such as creativity, relation-ships, health, resources, and career planning.It shows you how to organize yourself andattain maximum success in your school, business, and social life.

Corequisite: It is recommended that studentsbe enrolled in at least one other academiccourse.

2 CR

WMST 101Introduction to Women’s Studies IThis course uses a multidisciplinary approachto the study of women in society and aca-demia. It explores the interdisciplinary and his-torical perspectives on women and examinesthe development of feminist theories andmethodologies. Emphasis is placed on thediversity of women’s experience within thecontext of differences in class, race, age, andsexual orientation. The connections betweenwomen’s experiences in the everyday worldand their representation in Canadian institu-tions will be explored, with the aim of under-standing the relationship between personalempowerment and social change.

3 CR / (3,0)

WMST 102Introduction to Women’s Studies IIThis course uses the multidisciplinaryapproach to the study of women in society andacademia developed in WMST 101. Thecourse will focus on the critical examination ofgender segregation in the paid labour forceand its relationship to institutionalized repre-sentations of women in science and medicine,law, politics, religion, and family. Emphasis

will be placed on Canadian institutions as wellas class, race, and age differences betweengroups of women in Canadian society.

3 CR / (3,0)

UNIVERSITYTRANSFER GUIDEStudents planning to transfer their credits toanother institution should consult the BritishColumbia Transfer Guide to verify transfer-ability of credits.

The British Columbia Transfer Guide is pub-lished by the British Columbia Council onAdmissions and Transfer and is available inthe CNC Counselling Centre and Library.

CNC counsellors will assist students inselecting transferable courses, however, thefinal responsibility for course selection restswith the student.

The British Columbia Council on Admissionsand Transfer (BCCAT) website is located at:

www.bccat.bc.ca



165

The information presented is correct asof January 31, 2003.

ADAMS, Penni, B.A. (Guelph), Forest Tech.(CNC)Programme Coordinator, ContinuingEducation

AITKEN, Daniel, B.Sc. (Victoria)Instructor, Biology

AMES, Gregory, D.D.S. (Toronto), F.A.G.D.(Kentucky)Instructor, Dental Studies

ANDERSON, DarleneAdministrative Assistant, Facilities Services

ANDERSON, Kevin, CNANetwork Administrator, Computer Services

ANDREW, Christine, B.N. (McGill), M.Ed. (Victoria), M.Ed. (Alberta)Counsellor, Counselling and AdvisingCentre

ANDREWS, Bryan E., B.Comm (Guelph), MMS(Guelph)Instructor, Hospitality

ANONSON, June, M.Ed (Alberta), B.Sc.N(Alberta), R.N. (Sask), Ph.D. (Alberta)Dean, Health Sciences

ANSETH, David, IP, TQ, Alberta TQInstructor, Automotive Mechanics

APPLEGATE, Mary, R.N., B.Sc.N. (WesternOntario), M.N. (Alberta)Instructor, Nursing

ASHURST, CathyRegional Director, Lakes District

BACON, D.D. JordanPublishing Assistant, Media Services

BAHER, DebraRegional Service Assistant, Nechako

BANIA, Jennifer, A.H.T., Fairview CollegeLab Technician, Biology

BARKER, Wesley Assistant Manager, Facilities Services

BEKKERING, BeatriceCo-operative Education Co-ordinator,Employment and Co-operative EducationCentre

BENNETT, BruceRussian Project, Business

BENOIT, Gera, BSW (Calgary)Counsellor, Lakes District

BEZO, Shannon, Cert. Office Administration,PIDPInstructor, Applied Business Technology,Mackenzie

BHATTASALI, Sonali, B.A.Instructor, Computer Information Systems

BIALUSKI, Gina, B.Sc. Business Operations(DeVry, CA)AEC Instructor, Lakes District

BIECH, TED, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (SimonFraser)Instructor, Mathematics

BILAWKA, Ebony, R.D.H. (Manitoba), B.D.Sc(British Columbia)Instructor, Dental Studies

BLACKBURN, Liz, Dip. Legal SecretaryProgramme Assistant, Mackenzie

BLAIN, RobertInstructor, Computer Information Systems

BOESE, Barbara, B.A. (Hons.) (Saskatchewan)Institutional Research Officer

BOMAN, Marnee, B.A., Dip. ManagementStudiesOffice Assistant, Counselling

BORSATO, ElenaLearning Assistant, Quesnel

BOWMAN, John, B.A. (Manitoba)Regional Director, Quesnel

BOWNESS, Brad, Computer Systems TechnologyDiploma (BCIT), CNA, CNE, MSCENetwork Engineer, Computer Services

BRAUN, DarrenCustodian

BRBOT, Rosemary, B.A. (Victoria)Instructor, Community Education

BRISBOIS, Susan Senior Payroll Clerk

BRISCOE, PeterInstructor, Hospitality Administration

BROWN, Heather, C.D.A. (CNC), ProsthoInstructor, Dental Studies

BRUNDIGE, Donna, R.N., P.H.N. (BritishColumbia), Nurse Practitioner (BritishColumbia), M.Ed. (Simon Fraser), I.D.

BRUVOLD, Wanda Library Technician

BUCK, Nicholas, B.Sc. (Concordia), M.Sc.(Carleton)Instructor, Mathematics

BUKSA, Book, G.C.I.U., T.Q.Assistant, Media Services

BULL, Nancy Senior Accounts Payable Clerk

BURGESS, DonnaProgramme Coordinator, Community andContinuing Education

BURTON, CarlInstructor, Millwright/Machinist

BUSWELL, R. Alan, B.S.A. (Hons.)(Saskatchewan); PDP (Simon Fraser); Grad.Cert. Ed (Brisbane); P. Ag.Acting Dean, Science and Technology

BYRON, ArleneFinancial Aid Clerk

CALLAHAN, Catherine, Dip. Legal SecretaryOffice Assistant, Mackenzie

College Staff

CAMPBELL, GayleProgram Assistant, Quesnel

CAMPBELL, Steve, T.Q. Automotive Mechanics, T.Q. Electrical Work, I.P. Instructor, Electrical

CAPUTA, Jolanta, B.Ed.English as a Second Language, ELSA

CAREW, JulieAdmissions

CARMICHAEL, DeniseAdmissions and Registration

CARPENTER, DawnRegional Service Assistant, Quesnel

CARTER, MarieCustodian

CARVER, BethInstructor, College and Career Preparation

CASH, KarenAcademic Advisor, Quesnel

CERINA, CarlaStatistics and Reports

CHULKA, Sandra, B.H.E. (Manitoba), M.L.S. (British Columbia)Librarian

CHUNG, Stan, B.A. (Hons.) (British Columbia),M.A. (Toronto), B.C. Teaching Cert. (SimonFraser)Instructor, English, Centre for Learning andTeaching

CLARE, Sheldon, A.A. (CNC), B.A. (BritishColumbia)Instructor, English

CLAY, BrendaPayroll Clerk

COLDWELL, Lana, B.S.W. (British Columbia),M.S.W. (Northern British Columbia), R.S.W.,Reality Therapy Cert.Instructor, Social Services

COLEBANK, DougInstructor, Carpentry, Wood Technician

COMEAU, WilfredSecurity

CONNORS, Joan, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Alberta), M.A. (Victoria)Instructor, College and Career Preparation

CONROY, Kathleen, B.A., M.A., M.S.W.Counsellor, Counselling and AdvisingCentre

CORNELIS, SheilaAdministrative Assistant, Finance,Community and Continuing Education

COVINGTON, Patricia, R.D.H. (DelMar), B.Sc. (Texas), M.Sc. (Northern BritishColumbia)Instructor, Dental Studies

CRAMPTON, Dorinda, B.A. (Victoria), I.D.Instructor, College and Career Preparation

CRELLIN, AlisonInstructor, College and Career Preparation,Quesnel

CRIST, ElaineContinuing Education, Admissions

CROSINA, Kara, B.Sc. (British Columbia)Instructor, Chemistry

CURRIE, Beverley, B.A. (British Columbia), M.Ed. (Toronto)Instructor, Developmental DisabilitiesCertificate

CVENKEL, Joe, Dpl. Ing (Slovenia), RPFInstructor, Wood Processing andEngineering Technology

DAHL, Helen Library Technician

DANG, Ken, B.Sc. (British Columbia)Application Support Analyst, Computer Services

DAVIDSON, Jill, B.A. (Victoria)AEC Instructor, Lakes District

DAVIDSON, Patricia, Dip. Exercise, PIDPFaculty, Mackenzie

DAVIDSON, SharonAdministrative Assistant, Lakes District

DAVIES, Karen, M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Regional Director, Nechako

DAVIES, PaulaInstructor, College and Career Preparation

DAVISON, George, B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D.Instructor, History

DAWES, Michael, Computer Network ElectronicsTechnician (CNC)Trainee Computer Support Technician,Computer Services

DEMMAN, BettySecretary, Business

DEUTCH, William, T.Q. & I.P., BC Auto, I.D.Instructor, Automotive Mechanics

DEYO, Kathy, M.Sc. (Kinesiology), M.Sc.(Psychology)Instructor, Human Kinetics/Psychology

DEZELL, SharronInstructor, Early Childhood Education

DINELLE, Jean PaulInstructor, Culinary Arts

DITTMAN, KrisStudent Placement Officer, Employment andCo-operative Education Centre

DJURIC, AnnaInstructor, English

DOBIE, DianeLabour Relations Coordinator, HumanResources

DOBROWOLSKI, Edward, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Wroclaw)Instructor, Mathematics

DRAGUSICA, Mellhina, B.A.Instructor, Adult Special Education, JET

DUPERRON, Alison, B.Sc. (UBC), ProvincialInstructors DiplomaInstructor, College and Career Preparation

DUPRAS, LonnieAcademic Advisor, Counselling

DUSSAULT, RayElectrician, Facilities Services

ELLIOT, Pirie, Technician Diploma (BritishColumbia Insitute of Technology), A.Sc.T.,R.P.F., I.D.Instructor, Forestry

EMERSON, Cheryl, ECE Basic and Post-BasicCertificatesAssistant Head Teacher, Daycare

ENGLER, LindaCustodian

ERICKSON, Marlene, B.A. (WesternWashington)Coordinator, First Nations EducationSupport Services

EVANS, Kelly, B.Sc. (Spec. Hons.) (Guelph),Ph.D. (Queens)Instructor, Biology

EWART, Peter, B.A. (Lakehead), M.A. (WesternOntario)Instructor, English/Writing and New MediaTechnologies

FAHLMAN, Penny, B.A. (UBC) CMADirector of Finance and Bursar

FARNDEN, Heather, R.T. (BCIT)Lab Technician, Biology

FARR, Bill, B.Comm, LLB, I.D.Instructor, Finance and Law

FINCH, CherylCustodian

FITZPATRICK, ColleenRecruitment and Development, HumanResources

FLATERUD, KenCustodian

166 / College Staff 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

FOUGÈRE, Carolyn, B.Sc. B.EdLab Technician, Chemistry

FOUGÈRE, Scott, B.Sc. (St. Francis Xavier), M.Sc.& Ph.D. (Victoria)Instructor, Chemistry

FOWLER, Sylvia, CPSExecutive Assistant to the President andCollege Board

FRANKS, Kathy, BC Prof. Teaching Cert.Employment and Academic Advisor,Mackenzie

FRIEDRICH, Kori, R.N., B.S.N. (British Columbia)Instructor, Nursing

GAGEL, Kevin, Computer MaintenanceTechnology Diploma (CDI)Network Administrator, Computer Services

GALBRAITH, EvelynInstructor, University Transfer, Quesnel

GERVAIS, Laura, B.Sc.N.Instructor, Practical Nursing

GIESE, D. LynnExecutive Assistant, Human Resources

GILBERT, WillClerk, Athletics and Recreation

GILES, Wayne, B.A. (Ryerson)Instructor, Geographic Information Systems(GIS)

GIROUARD, NormaSecretary, Dean of College Foundations

GRAHAM, RalphInstructor, Culinary Arts

GRAHAM, William, B.A. (British Columbia)AEC Instructor, Lakes District

GREGORY, Ekaterina, M.A. (Duke University),International Policy Development PolicyRussia Project Co-ordinator

GRIFFIN-BERGERON, KerryInstructor, English as a Second Language

GRIFFITH, AlvaMaintenance, Facilities Services

GRIFFITH, Eric, M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Associate Director, Continuing Education,Curriculum Developer/Instructor

GRUNDMAN, Dale, B.Comm. (BritishColumbia), M.Ed. (Victoria),Registrar

HADIKIN, Debbie, C.D.A., OrthoLab Technician, Dental Studies

HALL, David, C.A. (CDA), C.A. (S.A.), C.A. (Zim)Instructor, Accounting and Law

HAMEL, Lorne, T.Q.Auto, T.Q. & I.P. HDM, T.Q.Instructor, Heavy Duty Mechanics

HANKI, Pat, B.Ed., M.Ed.Instructor, English as a Second Language

HARRIS, Bob, B.A. (Western Ontario), Dip.Ed.(Western Ontario), M.Ed. (British Columbia),BC Teaching Cert. (British Columbia)Counsellor, Counselling and Advising Centre

HARRIS, John, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D.(McGill)Instructor, English

HARTT, TauniaProgramme Assistant, Continuing Education

HASKETT, Sandra, B.Sc. (O.T.) (BritishColumbia)Occupational Therapist, Lakes District

HATFIELD, Susan, B.A.Instructor, College and Career Preparation

HEALEY-OGDEN, Marion, R.N., R.C.C., B.S.N.(British Columbia), M.A. (Victoria), M.Ed.(Northern British Columbia)Instructor, Nursing

HEIN, DouglasGroundsperson, Facilities Services

HEINZMANN, Gloria, R.N., I.D., B.S.N.Instructor, Home Support/Resident CareAttendant

HELZEL, PatriciaAdministrative Assistant, Quesnel

HERMANSON, WayneSecurity

HILDE, Rosalie, M.B.A. (Durham)Instructor, Marketing/Management

HILDEBRANDT, TanaOffice Assistant III, Admissions

HINES, Dougal, M.R.C., I.D.Instructor, Adult Special Education, Quesnel

HOFF, Doris AnneOffice Assistant, Computer Services

HOFMEIER, Elizabeth, B.Sc. (Jt Hons) (UK),M.Sc. (Northern British Columbia), BCTeaching Cert.University Transfer, Quesnel

HOLM, David, B.A. (Hons.), M.P.A. (Victoria),M.A., Ph.D. (Yale)Instructor, History

HOLST-LARSEN, KarenCafeteria

HORNIBROOK, PatrickInstructor, Power Engineering

HOUDEN, JosephInstructor, Electrical

HOYER, JimManager, Facilities Services

HUNT, Denise, Cert. Office Administration (CNC)Office Assistant, Mackenzie

HUNTER, Blaine, CNAInstructor, Computer Information Systems

HUNTER, Susan, B.A., Ont. Teaching Cert.Instructor, Business Administration

IBBERSON, John, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (Calgary),D.Phil. (Oxford)Instructor, Philosophy

IDIENS, Alan, M.B.A., B.Com., I.D.Instructor, Economics

JACKMAN, Christine, B.A., M.A. (Simon Fraser)Instructor, English

JACKSON, Christine, ECE Basic and Post-BasicCertificatesHead Teacher, Daycare

JACKSON, JudithManager, Public Relations and Student Information

JACKSON, Terry, A..A. (CNC), B.A. (BritishColumbia)Instructor, English

JACQUES, Lynn, Cert. Bus. Mgt., IDP, NAID,Dip. Adult Ed., M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Regional Director, Mackenzie

JAMES, Marion, Cert. Office AdministrationSenior Accounting Clerk, Mackenzie

JENSEN, John, T.Q. & I.P., Alta. Auto, T.Q., I.D.Instructor, Automotive Mechanics

JENSEN, Rachel, G.B.A.Benefits Administrator, Human Resources

JOHNSON, JoyAdmissions Officer, Admissions

JOHNSON, Judith, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (Waterloo)Instructor, Biology

JOHNSON, Ric, Network & ElectronicTechnician Computer Maintenance (CaribooCollege)Computer Support Technician, ComputerServices

JOHNSTON-SCHUETZ, Cheryl, TechnologistDiploma (CNC)Lab Technologist, Forestry

JOLY, RhonaClerk, Financial Services

JONES, BrendaCustodian

JONES, Georgina, C.D.A., (Malaspina), I.D.,Prostho/ortheInstructor, Dental Studies

JONES, MaureenInstructor, English as a Second Language

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar College Staff / 167

JONKER, Jan, N.Dip. (Tech Pret.), B.Sc. (Hons.Mineral Economics) (Rand Afrikaans), B.Sc.(Hons. Geology) (Rand Afrikaans)Dean, Trades

KAHLKE, Elaine, B.Sc., M.B.A., CHRPDirector, Human Resources

KANE, Greg, B.A. (Hons.), I.D., Techn. Dipl.,B.M.Cert., OMT (DBA), OMT (Dev.)Instructor, Computer Information Systems

KAPPHAHN, Bob, I.P., T.Q.Electrical Faculty and Industry Training,Instructor, Trades

KAWEESI, George, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Dar-es-Salaam), M.Sc. (Saskatchewan)Instructor, Computer Science

KEMP, EldonnaCustodian

KENNEDY, George, B.Soc.Sc., M.A.Instructor, Economics

KENNEDY, Tracey, CIS Dip. (CNC)Network Administrator, Computer Services

KING, Wendy, R.D.H., M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Instructor, Dental Studies

KOHORST, SandraPublic Services Clerk, Admissions

KOSOWICK, Terry, B.B.A. (Simon Fraser), C.G.A.,I.D.Instructor, Accounting and Finance

KRUSHELNICKI, Earl, B.Ed.Instructor, Adult Special Education, TARGET

KRUSHELNICKI, NancieManager, Student Residence, ConferenceServices

LALONDE, MickiAcademic Advisor, Homestay Coordinator,International Education

LAMBIER, Duncan, B.Phys.Ed (BritishColumbia), Graduate Diploma of Education(Deakin), M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Instructor, Employment Skills, Community Education

LANDON, Bruce, M.Ed. (Northern BritishColumbia)Counsellor, Quesnel Campus

LASKO, Garth, I.P., T.Q.Instructor, Welding

LATALA, MichalInstructor, English as a Second Language

LAVOIE, Alain, C.Tech., IPInstructor, Electrical

LAW, Debra, CMAGeneral Accountant, Financial Services

LEE, Barbara, A.M. CGAInstructor, Accounting

LEFEBVRE, SuzanneInstructor, English as a Second Language,ELSA

LENTZ, KarinSenior Clerk/Textbook Buyer, College Store

L’HERAULT, Carole, Dip. Farm Management,B.A., Dip. Adult EducationSupervisor, Mackenzie

LINDAAS, SylviaProgramme Support Coordinator, LakesDistrict

LO, Raymond, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Concordia), Ph.D. (McGill)Instructor, Biology

LOERKE, AlanCustodian

LOERKE, Bruce, B.A. (Simon Fraser)Instructor, Geography

LYNCH, Nancy, R.N., B.Sc.N. (St. Francis Xavier)Instructor, Nursing

MACDONALD, JenyLynLibrary Clerk, Quesnel

MACDONALD, JohnCustodian

MACDONALD, SuzanneAssistant, Human Resources

MACLEOD, JeromyCafeteria Assistant

MACNEIL, Debbie, B.A. (Acadia), E.C.E.Certificate (Nova Scotia Teachers’ College)Instructor, Early Childhood Education

MADILL, MarleenManager, College Store

MADJITEY, Jacob, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Ghana), M.Sc. (Regina)Instructor, Computer Science

MADSEN, Jennifer, B.A. Dip., B.M. Cert.Admin Assistant, Employment andCooperative Education Centre

MAGUIRE, JoanLibrary Assistant

MAIDES, Peter, B.A., M.A. (Victoria)Instructor, English

MAISONNEUVE, CindyPurchasing Assistant

MALCOLM, Ben, B.Sc., M.Sc. (British Columbia)Vice President, Academic

MALCOLM, Judith, B.Sc. (Calgary)Instructor, Mathematics

MALLAIS, Maureen, M.Ed. (Simon Fraser)Project Planner, Community and ContinuingEducation

MARDON, Gwyn, T.Q., & I.P., MillwrightInstructor, Millwright/Machinist

MARTIN, CarmenLibrary Assistant

MASSE, LilaOffice Assistant III, Admissions

MASTROMATTEO, Jan, B.A. (Gen.), B.A. (Spec.), M.A.Instructor, Sociology

MATTINSON, AndreaOffice Assistant, Quesnel

MCALLISTER, Susan, A.A.T., CMAController

MCCABE, SusanInstructor, College and Career Preparation

MCDONALD, Tim, B.Sc. (Distinction)(Washington State), M.A. (British Columbia),R.Psych.Instructor, Psychology

MCKENZIE, Paulette, I.D.Instructor, Applied Business Technology,Lakes District

MCKINNON, Barry, B.A. (SGWU), M.A. (BritishColumbia)Instructor, English

MCKIVETT, Gary, B.A. (Northern BritishColumbia)Library Technician

McLEAN, ErinProgramme Assistant, CommunityEducation

MCLEOD, Angus, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.Sc.(Alberta), R.P.F., P.Ag.Forestry

MCMULLEN, Bill, B.A., B.A. (Hons) (McMaster),AGDDE (T), MDE (Athabasca)Project Planner, Mackenzie

MCPHERSON, Ralph, B.A. (Waterloo), C.M.A.,I.D.Instructor, Accounting & Finance

MEESTER, DanaOffice Assistant, Quesnel

MICHAEL-DIDIER, DaniInstructor, College and Career Preparation

MILLER, BeverlyRegistration & Scheduling Officer

MILLER, Fran, B.A., B.Ed.Instructor, Disability Support Services

MILLER, Robert, B.Sc.Dean, Business

MINHAS, ShyamaRoom Booking Clerk/Cashier


MITCHELL, Marcia, I.D.College and Career Preparation, Quesnel

MITTENDORF, A.J.Instructor, English

MOHR, Heather, C.D.A. (CNC), RDH (Alberta),I.D.Instructor, Dental Studies

MORONG, Joseph, B.Sc. (Winnipeg), M.Sc.(London)Instructor, Geographic Information Systems(GIS)

MORRICE, Edward, B.Sc.F., (Lakehead) R.P.F.Instructor, Forestry

MORRISON, Donald, T.Q., P.W.P., I.D.Instructor, Welding

MUNK, Lindy, B.A. (British Columbia), M.A.(Ed.) (Simon Fraser)Instructor, Psychology

MUNRO, Cris, C.P.P.Manager, Purchasing

MURGULY, George, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), P.Eng.Instructor, Engineering Design Technology

NEALIS, Waneta, B.A. Applied Linguistics(Victoria)AEC Instructor, Lakes District

NELSON, LoisInstructor, College and Career Preparation

NESDOLY, KatherineOffice Assistant III, Gym Clerk

NEUMANN, John, B.S.F., M.S.F. (BritishColumbia), R.P.F.Instructor, Forestry/Biology

NI, Shudao, B.Sc. (Hebei, China), M.Sc. (ChinaUniversity of Geoscience), P. Geo.Instructor, Forestry

NICKLEN, HarleyGroundsperson, Facilities Services

NIELSEN, Allan, T.Q.I.P. Auto, TQ AutoMachinist, I.D.Millwright/Machinist/Automotive Technician

NOBLE, Patricia, R.D.H., A.A.S. (SUNY-Farmingdale), B.Sc. (Ohio State), M.Ed.(Georgia)Instructor, Dental Studies

NOEL, Sheryl, CPSAdministrative Assistant—Resources,Community and Continuing Education

NORDAL, Allan, C.Tech., CNA., Cert. Ed./Voc.Tec.Instructor, Electronics

NORTHEY, Bruce, B.A. (Carleton), M.S.W.(British Columbia), R.S.W.Instructor, Social Services

NORUM, MarleneCustodian

NUDDS, Michael, Technologist Diploma (CNC)Lab Technician, Forestry

ODIORNE, LanceSecurity Guard

OISHI, Ann, B.P.E. (Alberta), M.H.K. (BritisihColumbia), Instructor, Human Kinetics/Coordinator,Athletics and Recreation

OLD, Barbara, B.A. (Victoria), M.Ed. (BritishColumbia)Associate Director, Community Education

OLLECH, Sandra, R.N., B.ScN (British Columbia),M.Sc.N, Community Health (NorthernBritish Columbia)Instructor, Nursing

O’MEARA, Jim, B.Sc. Management/Marketing(Clarkson)Programme Coordinator, ContinuingEducation

O’MEARA, Tami, SEAC, B.A. (Distinction)(Victoria), M.Ed. (Northern British Columbia)Counsellor, Counselling and AdvisingCentre

OUELLETTE, PeterProgramme Developer, Lakes District

OVINGTON, SueSenior Accounting Clerk

PACHECO, John, B.Sc. (British Columbia), Teaching Certificate (Simon Fraser)Instructor, College and Career Preparation

PALARDY, GaetaneInstructor, CTC Culinary Arts

PARKER, Ken, B.A., M.A.Instructor, Criminology

PARKER, Marie, R.N., B.S.N.Instructor, Home Support/Resident CareAttendant

PASTRO, Nives D.Secretary, Science and Technology

PAUL, EvelynLibrary Assistant

PAYNE, WandaHead, Daycare, Lakes District

PEACH, Patricia, B.A., M.Sc. (LSE), Ph.D.(Manchester)Instructor, Anthropology

PEACOCK, Eric, C.Tech., I.D., TechnolgistDiploma, GIS (CNC)Instructor, Engineering Design Technology

PEARCE, GrahamInstructor, English as a Second Language

PHILLIPS, Chantal, B.A., M.A. Speech Language(Western Washington)Speech Language Pathologist, Lakes District

PIRILLO, AgataCafeteria Supervisor

PITT, Vicki, B.Sc.(Hons.) (Lakehead), I.D.Instructor, College and Career Preparation

PLETT, Katherine, B.A., M.L.Sc. (BritishColumbia)Associate Director, College Resource Centres

POEPPEL, Laura Shipping and Receiving

POZZEBON, AnnaProduction Cook, Cafeteria

PRECOSKY, Don, B.A. (Lakehead), M.A., Ph.D. (New Brunswick)Dean, Arts and Social Services

PREDIGER, Anne-MarieInstructor, Early Childhood Education

PRESTON, Sherry, R.N., B.S.N.Instructor, Practical Nursing

PRICE, AnneProject Planner FAS, Lakes District

PRICE, Nettie, C.D.A. (CNC)Lab Technician, Dental Studies

PULLAN, JudithClerk, Trades

QUARENGHI, Lorenzo, T.Q. I.P.Instructor, Carpentry

RADLEY, GailProgramme Coordinator, Lakes District

RAGSDALE, JoanAssociate Regional Director, Lakes District

RAMSEY, Hazel, B.Sc. (Carroll), M.A. (WesternIllinois)Instructor, College and Career Preparation

RAMSEY, Paul, B.A. (Carroll), M.A. (WesternIllinois)Instructor, English

RAPHAEL, Clifford, B.A. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (British Columbia)Instructor, Geography

RAPLEY, RonPainter, Facilities Services

REA, Bill, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (Toronto)Instructor, Sociology/Criminology

REEVES, KeithCustodian

RENNEBERG, Vicky, B.A.Manager, Employment and Co-operativeEducation Centre

RICARD, PatAssistant, Cafeteria


RICHARDS, NeilPower Engineer

RITCH, Elizabeth, B.Sc. (British Columbia), M.Ed.(British Columbia), M.Sc. (British Columbia),Teaching CertificateInstructor, College and Career Preparation(on leave)

RIVET, LaurierMaintenance, Facilities Services

RIVET, VirginiaOffice Assistant III, Admissions

ROBERTSON, Barbara, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.A.(Western Ontario)Instructor, Psychology

ROBINSON, Sandra, R.N., B.Sc.N.Instructor, Practical Nursing

ROCHE, LindaClassroom Aide

RODALL, Katherine, C.D.A., , Ortho, UNSP(Confederation College), I.D.Instructor, Dental Studies

ROSCHE, PerryPower Engineering

ROSSI, Frank, T.Q. & I.P. Auto., Certificate inAdult Education (Victoria), I.D.Programme Coordinator, ContinuingEducation

ROURKE, David, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (SimonFraser)Instructor, Physics

ROY, Angela, B.A. (Western Ontario), Diploma Ed. (Western Ontario)Instructor, Applied Business Technology

RYAN, Ron, B.Comm. (Sir George Williams)Instructor, Marketing/Management

SALI, LoisOffice Assistant, Centre for Student Success

SAUVÉ, Jennifer, B.A. (Lethbridge), M.L.Sc.(Toronto)Public Services LIbrarian

SCHAMEHORN, Cheryl A.Supervisor, Quesnel

SCHIENBEIN, GarthFacilities Assistant, Lakes District

SCHMIDT, Linda, B.Ed. (Victoria)Focus Instructor, Lakes District

SCOTT, MichelleOffice Assistant, International Education

SCOTT, LeeMaintenance, Facilities Services

SCOTT, StevenClassroom Aide, JET

SCOTT, WilmaPrintroom Clerk

SEENS, Paul, B.A. (British Columbia), M.A.(McMaster), M.L.Sc. (Western Ontario)Director, Student Services

SHAW, JeffMaintenance, Facilities Services

SHELLEY, StephenPre-University Science Certificate, Dawson College (Quebec)Manager, Computer Services

SIDSWORTH, Chris, B.A., M.A. (BritishColumbia)Instructor, English

SINNOTT, Marie, B.A. (Waterloo), C.M.A., I.D.Instructor, Accounting and Finance

SLUYTER, DebraAdministrative Assistant, Trades

SLUYTER, William, T.Q. & I.P., Carpentry, I.D.AWMABC GIS Inpsector, Lev. I BuildingInspectorInstructor, Carpentry

SMILINSKI, CharlyneAccess Facilitator, Career Centre, Nechako

SMITH, BethInstructor, English as a Second Language

SMITH, JoyceAEC Administrative Coordinator, LakesDistrict

SOMERO, JennyExecutive Assistant to the Vice President,Academic

SORER, SharonSecretary, Arts and Social Services

SPENRATH, Jason, B.Sc. (Alberta)Web Developer, Computer Services

STEARNS, Dave, B.Sc.F. (Utah), R.P.F., I.D.Instructor, Forestry

STEINDLE, Dave, R.N., B.Sc.N.,M.Sc.Community Health (Northern BritishColumbia)Instructor, Nursing

STEWART, Heather, Techn. Dipl., I.D.Instructor, Computer Information Systems

STEWART, PatriciaAccounts Payable Clerk

STURDY, Mary Ann, I.D., B.C. Teaching Cert.Instructor, College and Career Preparation,Quesnel

STURT, DawnInstructor, ABT

SUMMER, DorothyAssistant, Cafeteria

SUTHERLAND, MichaelToolroom Attendant, Trades

SUWALA, Halina, M.Ed., BC Teaching Cert. (British Columbia)Instructor, Disability Support Services

SYNOTTE, LynnProject Planner, Lakes District

TAMKIN, Marion, B.Rec.Ed. (British Columbia)Instructor, Employment Skills, CommunityEducation

TARDIF, Michel, B.E.P. (Ottawa), M.H.K.(Windsor), B.Ed. (Western Ontario)Instructor, Human Kinetics

TAYLOR, Robin, T.Q. MillwrightInstructor, Millwright/Machinist

TAYLOR, Walter, T.Q. & I.P.HDM, T.Q. & I.P.Auto,T.Q. & I.P. Comm. TransportInstructor, Heavy Duty Mechanics

TEICHROEB, LuellaCustodian

TEJERO, MartaInstructor, English as a Second Language

TERRY, LindaOffice Assistant II, Admissions

TESKEY, Christina, B.Ed., B.Sc. (Calgary)Online Centre, Lakes District

THAIR, Brian, B.A., M.A. (Saskatchewan), Ph.D. (Latrobe)Instructor, Biology

THAIR, Maree, B.A. (Latrobe), TPTC (PhillipsInst.), BC Prof. Teaching Cert.Centre for Student Success

THOMPSON, GailCafeteria Assistant

THOMPSON, Lynda, Cert. Office Administration(CNC)Office and Computer Support, Mackenzie

TIERNEY, Mary Ann, B.A., TESL (BritishColumbia)International Education Co-ordinator

TIMBRES, Marcia, B.A. (Lakehead)Dean, College Foundations

TINKER, Bonnie, B.Med.Reh (Physio)(Manitoba)Physiotherapist, Lakes District

TOBIN, James, B.Sc. (British Columbia)Instructor, College and Career Preparation

TOBIN, Marina, B.Sc. (British Columbia)Instructor, College and Career Preparation

TOMPKINS, Eric, BA (SFU), MA (SFU)Instructor, Sociology/Criminology

TROTTER, Maureen, B.A., M.Ed., BCACCInstructor, Social Services, Quesnel


TUCK, Cynthia, B.Sc. (Michigan State), M.A.(Gonzaga)Instructor, College and Career Preparation,Mackenzie

TUTTOSI, CherylCustodian

TYNDALL, Greg, B.Sc., M.A. (applied)Instructor, Psychology/Management Studies

UHRICH, James, Computer Maintenance andRepair Diploma (CDI)Computer Support Technician, ComputerServices

URL, ManfredSecurity Guard

VAN BAKEL, DianeExecutive Assistant to the Director ofAdministrative Support Services and theDirector of Finance/Bursar

VANDERVELDE, JoanneInstructor, Business Administration

VANNICE, MichelleInstructor, Centre for Student Success

VARLEY, LindaProgramme Assistant, Nechako

VICKERS, JillOffice Administration, Nechako

VIIK, DeenaAssistant, Continuing Education

VU, Thai ThiCafeteria Assistant

WANG, Li, M.Eng. (Memorial)Instructor, Electronics EngineeringTechnology

WANG, Mei, M.Sc. (New Brunswick)Instructor, Electronics

WANKE, Heather A.Adminstrator, International Education andFundraising

WARD, Ken, B.Sc. (Saskatchewan)Instructor, Chemistry

WATSON, WilliamClassroom Aide, TARGET

WATT, Evelyn, B.Comm. (British Columbia),CHRPHuman Resources Advisor, Compensation

WAUGHTAL, ValInstructor, Developmental DisabilitiesCertificate

WEED, Valerie, B.A., M.S.W., R.S.W.Instructor, Social Services

WELLER, Jennifer, ECE Basic CertificateTeacher, Daycare

WELLER, NeilPhysics Technician

WENINGER, Terence, B.Sc., B.Ed.(Saskatchewan), M.Ed. (Alberta), Ed.D.(Arizona State)President

WERSTIUK, KarelynClerk, College Store

WHEATLEY, NancyAccounts Receivable Clerk

WHEELER, BrendaRegional Supervisor, Nechako

WHITE, WrayDirector, Administrative Support Services

WHITEHORN, SueOffice Assistant, Quesnel

WHITMER, Carole, S.D.T., R.D.H., B.V./T.Ed.(Regina)Instructor, Dental Studies

WIEBE, KarenAdmissions and Accounting ServiceCoordinator, Lakes District

WIEBE, Roger DarrinCustodian

WILDAUER, ReinhardInstructor, Millwright/Machinist

WILLIAMS, BonnieInstructor, Computer Information Systems

WINDSOR, James, B.E.S. (Hons.) (Waterloo),M.N.R.M. (Manitoba), Cert. Ld. Econ.(Dalhousie), M.P.A. (Queen’s), Cert. Intercult.St. (UBC)Instructor, Geography

WISHART, Catherine, B.J. (Carleton), M.Ed. (Calgary)Director, Community & ContinuingEducation

WORFOLK, MelindaInstructor, English as a Second Language

WRIGHT, SuzanneInstructor, College and Career Preparation,Quesnel

WU, LeanneDeli Worker

YEE, Brenda, B.A. (Alberta), M.L.S. (Toronto)Librarian

YENSEN, JoanCustodian Crew Chief

YU, Simon, BA.Sc. (UBC), P.Eng.Instructor, Engineering Design Technology

ZACKOWSKI, KayFinancial Aid Officer


March 12, 2003

172

ABESAPAdult Basic Education Student AssistanceProgramme

ABTApplied Business Technology

ASEAdult Special Education

ASTTBCApplied Science Technologists and Techniciansof BC

ATPAdmission Testing Programme

AVAudio-Visual

BCACBC Association of Colleges

BCSAPBC Student Assistance Programme

BNGBusiness: the Next Generation

CAChartered Accountant

CAD/CAMComputer Aided Design/Computer AidedManufacturing

CAIComputer Assisted Instruction

CCPCollege and Career Preparation

CEContinuing Education

CECCanada Employment Centre

CGACertified General Accountant

CISComputer Information Systems

CMACertified Management Accountant

CNCCollege of New Caledonia

CO-OPCo-operative Education

CTCareer Technical

ECCADEmily Carr College of Art and Design

ECEEarly Childhood Education

EDTEngineering Design Technology

ELTEntry Level Trades

EMATEnglish and Math Achievement Test

FNESSFirst Nations Education Support Services

FTEFull-time Equivalent Student

GEDGeneral Education Development (Grade 12 equivalency)

GISGeographic Information Systems

GMATGraduate Management Admission Test

GPAGrade Point Average

HDMHeavy Duty Mechanics

HKHuman Kinetics (Physical Education)

HS/RCAHome Support/Resident Care Attendant

JETJob Education and Training

LPNLicensed Practical Nurse

LSATLaw School Admission Test

Glossary

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Glossary / 173

MCATMedical College Admission Test

NIRSNorthern Institute for Resource Studies

NITEPNative Indian Teacher Education Programme

NTENational Teacher Examinations

NVITNicola Valley Institute of Technology

OAOffice Administration

OLAOpen Learning Agency

PDProfessional Development

PDPProfessional Development Programme

PEPhysical Education (Human Kinetics)

PNPractical Nurse

PVTPre-Vocational Training

RNRegistered Nurse

RNABCRegistered Nurses’ Association of BC

SAESenior Alternate Education

SATScholastic Aptitude Test

SFUSimon Fraser University

SOFASafety Oriented First Aid Certificate (St. John Ambulance)

SSATSecondary School Admissions Test

SSFSocial Services Foundation

SSTPSocial Services Training Programme

SSWKSocial Services Worker

TARGETTechniques for Access, Reaching Goals andEmployment Training

TECTraining Enterprise Centre

TOEFLTest of English as a Foreign Language

TSETest of Spoken English

UBCUniversity of British Columbia

UCUniversity Credit

UNBCUniversity of Northern British Columbia

UTUniversity Transfer

UVICUniversity of Victoria

VALTVolunteer Adult Literacy Tutoring

YDLIYinka Dene Language Institute

March 12, 2003

174

APPLICATIONINSTRUCTIONSReturn all copies to:

CNC Admissions and Registration3330 – 22nd AvenuePrince George, BC V2N 1P8CanadaTelephone: (250) 562-2131, local 867Toll-free: 1-800-371-8111

Please read carefully. The informationentered on this form becomes part ofyour permanent record at the College.Use a ballpoint pen and print clearly.

1. HOW TO APPLY

A. Consult the College Calendar/Counsellingand Academic Advising Department—It isimportant that applicants understand thenature of the programme for which they areapplying. Students are encouraged to discusstheir educational objectives with a counsellorbefore beginning the application process. TheCounselling and Academic Advising Depart-ment can be reached at (250) 561-5818.

B. Complete the Application for AdmissionForm(s) carefully—Answer all questions fullyand accurately. Failure to do so may result inthe application being returned. As official con-tact is often conducted by mail, it is importantto maintain up-to-date information with theCollege. The College will not accept responsi-bility for problems caused by incorrect addressinformation.

C. Application Fee—A non-refundable $15 application fee must be submitted foreach application to a programme at theCollege. Applications received without the $15fee will be returned. Please do not sendcash in the mail.

D. Include supporting documentation—No application for admission can be con-sidered for approval until all required docu-ments have been submitted. Original docu-ments which cannot be replaced should not be sent. A Certified Copy of the original will be accepted. Confirmation of admission statusis not given until all required documents aresubmitted.

2. TRANSCRIPTS ANDCERTIFICATES

An official transcript is one that has beenissued by the educational institution offeringthe programme or course. Photocopies arenot acceptable. Most official transcripts willbear an official stamp and/or signature.

A. Students from the province of BritishColumbia must submit an official statement oftheir grade 11 and 12 marks. The original ora photocopy certified by the school is required.All submissions of an interim statement ofgrades are to be followed by an official tran-script as soon as one is available. Only a con-ditional admission will be determined on thebasis of interim transcripts.

B. Students who have completed their educa-tion outside the province of British Columbiamust submit official certificates or transcriptsof grades indicating the subjects completedand the standing in each subject.

C. Students who have attended, or are cur-rently attending, colleges or universities, maybe granted advance standing. Submit officialtranscripts with a written request for evalua-tion. Statement of grades will not be acceptedas official transcripts.

D. All transcripts and other documents filedin support of your application become theproperty of the College.

3. ACCEPTANCE FORADMISSION

Only completed applications with requireddocumentation can be considered for process-ing and approval. Official notification ofacceptance will be issued by the Office of theRegistrar. A letter of acceptance is mailed toall students prior to registration. The letter willconfirm eligibility to register for courses.

4. REGISTRATION

The admission form is not a registrationinto specific classes. If registration informa-tion is not sent with the letter of acceptance, itwill be mailed separately. New students whodo not register for any courses in their firstterm of studies will be required to re-apply tothe College. Also, students who do not attendconsecutive semesters or trimesters arerequired to re-apply for admission.

INCOMPLETE OR INCORRECTAPPLICATIONS WILL BERETURNED

Application forADMISSION /

RE-ADMISSION


2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Application for Admission / Re-Admission / 175

176 / Application for Admission / Re-Admission 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

177

Three-YearCALENDAR

JUNES M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

DECEMBERS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31

MAYS M T W T F S

1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

NOVEMBERS M T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 222330 24 25 26 27 28 29

APRILS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

OCTOBERS M T W T F S

1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

MARCHS M T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 222330 2431 25 26 27 28 29

SEPTEMBERS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28

AUGUSTS M T W T F S

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23

2431 25 26 27 28 29 30

JANUARYS M T W T F S

1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

JULYS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

2003

JUNES M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31

MAYS M T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 222330 2431 25 26 27 28 29


1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30

APRILS M T W T F S

1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30


1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23

2431 25 26 27 28 29 30

MARCHS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829

AUGUSTS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31


1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

JULYS M T W T F S

1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

2004

JUNES M T W T F S

1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30


1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

MAYS M T W T F S1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30


1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

APRILS M T W T F S

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 30


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 222330 2431 25 26 27 28 29

MARCHS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31


1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30

FEBRUARYS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28

AUGUSTS M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 222330 2431 25 26 27 28 29

JULYS M T W T F S

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23

2431 25 26 27 28 29 30

2005


178

Prince GeorgeCAMPUS MAP

Ogilvie Campus1643 South Ogilvie• Carpentry• Electrical• Wood Technology

N

W E

S

ParkingLot D

ParkingLot E

WeldingShop840

MillwrightShop830AutomotiveShop800

PowerPlant

Daycare450

Dental400

ParkingLot C

Gym500

Library700

Computer &Classroom300

FoodServices200

ParkingLot A

StudentResidence

100

ParkingLot G

18TH AVENUE

22ND AVENUE

HIG

HW

AY 9

7 C

ENTR

AL

STRE

ET

ParkingLot H

Cla

ssro

oms

ParkingLot B

Busstop

Busstop

PowerEngineering

ParkingLot F

Media Parking

Visitor Metered Parking

Handicapped Parking

Nicholson Campus2211 Nicholson• Heavy Duty Mechanics• Career Tech classrooms• Small Woodlands Programme

BikeCompound

Room NumberingFor example, Room 2–312•2-312 is the second floor• 2-312 is the Block (300)• 2-312 is the room number

March 12, 2003

179

A

Academic Honesty, 39Academic Probation and Dismissal, 40Academic Schedule:

2003–2004, 122004–2005, 16

Access Services, 48Accounting and Finance Diploma, 57Accounting and Management, 142Acknowledgements, iiAdministrative Assistant, 52, 53Admissions, Registration and Records, 20Admission Procedures, 22Admission Requirements, 20Adult Basic Education (ABE) Certification, 74Adult Special Education (ASE), 75Advanced Placement Programme, 23Advanced Standing, 23Anthropology, 142Appeals, Complaints & Discipline, 38Appeal Procedure

Grade Appeals, 38Clinical Practice, 38Suspension or Termination, 40

Application For Admission/Re-admission, 174Application Procedures, 21Applied Business Technology, 52Applied Science, 142Apprenticeship Training, 134Architecture, 10, 142Arts and Social Science, 10, 142Assault, 39Associate Degree—Arts, 146Associate Degree—Science, 146Astronomy, 142Athletics and Recreation, 43Attendance, 42Audit Status, 23Automotive Technician, 135Awards, 34

B

Basic Insurance Coverage, 42BC Adult Graduation Diploma, 75Biochemistry, 142Biological Sciences, 142Biology, 142Biophysics, 142Bio-Resource Engineering, 142Bursaries, 34Business Administration, 53, 56Business Administration Transfer Guide, 69Business and Management Programmes, 52Business: The Next Generation, 53

C

Cafeteria (Food Services), 46Calculation of Course Fees, 30Campus Map, 178Campus Profiles:

Lakes District, 4Mackenzie, 5Nechako, 5Prince George, 4Quesnel, 6

Career Path Index, 142Career, Technical and Vocational Programmes,

10Carpentry, 135Centre for Student Success, 43Certificate/Diploma/Degree Application, 24Certificates, 24Change in Registration, 22Cheating on Tests, 39Chemical Engineering, 142Chemical Physics, 142Chemistry, 142Chiropractic Medicine, 142Civil Engineering, 142Clean Air Policy, 42CNC Fundraising Society, 36Coat of Arms, 4College Access, 48

College and Career Preparation, 72College Board, 3College Foundations Programmes, 72College of New Caledonia Students’

Association, 44College Programmes, 10College Staff, 65College Store, 94Commerce, 142Commercial Transport, 142Community and Continuing Education, 6Complaint Procedure

Human Rights, 41Student Complaint, 41

Computer Account Application Fee, 31Computer Facilities, 44Computer Information Systems, 53, 57Computer/Network Electronics Technician, 110Computer Science, 142Confidentiality, 26Contents, 1Continuing Education, 6Continuing Education Refund Policy, 31Convocation, 24Co-operative Education, 7, 46, 56, 107, 108,

116Co-operative Education Work Term Schedules, 8Counselling and Academic Advising, 45Credit Hours, 25Criminal Records Searches, 29Criminology, 142, 147Culinary Arts Programme, 137

D

Damage to Property, 39Day Care, 45Declaration of Waiver, iiDegrees, 24, 146Dental Assisting, 80Dental Hygiene, 82, 142Dental Studies, 80Dentistry, 142Design and Computer Aided Engineering, 142

Index

Designated Parking, 45Developmental Disabilities Certificate, 105Diplomas, 24Diploma Ladder for Business Certificate

Graduates, 54Directory, 182Disclaimer, iiDistributed Learning Initiatives, 9Disabilities—Services and Facilities, 47Disability Support Services, 48Dismissal, 40Drafting Technician, 107

E

Early Childhood Education, 77Economics, 142Election Information for Education Council and

the College Board, 9Electrical, 136Electrical Engineering, 142Electronics Engineering Technology, 111Electronics Programmes, 109Electronics Technician, 109Electronics Technology Bridge, 111Emergencies and Evacuation Procedure, 45Emergency Loans, 37Employment and Co-operative Education

Centre, 46Engineering, 142Engineering Design Technology, 107Engineering Design Technologist, 108Engineering Manufacturing, 142Engineering Physics, 142English and Math Achievement Test (EMAT),

43English, 142English as a Second Language, 76Entry Level Trades Programmes, 134Environmental Engineering, 142Environmental Sciences, 112Evacuation Procedures, 45

F

Fall Awards, 34Fee Information, 30

Computer Account Application, 31Continuing Education Refund Policy, 31Gymnasium User Fees, 31International Students, 31, 50Semester Programmes, 30Senior Citizens, 32Service and Other Charges, 32Sponsored Students, 32Tuition Refund Policy, 32Vocational and Other Programmes, 33

Finance, 142Financial Aid and Student Awards, 34Financial Assistance, 37Financial Planning and Investment, 34

Fine Print, iiFirst Nations Education Support Services, 7,

46Food Services, 46Forest Resource Technology, 112Forestry, 142, 148Freedom of Information, 22Fundraising Society, 36

G

General Education Development (GED), 77General Studies Award, 25Geographic Information Systems Technology

(GIS), 116Geography, 142Glossary, 172Grade 12 Equivalency Tests (GED), 77Grade Appeals, 38Grading System, 25Graduation Honours, 26Gymnasium, 43Gymnasium User Fees, 31

H

Health and Safety, 46Health Science Programmes, 80Heavy Duty/Commercial Transport Mechanical

Repair, 136History, 142Home Economics, 142Home Support/Resident Care Attendant, 87Hospitality Administration, 58Hospitality Operations, 54Housing (Residence), 47Human Kinetics, 142, 148Human Rights, 41

I

Identification Cards, 22Improper Behaviour, 39Industrial Administration, 142Industrial Relations, 142Insurance Coverage, Basic, 42International Baccalaureate Programme, 23International Education, 49International Education Centre, 46International Student Fees, 31, 50Intramural Sports, 43Introduction to CNC, 4

J

Job Education and Training (JET) Programme,76

Job Opportunities for Students, 46

L

Lakes District Campus, 4Language Proficiency Index Placement Test,

142Late Registration, 22Law, 142Learning Assistance, 48Library, 47Limited Enrollment Programmes, 22Loans, Student, 37

M

Machinist, 136Mackenzie Campus, 5Management Diploma, 59Management Studies, 54Marketing, 142Marketing and Management Diploma, 59Mathematics, 142Mechanical Engineering, 142Media Services, 47Medicine, 142Message from the President, 3Metallurgical Engineering, 142Microbiology, 142Millwright, 137Mining and Mineral Process Engineering, 142Misconduct, Personal, 39Misrepresentation, 40Mission Statement, 3

N

Natural Resources Field Assistant, 114Nechako Campus, 5Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing

Programme (NCBNP) Bachelor of Science inNursing, 89

Northern Outdoor Recreation and Ecotourism,55

Nursing, 142

O

Ocean Engineering, 142Oceanography, 142100 Block Building Level 3 Classrooms, 47

P

Packages (UT), 143Parking, 45Personal Education Number, 22Personal Misconduct, 39Pharmaceutical Sciences, 142Pharmacology, 142Photo Credits, iiPhysical Education (Human Kinetics), 142Physics, 142Physiology, 142

180 / Index 2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar

Plagiarism, 39Power Engineering—4th Class, 138Practical Nurse Programme, 96President’s List, 26Pre-UNBC BSW Diploma, 100Prior Learning Assessment, 24Prince George Campus, 4Prince George Campus Map, 178Probation and Dismissal, 40Provincial Apprenticeship Programmes, 140Psychology, 142

Q

Quesnel Campus, 6

R

Recreation and Athletics, 43Refund Policy, 32Refund/Withdrawal Dates, 28Registration Procedures, 22Regulations, 42Rehabilitation Medicine, 142Repeating a Course, 26Residence, 47Resident Care Attendant, 87

S

SafeWalk, 47Scholarships, Awards, and Bursaries, 34Science, 142Security, 47Semester Programmes:

2003–04 Date information, 142004–05 Date information, 18Fees, 30

Senior Citizens Fees, 32Service Fees and Other Charges, 32

Services and Facilities, 43Services and Facilities for Students with

Disabilities, 47Smoking Policy, 42Social Service Worker, 106Social Services Programmes, 100Social Work, 142Sociology, 142Sponsored Students Fees, 32Sport Academy, 43Spring Awards, 35Statement of Grades (Transcripts), 26Students’ Association, 44Student Complaint Procedure, 41Student Election Information for Education

Council and the College Board, 9Student Employment, 46Student Loans, 37Student Records (Transcripts), 26Student Selection Procedures, 22Student Success Seminar Course, 44, 141Suspension or Termination Appeal, 40

T

TARGET, 76Teaching Assistant Certificate, 101Technical/Vocational Career Path, 10Technology Programmes, 107Telephone Directory, 182Telephones, 47Test Supervision, 47Three-Year Calendar, 177Trades Programmes, 134Transcripts, 27Transfer of Credits, 27Transfer Guides:

Business Administration Transfer Guide, 69University Transfer Guide, 106, 164

Transportation, 47Transportation and Utilities, 142Tuition Fees, 30Tuition Refund Policy, 32

U

University Credit Career Paths, 11University Arts, 141University Credit Programmes, 141University Science, 141University Transfer Guide, 106, 164Urban Land Economics, 142

V

Valemount Learning Centre, 6Vocational and Other Programmes Fee

Information, 33Volunteer Adult Literacy Tutoring (VALT), 47

W

Washrooms, 48Welcome to CNC, 3Welding, 139Wildland and Recreation Environmental

Studies, 114Withdrawal from Courses, 28Wood Processing and Engineering Technology,

117Wood Processing Technician, 117Wood Products Processing, 142Wood Sciences, 142Wood Technology, 117Work Term Schedules, 8Workers’ Compensation Coverage, 42Writing and New Media Technologies, 118

2003–2005 College of New Caledonia Calendar Index / 181

Revised December 23, 2003. Changes to theprinted College of New Caledonia 2003–2005Calendar are indicated in red, underlined type.

182

Admissions, Registration and Records(250) 561-5800

Arts and Social Services(250) 561-5815

Business AdministrationProgrammes(250) 561-5814

Centre for Student Success(250) 562-2131, local 384

College Foundation Programmes(250) 561-5826

College Store(250) 561-5808

College of New Caledonia—Prince George(250) 562-2131

Community and Continuing Education(250) 561-5846

Co-operative Education(250) 561-5806

Counselling and Academic Advising Centre(250) 561-5818

Disability Services(250) 562-2131, local 250

Employment and Co-operativeEducation Centre(250) 561-5806

Financial Aid and Student Awards(250) 561-5838

FIRST AID/EMERGENCYLOCAL 200

First Nations Education SupportServices(250) 562-2131, local 460

Fund Raising Society(250) 561-5857

Health Science Programmes(250) 561-5841

International Education(250) 561-5857

Library(250) 561-5811

Media Services(250) 561-5805

Public Relations and Student Information(250) 561-5869

Science and TechnologyProgrammes(250) 561-5830

Security(250) 561-8926 or local 200

Student Placement Services(250) 561-5840

Student Residence(250) 561-5849

Telephone Device for the Deaf(TDD/TTY)(250) 561-5852

Trades Programmes(250) 561-5804

University Credit—Arts(250) 561-5815

University Credit—Sciences(250) 561-5830

REGIONAL CAMPUSES

Lakes District(250) 692-1700

Mackenzie(250) 997-7200

Nechako(250) 567-3200

Quesnel(250) 991-7500

Valemount(250) 566-4601

TelephoneDIRECTORY

March 12, 2003

Calendar 2003 - 2005 - College of New Caledonia

Documents

Transcript of Calendar 2003 - 2005 - College of New Caledonia